As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2021.

Registration No. 333-[          ]

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

______________________________

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

______________________________

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its constitutional documents)

______________________________

Cayman Islands

 

6770

 

N/A

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

______________________________

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88
New York, NY 10001
Tel: 212
-726-2880
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

______________________________

Liang Shi
Chief Executive Officer
244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B
-88
New York, NY 10001
Telephone: 212
-726-2880
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

______________________________

Copies to:

Arila E. Zhou, Esq.
Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC
800 Third Avenue, Suite 2800
New York, NY 10022
Telephone: (212) 530
-2232
Facsimile: (212) 202
-6380

 

Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Esq.
David J. Levine, Esq.
Loeb & Loeb LLP
345 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10154
Telephone: (212) 407
-4000
Facsimile: (212) 207
-4880

______________________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer

 

 

Accelerated filer

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

R

 

Smaller reporting company

 

R

       

Emerging growth company

 

R

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.

 

Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each Class of Security being registered

 

Amount to be
Registered

 

Proposed
maximum
offering price
per share
(1)

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price
(1)

 

Amount of
Registration
Fee
(5)

Units, each consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share, $0.0001 par value per share, one-half of one redeemable Warrant, with each whole Warrant to acquire one Class A Ordinary Share, and one Right to acquire one-tenth of one Class A Ordinary Share(2)

 

9,200,000

 

$

10.00

 

$

92,000,000.00

 

$

8,528.4

 

Class A Ordinary Shares included as part of the Units(4)

 

9,200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

Redeemable Warrants included as part of the Units

 

4,600,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

Rights included as part of the Units

 

9,200,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

Class A Ordinary Shares underlying Rights included as part of Units(4)

 

920,000

 

$

10.00

 

$

9,200,000.00

 

$

852.84

 

Underwriter’s Class A Ordinary Shares

 

40,000

 

$

10.00

 

$

400,000.00

 

$

37.08

 

Total

     

 

   

$

101,600,000.00

 

$

9,418.32

 

____________

(1)      Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).

(2)      Includes (i) Units, (ii) Class A Ordinary Shares, Warrants and Rights underlying such Units and (iii) Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Rights included in such Units which may be issued on exercise of a 45-day option granted to the Underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.

(3)      No fee pursuant to Rule 457(g).

(4)      Pursuant to Rule 416(a), there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from share splits, share dividends or similar transactions.

(5)      An additional indeterminate amount of securities are being registered hereby to be offered solely for certain market making transactions, by affiliates of the Registrant. Pursuant to Rule 457(q) under the Securities Act, no additional filing fee is required.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 10, 2021

$80,000,000
BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
8,000,000 UNITS

Blue World Acquisition Corporation is a newly incorporated Cayman Islands exempted company formed as a blank check company for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities. Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will primarily in the marine leisure, cruise, marine infrastructure and engineering, general hospitality, travel and tourism, marine services, logistics and supply chain, offshore energy solutions and related industry segments. We are not limited to a particular region for purposes of consummating an initial business combination, however, we may focus on targets that, regardless of geographic location of operations or corporate offices, have viable synergies with the Asia Pacific and the U.S. markets for the above industry segments, either physically or virtually. Though our sponsor is a Hong Kong company, a majority of our management are located outside of China (including Hong Kong and Macau), and we will not undertake our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau). We expect our management to travel and conduct business outside of China during our search for target companies as needed.

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each unit that we are offering has a price of $10.00 and consists of one Class A ordinary share, one-half of one redeemable warrant, and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination, as described in more detail in this prospectus. Each whole redeemable warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. Each warrant will become exercisable on the later of the completion of an initial business combination and one year from the date that this registration statement is declared effective, and will expire five years after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation, as described in this prospectus. Each ten rights entitle the holder thereof to receive one ordinary share at the closing of a business combination. We will not issue fractional shares. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive shares for all of your rights upon closing of a business combination.

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. No offer or invitation to subscribe for securities may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

We have granted Maxim Group LLC, the sole underwriter, a 45-day option to purchase up to 1,200,000 units (over and above the 8,000,000 units referred to above) solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account described below as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding Class A ordinary shares that were sold as part of the units in this offering, which we refer to collectively as our public shares throughout this prospectus, subject to the limitations described herein. If we are unable to complete our business combination within 12 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 21 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this prospectus), we will redeem 100% of the public shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay for taxes (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law and as further described herein.

Our sponsor, Blue World Holdings Limited, has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 348,480 private units at $10.00 per unit, for a total purchase price of $3,484,800 (or up to 378,480 units for a total purchase price of $3,784,800 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). Maxim Group LLC, or Maxim, has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 40,000 private units at $10.00 per unit, for a total purchase price of $400,000 (or up to 46,000 units for a total purchase price of $460,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. These private units are identical to the units sold as part of the units in this offering, subject to limited exceptions as further described herein. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below.

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months from the consummation of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination as described in more detail in this prospectus), we will redeem 100% of the public shares at a per-share price, payable in cash, as described in this prospectus. However, if we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months from closing of this offering, we may, but are not obligated to, extend the period of time to consummate a business combination three times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a business combination), provided that our sponsor or designee must deposit into the trust account for each three months extension, $800,000, or $920,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per unit in either case), up to an aggregate of $2,400,000 or $2,760,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline. Our public shareholders will not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our extension of time to consummate an initial business combination from 12 months to up to 21 months described above or redeem their shares in connection with such extensions.

Our founders collectively own 2,300,000 Class B ordinary shares (up to 300,000 shares of which are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised) prior to this offering. The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the closing of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. Holders of the Class A ordinary shares and holders of the Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, except as required by law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, provided that prior to the closing of the initial business combination, the holders of Class B ordinary shares shall have the exclusive right to elect and remove any director.

There is presently no public market for our units, Class A ordinary shares, warrants, or rights. We have applied to have our units listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “[BWAQU]” on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. We cannot guarantee that our securities will be approved for listing on Nasdaq. The Class A ordinary shares, warrants and rights comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless Maxim Group LLC determines that an earlier date is acceptable, subject to our filing a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, containing an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and issuing a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, the Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights will be traded on Nasdaq under the symbols “[BWAQ],“[BWAQW],” and “[BWAQR],” respectively. We cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq after this offering.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 31 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense. Investors will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings.

No offer or invitation to subscribe for units may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

 

Price to Public

 

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions(1)

 

Proceeds, before
Expenses, to us

Per Unit

 

$

10.00

 

$

0.55

(2)

 

$

9.45

Total

 

$

80,000,000

 

$

4,400,000

 

 

$

75,600,000

____________

(1)          For further information relating to the underwriters’ compensation, please refer to the section entitled “Underwriting” on page 126 of this prospectus.

(2)         Includes up to $2,800,000, or $0.35 per unit, equal to 3.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering (or $3,220,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) payable to the underwriters as deferred underwriting discounts and commissions from the funds to be placed in the trust account described in this prospectus. The deferred underwriting discounts and commissions will be released to the underwriters upon consummation of an initial business combination, as described in this prospectus. If the business combination is not consummated, such deferred underwriting discounts and commissions will be forfeited by the underwriters. The underwriters will not be entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions

Upon consummation of the offering, $10.10 per unit sold to the public in this offering (whether or not the over-allotment option has been exercised in full or part) will be deposited into a United States-based account maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC acting as trustee. Such amount includes $2,800,000, or $0.35 per unit (or $3,220,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable to the underwriters as deferred underwriting discounts and commissions. Except as described in this prospectus, these funds will not be released to us until the earlier of the completion of our initial business combination and our liquidation upon our failure to consummate a business combination within the required time period.

We are offering the units for sale on a firm-commitment basis. Maxim Group LLC, acting as sole book-running manager and underwriter, expects to deliver our securities to investors in the offering on or about __________, 2021.

Sole Book-Running Manager

Maxim Group LLC

_______________, 2021

 

Table of Contents

i

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. For a more complete understanding of this offering, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the risk factors and the financial statements. Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus, references to:

•        “company,” “we,” “us” or “our company” refers to Blue World Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company;

•        “Companies Act” refers to the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time;

•        equity-linked securities” are to any securities of our company which are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, ordinary shares of our company, including but not limited to a private placement of equity or debt;

•        “founders” refers to our sponsor, officers and directors or their designee who hold our founder shares prior to the offering;

•        “founder shares” refers to the 2,300,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share, held by our founders prior to this offering;

•        “initial shareholders” are to our founders with respect to their holding of founder shares and Maxim Group LLC with respect to the holding of representative shares, and/or their designee;

•        “management” or our “management team” are to our officers and directors;

•        “ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares, collectively, par value $0.0001 per share;

•        “private units” refer to the units we are selling privately to our sponsor and Maxim Group LLC upon consummation of this offering;

•        “private rights” refer to the rights underlying the private units;

•        “private shares” refer to the Class A ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share, underlying the private units;

•        “private warrants” refer to the warrants sold as part of the private units;

•        “public shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 per share, sold as part of the units in this offering (whether they are purchased in this offering or thereafter in the open market);

•        “public shareholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our initial shareholders and management team to the extent our initial shareholders and/or members of our management team purchase public shares, provided that each initial shareholder’s and member of our management team’s status as a “public shareholders” shall only exist with respect to such public shares;

•        “public warrants” are to our redeemable warrants sold as part of the units in this offering (whether they are purchased in this offering or thereafter in the open market, including warrants that may be acquired by our sponsor or its affiliates in this offering or thereafter in the open market);

•        “representative shares” are to 40,000 Class A ordinary shares to be issued to Maxim Group LLC, and/or its designees, at the closing of this offering;

•        “sponsor” refers to Blue World Holdings Limited, a Hong Kong private company limited by shares;

•        “units” are to units sold in this offering, each consisting of one Class A ordinary share, one-half of one redeemable warrant, with each whole warrant to acquire one Class A ordinary share, and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of a Class A ordinary share;

1

Table of Contents

•        “working capital units” are to units issuable upon conversion of working capital loans (including the extension loans in connection with the initial business combination), if any, at $10.00 per unit, upon the consummation of the business combination.

•        “warrants” are to our warrants which includes the public warrants as well as the private warrants and any warrants issuable upon conversion of working capital loans.

All references in this prospectus to shares of the Company being forfeited shall take effect as surrenders for no consideration of such shares as a matter of the Cayman Islands law. All references to the conversion of ordinary shares shall take effect as a redemption of ordinary shares and issuance of the corresponding ordinary shares, where applicable, as a matter of Cayman Islands law. Any share dividend described in this prospectus will take effect as a share capitalization as a matter of Cayman Islands law.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

General

We are a blank check exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on July 19, 2021, formed for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to as a “business combination.” While we may pursue a target business in any industry or geography, we intend to focus our search in areas which reflect the experience and success of our management and board of directors in the industry segments listed below.

Overview

The Covid-19 pandemic has created rare opportunities in the marine leisure, cruise, marine infrastructure and engineering, general hospitality, travel and tourism, marine services, logistics and supply chain, offshore energy solutions and related industry segments we intend to focus on. These industries are in various stages of pause, are experiencing significant disruption, challenges and/or going-concerns, and are struggling to reopen globally and to restore the operation and liquidity of all market participants.

With our management’s breadth of experience and track record in these areas, we plan to focus our target business search on the following industry segments:

•        Marine leisure;

•        Cruise;

•        Marine infrastructure;

•        Marine engineering;

•        General hospitality;

•        Travel and tourism;

•        Marine services;

•        Logistics and supply chain;

•        Offshore energy solutions;

•        Marine support and port destinations; and

•        All related services.

These industry segments are often by nature international and global in scope on multiple levels. There is no restriction or limitation on what geographic region our target operates in, therefore it is our intention to pursue opportunities globally. We are not limited to a particular region for purposes of consummating an initial business combination,

2

Table of Contents

however, we may focus on targets that, regardless of geographic location of operations or corporate offices, have viable synergies with the Asia Pacific and the U.S. markets for the above industry segments, either physically or virtually. Though our sponsor is a Hong Kong company, a majority of our management are located outside of China (including Hong Kong and Macau), and we will not undertake our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau). We expect our management to travel and conduct business outside of China during our search for target companies as needed.

We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business, or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. Additionally, we have not engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, to conduct any research or take any measures, directly or indirectly, to locate or contact a target business.

Management and Board of Directors

Our management team is comprised of successful investor(s) and operators who, collectively, have a proven track record of identifying and capitalizing on marine leisure and other related industry trends. They bring a wealth of experience in identifying, negotiating with and conducting due diligence on potential candidates for acquisition. We will seek to apply their comprehensive experience and extensive industry contacts in consummating a combination with any suitable business. While we are positioned well to source and acquire potential targets, we also expect to deliver significant value to the target company’s management team post-acquisition to support continued growth and value creation opportunities.

Mr. Liang Shi is our Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the board of directors, and Secretary. Mr. Shi has over 14 years’ experience in investment management leadership. Since January 2017, Mr. Shi has served as a Partner at Ningbo Zenin Investments Management Partners LP (“Zenin”), an investment fund focusing on growth capital investments in emerging sectors in China, where he oversees the fund’s daily business operations. Zenin provides extensive strategic and operational assistance to its highly selective investment portfolio of companies. From March 2007 to December 2016, Mr. Shi served as the China President at Barron Partners Fund, where he was in charge of managing the fund’s investment portfolio in Asia and completed over 50 investments for the fund. From February 2006 to February 2007, Mr. Shi worked as a senior consultant at IBM Global Services (formerly PWC consulting). Mr. Shi received his Bachelor’s degree in Finance from Shanghai Jiaotong University in 2001.

Mr. Tianyong Yan is our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Yan will serve as our director upon effectiveness of this registration statement. Mr. Yan has over 20 years of corporate finance experience. Since January 2016, Mr. Yan has served as a general manager at Shanghai Green Storm Asset Management Ltd., a company focusing on asset management. From August 2010 to July 2011, Mr. Yan served as a Vice President of finance at Standard Chartered Bank (China), where he focused on financial reporting and other finance related projects such as markets, planning, commodities and derivatives. From August 2011 to July 2014, Mr. Yan served as a Vice President of finance at JP Morgan China, where he led tax planning practices over the greater China JP Morgan business including, but not limited to, commodity related financing, commercial banking and derivatives. Mr. Yan received his MBA degree from University of Virginia in 2010 and his Bachelor’s degree in Finance from Shanghai Jiao Tong University in 2001. Mr. Yan is a China CPA and chartered CFA.

Mr. Weixiong (Jeff) Cheong is our Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Cheong has over 15 years of experience in private and public capital markets. Since November 2015, Mr. Cheong has served as a director at Fortune Asia Long Short Fund, an investment fund. Since November 2011, Mr. Cheong has served as a director at Longfor Pte Ltd., a real estate developer in Singapore. Since August 2009, Mr. Cheong has served as the chief executive officer at Sinjia Land Ltd. (SGX: 5HH), a property development and hospitality management company. From April 2014 to May 2020, Mr. Cheong served as the chairman at CapAllianz Holdings Ltd (former name CWX Global Ltd) (SGX: 594), a company focusing on investment and oil exploration business. Mr. Cheong received a Master’s degree of business administration at Singapore Management University in June 2017. He also has passed the exam of Capital Markets and Financial Advisory Services (“CMFAS”) in Module 1 (December 2003), Module 4A (Rules and Regulations for Advising on Corporate Finance, June 2005), Module 5 (Rules And Regulations for Financial Advisory Services, January 2004), Module 6 (January 2004), and Module 8 (Collective Investment Schemes, February 2004). Mr. Cheong completed the program of Executive Skills for Board Members in Challenging Times in 2011 and obtained SMU-SID Executive Certificates in Directorship in 2012 at Singapore Management University.

3

Table of Contents

Mr. Alfred “Trey” Hickey will serve as our independent director upon effectiveness of this registration statement. Mr. Hickey has more than 20 years of experience at leading tourism companies, specializing in the cruise industry. Since 2020, Mr. Hickey has served as the Managing Partner at Global Distribution Solutions Pte. Ltd., the parent company of Discover River Cruises, a boutique river cruise company operating in Europe’s Danube and Rhine Rivers. From February 2000 to June 2020, Mr. Hickey managed approximately $4 billion in international sales as Senior Vice President at Princess Cruises, Cunard Line, Seabourn and Carnival PLC. Mr. Hickey also served as Carnival Corp’s Chief Representative Officer in China, President of Carnival Corp Japan, and served on the boards of Carnival Corp Taiwan, the Pacific Asia Travel Association and the Asia Cruise Association. Mr. Hickey received a Bachelor’s degree in Economics from Warnborough University in 1987, a Bachelor’s degree in Economics from University of Rhode Island in 1988, and a Bachelor’s degree in Asian Studies from Seinan Gakuin University in 1988.

Mr. Buhdy Sin Swee Bok will serve as our independent director upon effectiveness of this registration statement. Over the past 25 years Mr. Bok has assumed various leadership positions in the travel and tourism industry with a wide range of sectors including cruise, airlines and attractions in Asia. Since September 2018, Mr. Bok has served as the Managing Director at Mount Faber Leisure Group Pte. Ltd., one of the largest attraction companies in Singapore, managing its overall operations. From October 2017 to September 2018, Mr. Bok served as the Chief Commercial Officer of NokScoot Airlines, a Thailand-based airline, where he oversaw the company’s commercial operations including sales and marketing, revenue and yield management, reservations, and operation of overseas offices. From May 2017 to September 2017, Mr. Bok served as the President of Carnival Asia at Carnival Corporation & PLC, overseeing the group’s operations in Asia. From October 2015 to April 2017, Mr. Bok served as the President of Costa Group Asia at Costa Crociere S.p.A., a wholly owned subsidiary of Carnival Corp & PLC, in charge of the Italian-brand’s operations in Asia Pacific and China. Mr. Bok received a Bachelor’s degree in Accountancy from Singapore Nanyang Technological University in 1996, a Bachelor’s degree in Law from the University of London in 1999, and an MBA degree from Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business in 2003.

Mr. Zhenyu Li will serve as our independent director upon effectiveness of this registration statement. Mr. Li has over 20 years of experience in telecom communication technology industry. Mr. Li has been a self-employed investor actively investing in technologies, media and telecom since July 2017. From March 2016 to July 2017, Mr. Li served as a general manager of Le Canada Ltd. From August 2007 to March 2016, Mr. Li served as the Chief Executive Officer at Sinotel Technologies Ltd, a company providing a wide range of wireless telecommunication applications and solutions. From May 2003 to August 2007, Mr. Li served as the Chief Technology Officer at Sinotel Technologies Ltd, in charge of technology and product designing. From December 2001 to May 2003, Mr. Li served as a technology director at the Beijing office of RTI International, a US company that specialized in the research, development and service of CDMA technologies for commercial clients worldwide. Mr. Li received a Bachelor’s degree in Automation from Tianjin University of Technology and Education in 1996.

Competitive Advantages

Experienced Management Team with Proven Track Record

Our Chairman and CEO, Mr. Liang Shi, is an established financial industry veteran in both US and China capital markets familiar with the intricacies and structures of each. He is a “serial entrepreneur” with broad experience as a founder, investor and operator of companies. As both an investor and operator, Mr. Shi possesses a vast network of relationships that provides him access to “first look” opportunities in both the public and private markets. Mr. Shi also has significant experience in vetting companies for potential M&A opportunities and honed his sophisticated due diligence skills at U.S. firms in banking and private equity. He has more than a decade of experience in the U.S. financial marketplace having worked for a boutique private equity firm with approximately $750 million in AUM at its peak. He also specialized in private investment in public equity transactions between U.S.-listed Chinese operating companies and their U.S. investors. Our CFO, Mr. Yan has over 20 years of corporate finance experience, our independent nominees, Messrs. Hickey and Bok have collective 45 years’ experience of corporate management and leadership in travel and tourism industry and related business globally. We can identify opportunities and synergies in existing businesses that these businesses do not see themselves because of their limited regional worldview. The expansive global competitive market view of our management team appeals to owners and management of targets to choose our SPAC.

4

Table of Contents

Together with our management team, we believe we have a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships that makes us efficient at:

•        Sourcing and evaluating businesses, and

•        Bridging cultural differences to negotiate and execute a transaction in a timely and professional manner.

By leveraging our management team’s relevant expertise, performing disciplined due diligence, and providing post-acquisition value-add capabilities, we believe that we will be able to acquire a target business that will achieve significant returns for investors.

Status as a Publicly Listed Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to prospective target businesses. As a publicly listed company, we will offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering. We believe that target businesses will favor this alternative, which we believe is less expensive, while offering greater certainty of execution than the traditional initial public offering. During an initial public offering, there are typically expenses incurred in marketing, which would be costlier than a business combination with us. Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is approved by our shareholders (if applicable) and the transaction is consummated, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions that could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would have greater access to capital and additional means of creating management incentives that are better aligned with shareholders’ interests than it would as a private company. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented management staffs.

Strong Financial Position and Flexibility

With the funds held in our trust account, we can offer a target business a variety of options to facilitate a business combination and fund future expansion and growth of its business. Because we are able to consummate a business combination using the cash proceeds from this offering (subject to any potential redemption), our share capital, debt or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use an efficient structure allowing us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to address the needs of the parties. However, if a business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay for the purchase price or there is a large demand of redemption by public shareholders, we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business combination. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing.

Acquisition Strategy

Our business strategy entails the identification and completion of an initial business combination with a company that stands to benefit substantially from the managerial and operational experience, past successes, vast network and global reach of our management team and board of directors.

Although we are not limited to any particular industry, our acquisition strategy seeks targets operating in in these industry segments:

•        Marine leisure;

•        Cruise;

•        Marine infrastructure;

•        Marine engineering;

•        General hospitality;

•        Travel and tourism;

•        Marine services;

5

Table of Contents

•        Logistics and supply chain;

•        Offshore energy solutions;

•        Marine support and port destinations; and

•        All related services.

We are not limited to a particular region for purposes of consummating an initial business combination, however, we may focus on targets that, regardless of geographic location of operations or corporate offices, have viable synergies with the Asia Pacific and the U.S. markets for the above industry segments, either physically or virtually. Additionally, though our sponsor is a Hong Kong company, a majority of our management are located outside of China (including Hong Kong and Macau), and we will not undertake our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau).We expect our management to travel and conduct business outside of China during our search for target companies as needed. Our acquisition strategy may seek to capitalize on the global disruption in the identified industry segments due to the Covid-19 pandemic. This has created challenges for industry participants, both large and small, regional and international, publicly listed and private, to continue to operate, generate revenues, remain liquid and/or carry on as a going concern. These unprecedented obstacles have ground much activity to a standstill or worse, and only a small amount of reopening activity has started as of the date of this prospectus. All verticals are affected and this prevailing and ongoing atmosphere has generated many opportunities which would not otherwise occur.

The Covid-19 pandemic atmosphere is fostering opportunities and provides ample room for growth aside from the disruption and reopening plays globally. In spite of the Covid-19 pandemic, continuation of long term trends in urbanization and household income growth in Asia Pacific region will continue to drive the emerging middle class in each country.

Acquisition Criteria

The focus of our management team is to create shareholder value by leveraging its experience to improve the efficiency of the business while implementing strategies to grow revenue and profits organically and/or through acquisitions. Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. While we intend to use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating prospective businesses, we may deviate from these criteria and guidelines should we see fit to do so:

•        Benefits from Being a U.S. Public Company (Value Creation and Marketing Opportunities).    We intend to seek target companies that should offer attractive risk-adjusted equity returns for our shareholders. We intend to seek to acquire a target on terms and in a manner that leverages our experience. We expect to evaluate financial returns based on (i) the potential for organic growth in cash flows, (ii) the ability to achieve cost savings, (iii) the ability to accelerate growth, including through the opportunity for follow-on acquisitions and (iv) the prospects for creating value through other value creation initiatives. Potential upside from growth in the target business’ earnings and an improved capital structure will be weighed against any identified downside risks.

•        Benefits from Our Ability to Uniquely Structure Transaction to Unlock and Maximize Value.    We will look for situations where our extensive experience and creativity can architect a win-win solution for both sides of the transaction.

•        Can be sourced through our extensive proprietary networks so as to avoid broadly marketing process.    We will rely on our management team’s experience and vast network in relevant industries and avoid broadly marketed targets.

•        May be underperforming or undervalued given the global disruption of the marine leisure industry.    We may look for potential targets which may be underperforming or undervalued due to strict travel restriction rules during the Covid-19 pandemic.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant.

6

Table of Contents

Other Acquisition Considerations

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent firm that commonly renders valuation opinions for the type of company we are seeking to acquire or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. In addition, we will not undertake our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau).

Effecting a Business Combination

We will either (1) seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to redeem their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable) or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to redeem any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of our proposed business combination or allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. If we so choose and we are legally permitted to do so, we will have the flexibility to avoid a shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek shareholder approval, a majority of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

We shall not undertake our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau).

We will have 12 months from the consummation of this offering to consummate our initial business combination. However, if we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, we may, but are not obligated to, extend the period of time to consummate a business combination three times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a business combination). Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to be entered into between us and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC on the date of this prospectus, in order to extend the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination, our sponsor or their affiliates or designees, upon five days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account for each three months extension, $800,000, or $920,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline. Our public shareholders will not be afforded an opportunity to vote on the extensions as described above or redeem their shares in connection with such extensions. The sponsor will receive a non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note equal to the amount of any such deposit that will not be repaid in the event that we are unable to close a business combination unless there are funds available outside the trust account to do so. Such extension notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, or, at the lender’s discretion, converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the private units upon conversion of such extension notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert such extension notes at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. In the event that we receive notice from our sponsor five days prior to the applicable deadline of their intent to effect an extension, we intend to issue a press release announcing such intention at least three days prior to the applicable deadline. In addition, we intend to issue a press release the day after the applicable deadline announcing whether or not the funds had been timely deposited. Our sponsor and its affiliates or designees are not obligated to fund the trust account to extend the time for us to complete our initial business combination. To the extent that some, but not all, of our founders, decide to extend the period of

7

Table of Contents

time to consummate our initial business combination, such sponsor (or its affiliates or designees) may deposit the entire amount required. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within such time period, we will, as promptly as possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of our outstanding public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the trust account, including a pro rata portion of any interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us or necessary to pay our taxes, and then seek to liquidate and dissolve. However, we may not be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors which may take priority over the claims of our public shareholders. In the event of our liquidation and subsequent dissolution, the public warrants and public rights will expire and will be worthless.

If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within this time period, we will liquidate the trust account, distribute the proceeds held therein to our public shareholders and wind up the company. If we are forced to liquidate, we anticipate that we would distribute to our public shareholders the amount in the trust account calculated as of the date that is two days prior to the distribution date (including any accrued interest). Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as an unlawful payment in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation.

Pursuant to the Nasdaq listing rules, our initial business combination must be with a target business or businesses whose collective fair market value is at least equal to 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such business combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several target businesses. The fair market value of the target will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). Our board of directors will have broad discretion in choosing the standard used to establish the fair market value of any prospective target business. The target business or businesses that we acquire may have a collective fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of the trust account balance. We will not be required to comply with the 80% fair market value requirement if we are delisted from Nasdaq.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party that the target business we select has a fair market value in excess of at least 80% of the balance of the trust account unless our board of directors cannot make such determination on its own. We are also not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view unless the target is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates.

We currently anticipate structuring our initial business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination where we merge directly with the target business or where we acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we could acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target; however, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, only the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% fair market value test.

8

Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status and Other Information

We are an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (which we refer to herein as the JOBS Act). As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of that year’s second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.

Private Placements

On August 5, 2021, we issued 2,300,000 Class B ordinary shares to Blue World Holdings Limited, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as the “founder shares,” for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.011 per share. None of our founders has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering. The founder shares held by our founders include up to 300,000 shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that our founders will collectively own 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the sale of the private units and assuming our founders do not purchase units in this offering).

Our sponsor has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 348,480 units, or the “private units,” at $10.00 per private unit for a total purchase price of $3,484,800 (or up to 378,480 units for a total purchase price of $3,784,800 if the over-allotment option is fully exercised) and Maxim has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 40,000 private units at $10.00 per private unit for a total purchase price of $400,000 (or up to 46,000 units for a total purchase price of $460,000 if the over-allotment option is fully exercised), which will be purchased in a private placement to occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchasers will be placed in a trust account in the United States maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee.

Additionally, we have committed to issue Maxim 40,000 Class A ordinary shares, or the “representative shares,” at the closing of this offering. We refer to Maxim throughout this prospectus as the “underwriter” and together with our founders, as “initial shareholders”.

The shares included in the private units, or the “private shares” and representative shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering, or the “public shares.” However, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, (A) to vote their founder shares, private shares and representative shares (as well as any public shares acquired in or after this offering) in favor of any proposed business

9

Table of Contents

combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop our public shareholders from redeeming or selling their shares to us in connection with a business combination or affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 12 months from the closing of this offering (or 21 months, if we extend the time to complete a business combination as described in this prospectus) unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares into the right to receive cash from the trust account in connection with any such vote, (C) not to redeem any founder shares, private shares or representative shares (as well as any other shares acquired in or after this offering) into the right to receive cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination (or sell any shares they hold to us in a tender offer in connection with a proposed initial business combination) or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the founder shares, private shares and representative shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated.

Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier to occur of (i) six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination or (ii) the date on which we consummate a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property (except as described herein under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Units”). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial shareholders with respect to any founder shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares will no longer be subject to such transfer restrictions. We refer to such transfer restrictions throughout this prospectus as the lock-up. The private units (including the underlying securities) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until after the completion of our initial business combination (except with respect to permitted transferees as described herein under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Units”). The representative shares have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a lock-up for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of the commencement of sales in this offering pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), these securities will not be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, nor may they be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their officers, partners, registered persons or affiliates. Maxim has further agreed not transfer, assign or sell any of the representative shares until the completion of our initial business combination, subject to certain exceptions.

If public units or shares are purchased by any of our directors, officers or initial shareholders, they will be entitled to funds from the trust account to the same extent as any public shareholder upon our liquidation but will not have redemption rights related thereto.

Permission Required from the PRC Authorities for this Offering and a Business Combination

As a Cayman Islands company with no operations or subsidiaries in China with a majority of management located outside of China and expected to conduct a target search primarily outside of China, we are not required to obtain permission from any Chinese authorities to operate or to issue the securities being issued in this offering to any investors, including Chinese investors, if any, nor have we been contacted by any Chinese authorities in connection with our operations or this offering, and we do not expect that permission will be required from the Chinese authorities in connection our business combination since we will not undertake our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau).

Corporate Information

Our principal executive office is located at 244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88, New York, NY 10001, and our telephone number is 212-726-2880.

10

Table of Contents

The Offering

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of the members of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company and the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section below entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 31 of this prospectus.

Securities offered

 

8,000,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, (or 9,200,000 units if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units is exercised in full) each unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share, one-half of one redeemable warrant, with each whole warrant to acquire one Class A ordinary share, and one right. Every ten rights entitle the holder to receive one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination.

Listing of our securities and proposed NASDAQ symbols

 

We anticipate the units, the Class A ordinary shares, the warrants and rights, once they begin separate trading, will be listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “[BWAQU],” “[BWAQ],” “[BWAQW],” and “[BWAQR],” respectively.

Trading commencement and separation of Class A ordinary shares, warrants,
and rights

 


The units will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. Each of the Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights may trade separately on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless Maxim Group LLC determines that an earlier date is acceptable (based upon, among other things, its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization and blank check companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular). In no event will Maxim Group LLC allow separate trading of the Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights until we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering.

   

Once the Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component pieces. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into separately trading Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights.

   

We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC, including an audited balance sheet, promptly upon the consummation of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date the units commence trading. The audited balance sheet will reflect our receipt of the proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date of this prospectus. If the over-allotment option is exercised after the date of this prospectus, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K or a new Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in the Form 8-K, or amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K, information indicating if Maxim Group LLC has allowed separate trading of the Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights prior to the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus.

11

Table of Contents

Units:

   

Number outstanding before
this offering

 


0 units

Number to be outstanding after
this offering and sale of private
units

 



8,388,480 units(1)

Ordinary shares:

   

Number issued and outstanding before this offering and the private placement

 



2,300,000 Class B ordinary shares(2)

Number to be issued and outstanding after this offering and sale of private units

 



8,428,480 Class A ordinary shares and 2,000,000 Class B ordinary shares(3)

Redeemable Warrants:

   

Number issued and outstanding before this offering and the private placement

 


0 warrants

Number to be issued and outstanding after this offering and sale of private units

 


4,194,240 warrants(4)

Exercisability

 

Each redeemable warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per full share, subject to adjustment as described in this prospectus. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of shares. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Therefore, you must separate units in multiples of two in order to receive a whole warrant.

Exercise price

 

$11.50 per whole warrant, subject to adjustment as described herein. No public warrants will be exercisable for cash unless we have an effective and current registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to such Class A ordinary shares. It is our current intention to have an effective and current registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to such Class A ordinary shares in effect promptly following consummation of an initial business combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the public warrants is not effective within 90 days following the consummation of our initial business combination, public warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A ordinary shares

12

Table of Contents

 

underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of our Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days prior to the date of exercise. For example, if a holder held 150 warrants to purchase 150 shares and the fair market value on the date prior to exercise was $15.00, that holder would receive 35 shares without the payment of any additional cash consideration. In the event that a registration statement is not effective at the time of exercise or no exemption is available for a cashless exercise, the holder of such warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such warrant for cash and in no event (whether in the case of a registration statement being effective or otherwise) will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrant exercise. If an initial business combination is not consummated, the warrants will expire and will be worthless.

In addition, if (x) we issue additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by our board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to our initial shareholders or their affiliates, without taking into account any Class B ordinary shares issued prior to the offering and held by the initial shareholders or their affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial business combination on the date of the consummation of our initial business combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of our Class A ordinary shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the date of the consummation of our initial business combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the greater of (i) the Market Value or (ii) the Newly Issued Price, and the $16.50 per share redemption trigger price described below under “Redemption of warrants” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the greater of (i) the Market Value or (ii) the Newly Issued Price.

Exercise period

 

The warrants will become exercisable during the period commencing on the later of 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination or 12 months from the closing of the offering. The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth anniversary of our completion of an initial business combination, or earlier upon redemption.

13

Table of Contents

Redemption

 

We may redeem the outstanding warrants (excluding the private warrants), in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per warrant:

•   at any time while the warrants are exercisable,

•   upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption,

if, and only if, the last sales price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $16.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein, (as adjusted for share dividends, share splits, share aggregation, extraordinary dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after the warrant become exercisable and ending one the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given, and

•   if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the Class A ordinary shares underlying such warrants at the time of redemption and for the entire 30-day trading period referred to above and continuing each day thereafter until the date of redemption.

If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption, each warrant holder can exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Class A ordinary shares may fall below the $16.50 trigger price as well as the $11.50 warrant exercise price per full share after the redemption notice is issued.

The redemption criteria for our warrants have been established at a price which is intended to provide warrant holders a reasonable premium to the initial exercise price and provide a sufficient differential between the then-prevailing share price and the warrant exercise price so that if the share price declines as a result of our redemption call, the redemption will not cause the share price to drop below the exercise price of the warrants.

If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the whole warrants for that number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. Whether we will exercise our option to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis” will depend on a variety of factors including the price of our Class A ordinary shares at the time the warrants are called for redemption, our cash needs at such time and concerns regarding dilutive share issuances.

14

Table of Contents

Rights:

   

Number issued and outstanding before this offering and the private placement

 


0 rights

Number to be issued and outstanding after this offering and sale of private units

 


8,388,480 rights(5)

Terms of Rights

 

Except in cases where we are not the surviving company in a business combination, each holder of a right will automatically receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination. In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each registered holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the kind and amount of securities or properties of the surviving entity that each one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share underlying each right is entitled to upon consummation of the business combination. We will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act and any other applicable Cayman Islands law. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive shares for all of your rights upon closing of a business combination. If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we redeem the public shares for the funds held in the trust account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds for their rights and the rights will expire worthless. The Company shall reserve such amount of its profits or share premium in order to pay up the par value of each share issuable in respect of the rights.

____________

(1)      Includes 8,000,000 units to be sold in this offering, 348,480 private units to be purchased by the sponsor, and 40,000 private units to be purchased by the underwriter.

(2)      This number includes an aggregate of up to 300,000 Class B ordinary shares held by our sponsor that are subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not fully exercised by the underwriter.

(3)      Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and that 300,000 founder shares that are subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters in full have been forfeited and includes 388,480 Class A ordinary shares included in the private units. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, there will be a total of 11,964,480 ordinary shares, including 9,664,480 Class A ordinary shares and 2,300,000 Class B ordinary shares, issued and outstanding.

(4)      Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised. Includes 4,000,000 warrants included in the public units and 194,240 private warrants included in the private units.

(5)      Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, there will be a total of 9,624,480 rights, including 378,480 private rights issued to our sponsor and 46,000 rights issued to the underwriter.

15

Table of Contents

Founder Shares

 

On August 5, 2021, our sponsor acquired 2,300,000 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. Additionally, our sponsor has agreed to transfer our independent directors, Alfred “Trey” Hickey and Buhdy Sin Swee Bok, each 10,000 founder shares prior to the closing of this offering. Furthermore, subject to the consent of the target entity, we have agreed to issue each of Alfred “Trey” Hickey and Buhdy Sin Swee Bok 20,000 Class A ordinary shares and Zhenyu Li 30,000 Class A ordinary shares in connection with our business combination, respectively, and in the event that we cannot obtain consent from the target company for such issuance, our sponsor has agreed to transfer Alfred “Trey” Hickey and Buhdy Sin Swee Bok each 20,000 founder shares and Zhenyu Li 30,000 founder shares upon the closing of the business combination, respectively; provided that in either case the independent directors remain with us until the closing of a Business Combination. Prior to the initial investments in the company by our sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The per share purchase price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount of cash contributed to the company by the aggregate number of founder shares issued. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that the founder shares would represent 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (excluding the sale of the private shares and assuming our founders do not purchase public shares in this offering). As such, our founders will collectively own 22.52% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (including founder shares and private shares and assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering).

   

The founder shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering, except that:

   

•   the holders of Class B ordinary shares have the right to elect all of our directors prior to our initial business combination;

   

•   the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below;

   

•   our founders have agreed to vote any founder shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to their founder shares, private shares and representative shares, we would need 2,785,761 or 34.82%, of the 8,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised);

   

•   our founders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed (i) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, private shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to

16

Table of Contents

 

modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 21 months if we extend the time that we need to complete a business combination as described in this prospectus) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (iii) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares and private shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 21 months, if we extend the time we need to complete a business combination as described in this prospectus), although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. If we submit our initial business combination to our shareholders for a vote, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the initial business combination; and

   

•   the founder shares are subject to registration rights.

Founder shares conversion and
anti-dilution rights

 


The founder shares are designated as Class B ordinary shares and will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder thereof, on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments for share splits, share dividends, recapitalization, reorganization, and the like). However, if additional Class A ordinary shares or any other equity-linked securities (as defined below) are issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of all ordinary shares (excluding the representative shares) outstanding upon completion of this offering plus (ii) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued, or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial business combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private units issued to our sponsor upon conversion of working capital loans, provided that such conversion of Class B ordinary shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis. Any conversion of Class B ordinary shares described herein will take effect as a redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. The term “equity-linked securities” refers to any debt or equity securities that are convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for our Class A ordinary shares issued in a financing transaction in connection with our initial business combination, including, but not limited to, a private placement of equity or debt.

17

Table of Contents

Representative Shares

 

We will issue 40,000 representative shares to Maxim Group LLC (and/or its designees) as part of representative compensation. The representative shares are identical to the public shares except that Maxim Group LLC has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any such representative shares until the completion of our initial business combination. In addition, Maxim Group LLC has agreed (i) to waive its redemption rights with respect to such shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this prospectus) from the effective date.

   

The representative shares have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a lock-up for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 (e)(1). Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), these securities will not be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, nor may they be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their officers, partners, registered persons or affiliates.

Offering proceeds to be held in trust

 

$80,000,000 of the net proceeds of this offering (or $92,000,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), plus $800,000 we will receive from the sale of the private units (or $920,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), for an aggregate of $80,800,000 (or an aggregate of $92,920,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), or $10.10 per unit sold to the public in this offering (regardless of whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised in full or part) will be placed in a trust account maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, acting as trustee pursuant to an agreement to be signed on the date of this prospectus. Such amount includes $2,800,000, or up to $0.35 per unit (or $3,220,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable to the underwriters as deferred underwriting discounts and commissions. Pursuant to the investment management trust agreement that will govern the investment of such funds, the trustee, upon our written instructions, will invest the funds as set forth in such written instructions and to custody the funds while invested and until otherwise instructed in accordance with the investment management trust agreement. The remaining $800,000 of net proceeds of this offering will not be held in the trust account.

18

Table of Contents

 

Except as set forth below, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of: (1) the completion of our initial business combination within the required time period and (2) our redemption of 100% of the outstanding public shares if we have not completed a business combination in the required time period. Therefore, unless and until our initial business combination is consummated, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be available for our use for any expenses related to this offering or expenses which we may incur related to the investigation and selection of a target business and the negotiation of an agreement in connection with our initial business combination.

   

Notwithstanding the foregoing, there will be released to us from the trust account any interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we need to pay our income or other tax obligations. With these exceptions, expenses incurred by us may be paid prior to a business combination only from the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account (estimated to initially be $800,000 if the over-allotment option is not exercised); provided, however, that in order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering if the funds not held in the trust account are insufficient, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,600,000 of the notes (in addition to the extension loans and convertible notes thereunder, if any) may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued units to acquire 176,000 Class A ordinary shares (which includes 16,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable underlying rights) and warrants to purchase 80,000 Class A ordinary shares if $1,600,000 of notes were so converted). In addition, if we extend the time we need to complete our business combination from 12 months from the closing of the offering to up to 21 months of the closing of the offering, our sponsor or its affiliates or designees must deposit into the trust account for each three-month extension $800,000, or $920,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case). Such extension loans will either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, or at the lender’s discretion, converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. If we do not complete a business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available.

Limited payments to insiders

 

Prior to the consummation of a business combination, there will be no fees, reimbursements or other cash payments paid to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is) other than:

   

•   repayment at the closing of this offering of an aggregate of up to $500,000 of loans made by our sponsor;

   

•   payment of $10,000 per month, up to 12 months from the effective date of this prospectus (or up to 21 months from the effective date of this prospectus if the sponsor extends the period of time to consummate a business combination) to the sponsor for office space and related services, subject to deferral as described herein;

19

Table of Contents

 

•   repayment at the closing of this offering of loans which may be made by our sponsor, officers, directors or any of its or their affiliates to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination, the terms of which have not been determined; and

   

•   reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and business combinations.

   

There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Our audit committee will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to any initial shareholders or member of our management team, or their respective affiliates, including the extension loan and extension convertible notes, and any reimbursements and payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

Shareholder approval of, or
tender offer in connection
with, initial business combination

 




In connection with any proposed initial business combination, we will either (1) seek shareholder approval of such initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to redeem their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable) or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to redeem any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. If we determine to engage in a tender offer, such tender offer will be structured so that each public shareholder may tender any or all of his, her or its public shares rather than some pro rata portion of his, her or its shares. If enough shareholders tender their shares so that we are unable to satisfy any applicable closing condition set forth in the definitive agreement related to our initial business combination, or we are unable to maintain net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001, we will not consummate such initial business combination. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction, or whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. If we so choose and we are legally permitted to do so, we will have the flexibility to avoid a shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek shareholder approval, a majority of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

20

Table of Contents

 

We have determined not to consummate any business combination unless we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation in order to avoid being subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. The $5,000,001 net tangible asset value would be determined once a target business is located and we can assess all of the assets and liabilities of the combined company.

   

However, if we seek to consummate a business combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the trust account upon consummation of such business combination, the net tangible asset requirement may limit our ability to consummate such a business combination and may force us to seek third party financing which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. As a result, we may not be able to consummate such business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all.

   

Our initial shareholders, officers and directors have agreed (i) to vote their founder shares, private shares, representative shares and any public shares purchased in or after this offering in favor of any proposed business combination and (ii) not to redeem any shares (including the founder shares) in connection with a shareholder vote to approve, or sell their shares to us in any tender offer in connection with, a proposed initial business combination. As a result, if we sought shareholder approval of a proposed transaction we could need as little as 2,785,761 public shares (or approximately 34.82% of our public shares) to be voted in favor of the transaction in order to have such transaction approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised and the initial shareholders do not purchase any units in this offering or units or shares in the after-market). None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or ordinary shares in the open market or in private transactions (other than the private units). However, if a significant number of shareholders vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against a proposed business combination, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions in order to influence the vote. There is no limit on the amount of shares that may be purchased by the sponsor. Any purchases would be made in compliance with federal securities laws, including the fact that all material information will be made public prior to such purchase, and no purchases would be made if such purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act, which are rules designed to stop potential manipulation of a company’s shares.

Conditions to completing our initial business combination

 


There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with our initial business combination. Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of our assets held in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting commissions and interest income earned on the trust account that is released for working capital purposes or to pay taxes) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination.

   

If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses or we are considering an initial business combination with an affiliated entity, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or another independent firm that commonly renders valuation opinions for the type of company we are seeking to acquire or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses.

21

Table of Contents

 

We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons. However, we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires an interest in the target sufficient for the post-transaction company not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test, provided that in the event that the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking shareholder approval, as applicable.

Redemption rights for public shareholders upon completion of our initial business combination

 




We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.10 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. Our founders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and private shares held by them and any public shares they may acquire during or after this offering in connection with the completion of our business combination or otherwise and to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 21 months, if we extend the time we need to complete a business combination as described in this prospectus), or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity.

22

Table of Contents

Manner of conducting
redemptions

 


We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements. Asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require shareholder approval, while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated articles of association would require shareholder approval. We intend to conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless shareholder approval is required by law or stock exchange listing requirements or we choose to seek shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons. So long as we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on NASDAQ, we will be required to comply with such rules.

   

If a shareholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated articles of association:

   

•   conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E under the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

   

•   file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

   

Upon the public announcement of our business combination, if we elect to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, we or our founders will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act to purchase our Class A ordinary shares in the open market, in order to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

   

In the event that we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public shareholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares, which number will be based on the requirement that we will only redeem our public shares so long as (after such redemption) our net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.

23

Table of Contents

 

If, however, shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law or stock exchange listing requirements, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will:

   

•   conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

   

•   file proxy materials with the SEC.

   

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted at the meeting (in person or by proxy) are voted in favor of the business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of outstanding share of the company representing a majority of all outstanding shares of the company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our founders will count towards this quorum and have agreed to vote their founder shares, private shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination.

   

For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding ordinary shares voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. As a result, in addition to their founder shares and private shares, we would need 2,785,761, or 34.82%, of the 8,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all outstanding shares are voted), or 178,641, or 2.23%, of the 8,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming only a quorum is present at such meeting held to vote on our initial business combination) in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised).

   

We intend to give at least 5 days prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our initial business combination. These quorums and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our founders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether it votes for or against the proposed transaction.

   

We may require our public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. We believe that this will allow our transfer agent to efficiently process any redemptions without the need for further communication or action from the redeeming public shareholders, which could delay redemptions and result in additional administrative cost. If the proposed business combination is not approved and we continue to search for a target company, we will promptly return any certificates delivered, or shares tendered electronically, by public shareholders who elected to redeem their shares.

24

Table of Contents

 

Our amended and restated articles of association will provide that we will only redeem our public shares so long as (after such redemption) our net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, the proposed business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Limitation on redemption rights of shareholders holding 15% or more of the shares sold in this offering if we hold shareholder vote

 





Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering. We believe the restriction described above will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to redeem their shares as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights against a business combination if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem to no more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those shareholders that hold more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering) for or against our business combination.

25

Table of Contents

Redemption rights in connection with proposed amendments to our articles of association

 



Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibits the amendment of certain charter provisions. Our amended and restated articles of association will provide that any of its provisions, including those related to pre-business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of this offering and the private placement of rights into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by holders of at least two thirds of our ordinary shares entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the Cayman Islands law, or the Companies Act, or applicable stock exchange rules. Corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 66⅔% of our ordinary shares entitled to vote thereon. We may not issue additional securities that can vote on amendments to our amended and restated articles of association or in our initial business combination or that would entitle holders to receive funds from the trust account. Our founders, who will collectively beneficially own 22.52% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised and they do not purchase any units in this offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Our founders have agreed, pursuant to a letter agreement with us (filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part), that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated articles of association (i) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination) from the closing of this offering or (ii) with respect to any other material provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable) divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. Our founders have entered into a letter agreement with us pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, private shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares, private shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity.

26

Table of Contents

Release of funds in trust account on closing of our initial business combination

 



On the completion of our initial business combination, all amounts held in the trust account will be released to us. We will use these funds to pay amounts due to any public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights as described above under “Redemption rights for public shareholders upon completion of our initial business combination,” to pay the underwriters their deferred underwriting compensation, to pay all or a portion of the consideration payable to the target or owners of the target of our initial business combination and to pay other expenses associated with our initial business combination. If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt instruments, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of post-transaction businesses, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other assets, companies or for working capital.

Redemption of public shares and distribution and liquidation if no initial business combination

 

•   Repayment of an aggregate of up to $400,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor;

•   Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination; and

•   Repayment of loans which may be made by our founders or an affiliate of our founders to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the terms of which have not been determined nor have any written agreements been executed with respect thereto. Up to $1,600,000 of such loans (in addition to the extension loans and convertible notes thereunder, if any) may be convertible into units, or working capital units, at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. The working capital units would be identical to the private units sold in the private placement.

•   Repayment of extension loans which may be made by our sponsor, its affiliates or designee if we extend the time available to us to complete our initial business combination at an amount of $800,000, or $920,000 if the over-allotment is exercised in full, for each three-month extension, which may be convertible into units, or working capital units, at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender.

   

Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our founders or their affiliates.

27

Table of Contents

Indemnity

 

Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.10 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.10 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Audit Committee

 

Subject to phase-in rules, we will establish and maintain an audit committee, which will be composed entirely of independent directors to, among other things, monitor compliance with the terms described above and the other terms relating to this offering. If any noncompliance is identified, then the audit committee will be charged with the responsibility to immediately take all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise to cause compliance with the terms of this offering. For more information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management — Committees of the Board of Directors — Audit Committee.”

Conflicts of Interest

 

Although we do not believe any conflict currently exists between us and our founders or their affiliates, our founders or their affiliates may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If such entities decide to pursue an opportunity, we may be precluded from procuring such opportunity. None of our founders or their respective affiliates will have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware, unless presented to such member specifically in his or her capacity as an officer or director of the Company. Our management team, in their capacities as employees or affiliates of our founders or in their other endeavors, may be required to present potential business combinations to future founders’ affiliates or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us.

   

Our officers may become an officer or director of any other special purpose acquisition company with a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act, even before we enter into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 12 months after the closing of this offering (or up to 21 months, if we extend the time we need to complete a business combination as described in this prospectus).

28

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS SUMMARY

We are a blank check exempted company that has conducted no operations and has generated no revenues. Until we complete our initial business combination, we will have no operations and will generate no operating revenues. In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the background of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company, as well as the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act and, therefore, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. For additional information concerning how Rule 419 blank check offerings differ from this offering, please see “Proposed Business — Comparison to offerings of blank check companies subject to Rule 419.” You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 31 of this prospectus.

Such risks include, but are not limited to:

Risks Associated with Our Business

•        If we are unable to consummate a business combination, our public shareholders may be forced to wait more than 12 months (or up to 21 months, if we extend the time to complete a business combination as described in this prospectus) from the effective date before receiving liquidation distributions.

•        We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination

•        Holders of warrants and rights will not have redemption rights if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period.

•        Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations and accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

•        Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may consummate our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

•        Our founder controls a substantial interest in us and thus may influence certain actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

•        If we do not maintain a current and effective prospectus relating to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the redeemable warrants, public holders will only be able to exercise such redeemable warrants on a “cashless basis” which would result in a fewer number of shares being issued to the holder had such holder exercised the redeemable warrants for cash.

•        We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

•        Our outstanding warrants and rights may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business Outside of the United States

•        Because of the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, our results of operations may be negatively impacted.

•        Many countries have difficult and unpredictable legal systems and underdeveloped laws and regulations that are unclear and subject to corruption and inexperience, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

•        If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws applicable to such company will likely govern all of our material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

29

Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, so only balance sheet data is presented.

 

August 17, 2021

   

Actual

 

As Adjusted

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital (deficiency)(1)

 

$

(112,001

)

 

$

817,749

 

Total assets(2)

 

$

129,750

 

 

$

81,617,749

 

Total liabilities(3)

 

$

112,001

 

 

$

2,800,000

 

Value of ordinary shares subject to redemption(4)

 

$

 

 

$

80,800,000

 

Shareholders’ equity (deficit) (5)

 

$

17,749

 

 

$

(1,982,251

)

____________

(1)      The “as adjusted” calculation includes $800,000 of cash held outside the trust account, plus $17,749 of actual shareholders’ equity as of August 17, 2021.

(2)      The “as adjusted” calculation includes $80,800,000 of cash held in trust from the proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units, plus $800,000 of cash held outside the trust account, plus $17,749 of actual shareholders’ equity as of August 17, 2021.

(3)      The “as adjusted” calculation includes $2,800,000 for the underwriters’ deferred underwriting commissions.

(4)      The “as adjusted” calculation equals the 8,000,000 Class A ordinary shares purchased in the public offering multiplied by the redemption value of $10.10 per share/unit.

(5)      Excludes 8,000,000 ordinary shares purchased in the public market which are subject to redemption in connection with our initial business combination. The “as adjusted” calculation equals the “as adjusted” total assets, less the “as adjusted” total liabilities, less the value of ordinary shares that may be redeemed in connection with our initial business combination (approximately $10.10 per share).

If no business combination is completed within 12 months (or up to 21 months if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination) from the closing of this offering, the proceeds then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares. Our founders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within such time period.

30

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the material risks described below, which we believe represent the material risks related to the offering, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our units. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks described below.

Risks Associated with Our Business

We are a blank check exempted company with no operating history and, accordingly, you will not have any basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a blank check exempted company with no operating results to date. Therefore, our ability to commence operations is dependent upon obtaining financing through the public offering of our securities. Since we do not have an operating history, you will have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective, which is to acquire an operating business. We have not conducted any discussions and we have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective acquisition candidates. We will not generate any revenues until, at the earliest, after the consummation of a business combination.

Our independent registered public accounting firm’s report contains an explanatory paragraph that expresses substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a “going concern.”

As of August 17, 2021, we had a working capital deficit of $112,001. Further, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of our acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this need for capital through this offering are discussed in the section of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our plans to raise capital and to consummate our initial business combination may not be successful. The report of our independent registered public accountants on our financial statements includes an explanatory paragraph stating that our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on the consummation of this offering. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from our inability to consummate this offering or our ability to continue as a going concern. Moreover, there is no assurance that we will consummate our initial business combination. These factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

If we are unable to consummate a business combination, our public shareholders may be forced to wait more than 12 months (or 21 months if we have extended the period of time as described in this prospectus) before receiving liquidation distributions.

We have 12 months from the consummation of this offering in which to complete a business combination (or 21 months if we have extended the period of time as described in this prospectus). We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to such date unless we consummate a business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to redeem their shares. Only after the expiration of this full time period will public shareholders be entitled to liquidation distributions if we are unable to complete a business combination. Accordingly, investors’ funds may be unavailable to them until after such date and to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your securities potentially at a loss.

The requirement that we complete an initial business combination within a specific period of time may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating our initial business combination and may limit the amount of time we have to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to consummate our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

We have 12 months from the consummation of this offering to complete an initial business combination (or 21 months if we have extended the period of time as described in this prospectus). Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware of this requirement. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete a business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete a business combination with

31

Table of Contents

any other target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the time limits referenced above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of this offering are intended to be used to complete a business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, since we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,001 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors of blank check companies such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules which would, for example, completely restrict the transferability of our securities, restrict the use of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and require us to complete a business combination within 21 months from the closing of the offering. Because we are not subject to Rule 419, our units will be immediately tradable, we will be entitled to withdraw amounts from the funds held in the trust account prior to the completion of a business combination and we may have more time to complete an initial business combination.

We may issue additional ordinary or preferred shares or debt securities to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our shareholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to be adopted upon effectiveness of this prospectus will authorize the issuance of 470,000,000 Class A ordinary shares and 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, as well as 10,000,000 preferred shares. Although we have no commitment as of the date of this offering, we may issue a substantial number of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares, or a combination of ordinary shares and preferred shares, to complete a business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares to redeem the warrants as described in “Description of Securities — Warrants” or upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares:

•        may significantly reduce the equity interest of investors in this offering;

•        may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if we issue preferred shares with rights senior to those afforded to our ordinary shares;

•        may cause a change in control if a substantial number of ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

•        may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

•        default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

•        acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

•        our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; and

•        our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding.

•        our inability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares;

32

Table of Contents

•        using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

•        limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

•        increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

•        limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

Since we have not yet identified any prospective target business, we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of the business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, or the obligation to redeem into cash (or purchase in any tender offer) a significant number of shares from dissenting shareholders, we will be required to seek additional financing. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate a particular business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, if we consummate a business combination, we may require additional financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after a business combination.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per-share liquidation price received by shareholders may be less than $10.10.

Our placing of funds in trust may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors and service providers we engage and prospective target businesses we negotiate with execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, they may not execute such agreements. Furthermore, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they may seek recourse against the monies held in the trust account. A court may not uphold the validity of such agreements. Accordingly, the proceeds held in trust could be subject to claims which could take priority over those of our public shareholders. If we liquidate the trust account before the completion of a business combination, Blue World Holdings Limited, whose director is our Chief Executive Officer, Liang Shi, has agreed that it will be liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us and which have not executed a waiver agreement. However, it may not be able to meet such obligation. Therefore, the per-share distribution from the trust account in such a situation may be less than $10.10, plus interest, due to such claims.

Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and

33

Table of Contents

officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable for a fine of approximately $18,000 and imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

Holders of warrants and rights will not have redemption rights if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period.

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we redeem and distribute the funds held in the trust account, the warrants and rights will expire and holders will not receive any of such proceeds with respect to the warrants and rights.

We have no obligation to net cash settle the warrants or rights.

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we redeem and distribute the funds held in the trust account, the warrants and rights will expire and holders will not receive any of such proceeds with respect to the warrants and rights.

If we do not maintain a current and effective prospectus relating to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the redeemable warrants, public holders will only be able to exercise such redeemable warrants on a “cashless basis” which would result in a fewer number of shares being issued to the holder had such holder exercised the redeemable warrants for cash.

Except as set forth below, if we do not maintain a current and effective prospectus relating to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants at the time that holders wish to exercise such warrants, they will only be able to exercise them on a “cashless basis,” provided that an exemption from registration is available. As a result, the number of Class A ordinary shares that a holder will receive upon exercise of its warrants will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised its warrant for cash. Further, if an exemption from registration is not available, holders would not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis and would only be able to exercise their warrants for cash if a current and effective prospectus relating to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is available. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to meet these conditions and to maintain a current and effective prospectus relating to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. If we are unable to do so, the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company may be reduced or the warrants may expire worthless. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the private warrants may be exercisable for unregistered Class A ordinary shares for cash even if the prospectus relating to the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not current and effective.

An investor will only be able to exercise warrants if the issuance of Class A ordinary shares upon such exercise has been registered or qualified or is deemed exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants.

No warrants will be exercisable for cash and we will not be obligated to issue Class A ordinary shares unless the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon such exercise have been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. At the time that the warrants become exercisable, we expect to continue to be listed on a national securities exchange, which would provide an exemption from registration in every state. However, we cannot assure you of this fact. If the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside, the warrants may be deprived of any value, the market for the warrants may be limited and they may expire worthless if they cannot be sold.

Because each unit contains one-half of one redeemable warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one Class A ordinary share, one-half of one redeemable warrant, and one right. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase a multiple of two units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one ordinary share, one redeemable warrant to purchase one whole share,

34

Table of Contents

and one right. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of an initial business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one-half of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a warrant to purchase one whole share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if they included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder (i) to cure any ambiguity or correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in this prospectus, or to cure, correct or supplement any defective provision, or (ii) to add or change any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the interests of the registered holders of the warrants. The warrant agreement requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants in order to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash or share, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of our Class A ordinary shares purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

Our warrant agreement will designate the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.

Our warrant agreement will provide that, subject to applicable law, (i) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (ii) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the warrant agreement will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our warrant agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions of the warrant agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our warrants, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder.

This choice-of-forum provision may limit a warrant holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company, including by increasing the cost of such lawsuits to a warrant holder, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our warrant agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional

35

Table of Contents

costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.

A provision of our warrant agreement may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination.

If:

•        we issue additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination at a Newly Issued Price of less than $9.20 per Class A ordinary shares,

•        the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial business combination on the date of the consummation of our initial business combination (net of redemptions), and

•        the Market Value is below $9.20 per share,

then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the greater of (i) the Market Value or (ii) the Newly Issued Price, and the $16.50 per share redemption trigger price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the greater of (i) the Market Value or (ii) the Newly Issued Price. This may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination with a target business.

Our outstanding warrants and rights may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

We will be issuing warrants to purchase 4,000,000 Class A ordinary shares as part of the units offered by this prospectus and private warrants included within the private units to purchase 388,480 Class A Class A ordinary shares. $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein. We may also issue other units to our sponsor, initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates in payment of working capital loans and extension loans, if any, made to us as described in this prospectus. To the extent we issue Class A ordinary shares to effect a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares upon exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle in the eyes of a target business. Such securities, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding ordinary shares and reduce the value of the shares issued to complete the business combination. Accordingly, our warrants and rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business. Additionally, the sale, or even the possibility of sale, of the shares underlying the warrants and rights could have an adverse effect on the market price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future financing. If and to the extent these warrants and rights are exercised, you may experience dilution to your holdings.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $16.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein, for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after the warrant become exercisable and ending one the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given and during the entire period thereafter until the time we redeem the warrants, we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you (i) to exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants.

36

Table of Contents

Our management’s ability to require holders of our warrants to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis will cause holders to receive fewer Class A ordinary shares upon their exercise of the warrants than they would have received had they been able to exercise their warrants for cash.

If we call our public warrants for redemption after the redemption criteria described elsewhere in this prospectus have been satisfied, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his warrant (including any private warrants) to do so on a “cashless basis.” If our management chooses to require holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, the number of Class A ordinary shares received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his warrant for cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company.

Since we have not yet selected a particular industry or target business with which to complete a business combination, we are unable to currently ascertain the merits or risks of the industry or business in which we may ultimately operate.

While we intend to focus our search for target businesses on specific locations and industries as described in this prospectus, we are not limited to those locations and may consummate a business combination with a company in any location or industry we choose. However, we shall not undertake our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau). Accordingly, there is no current basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business which we may ultimately acquire. To the extent we complete a business combination with a company in its development stage, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of those entities. If we complete a business combination with an entity in an industry characterized by a high level of risk, we may be affected by the currently unascertainable risks of that industry. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular industry or target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a target business.

The requirement that the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (less any deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on interest earned and less any interest earned thereon that is released to us) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination may limit the type and number of companies that we may complete such a business combination with.

Pursuant to the Nasdaq listing rules, the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account and less any interest earned thereon that is released to us for our taxes) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. This restriction may limit the type and number of companies with which we may complete a business combination. If we are unable to locate a target business or businesses that satisfy this fair market value test, we may be forced to liquidate and you will only be entitled to receive your pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange after this offering, we would not be required to satisfy the fair market value requirement described above and could complete a business combination with a target business having a fair market value substantially below 80% of the balance in the trust account.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following a business combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our key personnel, at least until we have consummated our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain with us for the immediate or foreseeable future. In addition, none of our officers are required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, they will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business

37

Table of Contents

activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have employment agreements with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our officers. The unexpected loss of the services of our key personnel could have a detrimental effect on us.

The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following a business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place or be hired after consummation of the business combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

Our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge regarding the jurisdiction or industry of the target business we may seek to acquire.

While we intend to focus our search for target businesses within the locations and industries as described in this prospectus, we may consummate a business combination with a target business in any geographic location or industry we choose. We cannot assure you that our officers and directors will have enough experience or have sufficient knowledge relating to the jurisdiction of the target or its industry to make an informed decision regarding a business combination. If we become aware of a potential business combination outside of the geographic location or industry where our officers and directors have the most experience, our management may retain consultants and advisors with experience in such industries to assist in the evaluation of such business combination and in our determination of whether or not to proceed with such a business combination. However, our management is not required to engage consultants or advisors in any situation. If they do not engage any consultants or advisors to assist them in the evaluation of a particular target business or business combination, our management may not properly analyze the risks attendant with such target business or business combination. Even if our management does engage consultants or advisors to assist in the evaluation of a particular target business or business combination, we cannot assure you that such consultants or advisors will properly analyze the risks attendant with such target business or business combination. As a result, we may enter into a business combination that is not in our shareholders’ best interests.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following a business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel will be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements or other arrangements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby potentially limiting the amount of time they devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which could create a conflict of interest when allocating their time between our operations and their other commitments. We presently expect each of our employees to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination). We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. All of our officers and directors are engaged in several other business endeavors and are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our affairs. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to such affairs, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination. We cannot assure you these conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

38

Table of Contents

Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations and accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations to other companies, including other companies that are engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us. Accordingly, they may participate in transactions and have obligations that may be in conflict or competition with our consummation of our initial business combination. As a result, a potential target business may be presented by our management team to another entity prior to its presentation to us and we may not be afforded the opportunity to engage in a transaction with such target business. For a more detailed description of the pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations of our management team, and the potential conflicts of interest that such obligations may present, see the section titled “Management — Conflicts of Interest.”

Our officers’ and directors’ personal and financial interests may influence their motivation in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for a business combination.

Our officers and directors have waived their right to redeem (or sell to us in any tender offer) their founder shares or any other ordinary shares acquired in this offering or thereafter (although none of these insiders have indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or thereafter), or to receive distributions with respect to their founder shares upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate our initial business combination. Our sponsor, has also waived its right to redeem (or sell to us in any tender offer) its private shares or any other ordinary shares acquired in this offering or thereafter (although it has not indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or thereafter), or to receive distributions with respect to their private shares upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate our initial business combination. Accordingly, these securities will be worthless if we do not consummate our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors may loan funds to us after this offering and may be owed reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with certain activities on our behalf which would only be repaid if we complete an initial business combination. The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we might have a claim against such individuals. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.

Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We anticipate that our securities will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, a national securities exchange, upon consummation of this offering. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of Nasdaq, which generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq in the future prior to an initial business combination. Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, it is likely that Nasdaq will require us to file a new initial listing application and meet its initial listing requirements as opposed to its more lenient continued listing requirements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

•        a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

•        reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;

•        a determination that our ordinary shares are “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our ordinary shares;

•        a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and

•        a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

39

Table of Contents

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

•        solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, or

•        dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination.

Alternatively, if we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

As the number of special purpose acquisition companies evaluating targets increases, attractive targets may become scarcer and there may be more competition for attractive targets. This could increase the cost of our initial business combination and could even result in our inability to find a target or to consummate an initial business combination.

In recent years, the number of special purpose acquisition companies that have been formed has increased substantially. Many potential targets for special purpose acquisition companies have already entered into an initial business combination, and there are still many special purpose acquisition companies seeking targets for their initial business combination, as well as many such companies currently in registration. As a result, and because our pool is limited to companies that conduct a majority of their business or is headquartered outside of China (including Hong Kong and Macau), fewer attractive targets may be available, and it may require more time, effort and resources to identify a suitable target and to consummate an initial business combination.

In addition, because there are more special purpose acquisition companies seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause targets companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns, geopolitical tensions, or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find and consummate an initial business combination, and may result in our inability to consummate an initial business combination on terms favorable to our investors altogether.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise their conversion rights or sell their public shares to us in a tender offer may not allow us to effectuate the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

If our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, because we will not know how many public shareholders may exercise conversion rights or seek to sell their public shares to us in a tender offer, we may either need to reserve part of the trust account for possible payment upon such conversion, or we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business transaction. In the event that the business combination involves the issuance of our shares as consideration, we may be required to issue a higher percentage

40

Table of Contents

of our shares to make up for a shortfall in funds. Raising additional funds to cover any shortfall may involve dilutive equity financing or incurring indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. This may limit our ability to effectuate the most attractive business combination available to us.

We may be unable to consummate a business combination if a target business requires that we have cash in excess of the minimum amount we are required to have at closing and public shareholders may have to remain shareholders of our company and wait until our liquidation to receive a pro rata share of the trust account or attempt to sell their shares in the open market.

A potential target may make it a closing condition to our business combination that we have a certain amount of cash in excess of the $5,000,001 of net tangible assets we are required to have pursuant to our organizational documents available at the time of closing. If the number of our shareholders electing to exercise their conversion rights or sell their shares to us in a tender offer has the effect of reducing the amount of money available to us to consummate a business combination below such minimum amount required by the target business and we are not able to locate an alternative source of funding, we will not be able to consummate such business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all. In that case, public shareholders may have to remain shareholders of our company and wait the full 12 (or 21) months in order to be able to receive a pro rata portion of the trust account, or attempt to sell their shares in the open market prior to such time, in which case they may receive less than a pro rata share of the trust account for their shares.

Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may consummate our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.

We intend to hold a shareholder vote before we consummate our initial business combination. However, if a shareholder vote is not required, for business or legal reasons, we may conduct conversions via a tender offer and not offer our shareholders the opportunity to vote on a proposed business combination. Accordingly, we may consummate our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the business combination.

In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial business combination, we will offer each public shareholder the option to vote in favor of a proposed business combination and still seek conversion of his, her or its public shares, which may make it more likely that we will consummate a business combination.

In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial business combination, we will offer each public shareholder the right to have his, her or its public shares redeemed to cash (subject to the limitations described elsewhere in this prospectus) regardless of whether such shareholder votes for or against such proposed business combination. Furthermore, we will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and a majority of the issued and outstanding shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. Accordingly, public shareholders owning shares sold in this offering may exercise their conversion rights and we could still consummate a proposed business combination so long as a majority of shares voted at the meeting are voted in favor of the proposed business combination. This is different than other similarly structured blank check companies where shareholders are offered the right to redeem their shares only when they vote against a proposed business combination. This is also different from other similarly structured blank check companies where there is a specific number of shares sold in the offering which must not exercise conversion rights for the company to complete a business combination. The lack of such a threshold and the ability to seek conversion while voting in favor of a proposed business combination may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination.

In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, we may require shareholders who wish to redeem their public shares to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their conversion rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights.

In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, each public shareholder will have the right, regardless of whether it is voting for or against such proposed business combination, to demand that we redeem its public shares into a share of the trust account. Such conversion will be effectuated under Cayman Islands law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as a redemption of the

41

Table of Contents

shares, with the redemption price to be paid being the applicable pro rata portion of the monies held in the trust account. We may require public shareholders who wish to redeem their public shares in connection with a proposed business combination to either tender their certificates (if any) to our transfer agent or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s (“DTC”) DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at any time at or prior to the vote taken at the shareholder meeting relating to such business combination. In order to obtain a physical share certificate, a shareholder’s broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and our transfer agent will need to act to facilitate this request. It is our understanding that shareholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, because we do not have any control over this process or over the brokers or DTC, it may take significantly longer than two weeks to obtain a physical share certificate. It is also our understanding that it takes a short time to deliver shares through the DWAC System. However, this too may not be the case. Accordingly, if it takes longer than we anticipate for shareholders to deliver their shares, shareholders who wish to redeem may be unable to meet the deadline for exercising their conversion rights and thus may be unable to convert their shares.

Investors may not have sufficient time to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we are required to give a minimum of only five clear days’ notice for each general meeting. As a result, if we require public shareholders who wish to redeem their public shares into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion, holders may not have sufficient time to receive the notice and deliver their shares for conversion. Accordingly, investors may not be able to exercise their conversion rights and may be forced to retain our securities when they otherwise would not want to.

If we require public shareholders who wish to redeem their public shares to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion, such redeeming shareholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to in the event that the proposed business combination is not approved.

If we require public shareholders who wish to redeem their public shares to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion described above and such proposed business combination is not consummated, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public shareholders. Accordingly, investors who attempted to redeem their shares in such a circumstance will be unable to sell their securities after the failed acquisition until we have returned their securities to them. The market price for our shares may decline during this time and you may not be able to sell your securities when you wish to, even while other shareholders that did not seek conversion may be able to sell their securities.

Because of our limited resources and structure, other companies may have a competitive advantage and we may not be able to consummate an attractive business combination.

We expect to encounter intense competition from entities other than blank check companies having a business objective similar to ours, including venture capital funds, leveraged buyout funds and operating businesses competing for acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe that there are numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, seeking shareholder approval of a business combination may delay or prevent the consummation of a transaction, a risk a target business may not be willing to accept. Additionally, our outstanding warrants and rights, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Any of the foregoing may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.

Our initial shareholders control a substantial interest in us and thus may influence certain actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Upon consummation of our offering and the private placement, our initial shareholders will collectively own approximately 23.29% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering). Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a

42

Table of Contents

manner that you do not support, including amendments to our memorandum and articles of association. None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or ordinary shares from persons in the open market or in private transactions (other than the private units). However, if our initial shareholders purchase any units in this offering or if our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates determine in the future to make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions, to the extent permitted by law, in order to assist us in consummating our initial business combination, this would increase their control. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our ordinary shares. In connection with any vote for a proposed business combination, all of our initial shareholders, as well as all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote the ordinary shares owned by them immediately before this offering as well as any ordinary shares acquired in this offering or in the aftermarket in favor of such proposed business combination.

Our founders paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.011 per share, for the founder shares and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our ordinary shares.

The difference between the public offering price per share and the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering constitutes the dilution to the investors in this offering. Our founders acquired their founder shares at a nominal price, significantly contributing to this dilution. Upon consummation of this offering, you and the other new investors will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 86.14% or $7.83 per share (the difference between the public offering price per share (including the ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of rights) and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $1.26 per share). This is because investors in this offering will be contributing approximately 95.34% of the total amount paid to us for our outstanding securities after this offering but will only own approximately 78.10% of our outstanding securities (including the ordinary shares underlying the rights). Accordingly, the per-share purchase price you will be paying substantially exceeds our per share net tangible book value.

Unlike some other similarly structured special purpose acquisition companies, our initial shareholders will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder thereof, on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments for share splits, share dividends, recapitalization, reorganization, or the like). However, if additional Class A ordinary shares or any other equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of all ordinary shares (excluding the representative shares)outstanding upon completion of this offering plus (ii) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued, or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial business combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private units issued to our sponsor upon conversion of working capital loans, provided that such conversion of Class B ordinary shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis. This is different than some other similarly structured special purpose acquisition companies in which the initial shareholders will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the initial business combination.

If our shareholders exercise their registration rights with respect to their securities, it may have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares and the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

Our initial shareholders are entitled to make a demand that we register the resale of their founder shares. Additionally, the purchasers of the private units and our initial shareholders, officers and directors are entitled to demand that we register the resale of the 388,480 Class A ordinary shares underlying the private units, and the 38,848 Class A ordinary shares underlying the private rights, and any securities our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans or loans to extend our life made to us at any time after we consummate a business combination. The presence of these additional securities trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities. In addition, the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business, as the shareholders

43

Table of Contents

of the target business may be discouraged from entering into a business combination with us or will request a higher price for their securities because of the potential effect the exercise of such rights may have on the trading market for our ordinary shares.

If we are deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete a business combination.

A company that, among other things, is or holds itself out as being engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, trading or holding certain types of securities would be deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Since we will invest the proceeds held in the trust account only in United States government treasury bills, notes or bonds having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in United States treasuries, we believe that we will not be considered to be an investment company pursuant to the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

If we are nevertheless deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, we may be subject to certain restrictions that may make it more difficult for us to complete a business combination, including:

•        restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

•        restrictions on the issuance of securities.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us certain burdensome requirements, including:

•        registration as an investment company;

•        adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

•        reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy, compliance policies and procedures and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

Compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expense that we have not provided for.

We may not seek an opinion from an unaffiliated third party as to the fair market value of the target business we acquire.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party that the target business we select has a fair market value in excess of at least 80% of the balance of the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) unless our board of directors cannot make such determination on its own. We are also not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view unless the target is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, whose collective experience in business evaluations for blank check companies like ours is not significant. Furthermore, our directors may have a conflict of interest in analyzing the transaction due to their personal and financial interests.

We may acquire a target business that is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates.

While we do not currently intend to pursue an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates, we are not prohibited from pursuing such a transaction, nor are we prohibited from consummating a business combination where any of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates acquire a minority interest in the target business alongside our acquisition, provided in each case we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent firm that commonly renders valuation opinions for the type of company we are seeking to acquire or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. These affiliations could cause our officers or directors to have a conflict of interest in analyzing such transactions due to their personal and financial interests.

44

Table of Contents

The determination of the offering price of our units is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the warrants and rights were negotiated between us and the sole underwriter. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights underlying the units, include:

•        the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

•        prior offerings of those companies;

•        our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

•        our capital structure;

•        the per share amount of net proceeds being placed in the trust account;

•        an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies; and

•        general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results to compare them to.

Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and certain of our officers and directors are residents of jurisdictions outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We will also be subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations.

45

Table of Contents

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending June 30, 2022. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check exempted company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target company with which we seek to complete our business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our securities less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. However, if our non-convertible debt issued within a three-year period exceeds $1.0 billion or revenues exceeds $1.07 billion, or the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year. As an emerging growth company, we are not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and we are exempt from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Additionally, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares less attractive because we may rely on these provisions. If some investors find our shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our shares and our share price may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, will not adopt the new or revised standard until the time private companies are required to adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used.

An investment in this offering may involve adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

An investment in this offering may involve adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. For instance, there is a risk that an investor’s entitlement to receive payments in excess of the investor’s initial tax basis in our ordinary shares upon exercise of the investor’s conversion right or upon our liquidation of the trust account will result in constructive income to the investor, which could affect the timing and character of income recognition and result in U.S. federal income tax liability to the investor without the investor’s receipt of cash from us. Furthermore, because there are no authorities that directly address instruments similar to the units we are issuing in this offering, the allocation an investor makes with respect to the purchase price of the unit among the Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights included in the units could be challenged by the IRS or the courts. See the section titled “Taxation — United States Federal Income

46

Table of Contents

Taxation” for a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our securities. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to these and other tax consequences when purchasing, holding or disposing of our securities.

We have also not sought a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, as to any U.S. federal income tax consequences described in this prospectus. The IRS may disagree with the descriptions of U.S. federal income tax consequences described herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Any such determination could subject an investor or our company to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences that would be different than those described in this prospectus. Accordingly, each prospective investor is urged to consult a tax advisor with respect to the specific tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our securities, including the applicability and effect of state, local, or foreign tax laws, as well as U.S. federal tax laws.

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business Outside of the United States

We may qualify as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

In general, we will be treated as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for any taxable year in which either (1) at least 75% of our gross income (looking through certain 25% or more-owned corporate subsidiaries) is passive income or (2) at least 50% of the average value of our assets (looking through certain 25% or more-owned corporate subsidiaries) is attributable to assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Passive income generally includes, without limitation, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets. If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder (as defined in the Section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation — General”) of our securities, the U.S. Holder may be subject to increased U.S. federal income tax liability and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our actual PFIC status for our current taxable year may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception (see the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — United States Federal Income Taxation — U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”). Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year (or after the end of the start-up period, if later). Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. We urge U.S. Holders to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules.

If our management following a business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following a business combination, our management will likely resign from their positions as officers of the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. We cannot assure you that management of the target business will be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with our laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

If restrictions on repatriation of earnings from the target business’ home jurisdiction to foreign entities are instituted, our business following a business combination may be materially negatively affected.

It is possible that following an initial business combination, the home jurisdiction of the target business may have restrictions on repatriations of earnings or additional restrictions may be imposed in the future. If they were, it could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies, this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply

47

Table of Contents

with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A ordinary share held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

We may effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States and if we do, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our business operations and financial results.

If we consummate a business combination with a target business located outside of the United States (although we will not effect our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China, including Hong Kong and Macau), we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in the target business’ governing jurisdiction, including any of the following:

•        rules and regulations or currency redemption or corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

•        tariffs and trade barriers;

•        regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

•        longer payment cycles than in the United States;

•        inflation;

•        economic policies and market conditions;

•        unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

•        challenges in managing and staffing international operations;

•        tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

•        currency fluctuations;

•        challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

•        cultural and language differences;

•        protection of intellectual property; and

•        employment regulations.

We cannot assure you that we would be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer.

Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business Outside of the United States

Because of the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, our results of operations may be negatively impacted.

Managing a business, operations, personnel or assets in another country is challenging and costly. Any management that we may have (whether based abroad or in the U.S.) may be inexperienced in cross-border business practices and unaware of significant differences in accounting rules, legal regimes and labor practices. Even with a seasoned and experienced management team, the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, personnel and assets can be significant (and much higher than in a purely domestic business) and may negatively impact our financial and operational performance.

48

Table of Contents

If social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, or policy changes or enactments occur in a country in which we may operate after we effect our initial business combination, it may result in a negative impact on our business.

Political events in another country may significantly affect our business, assets or operations. Social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, and policy changes or enactments could negatively impact our business in a particular country.

Many countries have difficult and unpredictable legal systems and underdeveloped laws and regulations that are unclear and subject to corruption and inexperience, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to seek and enforce legal protections, including with respect to intellectual property and other property rights, or to defend ourselves with regard to legal actions taken against us in a given country, may be difficult or impossible, which could adversely impact our operations, assets or financial condition.

Rules and regulations in many countries are often ambiguous or open to differing interpretation by responsible individuals and agencies at the municipal, state, regional and federal levels. The attitudes and actions of such individuals and agencies are often difficult to predict and inconsistent.

Delay with respect to the enforcement of particular rules and regulations, including those relating to customs, tax, environmental and labor, could cause serious disruption to operations abroad and negatively impact our results.

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws applicable to such company will likely govern all of our material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States (although we will not effect our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China, including Hong Kong and Macau), the laws of the country in which such company operates will govern almost all of the material agreements relating to its operations. We cannot assure you that the target business will be able to enforce any of its material agreements or that remedies will be available in this new jurisdiction. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital. Additionally, if we acquire a company located outside of the United States, it is likely that substantially all of our assets would be located outside of the United States and some of our officers and directors might reside outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties of our directors and officers under Federal securities laws.

If relations between the United States and foreign governments deteriorate, it could cause potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive.

The relationship between the United States and foreign governments could be subject to sudden fluctuation and periodic tension. For instance, the United States may announce its intention to impose quotas on certain imports. Such import quotas may adversely affect political relations between the two countries and result in retaliatory countermeasures by the foreign government in industries that may affect our ultimate target business. Changes in political conditions in foreign countries and changes in the state of U.S. relations with such countries are difficult to predict and could adversely affect our operations or cause potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive. Because we are not limited to any specific industry, there is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible extent of any impact on our ultimate operations if relations are strained between the United States and a foreign country in which we acquire a target business or move our principal manufacturing or service operations.

If any dividend is declared in the future and paid in a foreign currency, you may be taxed on a larger amount in U.S.

If you are a U.S. holder of our ordinary shares, you will be taxed on the U.S. dollar value of your dividends, if any, at the time you receive them, even if you actually receive a smaller amount of U.S. dollars when the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Specifically, if a dividend is declared and paid in a foreign currency, the amount of the

49

Table of Contents

dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the payments made in the foreign currency, determined at the spot rate of the foreign currency to the U.S. dollar on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Thus, if the value of the foreign currency decreases before you actually convert the currency into U.S. dollars, you will be taxed on a larger amount in U.S. dollars than the U.S. dollar amount that you will actually ultimately receive.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, certain members of our management team will likely resign from their positions as officers or directors of the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with our laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues, which may adversely affect our operations.

Currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

Many of the economies in Asia are experiencing substantial inflationary pressures which may prompt the governments to take action to control the growth of the economy and inflation that could lead to a significant decrease in our profitability following our initial business combination.

We are not limited to a particular region for purposes of consummating an initial business combination except that we will not consummate our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau), however, we may focus on targets that, regardless of geographic location of operations or corporate offices, have viable synergies with the Asia Pacific and the U.S. markets for our target industry segments, either physically or virtually. In the event that our target business is in Asia, while many of the economies in Asia have experienced rapid growth over the last two decades, they currently are experiencing inflationary pressures. As governments take steps to address the current inflationary pressures, there may be significant changes in the availability of bank credits, interest rates, limitations on loans, restrictions on currency conversions and foreign investment. There also may be imposition of price controls. If prices for the products of our ultimate target business rise at a rate that is insufficient to compensate for the rise in the costs of supplies, it may have an adverse effect on our profitability. If these or other similar restrictions are imposed by a government to influence the economy, it may lead to a slowing of economic growth. Because we are not limited to any specific industry, the ultimate industry that we operate in may be affected more severely by such a slowing of economic growth.

Many industries in Asia are subject to government regulations that limit or prohibit foreign investments in such industries, which may limit the potential number of acquisition candidates.

Governments in many Asian countries have imposed regulations that limit foreign investors’ equity ownership or prohibit foreign investments altogether in companies that operate in certain industries. As a result, the number of potential acquisition candidates available to us may be limited or our ability to grow and sustain the business, which we ultimately acquire will be limited, as we limit our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau).

50

Table of Contents

If a country in Asia (excluding China) enacts regulations in industry segments that forbid or restrict foreign investment, our ability to consummate our initial business combination could be severely impaired. We will not undertake our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau).

We will not undertake our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau), however, many of the rules and regulations in other countries in Asia that companies face concerning foreign ownership are not explicitly communicated. If new laws or regulations forbid or limit foreign investment in industries in which we want to complete our initial business combination, they could severely impair our candidate pool of potential target businesses. Additionally, if the relevant central and local authorities find us or the target business with which we ultimately complete our initial business combination to be in violation of any existing or future laws or regulations, they would have broad discretion in dealing with such a violation, including, without limitation:

•        levying fines;

•        revoking our business and other licenses;

•        requiring that we restructure our ownership or operations; and

•        requiring that we discontinue any portion or all of our business.

Any of the above could have an adverse effect on our company post-business combination and could materially reduce the value of your investment.

Corporate governance standards in Asia may not be as strict or developed as in the United States and such weakness may hide issues and operational practices that are detrimental to a target business.

General corporate governance standards in some countries are weak in that they do not prevent business practices that cause unfavorable related party transactions, over-leveraging, improper accounting, family company interconnectivity and poor management. Local laws often do not go far enough to prevent improper business practices. Therefore, shareholders may not be treated impartially and equally as a result of poor management practices, asset shifting, conglomerate structures that result in preferential treatment to some parts of the overall company, and cronyism. The lack of transparency and ambiguity in the regulatory process also may result in inadequate credit evaluation and weakness that may precipitate or encourage financial crisis. In our evaluation of a business combination we will have to evaluate the corporate governance of a target and the business environment, and in accordance with United States laws for reporting companies take steps to implement practices that will cause compliance with all applicable rules and accounting practices. Notwithstanding these intended efforts, there may be endemic practices and local laws that could add risk to an investment we ultimately make and that result in an adverse effect on our operations and financial results.

51

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained in this prospectus that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipates,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predicts,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about our:

•        ability to identify or complete an initial business combination;

•        limited operating history;

•        success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

•        potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete a business combination;

•        pool of prospective target businesses;

•        the ability of our officers and directors to generate potential investment opportunities;

•        potential change in control if we acquire one or more target businesses for shares;

•        our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

•        regulatory or operational risks associated with acquiring a target business;

•        use of proceeds not held in the trust account;

•        financial performance following this offering; or

•        listing or delisting of our securities from Nasdaq or the ability to have our securities listed on Nasdaq following our initial business combination.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

52

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering, in addition to the funds we will receive from the sale of the private units (all of which will be deposited into the trust account), will be as set forth in the following table:

 

Without
Over-Allotment Option

 

Over-Allotment Option
Exercised

Gross proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross proceeds from units offered to public

 

$

80,000,000

 

 

$

92,000,000

 

Gross proceeds from private units offered in the private placement

 

 

3,884,800

 

 

 

4,244,800

 

Total gross proceeds

 

$

83,884,800

 

 

$

96,244,800

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Offering expenses(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-contingent underwriting discount(2) (2.0% of gross proceeds from offering, which excludes the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of up to 3.5% of gross proceeds from offering)

 

$

1,600,000

 

 

$

1,840,000

 

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

300,000

 

Nasdaq listing fee

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

75,000

 

Printing and engraving expenses

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

30,000

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

45,000

 

 

 

45,000

 

FINRA filing fee

 

 

15,740

 

 

 

15,740

 

SEC registration fee

 

 

9,419

 

 

 

9,419

 

Underwriter counsel and background check

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

125,000

 

Miscellaneous expenses

 

 

84,641

 

 

 

84,641

 

Total offering expenses (not including deferred underwriting
discounts and commissions)

 

$

2,284,800

 

 

$

2,524,800

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds after estimated offering expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Held in trust(3)

 

$

80,800,000

(3)

 

$

92,920,000

(3)

Not held in trust

 

 

800,000

 

 

 

800,000

 

Total net proceeds (including deferred underwriting
discounts and commissions)

 

$

81,600,000

 

 

$

93,720,000

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table shows the use of the approximately $800,000 of
net proceeds not held in trust.(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal, accounting and other third party expenses attendant to the search
for target businesses and to the due diligence investigation, structuring
and negotiation of a business combination

 

$

100,000

 

 

 

12.50

%

Legal and accounting fees relating to SEC reporting obligations

 

 

75,000

 

 

 

9.37

%

Payment of administrative fee to Blue World Holdings Limited ($10,000 per month for up to 12 months), subject to deferral as described herein

 

 

120,000

 

 

 

15.00

%

Director and officer indemnity escrow related expenses

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

12.50

%

Working capital to cover miscellaneous expenses, general corporate
purposes, liquidation obligations and reserves

 

 

405,000

 

 

 

50.63

%

Total

 

$

800,000

 

 

 

100

%

____________

(1)      A portion of the offering expenses, including the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the Nasdaq listing fee and a portion of the legal and audit fees, have been paid from the funds we borrowed from our sponsor, described below. These funds will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering available to us. If we determine not to proceed with the offering, such amounts would not be repaid.

(2)      No discounts or commissions will be paid with respect to the purchase of the private units.

(3)      The funds held in the trust account may, but need not, be used to pay our expenses relating to completing our initial business combination, including deferred underwriting discounts and commissions payable to Maxim Group LLC in an amount of up to 3.5% of the total gross proceeds raised in the offering described below.

53

Table of Contents

(4)      These expenses are estimates only and do not include interest which may be available to us from the trust account. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring our initial business combination based upon the level of complexity of such business combination. In the event we identify an initial business combination target in a specific industry subject to specific regulations, we may incur additional expenses associated with legal due diligence and the engagement of special legal counsel. In addition, our staffing needs may vary and as a result, we may engage a number of consultants to assist with legal and financial due diligence. We do not anticipate any change in our intended use of proceeds, other than fluctuations among the current categories of allocated expenses, which fluctuations, to the extent they exceed current estimates for any specific category of expenses, would not be available for our expenses.

Our sponsor has agreed to purchase an aggregate of 348,480 private units at a price of $10.00 per private unit, $3,484,800 in the aggregate (or up to 378,480 units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, $3,784,800 in the aggregate) and the underwriter has agreed to purchase an aggregate of 40,000 private units at a price of $10.00 per private unit, $400,000 in the aggregate (or up to 46,000 units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, $460,000 in the aggregate) in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below.

$80,000,000, or $92,000,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units will be placed in an account maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, New York, New York, as trustee. Pursuant to the investment management trust agreement that will govern the investment of such funds, the trustee, upon our written instructions, will invest the funds as set forth in such written instructions and to custody the funds while invested and until otherwise instructed in accordance with the investment management trust agreement. The funds held in trust will be invested only in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes having a maturity of 180 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in United States government treasuries, so that we are not deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our income or other tax obligations, the proceeds will not be released from the trust account until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our liquidation. The proceeds held in the trust account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we complete a business combination to the extent not used to pay redeem shareholders. Any amounts not paid as consideration to the sellers of the target business may be used to finance operations of the target business.

The payment to Blue World Holdings Limited, whose director is our Chief Executive Officer, Liang Shi, of a monthly fee of $10,000 is for general and administrative services including office space, utilities and secretarial support. However, pursuant to the terms of such agreement, we may delay payment of such monthly fee upon a determination by our audit committee that we lack sufficient funds held outside the trust to pay actual or anticipated expenses in connection with our initial business combination. Any such unpaid amount will accrue without interest and be due and payable no later than the date of the consummation of our initial business combination. This arrangement is being agreed to by Blue World Holdings Limited for our benefit. We believe that the fee charged by Blue World Holdings Limited is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person. This arrangement will terminate upon completion of our initial business combination or the distribution of the trust account to our public shareholders. Other than the $10,000 per month fee, no compensation of any kind (including finder’s, consulting or other similar fees) will be paid to any of our existing officers, directors, shareholders, or any of their affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of the business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, such individuals will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. Since the role of present management after a business combination is uncertain, we have no ability to determine what remuneration, if any, will be paid to those persons after a business combination.

Regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the net proceeds from this offering available to us out of trust for our working capital requirements in searching for a business combination will be approximately $800,000. We intend to use the excess working capital available for miscellaneous expenses, with the balance being held in reserve in the event due diligence, legal, accounting and other expenses of structuring and negotiating business combinations exceed our estimates, as well as for reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our initial shareholders, officers and directors in connection with activities on our behalf as described above. We will also be entitled to have interest earned on the funds held in the trust account released to us to pay any tax obligations that we may owe.

54

Table of Contents

The allocation of the net proceeds available to us outside of the trust account, along with the interest earned on the funds held in the trust account available to us, represents our best estimate of the intended uses of these funds. In the event that our assumptions prove to be inaccurate, we may reallocate some of such proceeds within the above described categories. If our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or the amount of interest available from the trust account is insufficient as a result of the current low interest rate environment, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently unascertainable. In this event, we could seek such additional capital through loans or additional investments from members of our management team, but such members of our management team are not under any obligation to advance funds to, or invest in, us.

We will likely use a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering, including the funds held in the trust account, to acquire a target business, to pay holders who wish to redeem or sell their shares to us for a portion of the funds held in the trust account and to pay our expenses relating thereto. If the payment of our liabilities, including the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions payable to Maxim Group LLC in an amount up to 3.5% of the total gross proceeds raised in the offering, were to reduce the amount available to us in trust necessary to pay all holders who wish to redeem or sell their shares to us for a portion of the funds held in the trust account, we would not be able to consummate such transaction. To the extent that our share capital is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust account which are not used to consummate a business combination, to pay holders who wish to redeem their shares into a portion of the funds held in the trust account or pay our expenses relating thereto will be disbursed to the combined company and will, along with any other net proceeds not expended, be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products.

To the extent we are unable to consummate a business combination, we will pay the costs of liquidating our trust account from our remaining assets outside of the trust account. If such funds are insufficient, Blue World Holdings Limited has agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation (currently anticipated to be no more than $50,000) and has agreed not to seek repayment of such expenses.

As of August 17, 2021, our sponsor had loaned to us an aggregate of $112,001 to be used to pay formation and a portion of the expenses of this offering. The loan is payable without interest on the date on which we consummate our initial public offering. If we determine not to proceed with the offering, such amounts would not be repaid.

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering until completion of an initial business combination, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,600,000 of the notes (in addition to the extension loans and convertible notes thereunder, if any) may be redeemed upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued units to acquire 176,000 Class A ordinary shares (which includes 160,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable underlying rights) and warrants to purchase 80,000 Class A ordinary shares if $1,600,000 of notes were so converted). In addition, if we extend the time we need to complete our business combination from 12 months from the closing of the offering to up to 21 months of the closing of the offering, our sponsor or its affiliates or designees must deposit into the trust account for each three-month extension $800,000, or $920,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case). Such extension loans will either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, or at the lender’s discretion, converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. If we do not complete our initial business combination, these loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available.

A public shareholder will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account (including interest earned on his, her or its portion of the trust account to the extent not previously released to us to pay our tax obligations) only in the event of (i) our liquidation if we have not completed a business combination within the required time period or (ii) if that public shareholder redeems such public shares or sells them to us in a tender offer in each case in connection with a business combination which we consummate or in connection with an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to the consummation of an initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

55

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time and we will only pay such dividend out of our profits or share premium (subject to solvency requirements) as permitted under Cayman Islands law. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with our business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

56

Table of Contents

DILUTION

The difference between the public offering price per share of our Class A ordinary share, assuming no value is attributed to the redeemable warrants or redeemable rights included in the units we are offering pursuant to this prospectus and included in the private units, and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our Class A ordinary share after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Such calculation does not reflect any dilution associated with the sales and exercise of warrants, including the private warrant, or the sale and conversion of rights, including the private rights, which would cause the actual dilution to the public shareholders to be higher, particularly where a cashless exercise is utilized. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of Class A ordinary share which may be redeemed for cash), by the number of issued and outstanding share of our Class A ordinary share.

As of August 17, 2021, our net tangible book value was a deficit of $112,001 or approximately $(0.05) per share of ordinary share. After giving effect to the sale of 8,800,000 Class A ordinary shares included in the units (consisting of 8,000,000 of our Class A ordinary shares included in the units and 800,000 shares of our Class A ordinary shares included in the outstanding rights) we are offering by this prospectus, the deduction of underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of this offering, the sale of 427,328 Class A ordinary shares (consisting of 388,480 of our Class A ordinary shares included in the private units and 38,848 shares of our Class A ordinary shares included in the outstanding rights) included in the private units and the representative shares to be issued to the underwriter, our pro forma net tangible book (deficit) value as of August 17, 2021 would have been $(1,982,251) or approximately $(0.61) per share, representing an immediate decrease in net tangible book (deficit) value (as decreased by the value of $80,800,000 or 8,000,000 shares of ordinary shares that may be redeemed for cash and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) of $0.56 per share (or $0.59 per share if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units is exercised in full) to the founders as of the closing of this offering and an immediate dilution of $9.70 per share or 106.71% to new investors not exercising their redemption. The dilution to new investors if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full would be an immediate dilution of $9.73 per share or 107.04%.

For purposes of presentation, we have reduced our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) by $80,800,000 because holders of up to approximately 100.00% of our public shares may redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account at a per share redemption price equal to the amount in the trust account as set forth in our tender offer or proxy materials (initially anticipated to be the aggregate amount held in trust two days prior to the commencement of our tender offer or shareholder meeting, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes), divided by the number of Class A ordinary share sold in this offering.

The following table illustrates the dilution to the new investors on a per-share basis, assuming no value is attributed to the redeemable warrants, including the private warrants, and rights, including the private rights:

 

Without
Over-Allotment

 

With
Over-Allotment

Public offering price

 

$

9.09

 

 

$

9.09

 

Net tangible book value before this offering

 

 

(0.05

)

 

 

(0.05

)

Decrease attributable to new investors and private sales

 

 

(0.56

)

 

 

(0.59

)

Pro forma net tangible book (deficit) value after this offering

 

 

(0.61

)

 

 

(0.64

)

Dilution to public shareholders

 

$

9.70

 

 

$

9.73

 

Percentage of dilution to new investors

 

 

106.71

%

 

 

107.04

%

57

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information with respect to our initial shareholders and the new investors:

 

Shares Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average Price Per Share

   

Number

 

Percentage

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

Insider shares(1)

 

2,000,000

 

17.75

%

 

$

25,000

 

0.03

%

 

$

0.0125

Shares underlying
private unit(2)

 

427,328

 

3.79

%

 

$

3,884,800

 

4.63

%

 

$

9.09

Representative shares

 

40,000

 

0.36

%

 

$

 

%

 

$

New investors(3)

 

8,800,000

 

78.10

%

 

$

80,000,000

 

95.34

%

 

$

9.09

   

11,267,328

 

100.00

%

 

$

83,909,800

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

____________

(1)      Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 300,000 Class B ordinary shares held by our founders have been forfeited as a result thereof.

(2)      Includes the issuance of an additional 38,848 Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights contained in the private unit holders.

(3)      Includes the issuance of an additional 800,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights contained in the new investors.

The pro forma net tangible book value after the offering is calculated as follows:

 

Without
Over-Allotment

 

With
Over-Allotment

Numerator(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net tangible book value before this offering

 

$

(112,001

)

 

$

(112,001

)

Offering costs paid in advance

 

$

129,750

 

 

$

129,750

 

Net proceeds from this offering and private placement of private units

 

$

81,600,000

 

 

$

93,720,000

 

Less: Deferred underwriting discounts and commissions

 

$

(2,800,000

)

 

$

(3,220,000

)

Less: Proceeds held in trust subject to conversion/tender(1)

 

$

(80,800,000

)

 

$

(92,920,000

)

   

$

(1,982,251

)

 

$

(2,402,251

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding prior to this offering

 

 

2,300,000

 

 

 

2,300,000

 

Class B ordinary shares forfeited if over-allotment is not exercised

 

 

(300,000

)

 

 

 

Class A ordinary shares included in the units offered in this offering

 

 

8,000,000

 

 

 

9,200,000

 

Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights to be included in the
public units

 

 

800,000

 

 

 

920,000

 

Class A ordinary shares included in the private units

 

 

388,480

 

 

 

424,480

 

Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights to be included in the
private units

 

 

38,848

 

 

 

42,448

 

Class A ordinary shares issued to the underwriter

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

40,000

 

Less: Shares subject to conversion/tender

 

 

(8,000,000

)

 

 

(9,200,000

)

   

 

3,267,328

 

 

 

3,726,928

 

____________

(1)      If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. In the event of any such purchases of our shares prior to the completion of our initial business combination, the number of shares of our Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption will be reduced by the amount of any such purchases, increasing the pro forma net tangible book value per share. See “Proposed Business — Effecting a Business Combination — Permitted Purchases of Our Securities.”

58

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of August 17, 2021 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our units and the private units and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of such securities.

 

As of August 17, 2021

   

Actual

 

As Adjusted(1)

Promissory Note – related party(2)

 

$

112,001

 

 

$

 

Deferred underwriting discounts and commission payable

 

 

 

 

 

2,800,000

 

Ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share, and 8,000,000 shares are
subject to possible redemption(3)

 

 

 

 

 

80,800,000

 

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share, 470,000,000 shares authorized, 0 share issued and outstanding as of August 17, 2021;
428,480 issued and outstanding, as adjusted (excludes up 8,000,000
shares subject to redemption)

 

 

 

 

 

43

 

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 2,300,000 and 2,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted, respectively(4)

 

 

230

 

 

 

200

 

Additional paid-in capital(5)

 

 

24,770

 

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit(6)

 

 

(7,251

)

 

 

(1,982,494

)

Total shareholders’ equity

 

 

17,749

 

 

 

(1,982,251

)

Total capitalization(7)

 

$

129,750

 

 

$

81,617,749

 

____________

(1)      Includes the $3,884,800 we will receive from the sale of the private units.

(2)      As of August 17, 2021, the sponsor had loaned to us an aggregate of $112,001 to be used to pay formation and a portion of the expenses of this offering. The loan is payable without interest on the date on which we consummate our initial public offering.

(3)      All of the 8,000,000 Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units in the offering contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such public shares in connection with our liquidation, if there is a shareholder vote or tender offer in connection with the business combination and in connection with certain amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. In accordance with SEC and its guidance on redeemable equity instruments, which has been codified in ASC 480-10-S99, redemption provisions not solely within the control of a company require ordinary shares subject to redemption to be classified outside of permanent equity. Given that the 8,000,000 Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units in the offering will be issued with other freestanding instruments (i.e., public warrants), the initial carrying value of ordinary shares classified as temporary equity will be the allocated proceeds determined in accordance with ASC 470-20. Our ordinary shares subject to ASC 480-10-S99. If it is probable that the equity instrument will become redeemable, we have the option to either (i) accrete changes in the redemption value over the period from the date of issuance (or from the date that it becomes probable that the instrument will become redeemable, if later) to the earliest redemption date of the instrument or (ii) recognize changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur and adjust the carrying amount of the instrument to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. We have elected to recognize the changes immediately. The accretion or remeasurement will be treated as a deemed dividend (i.e., a reduction to retained earnings, or in absence of retained earnings, additional paid-in capital).

(4)      Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 300,000 Class B ordinary shares held by our founders have been forfeited as a result thereof.

(5)      The “as adjusted” additional paid-in capital includes the excess of proceeds from the sale of the private placement warrants over their estimated fair value at issuance as a deemed capital contribution from our sponsor, less the immediate accretion of the carry value of Class A common stock subject to redemption to redemption value to reduce additional paid-in capital to zero.

(6)      As adjusted accumulated deficit also includes the immediate accretion of the carry value of Class A ordinary shares subject to redemption to redemption value.

(7)      Derived by adding deferred underwriting discounts and commission payable, total shareholders’ equity and the value of ordinary shares subject to possible conversion.

59

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We are a blank check exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on July 19, 2021 with limited liability (meaning our public shareholders have no liability, as shareholders of the Company, for the liabilities of the Company over and above the amount paid for their shares) to serve as a vehicle to effect a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more target businesses. Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering, our securities, debt or a combination of cash, securities and debt, in effecting a business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preferred shares:

•        may significantly reduce the equity interest of our shareholders;

•        may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if we issue preferred shares with rights senior to those afforded to our ordinary shares;

•        will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of our ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and most likely will also result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

•        may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and

•        may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our securities.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

•        default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to pay our debt obligations;

•        acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contains covenants that required the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and we breach any such covenant without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

•        our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

•        our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security is outstanding;

•        our inability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares;

•        using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

•        limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

•        Increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

•        limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt

60

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, as of August 17, 2021, we had a working capital deficit of $112,001. Further, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of our financing and acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this uncertainty through this offering are discussed above. Our plans to raise capital or to consummate our initial business combination may not be successful. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Our liquidity needs have been satisfied to date through receipt of $25,000 from the sale of the founder shares and a loan from our sponsor, in an aggregate amount of approximately $112,001 that is more fully described below. We estimate that the net proceeds from (1) the sale of the units in this offering, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $684,800 and underwriting discounts and commissions of $1,600,000 (or $1,840,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) (not including the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions) and (2) the sale of the private units for a purchase price of $3,884,800, will be $81,300,000 (or $93,420,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) (including the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions). Of this amount, $80,800,000 (or $92,920,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be held in the trust account. The remaining $800,000 will not be held in the trust account.

We intend to use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering, including the funds held in the trust account, to acquire a target business or businesses and to pay our expenses relating thereto, including deferred underwriting discounts and commissions payable to Maxim Group LLC in an amount up to 3.5% of the total gross proceeds raised in the offering upon consummation of our initial business combination. To the extent that our share capital is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account as well as any other net proceeds not expended will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products. Such funds could also be used to repay any operating expenses or finders’ fees which we had incurred prior to the completion of our initial business combination if the funds available to us outside of the trust account were insufficient to cover such expenses.

Over the next 12 months (assuming a business combination is not consummated prior thereto), we will be using the funds held outside of the trust account for identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination. Out of the funds available outside the trust account, we anticipate that we will incur approximately:

•        $100,000 of expenses for the search for target businesses and for the legal, accounting and other third-party expenses attendant to the due diligence investigations, structuring and negotiating of a business combination;

•        $75,000 of expenses in legal and accounting fees relating to our SEC reporting obligations; and

•        $120,000 for the payment of the administrative fee to Blue World Holdings Limited (of $10,000 per month for up to 12 months), subject to deferral as described herein;

•        $100,000 for Director and Officer indemnity escrow related expenses; and

•        $405,000 for general working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses.

If our estimates of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or the amount of interest available to us from the trust account is less than we expect as a result of the current interest rate environment, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to consummate our initial business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon consummation of our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities

61

Table of Contents

or incur debt in connection with such business combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only consummate such financing simultaneously with the consummation of our initial business combination. Following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Related Party Transactions

As of August 17, 2021, our sponsor loaned to us an aggregate of $112,001, respectively on a non-interest bearing basis for payment of offering expenses on our behalf. The loans will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering not being placed in the trust account.

We are obligated, commencing on the effective date of this prospectus, to pay Blue World Holdings Limited a monthly fee of $10,000 for general and administrative services. However, pursuant to the terms of such agreement, we may delay payment of such monthly fee upon a determination by our audit committee that we lack sufficient funds held outside the trust to pay actual or anticipated expenses in connection with our initial business combination. Any such unpaid amount will accrue without interest and be due and payable no later than the date of the consummation of our initial business combination.

Our sponsor has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 348,480 private units at $10.00 per private unit for a total purchase price of $3,484,800 (or up to 378,480 units for a total purchase price of $3,784,800 if the over-allotment option is fully exercised) and the underwriter has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 40,000 private units at $10.00 per private unit for a total purchase price of $400,000 (or up to 46,000 units for a total purchase price of $460,000 if the over-allotment option is fully exercised), which will be purchased in a private placement to occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering.

If we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, we may, but are not obligated to, extend the period of time to consummate a business combination three times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a business combination). In order to extend the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination, our sponsor or its affiliates or designees, upon five days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account for each three month extension $800,000, or $920,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline. The sponsor or its affiliates or designees will receive a non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note equal to the amount of any such deposit that will not be repaid in the event that we are unable to close a business combination unless there are funds available outside the trust account to do so. Such extension notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, or, at the lender’s discretion, converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit.

If needed to finance transaction costs in connection with searching for a target business or consummating an intended initial business combination, our founders, officers, directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Such loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,600,000 of the notes in addition to the extension loans and convertible notes thereunder, if any) may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued units to acquire 176,000 Class A ordinary shares (which includes 16,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of rights) and warrants to purchase 80,000 Class A ordinary shares if $1,600,000 of notes were so converted). We believe the purchase price of these units will approximate the fair value of such units when issued. However, if it is determined, at the time of issuance, that the fair value of such units exceeds the purchase price, we would record compensation expense for the excess of the fair value of the units on the day of issuance over the purchase price in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718 — Compensation — Stock Compensation.

62

Table of Contents

Controls and Procedures

We are not currently required to maintain an effective system of internal controls as defined by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2023. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not completed an assessment, nor have our auditors tested our systems, of internal controls. We expect to assess the internal controls of our target business or businesses prior to the completion of our initial business combination and, if necessary, to implement and test additional controls as we may determine are necessary in order to state that we maintain an effective system of internal controls. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. Target businesses we may consider for our initial business combination may have internal controls that need improvement in areas such as:

•        staffing for financial, accounting and external reporting areas, including segregation of duties;

•        reconciliation of accounts;

•        proper recording of expenses and liabilities in the period to which they relate;

•        evidence of internal review and approval of accounting transactions;

•        documentation of processes, assumptions and conclusions underlying significant estimates; and

•        documentation of accounting policies and procedures.

Because it will take time, management involvement and perhaps outside resources to determine what internal control improvements are necessary for us to meet regulatory requirements and market expectations for our operation of a target business, we may incur significant expense in meeting our public reporting responsibilities, particularly in the areas of designing, enhancing, or remediating internal and disclosure controls. Doing so effectively may also take longer than we expect, thus increasing our exposure to financial fraud or erroneous financing reporting.

Once our management’s report on internal controls is complete, we will retain our independent auditors to audit and render an opinion on such report when, or if, required by Section 404. The independent auditors may identify additional issues concerning a target business’s internal controls while performing their audit of internal control over financial reporting.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The net proceeds of this offering, including amounts in the trust account, will be invested in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes having a maturity of 180 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in U.S. treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments and Contractual Obligations; Quarterly Results

As of the date of this prospectus, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations. No unaudited quarterly operating data is included in this prospectus as we have conducted no operations to date.

JOBS Act

On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

63

Table of Contents

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company”, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act,(iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements(auditor discussion and analysis), and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of this offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

64

Table of Contents

PROPOSED BUSINESS

Introduction

General

We are a blank check exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on July 19, 2021, formed for the purpose of entering into a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to as a “business combination.” While we may pursue a target business in any industry or geography, we intend to focus our search in areas which reflect the experience and success of our management and board of directors in the industry segments listed below.

Overview

The Covid-19 pandemic has created rare opportunities in the marine leisure, cruise, marine infrastructure and engineering, general hospitality, travel and tourism, and related industry segments we intend to focus on. These industries are in various stages of pause, experiencing significant disruption, challenges and/or going-concerns, and are struggling to reopen globally and to restore the operation and liquidity of all market participants.

With our management’s breadth of experience and track record in these areas, we plan to focus our target business search on the following industry segments:

•        Marine leisure;

•        Cruise;

•        Marine infrastructure;

•        Marine engineering;

•        General hospitality;

•        Travel and tourism;

•        Marine services;

•        Logistics and supply chain;

•        Offshore energy solutions;

•        Marine support and port destinations; and

•        All related services.

These industry segments are often by nature international and global in scope on multiple levels. There is no restriction or limitation on what geographic region our target operates in, therefore it is our intention to pursue opportunities globally. We are not limited to a particular region for purposes of consummating an initial business combination, however, we may focus on targets that, regardless of geographic location of operations or corporate offices, have viable synergies with the Asia Pacific and the U.S. markets for the above industry segments, either physically or virtually. Additionally, despite the fact that our sponsor is a Hong Kong company, a majority of our management are located outside of China (including Hong Kong and Macau), and we will not undertake our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau).

We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business, or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. Additionally, we have not engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, to conduct any research or take any measures, directly or indirectly, to locate or contact a target business.

65

Table of Contents

Management and Board of Directors

Our management team is comprised of successful investor(s) and operators who, collectively, have a proven track record of identifying and capitalizing on marine leisure and other related industry trends. They bring a wealth of experience in identifying, negotiating with and conducting due diligence on potential candidates for acquisition. We will seek to apply their comprehensive experience and extensive industry contacts in consummating a combination with any suitable business. While we are positioned well to source and acquire potential targets, we also expect to deliver significant value to the target company’s management team post-acquisition to support continued growth and value creation opportunities.

Mr. Liang Shi is our Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the board of directors, and Secretary. Mr. Shi has over 14 years’ experience in investment management leadership. Since January 2017, Mr. Shi has served as a Partner at Zenin, an investment fund focusing on growth capital investments in emerging sectors in China, where he oversees the fund’s daily business operations. Zenin provides extensive strategic and operational assistance to its highly selective investment portfolio of companies. From March 2007 to December 2016, Mr. Shi served as the China President at Barron Partners Fund, where he was in charge of managing the fund’s investment portfolio in Asia and completed over 50 investments for the fund. From February 2006 to February 2007, Mr. Shi worked as a senior consultant at IBM Global Services (formerly PWC consulting). Mr. Shi received his Bachelor’s degree in Finance from Shanghai Jiaotong University in 2001.

Mr. Tianyong Yan is our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Yan will serve as our director upon effectiveness of this registration statement. Mr. Yan has over 20 years of corporate finance experience. Since January 2016, Mr. Yan has served as a general manager at Shanghai Green Storm Asset Management Ltd., a company focusing on asset management. From August 2010 to July 2011, Mr. Yan served as a Vice President of finance at Standard Chartered Bank (China), where he focused on financial reporting and other finance related projects such as markets, planning, commodities and derivatives. From August 2011 to July 2014, Mr. Yan served as a Vice President of finance at JP Morgan China, where he led tax planning practices over the greater China JP Morgan business including, but not limited to, commodity related financing, commercial banking and derivatives. Mr. Yan received his MBA degree from University of Virginia in 2010 and his Bachelor’s degree in Finance from Shanghai Jiao Tong University in 2001. Mr. Yan is a China CPA and chartered CFA.

Mr. Weixiong (Jeff) Cheong is our Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Cheong has over 15 years of experience in private and public capital markets. Since November 2015, Mr. Cheong has served as a director at Fortune Asia Long Short Fund, an investment fund. Since November 2011, Mr. Cheong has served as a director at Longfor Pte Ltd., a real estate developer in Singapore. Since August 2009, Mr. Cheong has served as the chief executive officer at Sinjia Land Ltd. (SGX: 5HH), a property development and hospitality management company. From April 2014 to May 2020, Mr. Cheong served as the chairman at CapAllianz Holdings Ltd (former name CWX Global Ltd) (SGX: 594), a company focusing on investment and oil exploration business. Mr. Cheong received a Master’s degree of business administration at Singapore Management University in June 2017. He also has passed the exam of Capital Markets and Financial Advisory Services (“CMFAS”) in Module 1 (December 2003), Module 4A (Rules and Regulations for Advising on Corporate Finance, June 2005), Module 5 (Rules And Regulations for Financial Advisory Services, January 2004), Module 6 (January 2004), and Module 8 (Collective Investment Schemes, February 2004). Mr. Cheong completed the program of Executive Skills for Board Members in Challenging Times in 2011 and obtained SMU-SID Executive Certificates in Directorship in 2012 at Singapore Management University.

Mr. Alfred “Trey” Hickey will serve as our independent director upon effectiveness of this registration statement. Mr. Hickey has more than 20 years of experience at leading tourism companies, specializing in the cruise industry. Since 2020, Mr. Hickey has served as the Managing Partner at Global Distribution Solutions Pte. Ltd., the parent company of Discover River Cruises, a boutique river cruise company operating in Europe’s Danube and Rhine Rivers. From February 2000 to June 2020, Mr. Hickey managed approximately $4 billion in international sales as Senior Vice President at Princess Cruises, Cunard Line, Seabourn and Carnival PLC. Mr. Hickey also served as Carnival Corp’s Chief Representative Officer in China, President of Carnival Corp Japan, and served on the boards of Carnival Corp Taiwan, the Pacific Asia Travel Association and the Asia Cruise Association. Mr. Hickey received a Bachelor’s degree in Economics from Warnborough University in 1987, a Bachelor’s degree in Economics from University of Rhode Island in 1988, and a Bachelor’s degree in Asian Studies from Seinan Gakuin University in 1988.

Mr. Buhdy Sin Swee Bok will serve as our independent director upon effectiveness of this registration statement. Over the past 25 years Mr. Bok has assumed various leadership positions in the travel and tourism industry with a wide range of sectors including cruise, airlines and attractions in Asia. Since September 2018, Mr. Bok has served as

66

Table of Contents

the Managing Director at Mount Faber Leisure Group Pte. Ltd., one of the largest attraction companies in Singapore, managing its overall operations. From October 2017 to September 2018, Mr. Bok served as the Chief Commercial Officer of NokScoot Airlines, a Thailand-based airline, where he oversaw the company’s commercial operations including sales and marketing, revenue and yield management, reservations, and operation of overseas offices. From May 2017 to September 2017, Mr. Bok served as the President of Carnival Asia at Carnival Corporation & PLC, overseeing the group’s operations in Asia. From October 2015 to April 2017, Mr. Bok served as the President of Costa Group Asia at Costa Crociere S.p.A., a wholly owned subsidiary of Carnival Corp & PLC, in charge of the Italian-brand’s operations in Asia Pacific and China. Mr. Bok received a Bachelor’s degree in Accountancy from Singapore Nanyang Technological University in 1996, a Bachelor’s degree in Law from the University of London in 1999, and an MBA degree from Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business in 2003.

Mr. Zhenyu Li will serve as our independent director upon effectiveness of this registration statement. Mr. Li has over 20 years of experience in telecom communication technology industry. Mr. Li has been a self-employed investor actively investing in technologies, media and telecom since July 2017. From March 2016 to July 2017, Mr. Li served as a general manager of Le Canada Ltd. From August 2007 to March 2016, Mr. Li served as the Chief Executive Officer at Sinotel Technologies Ltd, a company providing a wide range of wireless telecommunication applications and solutions. From May 2003 to August 2007, Mr. Li served as the Chief Technology Officer at Sinotel Technologies Ltd, in charge of technology and product designing. From December 2001 to May 2003, Mr. Li served as a technology director at the Beijing office of RTI International, a US company that specialized in the research, development and service of CDMA technologies for commercial clients worldwide. Mr. Li received a Bachelor’s degree in Automation from Tianjin University of Technology and Education in 1996.

Competitive Advantages

Experienced Management Team with Proven Track Record

Our CEO, Mr. Shi has over 14 years’ experience in investment management leadership, our CFO, Mr. Yan has over 20 years of corporate finance experience, our independent nominees, Messrs. Hickey and Bok have collective 45 years’ experience of corporate management and leadership in travel and tourism industry and related business globally. We can identify opportunities and synergies in existing businesses that these businesses do not see themselves because of their limited regional worldview. The expansive global competitive market view of our management team appeals to owners and management of targets to choose our SPAC.

Together with our management team, we believe we have a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships that makes us efficient at:

•        Sourcing and evaluating businesses, and

•        Bridging cultural differences to negotiate and execute a transaction in a timely and professional manner.

By leveraging our management team’s relevant expertise, performing disciplined due diligence, and providing post-acquisition value-add capabilities, we believe that we will be able to acquire a target business that will achieve significant returns for investors.

Status as a Publicly Listed Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to prospective target businesses. As a publicly listed company, we will offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering. We believe that target businesses will favor this alternative, which we believe is less expensive, while offering greater certainty of execution than the traditional initial public offering. During an initial public offering, there are typically expenses incurred in marketing, which would be costlier than a business combination with us. Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is approved by our shareholders (if applicable) and the transaction is consummated, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions that could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would have greater access to capital and additional means of creating management incentives that are better aligned with shareholders’ interests than it would as a private company. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented management staffs.

67

Table of Contents

Strong Financial Position and Flexibility

With the funds held in our trust account, we can offer a target business a variety of options to facilitate a business combination and fund future expansion and growth of its business. Because we are able to consummate a business combination using the cash proceeds from this offering (subject to any potential redemption), our share capital, debt or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use an efficient structure allowing us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to address the needs of the parties. However, if a business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay for the purchase price or there is a large demand of redemption by public shareholders, we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business combination. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing.

Acquisition Strategy

Our business strategy entails the identification and completion of an initial business combination with a company that stands to benefit substantially from the managerial and operational experience, past successes, vast network and global reach of our management team and board of directors.

Our Chairman and CEO, Mr. Liang Shi, is an established financial industry veteran in both US and China capital markets familiar with the intricacies and structures of each. He is a “serial entrepreneur” with broad experience as a founder, investor and operator of companies. As both an investor and operator, Mr. Shi possesses a vast network of relationships that provides him access to “first look” opportunities in both the public and private markets. Mr. Shi also has significant experience in vetting companies for potential M&A opportunities and honed his sophisticated due diligence skills at U.S. firms in banking and private equity. He has more than a decade of experience in the U.S. financial marketplace having worked for a boutique private equity firm with approximately $750 million in AUM at its peak. He also specialized in private investment in public equity transactions between U.S.-listed Chinese operating companies and their U.S. investors.

Although we are not limited to any particular industry, our acquisition strategy seeks targets operating in in these industry segments:

•        Marine leisure;

•        Cruise;

•        Marine infrastructure;

•        Marine engineering;

•        General hospitality;

•        Travel and tourism;

•        Marine services;

•        Logistics and supply chain;

•        Offshore energy solutions;

•        Marine support and port destinations; and

•        All related services.

We are not limited to a particular region for purposes of consummating an initial business combination, however, we may focus on targets that, regardless of geographic location of operations or corporate offices, have viable synergies with the Asia Pacific and the U.S. markets for the above industry segments, either physically or virtually. Additionally, we shall not undertake our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau). Our acquisition strategy may seek to capitalize on the global disruption in the identified industry segments due to the Covid-19 pandemic. This has created challenges for industry participants, both large and small, regional and international, publicly listed and private, to continue to operate, generate revenues, remain liquid and/or carry on as a going concern. These unprecedented obstacles have

68

Table of Contents

ground much activity to a standstill or worse, and only a small amount of reopening activity has started as of the date of this prospectus. All verticals are affected and this prevailing and ongoing atmosphere has generated many opportunities which would not otherwise occur.

The Covid-19 pandemic atmosphere is fostering opportunities and provides ample room for growth aside from the disruption and reopening plays globally. In spite of Covid-19 pandemic, continuation of long term trends in urbanization and household income growth in Asia Pacific region will continue to drive the emerging middle class in each country.

Acquisition Criteria

The focus of our management team is to create shareholder value by leveraging its experience to improve the efficiency of the business while implementing strategies to grow revenue and profits organically and/or through acquisitions. Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. While we intend to use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating prospective businesses, we may deviate from these criteria and guidelines should we see fit to do so:

•        Benefits from Being a U.S. Public Company (Value Creation and Marketing Opportunities)    We intend to seek target companies that should offer attractive risk-adjusted equity returns for our shareholders. We intend to seek to acquire a target on terms and in a manner that leverages our experience. We expect to evaluate financial returns based on (i) the potential for organic growth in cash flows, (ii) the ability to achieve cost savings, (iii) the ability to accelerate growth, including through the opportunity for follow-on acquisitions and (iv) the prospects for creating value through other value creation initiatives. Potential upside from growth in the target business’ earnings and an improved capital structure will be weighed against any identified downside risks.

•        Benefits from Our Ability to Uniquely Structure Transaction to Unlock and Maximize Value.    We will look for situations where our extensive experience and creativity can architect a win-win solution for both sides of the transaction.

•        Can be sourced through our extensive proprietary networks so as to avoid broadly marketing process.    We will rely on our management team’s experience and vast network in relevant industries and avoid broadly marketed targets.

•        May be underperforming or undervalued given the global disruption of the marine leisure industry.    We may look for potential targets which may be underperforming or undervalued due to strict travel restriction rules during the Covid-19 pandemic.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant.

Other Acquisition Considerations

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent firm that commonly renders valuation opinions for the type of company we are seeking to acquire or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Permission Required from the PRC Authorities for this Offering and a Business Combination

As a Cayman Islands company with no operations in China with a majority of management located outside of China and expected to conduct a target search primarily outside of China, we are not required to obtain permission from any Chinese authorities to operate or to issue the securities being issued in this offering to any investors, including Chinese investors, if any, nor have we been contacted by any Chinese authorities in connection with our operations or this offering, and we do not expect that permission will be required from the Chinese authorities in connection our business combination since we will not undertake our initial business combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in China (including Hong Kong and Macau).

69

Table of Contents

Corporate Information

Our principal executive office is located at 244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88, New York, NY 10001, and our telephone number is 212-726-2880.

Effecting a Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any substantive commercial business for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering and the private placement of private units, our share capital, debt or a combination of these in effecting a business combination. Although substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and the private placement of private units are intended to be applied generally toward effecting a business combination as described in this prospectus, the proceeds are not otherwise being designated for any more specific purposes. Accordingly, investors in this offering are investing without first having an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any one or more business combinations. A business combination may involve the acquisition of, or merger with, a company which does not need substantial additional capital but which desires to establish a public trading market for its shares, while avoiding what it may deem to be adverse consequences of undertaking a public offering itself. These include time delays, significant expense, loss of voting control and compliance with various U.S. Federal and state securities laws. In the alternative, we may seek to consummate a business combination with a company that may be in its early stages of development or growth. While we may seek to effect simultaneous business combinations with more than one target business, we will probably have the ability, as a result of our limited resources, to effect only a single business combination.

We Have Not Identified a Target Business

To date, we have not selected any target business on which to concentrate our search for a business combination. None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders and other affiliates has engaged in discussions on our behalf with representatives of other companies regarding the possibility of a potential merger, share exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with us, nor have we, nor any of our agents or affiliates, been approached by any candidates (or representatives of any candidates) with respect to a possible business combination with our company.

Subject to the limitations that a target business has a fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, as described below in more detail, we will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate. We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. Accordingly, there is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business with which we may ultimately complete a business combination. To the extent we effect a business combination with a company or an entity in its early stage of development or growth, including entities without established records of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business and operations of early stage or potential emerging growth companies. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

Sources of Target Businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers, venture capital funds, private equity funds, leveraged buyout funds, management buyout funds and other members of the financial community. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings which will not commence until after the completion of this offering. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses they think we may be interested in on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their respective affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s

70

Table of Contents

fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. In no event, however, will any of our existing officers, directors, special advisors or initial shareholders, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction). If we decide to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our officers, directors or initial shareholders, we will do so only if we have obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent firm that commonly renders valuation opinions for the type of company we are seeking to acquire or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. However, as of the date of this prospectus, there is no affiliated entity that we consider a business combination target.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of a Business Combination

Subject to the limitations that a target business has a fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, as described below in more detail, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective target business. We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. In evaluating a prospective target business, our management may consider a variety of factors, including one or more of the following:

•        financial condition and results of operation;

•        growth potential;

•        experience and skill of management and availability of additional personnel;

•        capital requirements;

•        competitive position;

•        barriers to entry;

•        stage of development of its products, processes or services;

•        degree of current or potential market acceptance of the products, processes or services;

•        proprietary features and degree of intellectual property or other protection for its products, processes or services;

•        regulatory environment of the industry; and

•        costs associated with effecting the business combination.

We believe such factors will be important in evaluating prospective target businesses, regardless of the location or industry in which such target business operates. However, this list is not intended to be exhaustive. Furthermore, we may decide to enter into a business combination with a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines.

Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular business combination will be based, to the extent relevant, on the above factors as well as other considerations deemed relevant by our management in effecting a business combination consistent with our business objective. In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct an extensive due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and inspection of facilities, as well as review of financial and other information which is made available to us. This due diligence review will be conducted either by our management or by unaffiliated third parties we may engage, although we have no current intention to engage any such third parties.

The time and costs required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete the business combination cannot presently be ascertained with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which a business combination is not ultimately completed will result in a loss to us and reduce the amount of capital available to otherwise complete a business combination.

71

Table of Contents

Fair Market Value of Target Business

Pursuant to Nasdaq listing rules, the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, although we may acquire a target business whose fair market value significantly exceeds 80% of the trust account balance. We currently anticipate structuring a business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure a business combination where we merge directly with the target business or where we acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital of a target. In this case, we could acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, only the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test, assuming that we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on Nasdaq. In order to consummate such an acquisition, we may issue a significant amount of our debt or equity securities to the sellers of such businesses and/or seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fund raising arrangement and have no current intention of doing so. The fair market value of the target will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). If our board is not able to independently determine that the target business has a sufficient fair market value, we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity, or an independent accounting firm that commonly renders valuation opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We will not be required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity, or an independent accounting firm that commonly renders valuation opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, as to the fair market value if our board of directors independently determines that the target business complies with the 80% threshold.

We will not be required to comply with the 80% fair market value requirement if we are delisted from Nasdaq. If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange after this offering, we would not be required to satisfy the fair market value requirement described above and could complete a business combination with a target business having a fair market value substantially below 80% of the balance in the trust account.

Lack of Business Diversification

Our business combination must be with a target business or businesses that collectively satisfy the minimum valuation standard at the time of such acquisition, as discussed above, although this process may entail the simultaneous acquisitions of several operating businesses at the same time. At least initially, it is likely that we may combine with one single business, thus the prospects for our success may be entirely dependent upon the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations of entities operating in multiple industries or multiple areas of a single industry, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

•        subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination, and

•        result in our dependency upon the performance of a single operating business or the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

72

Table of Contents

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other acquisitions, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple acquisitions, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target Business’ Management

Although we intend to scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of the target business’ management will prove to be correct. In addition, we cannot assure you that the future management will have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of our officers and directors, if any, in the target business following a business combination cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that some of our key personnel will remain associated in senior management or advisory positions with us following a business combination, it is unlikely that they will devote their full time efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination. Moreover, they would only be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for them to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. While the personal and financial interests of our key personnel may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, their ability to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. Additionally, our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that any such additional managers we do recruit will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve an Initial Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC subject to the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. However, we will seek shareholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons. Presented in the table below is a graphic explanation of the types of initial business combinations we may consider and whether shareholder approval is currently required under Cayman Islands law for each such transaction.

Type of Transaction

 

Whether
Shareholder
Approval is
Required

Purchase of assets

 

No

Purchase of stock of target not involving a merger with the company

 

No

Merger of target into a subsidiary of the company

 

No

Merger of the company with a target

 

Yes

Redomiciliation of the company

 

Yes

Amendment and restatement of the company's memorandum and/or articles of association

 

Yes

Change of company name

 

Yes

73

Table of Contents

Under NASDAQ’s listing rules, shareholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

•        we issue Class A ordinary shares that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of our ordinary shares then outstanding;

•        any of our directors, officers or substantial shareholders (as defined by NASDAQ rules) has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of ordinary shares could result in an increase in outstanding common shares or voting power of 5% or more; or

•        the issuance or potential issuance of ordinary shares will result in our undergoing a change of control.

The decision as to whether we will seek shareholders’ approval of a proposed business combination in those instances in which shareholder approval is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on business and legal reasons, which include a variety of factors, including, but not limited to: (i) the timing of the transaction, including in the event we determine shareholder approval would require additional time and there is either not enough time to seek shareholder approval or doing so would place the company at a disadvantage in the transaction or result in other additional burdens on the company; (ii) the expected cost of holding a shareholder vote; (iii) the risk that the shareholders would fail to approve the proposed business combination; (iv) other time and budget constraints of the company; and (v) additional legal complexities of a proposed business combination that would be time-consuming and burdensome to present to shareholders.

Permitted Purchases of our Securities

In the event we seek shareholder approval of our business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our founders or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions.

None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares in such transactions. They will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our founders or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules.

The purpose of such purchases would be to (i) vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or (ii) to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. This may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our ordinary shares may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our founders or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the shareholders with whom our founders, advisors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the shareholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by shareholders following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our founders or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling shareholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against the business combination. Our founders or their affiliates will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

74

Table of Contents

Any purchases by our founders or their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) of, and Rule 10b-5 under, the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our founders or their affiliates will not make purchases of ordinary shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) of, or Rule 10b-5 under, the Exchange Act.

Ability to Extend Time to Complete Business Combination

If we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, we may, but are not obligated to, extend the period of time to consummate a business combination three times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a business combination). Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the trust agreement to be entered into between us and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC on the date of this prospectus, in order to extend the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination, our sponsor or its affiliates or designees, upon five days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account for each three month extension $800,000, or $920,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline. Our public shareholders will not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our extension of time to consummate an initial business combination from 12 months to 21 months described above or redeem their shares in connection with such extensions. The sponsor will receive a non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note equal to the amount of any such deposit that will not be repaid in the event that we are unable to close a business combination unless there are funds available outside the trust account to do so. Such extension notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, or, at the lender’s discretion, converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the private units upon conversion of such extension notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert such extension notes at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. In the event that we receive notice from our sponsor five days prior to the applicable deadline of their intent to effect an extension, we intend to issue a press release announcing such intention at least three days prior to the applicable deadline. In addition, we intend to issue a press release the day after the applicable deadline announcing whether or not the funds had been timely deposited. Our sponsor and its affiliates or designees are not obligated to fund the trust account to extend the time for us to complete our initial business combination. Any notes issued pursuant to these loans would be in addition to any notes issued pursuant to working capital loans made to us. Our public shareholders will not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our extension of time to consummate an initial business combination from 12 months to 21 months described above or redeem their shares in connection with such extensions.

Redemption Rights for Public Shareholders upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.10 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. Our founders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, private shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our business combination.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under the law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require shareholder approval while direct mergers with our

75

Table of Contents

company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated articles of association would require shareholder approval. If we structure a business combination transaction with a target company in a manner that requires shareholder approval, we will not have discretion as to whether to seek a shareholder vote to approve the proposed business combination. We intend to conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless shareholder approval is required by law or stock exchange listing requirements or we choose to seek shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons. So long as we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on NASDAQ, we will be required to comply with such rules.

If a shareholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

•        conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E under the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

•        file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our business combination, we or our founders will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase our Class A ordinary shares in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event that we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public shareholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares which are not purchased by our founders, which number will be based on the requirement that we will only redeem our public shares so long as (after such redemption) our net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.

If, however, shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated articles of association:

•        conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

•        file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted at a shareholder meeting (in person or by proxy) are voted in favor of the business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of outstanding shares of the company representing a majority of all outstanding ordinary shares of the company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our founders will count toward this quorum and have agreed to vote their founder shares, private shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding ordinary shares voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. As a result, in addition to their founder shares and private shares, we would need 2,785,761 or 34.82%, of the 8,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised). We intend to give 5 days prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our initial business combination.

76

Table of Contents

These quorums and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our founders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether it votes for or against the proposed transaction.

Our amended and restated articles of association will provide that we will only redeem our public shares so long as (after such redemption) our net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, the proposed business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of Initial Business Combination if we seek shareholder approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares.” We believe this restriction will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, our amended and restated articles of association does not restrict our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination.

Tendering Share Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

We may require our public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option. The tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public shareholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a public shareholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two days prior to the vote on the business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for shareholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $100.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

77

Table of Contents

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the shareholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such shareholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the shareholder then had an “option window” after the completion of the business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company’s share in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which shareholders were aware they needed to commit before the shareholder meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of the business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming holder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the tender offer materials or the date of the shareholder meeting set forth in our proxy materials, as applicable. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our business combination.

If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our initial proposed business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a business combination with a different target until 12 months (or up to 21 months if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination) from the closing of this offering.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if no Initial Business Combination

Our amended and restated articles of association provides that we will have only 12 months (or up to 21 months if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination) from the closing of this offering to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our business combination within such 21-month period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants and rights, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our business combination within the 21-month time period. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the trust account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than 10 business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law.

Our founders have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares and private shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination) from the closing of this offering. However, if our founders acquire public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the allotted 12-month time period (or up to 21-month time period if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination).

78

Table of Contents

Our founders have agreed, pursuant to a letter agreement with us (filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part), that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated articles of association (i) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination) from the closing of this offering, or (ii) with respect to any other material provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we will only redeem our public shares so long as (after such redemption) our net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement (described above) we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares.

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $800,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the trust account not required to pay taxes on interest income earned on the trust account balance, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $50,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.10. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public shareholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by shareholders will not be substantially less than $10.10.

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest and claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver.

In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (i) $10.10 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims.

79

Table of Contents

We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to less than $10.10 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below (i) $10.10 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations and we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.10 per public share.

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We will have access to up to approximately $800,000 from the proceeds of this offering with which to pay any such potential claims. In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, shareholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors.

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.10 per share to our public shareholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only (i) in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete our business combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination) from the closing of this offering, (ii) in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to provide for the redemption of our public shares in connection with an initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 21 months from the closing of this offering or (iii) if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a shareholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a shareholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such shareholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum

80

Table of Contents

and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended if approved by special resolution by holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who are eligible to vote and attend and vote in a general meeting.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than us and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there may be numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses may be limited by our available financial resources.

The following also may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses:

•        our obligation to seek shareholder approval of a business combination or obtain the necessary financial information to be sent to shareholders in connection with such business combination may delay or prevent the completion of a transaction;

•        our obligation to redeem public shares held by our public shareholders may reduce the resources available to us for a business combination;

•        Nasdaq may require us to file a new listing application and meet its initial listing requirements to maintain the listing of our securities following a business combination;

•        our outstanding warrants, rights and unit purchase options and the potential future dilution they represent;

•        our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions to Maxim Group LLC upon consummation of our initial business combination;

•        our obligation to either repay or issue units upon conversion of up to $1,600,000 of working capital loans that may be made to us by our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates;

•        if we extend the time we need to complete our business combination from 12 months from the closing of the offering to up to 21 months of the closing of the offering, our obligation to either repay or issue units upon conversion of up to $2,400,000, or $2,760,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, of extension notes that may be made to us by our sponsor, its affiliates or designees;

•        our obligation to register the resale of the founder shares, as well as the private units (and underlying securities) and any securities issued to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates upon conversion of working capital loans; and

•        the impact on the target business’ assets as a result of unknown liabilities under the securities laws or otherwise depending on developments involving us prior to the consummation of a business combination.

Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. Our management believes, however, that our status as a public entity and potential access to the United States public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage over privately-held entities having a similar business objective as ours in acquiring a target business with significant growth potential on favorable terms.

If we succeed in effecting a business combination, there will be, in all likelihood, intense competition from competitors of the target business. We cannot assure you that, subsequent to a business combination, we will have the resources or ability to compete effectively.

Facilities

We maintain our principal executive office at 244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88, New York, NY 10001. The cost for this space is provided to us by our sponsor, as part of the $10,000 per month payment we make to it for office space and related services. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

81

Table of Contents

Employees

We have three executive officers, including Mr. Liang Shi, the Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Weixiong (Jeff) Cheong, the Chief Operating Officer, and Mr. Tianyong Yan, the Chief Financial Officer. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to our affairs. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for the business combination and the stage of the business combination process the company is in. Accordingly, once management locates a suitable target business to acquire, they will spend more time investigating such target business and negotiating and processing the business combination (and consequently spend more time to our affairs) than they would prior to locating a suitable target business. We presently expect our executive officers to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination). We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements

We have registered our units, Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual report will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of any proxy solicitation sent to shareholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, the financial information included in the proxy solicitation materials will need to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. The financial statements may also be required to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the Form 8-K announcing the closing of an initial business combination, which would need to be filed within four business days thereafter. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have the necessary financial information. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business.

We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act beginning for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2023. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Act. As an exempted company, we have applied for and expect to receive, a tax exemption certificate from the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile. We will remain such for up to five years. However, if our non-convertible debt issued within a three-year period or our total revenues exceed $1.07 billion or the market value of our ordinary shares

82

Table of Contents

that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year. As an emerging growth company, we have elected, under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such, and we and our officers and directors have not been subject to any such proceeding in the 12 months preceding the date of this prospectus.

Comparison to Offerings of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419

The following table compares and contrasts the terms of our offering and the terms of an offering of blank check companies under Rule 419 promulgated by the SEC assuming that the gross proceeds, underwriting discounts and underwriting expenses for the Rule 419 offering are the same as this offering and that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the terms of a Rule 419 offering will apply to this offering because we will be listed on a national securities exchange, we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,001 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact.

 

Terms of the Offering

 

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Escrow of offering proceeds

 

$80,800,000 (or $92,920,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the net offering proceeds and proceeds from the sale of the private units will be deposited into a trust account in the United States, maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, acting as trustee.

 

$70,560,000 (or $81,144,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the offering proceeds would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.

Investment of net proceeds

 

The $80,800,000 (or $92,920,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the net offering proceeds and proceeds from the sale of the private units held in trust will only be invested in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940 and that invest solely in United States government treasuries.

 

Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.

Limitation on fair value or net assets of target business

 

The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in our trust account (excluding any deferred underwriting discounts and commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. We will not be required to comply with the 80% fair market value requirement if we are delisted from Nasdaq.

 

We would be restricted from acquiring a target business unless the fair value of such business or net assets to be acquired represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.

83

Table of Contents

 

Terms of the Offering

 

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Trading of securities issued

 

The units may commence trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights comprising the units will begin to trade separately on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless Maxim Group LLC informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading (based upon its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization and blank check companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular), provided we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K, which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the proceeds of this offering.

 

No trading of the units or the underlying securities would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.

Election to remain an investor

 

We will either (1) give our shareholders the opportunity to vote on the business combination or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us in a tender offer for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account less taxes. If we hold a meeting to approve a proposed business combination, we will send each shareholder a proxy statement containing information required by the SEC. Under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we must provide at least 10 days advance notice of any meeting of shareholders. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether to exercise their rights to redeem their shares into cash at such a meeting or to remain an investor in our company. Alternatively, if we do not hold a meeting and instead conduct a tender offer, we will conduct such tender offer in accordance with the tender offer rules of the SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as we would have included in a proxy statement. The tender offer rules require us to hold the tender offer open for at least 20 business days. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether they want to sell their shares to us in the tender offer or remain an investor in our company.

 

A prospectus containing information required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company, in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of the post-effective amendment, to decide whether he or she elects to remain a shareholder of the company or require the return of his or her investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account would automatically be returned to the shareholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all of the deposited funds in the escrow account must be returned to all investors and none of the securities will be issued.

84

Table of Contents

 

Terms of the Offering

 

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Business combination deadline

 

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we do not complete an initial business combination within 12 months from the consummation of this offering (or 21 months as described elsewhere herein), it will trigger our automatic winding up, liquidation and subsequent dissolution.

 

If an acquisition has not been consummated within 21 months after the effective date of the initial registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account would be returned to investors.

Interest earned on the funds in the trust account

 

There can be released to us, from time to time any interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we may need to pay our tax obligations. The remaining interest earned on the funds in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our entry into liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 

All interest earned on the funds in the trust account will be held in trust for the benefit of public shareholders until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

Release of funds

 

Except for interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our tax obligations, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination (in which case, the proceeds released to us will be net of the funds used to pay redeeming or tendering shareholders, as the trustee will directly send the appropriate portion of the amount held in trust to the redeeming or tendering shareholders at the time of the business combination) and the liquidation of our trust account upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 

The proceeds held in the escrow account would not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

85

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Our current directors, director nominees, and executive officers, their ages and positions are as follows:

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Liang Shi

 

43

 

Director, Chief Executive Officer, Secretary and Chairman

Tianyong Yan

 

43

 

Chief Financial Officer and Director Nominee

Weixiong (Jeff) Cheong

 

40

 

Chief Operating Officer

Alfred “Trey” Hickey

 

58

 

Independent Director Nominee

Buhdy Sin Swee Bok

 

49

 

Independent Director Nominee

Zhenyu Li

 

47

 

Independent Director Nominee

Below is a summary of the business experience of each our executive officers, directors and director nominees:

Mr. Liang Shi is our Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the board of directors, and Secretary. Mr. Shi has over 14 years’ experience in investment management leadership. Since January 2017, Mr. Shi has served as a Partner at Zenin, an investment fund focusing on growth capital investments in emerging sectors in China, where he oversees the fund’s daily business operations. Zenin provides extensive strategic and operational assistance to its highly selective investment portfolio of companies. From March 2007 to December 2016, Mr. Shi served as the China President at Barron Partners Fund, where he was in charge of managing the fund’s investment portfolio in Asia and completed over 50 investments for the fund. From February 2006 to February 2007, Mr. Shi worked as a senior consultant at IBM Global Services (formerly PWC consulting). Mr. Shi received his Bachelor’s degree in Finance from Shanghai Jiaotong University in 2001. We believe Mr. Shi qualifies as our executive director and Chairman of the board because of his asset management experience and past successful investments.

Mr. Tianyong Yan is our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Yan will serve as our director upon effectiveness of this registration statement. Mr. Yan has over 20 years of corporate finance experience. Since January 2016, Mr. Yan has served as a general manager at Shanghai Green Storm Asset Management Ltd., a company focusing on asset management. From August 2010 to July 2011, Mr. Yan served as a Vice President of finance at Standard Chartered Bank (China), where he focused on financial reporting and other finance related projects such as markets, planning, commodities and derivatives. From August 2011 to July 2014, Mr. Yan served as a Vice President of finance at JP Morgan China, where he led tax planning practices over the greater China JP Morgan business including, but not limited to, commodity related financing, commercial banking and derivatives. Mr. Yan received his MBA degree from University of Virginia in 2010 and his Bachelor’s degree in Finance from Shanghai Jiao Tong University in 2001. Mr. Yan is a China CPA and chartered CFA. We believe Mr. Yan qualifies as our executive director because of his extensive corporate finance experience.

Mr. Weixiong (Jeff) Cheong is our Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Cheong has over 15 years of experience in private and public capital markets. Since November 2015, Mr. Cheong has served as a director at Fortune Asia Long Short Fund, an investment fund. Since November 2011, Mr. Cheong has served as a director at Longfor Pte Ltd., a real estate developer in Singapore. Since August 2009, Mr. Cheong has served as the chief executive officer at Sinjia Land Ltd. (SGX: 5HH), a property development and hospitality management company. From April 2014 to May 2020, Mr. Cheong served as the chairman at CapAllianz Holdings Ltd (former name CWX Global Ltd) (SGX: 594), a company focusing on investment and oil exploration business. Mr. Cheong received a Master’s degree of business administration at Singapore Management University in June 2017. He also has passed the exam of Capital Markets and Financial Advisory Services (“CMFAS”) in Module 1 (December 2003), Module 4A (Rules and Regulations for Advising on Corporate Finance, June 2005), Module 5 (Rules And Regulations for Financial Advisory Services, January 2004), Module 6 (January 2004), and Module 8 (Collective Investment Schemes, February 2004). Mr. Cheong completed the program of Executive Skills for Board Members in Challenging Times in 2011 and obtained SMU-SID Executive Certificates in Directorship in 2012 at Singapore Management University.

Mr. Alfred “Trey” Hickey will serve as our independent director upon effectiveness of this registration statement. Mr. Hickey has more than 20 years of experience at leading tourism companies, specializing in the cruise industry. Since 2020, Mr. Hickey has served as the Managing Partner at Global Distribution Solutions Pte. Ltd., the parent company of Discover River Cruises, a boutique river cruise company operating in Europe’s Danube and Rhine Rivers. From February 2000 to June 2020, Mr. Hickey managed approximately $4 billion in international sales as Senior Vice

86

Table of Contents

President at Princess Cruises, Cunard Line, Seabourn and Carnival PLC. Mr. Hickey also served as Carnival Corp’s Chief Representative Officer in China, President of Carnival Corp Japan, and served on the boards of Carnival Corp Taiwan, the Pacific Asia Travel Association and the Asia Cruise Association. Mr. Hickey received a Bachelor’s degree in Economics from Warnborough University in 1987, a Bachelor’s degree in Economics from University of Rhode Island in 1988, and a Bachelor’s degree in Asian Studies from Seinan Gakuin University in 1988. We believe Mr. Hickey qualifies as our independent director because of his management experience and knowledge in the cruise industry.

Mr. Buhdy Sin Swee Bok will serve as our independent director upon effectiveness of this registration statement. Over the past 25 years Mr. Bok has assumed various leadership positions in the travel and tourism industry with a wide range of sectors including cruise, airlines and attractions in Asia. Since September 2018, Mr. Bok has served as the Managing Director at Mount Faber Leisure Group Pte. Ltd., one of the largest attraction companies in Singapore, managing its overall operations. From October 2017 to September 2018, Mr. Bok served as the Chief Commercial Officer of NokScoot Airlines, a Thailand-based airline, where he oversaw the company’s commercial operations including sales and marketing, revenue and yield management, reservations, and operation of overseas offices. From May 2017 to September 2017, Mr. Bok served as the President of Carnival Asia at Carnival Corporation & PLC, overseeing the group’s operations in Asia. From October 2015 to April 2017, Mr. Bok served as the President of Costa Group Asia at Costa Crociere S.p.A., a wholly owned subsidiary of Carnival Corp & PLC, in charge of the Italian-brand’s operations in Asia Pacific and China. Mr. Bok received a Bachelor’s degree in Accountancy from Singapore Nanyang Technological University in 1996, a Bachelor’s degree in Law from the University of London in 1999, and an MBA degree from Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business in 2003. We believe Mr. Bok qualifies as our independent director because of his management experience and knowledge in the travel industry.

Mr. Zhenyu Li will serve as our independent director upon effectiveness of this registration statement. Mr. Li has over 20 years of experience in telecom communication technology industry. Mr. Li has been a self-employed investor actively investing in technologies, media and telecom since July 2017. From March 2016 to July 2017, Mr. Li served as a general manager of Le Canada Ltd. From August 2007 to March 2016, Mr. Li served as the Chief Executive Officer at Sinotel Technologies Ltd, a company providing a wide range of wireless telecommunication applications and solutions. From May 2003 to August 2007, Mr. Li served as the Chief Technology Officer at Sinotel Technologies Ltd, in charge of technology and product designing. From December 2001 to May 2003, Mr. Li served as a technology director at the Beijing office of RTI International, a US company specialized in the research, development and service of CDMA technologies for commercial clients worldwide. Mr. Li received a Bachelor’s degree in Automation from Tianjin University of Technology and Education in 1996.

Number, Terms of Office and Appointment of Directors and Officers

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we expect that our board of directors will consist of three members. Prior to our initial business combination, holders of our founder shares will have the right to appoint all of our directors and remove members of the board of directors for any reason, and holders of our public shares will not have the right to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least two thirds of shareholders attending and voting in a general meeting. Our board of directors is divided into three classes, with only one class of directors being elected in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of shareholders) serving a three-year term.

Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, any vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present and voting at the meeting of our board of directors or by a majority of the holders of our founder shares. After completion of the business combination, subject to any other special rights applicable to the shareholders, any vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present and voting at the meeting of our board of directors or by a majority of the holders of our ordinary shares.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our officers may consist of a Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, a Secretary, Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

87

Table of Contents

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

None of our officers or directors has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us, except that (i) our sponsor has agreed to transfer our independent directors, Alfred “Trey” Hickey and Buhdy Sin Swee Bok, each 10,000 founder shares prior to the closing of this; and (ii) subject to the consent of the target entity, we have agreed to issue each of Alfred “Trey” Hickey and Buhdy Sin Swee Bok 20,000 Class A ordinary shares and Zhenyu Li 30,000 Class A ordinary shares in connection with our business combination, respectively, and in the event that we cannot obtain consent from the target company for such issuance, our sponsor has agreed to transfer each of Alfred “Trey” Hickey and Buhdy Sin Swee Bok 20,000 founder shares and Zhenyu Li 30,000 founder shares upon the closing of the business combination, respectively; provided that in either case the independent directors remain with us until the closing of a Business Combination. Other than as set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid to our founders or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination although we may consider cash or other compensation to officers or advisors we may hire subsequent to this offering to be paid either prior to or in connection with our initial business combination. In addition, our officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our founders or their affiliates, including the extension loan and extension convertible notes.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

Following a business combination, to the extent we deem it necessary, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management team of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Director Independence

Nasdaq requires that a majority of our board must be composed of “independent directors.” Currently, Zhenyu Li, Alfred “Trey” Hickey and Buhdy Sin Swee Bok would each be considered an “independent director” under the Nasdaq listing rules, which is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

We will only enter into a business combination if it is approved by a majority of our independent directors. Additionally, we will only enter into transactions with our officers and directors and their respective affiliates that are on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent parties. Any related-party transactions must also be approved by our audit committee and a majority of disinterested independent directors.

Audit Committee

Under the Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have members of the audit committee all of whom must be independent. Effective as of the date of this prospectus, we have established an audit committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Zhenyu Li, Alfred “Trey” Hickey and Buhdy Sin Swee Bok, each of

88

Table of Contents

whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards. Buhdy Sin Swee Bok is the Chairperson of the audit committee. The audit committee’s duties, which are specified in our Audit Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

•        reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements, and recommending to the board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our Form 10-K;

•        discussing with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements;

•        discussing with management major risk assessment and risk management policies;

•        monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;

•        verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

•        reviewing and approving all related-party transactions;

•        inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

•        pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

•        appointing or replacing the independent auditor;

•        determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

•        establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and

•        approving reimbursement of expenses incurred by our management team in identifying potential target businesses.

Financial Experts on Audit Committee

The audit committee will at all times be composed exclusively of “independent directors” who are “financially literate” as defined under Nasdaq listing standards. Nasdaq listing standards define “financially literate” as being able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.

In addition, we must certify to Nasdaq that the committee has, and will continue to have, at least one member who has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or other comparable experience or background that results in the individual’s financial sophistication. The board of directors has determined that Buhdy Sin Swee Bok qualified as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under rules and regulations of the SEC.

Compensation Committee

Effective as of the date of this prospectus, we will establish a compensation committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Zhenyu Li, Alfred “Trey” Hickey and Buhdy Sin Swee Bok, each of whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards. Alfred “Trey” Hickey is the Chairperson of the compensation committee. The compensation committee’s duties, which are specified in our Compensation Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

•        reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer’s based on such evaluation;

89

Table of Contents

•        reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other executive officers;

•        reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

•        implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

•        assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

•        approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

•        if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

•        reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as indicated above, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing shareholders, including our directors or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

Director Nominations

We do not have a standing nominating committee. In accordance with Rule 5605(e)(2) of the Nasdaq Rules, a majority of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our shareholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at the next annual meeting of shareholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of shareholders).

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, our board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders.

Code of Ethics

Upon consummation of this offering, we will adopt a code of ethics that applies to all of our executive officers, directors and employees. The code of ethics codifies the business and ethical principles that govern all aspects of our business.

Conflicts of Interest

Although we do not believe any conflict currently exists between us and our founders, affiliates of our founders may compete with us for acquisition opportunities. If such entities decide to pursue an opportunity, we may be precluded from procuring such opportunity. In addition, investment ideas generated within our founders may be suitable for both us and for an affiliate of founders and may be directed to such entity rather than to us. Neither our founders nor members of our management team who are also employed by or affiliated with our founders will have any obligation to present us with any opportunity for a potential business combination of which they become aware, unless presented to such member specifically in his or her capacity as an officer or director of the company. Our founders and/or our management team, in their capacities as employees or affiliates of our founders or in their other endeavors, may be required to present potential business combinations to future founders’ affiliates or third parties, before they present such opportunities to us.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present business combination opportunities to such entity. Accordingly, in the future, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware

90

Table of Contents

of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers arising in the future would materially undermine our ability to complete our business combination. Our amended and restated articles of association will provide that, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law, we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

Our officers or directors may become an officer or director of any other special purpose acquisition company with a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, even before we enter into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination) after the closing of this offering.

Our founders and management may also purchase public units or shares during or after this offering, including in the open market or through privately negotiated transactions.

Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

•        None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.

•        Our officers may become an officer or director of any other SPACs even before we enter into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination) after the closing of this offering; as a result, our officers or directors may present a potential target to our competitor that would had been presented to us or devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

•        In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

•        Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

•        Our founders may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a business combination and financing arrangements as we may obtain loans from our founders or an affiliate of our founders to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $1,600,000 of such loans (in addition to the extension loans, if any) and up to $2,400,000 or $2,760,000 extension loans for up to three three-month extension may be convertible into working capital units at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such working capital units would be identical to the private units sold in the private placement.

The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of Cayman Islands are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

•        the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

•        the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

•        it would not be fair to our company and its shareholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

91

Table of Contents

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Furthermore, our amended and restated articles of association will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.

Below is a table summarizing the entities to which our executive officers, directors and director nominees currently have fiduciary duties or contractual obligations:

Name of Individual

 

Name of Affiliated Company

 

Entity’s Business

 

Affiliation

Liang Shi

 

Zenin Investments Limited

 

Investments

 

Director

   

Shanghai Yueke Material Technology Limited

 

Material Manufacturing

 

Director

   

Shanghai Balong Business Consulting Limited

 

Consulting

 

Director

   

STM Travels

 

Tourism

 

Director

   

Ningbo Zenin Investments Management Partners LP

 

Investment

 

Partner and Director

Tianyong Yan

 

Shanghai Green Storm Asset Management Ltd

 

Finance

 

General Manager

Alfred “Trey” Hickey

 

AJH & Co.

 

Consulting

 

Director

   

GDS Ltd

 

Travel

 

Director

   

Discover River Cruises

 

Cruises

 

Director

   

Carnival Corporation

 

Cruises

 

Sr. Vice President

Buhdy Sin Swee Bok

 

Mount Faber Leisure Group Pte. Ltd Singapore

 

Attractions

 

Managing Director

   

Mr Barber Pte Ltd Singapore

 

Hairdressing

 

Director

Weixiong (Jeff) Cheong

 

Fortune Asia Long Short Fund

 

Investments

 

Director

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our founders or any affiliate of them, subject to certain approvals and consents. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with such a company, we, or a committee of independent directors, would obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA, or another independent firm that commonly renders valuation opinions for the type of company we are seeking to acquire, or from an independent accounting firm, that such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our shareholders for a vote, our founders have agreed to vote any founder shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after the offering in favor of our initial business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We will enter into agreements with our directors and officers to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. In

92

Table of Contents

addition, we plan to enter into a certain escrow agreement with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company who will act as the escrow agent pursuant to which we will deposit the aggregated amount of $1,000,000 ($500,000 payable one business day prior to the effectiveness of this prospectus and $500,000 payable one business day prior to the entry of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination) into the escrow account until the earlier of (i) one year of the closing of our initial business combination; (ii) one year of our liquidation or windup in accordance with our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association; and (iii) such date as may be approved by our shareholders in accordance with the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (such arrangement is referred as “indemnity escrow”). The escrow fund will be released by the escrow agent under joint instruction by us and our claim manager Andros Risk Services LLC, who would act pursuant to the claim coverage guidelines provided thereof, which, among others, include indemnification for (i) loss from any claims first made against the our directors, officers and risk manager for a Wrongful Act (as defined in escrow agreement) during the period from the effectiveness of this prospectus until the earlier of (A) the closing of our initial business combination and (B) our liquidation or windup (the “Coverage Period”), loss or inquiry costs from any investigations of or Inquiry (as defined in escrow agreement) received by our directors, officers and risk manager during the Coverage Period; (ii) loss of us, our sponsor, or our successor to indemnify our directors officers and risk manager for item (i) above; (iii) loss from any Securities Claim (as defined in the escrow agreement) first made against us during the Coverage Period for a Wrongful Act and our costs, charges, or expenses in seeking dismissal of any Derivative Suit (as defined in escrow agreement), subject to certain conditions, and the others as described in the Coverage Guidelines against us; and (iv) any costs incurred by us in connection with Security Holder Demand Investigation (as defined in the as defined in the escrow agreement) for a Wrongful Act and Books and Records Demand (as defined in the indemnity escrow) first received by us during the Coverage Period. For more details of the indemnity escrow, please see a copy of escrow agreement filed as Exhibit 10.11 to this prospectus.

Our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to funds from the trust account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.

We believe that these provisions, the indemnity escrow and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

93

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our ordinary shares included in the units offered by this prospectus (assuming none of the individuals listed purchase units in this offering), by:

•        each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares;

•        each of our officers and directors; and

•        all of our officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record of beneficial ownership of any ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of warrants or the conversion of rights.

 

Prior to Offering

 

After Offering(2)

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)

 

Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial Ownership

 

Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding Ordinary Shares

 

Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial Ownership

 

Approximate Percentage of Outstanding Ordinary Shares

Blue World Holdings Limited(3)

 

2,180,000

 

99.13

%

 

2,248,480

 

22.52

%

Liang Shi

 

0

 

0

 

 

0

 

0

 

Tianyong Yan

 

0

 

0

 

 

0

 

0

 

Weixiong (Jeff) Cheong

 

0

 

0

 

 

0

 

0

 

Alfred “Trey” Hickey

 

10,000

 

*

 

 

10,000

 

*

 

Buhdy Sin Swee Bok

 

10,000

 

*

 

 

10,000

 

*

 

Zhenyu Li

 

0

 

0

 

 

0

 

0

 

All directors and executive officers (six individuals)
as a group

 

20,000

 

*

 

 

20,000

 

*

 

____________

*        Less than 1%.

(1)      Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is c/o Blue World Acquisition Corporation, 244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88, New York, NY 10001.

(2)      Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option.

(3)     Blue World Holdings Limited, a Hong Kong private company limited by shares, is the record holder of the insider shares reported herein. Our sponsor is governed by a board of managers consisting of five members, Liang Shi, Fubin Shi, Hongyang Wang, Jianyong Xie, and Cunli Cheng. Each member has one vote, and the approval of a majority of the board is required to approve an action of our sponsor. Under the so-called “rule of three,” if voting and dispositive decisions regarding an entity’s securities are made by three or more individuals, and a voting or dispositive decision requires the approval of a majority of those individuals, then none of the individuals is deemed a beneficial owner of the entity’s securities. Based upon the foregoing analysis, no director of our sponsor exercises voting or dispositive control over any of the securities held by our sponsor, even those in which he or she directly holds a pecuniary interest. Accordingly, none of them will be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of such shares.

Immediately after this offering, our initial shareholders will beneficially own approximately 23.11% of the then issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming none of them purchase any units offered by this prospectus). None of our initial shareholders, officers and directors has indicated to us that he intends to purchase securities in this offering. Because of the ownership block held by our initial shareholders, such individuals may be able to effectively exercise control over all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions other than approval of our initial business combination.

All of the founder shares issued and outstanding prior to the date of this prospectus will be placed in escrow with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as escrow agent, until the earlier to occur of (i) six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination or (ii) the date on which we consummate a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property (except as described herein under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and

94

Table of Contents

Private Units”). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial shareholders with respect to any founder shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares will no longer be subject to such transfer restrictions. We refer to such transfer restrictions throughout this prospectus as the lock-up. The private units (including the underlying securities) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until after the completion of our initial business combination (except with respect to permitted transferees as described herein under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Units”).

During the escrow period, the holders of these shares will not be able to sell or transfer their securities except (i) for transfers to our officers, directors or their respective affiliates (including for transfers to an entity’s members upon its liquidation), (ii) to relatives and trusts for estate planning purposes, (iii) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (iv) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (v) by certain pledges to secure obligations incurred in connection with purchases of our securities, (vi) by private sales made at or prior to the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased or (vii) to us for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination, in each case (except for clause (vii)) where the transferee agrees to the terms of the escrow agreement, but will retain all other rights as our shareholders, including, without limitation, the right to vote their ordinary shares and the right to receive cash dividends, if declared. If dividends are declared and payable in ordinary shares, such dividends will also be placed in escrow. If we are unable to effect a business combination and liquidate the trust account, none of our founder or its assignees will receive any portion of the liquidation proceeds with respect to their founder shares.

Our sponsor has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 348,480 private units at $10.00 per private unit for a total purchase price of $3,484,800 (or up to 378,480 units for a total purchase price of $3,784,800 if the over-allotment option is fully exercised) and the underwriter has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 40,000 private units at $10.00 per private unit for a total purchase price of $400,000 (or up to 46,000 units for a total purchase price of $460,000 if the over-allotment option is fully exercised). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below. The private units are identical to the units sold in this offering. Furthermore, our insiders have agreed (A) to vote the private shares in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop our public shareholders from redeeming or selling their shares to us in connection with a business combination or affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 12 months (or 21 months if we have extended the period of time as described in this prospectus) from the closing of this offering unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares in connection with any such vote, (C) not to redeem any private shares for cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the private shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated. The purchasers of the private units have also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the founder shares) until the completion of our initial business combination.

In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, our sponsor, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,600,000 of the notes (in addition to the extension loans and convertible notes thereunder, if any) may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued units to acquire 176,000 Class A ordinary shares (which includes 16,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable underlying rights) and warrants to purchase 80,000 Class A ordinary shares if $1,600,000 of notes were so converted). If we do not complete a business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available. Our shareholders have approved the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. If we do not complete a business combination, the loans will not be repaid.

95

Table of Contents

If we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, we may, but are not obligated to, extend the period of time to consummate a business combination three times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a business combination). In order to extend the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination, our sponsor or its affiliates or designees, upon five days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account for each three month extension $800,000, or $920,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline. The sponsor or its affiliates or designees will receive a non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note equal to the amount of any such deposit that will not be repaid in the event that we are unable to close a business combination unless there are funds available outside the trust account to do so. Such extension notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, or, at the lender’s discretion, converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit.

Our sponsor and our executive officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters,” as that term is defined under the Federal securities laws.

Restrictions on Transfers of Founder shares and Private Units

The founder shares, private units, working capital units, and any underlying securities are each subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to lock-up provisions in a letter agreement with us to be entered into by our founders. Those lock-up provisions provide that such securities are not transferable or saleable, in the case of the founder shares, founder shares may not be transferred, assigned or sold until the earlier to occur of (a) six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination; or (b) the date on which we consummate a liquidation, merger, share exchange, or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities, or other property (except as described herein under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder shares and Private Units”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares will no longer be subject to such transfer restrictions. In the case of the private units, the units that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and the underlying securities, until the completion of our initial business combination, except for transfers (i) among the initial shareholders or to the Company’s initial shareholders’ members, officers, directors, consultants or their affiliates, (ii) to a holder’s shareholders or members upon the holder’s liquidation, in each case if the holder is an entity, (iii) by bona fide gift to a member of the holder’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is the holder or a member of the holder’s immediate family, in each case for estate planning purposes, (iv) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (vi) to the Company for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of a business combination, (vii) in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the Warrants were originally purchased, (viii) in the event of the Company’s liquidation prior to its consummation of an initial business combination or (ix) in the event that, subsequent to the consummation of an initial business combination, the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, in each case (except for clauses (vi), (viii) or (ix) or with the Company’s prior written consent) on the condition that prior to such registration for transfer, the warrant agent shall be presented with written documentation pursuant to which each transferee or the trustee or legal guardian for such permitted transferee agrees to be bound by the transfer restrictions contained in the warrant agreement and any other applicable agreement the transferor is bound by.

Registration Rights

The holders of the founder shares and private units, units issuable upon the conversion of certain working capital loans and any underlying securities will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering requiring us to register such securities for resale. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination and rights to require us to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

96

Table of Contents

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

On August 5, 2021, our sponsor acquired 2,300,000 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by our sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent approximately 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of this offering (assuming they do not purchase units in this offering and excluding the private shares). If we increase or decrease the size of the offering, we will effect a share dividend or a share contribution back to capital or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our founders at 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of our ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (assuming they does not purchase units in this offering and excluding the private shares). Up to 300,000 founder shares are subject to forfeiture by our founders depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised. Our sponsor has agreed to transfer our independent directors, Alfred “Trey” Hickey and Buhdy Sin Swee Bok, each 10,000 founder shares prior to the closing of this offering. Subject to the consent of the target entity, we have agreed to issue each of Alfred “Trey” Hickey and Buhdy Sin Swee Bok 20,000 Class A ordinary shares and Zhenyu Li 30,000 founder shares in connection with our business combination, respectively, and in the event that we cannot obtain consent from the target company for such issuance, our sponsor has agreed to transfer each of Alfred “Trey” Hickey and Buhdy Sin Swee Bok 20,000 founder shares and Zhenyu Li 30,000 founder shares upon the closing of the business combination, respectively; provided that in either case the independent directors remain with us until the closing of a Business Combination. The founder shares (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder until the expiration of the relevant lock-up. See “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder shares and Private Units”.

Our sponsor has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 348,480 private units at $10.00 per private unit for a total purchase price of $3,484,800 (or up to 378,480 units for a total purchase price of $3,784,800 if the over-allotment option is fully exercised) and the underwriter has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 40,000 private units at $10.00 per private unit for a total purchase price of $400,000 (or up to 46,000 units for a total purchase price of $460,000 if the over-allotment option is fully exercised) in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. As such, our founders’ interest in this transaction is valued at between $3,484,800 and $3,784,800, depending on the number of private units purchased. Each private unit consists of one Class A ordinary share, one-half of one redeemable warrant, with each whole warrant to acquire one Class A ordinary share, and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share. The private units sold in the private placement including the underlying securities and the working capital units that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans including underlying securities may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder until the expiration of relevant lock-up. “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder shares and Private Units”

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our founders or an affiliate of our founders may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,600,000 of such loans (in addition to the extension loans and convertible notes thereunder, if any) may be convertible into working capital units at $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. The working capital units would be identical to the private units sold in the private placement. The terms of such loans by our sponsor or its affiliates, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our founders or an affiliate of our founders as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account, but if we do, we will request such lender to provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

If we anticipate that we may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, we may, but are not obligated to, extend the period of time to consummate a business combination three times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a business combination). In order to extend the time available for us to consummate our initial business combination, our sponsor or its affiliates or designees, upon five days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account for each three month extension $800,000, or $920,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), on or

97

Table of Contents

prior to the date of the applicable deadline. The sponsor or its affiliates or designees will receive a non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note equal to the amount of any such deposit that will not be repaid in the event that we are unable to close a business combination unless there are funds available outside the trust account to do so. Such extension notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, or, at the lender’s discretion, converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a shareholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

We will enter into a registration rights agreement with respect to the private units, the working capital units (if any) and their underlying securities and Class A ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of the founder shares, which is described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities — Registration Rights.”

Related Party Policy

We have not yet adopted a formal policy for the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions. Accordingly, the transactions discussed above were not reviewed, approved or ratified in accordance with any such policy.

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a code of ethics requiring us to avoid, wherever possible, all conflicts of interests, except under guidelines or resolutions approved by our board of directors (or the appropriate committee of our board) or as disclosed in our public filings with the SEC. Under our code of ethics, conflict of interest situations will include any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the company. A form of the code of ethics that we plan to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

In addition, our audit committee, pursuant to a written charter that we will adopt prior to the consummation of this offering, will be responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions to the extent that we enter into such transactions. An affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the audit committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present will be required in order to approve a related party transaction. A majority of the members of the entire audit committee will constitute a quorum. Without a meeting, the unanimous written consent of all of the members of the audit committee will be required to approve a related party transaction. A form of the audit committee charter that we plan to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We also require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate an initial business combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our founders unless we, or a committee of independent directors, have obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA, or another independent firm that commonly renders valuation opinions for the type of company we are seeking to acquire, or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. Furthermore, no finder’s fees, reimbursements or cash payments will be made to our founders, existing officers, directors or advisors, or our or their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination although we may consider cash or other compensation to officers or advisors we may hire subsequent to this offering to be paid either prior to or in connection with our initial business combination. In addition, the following payments will be made to our founders or their affiliates, none of which will be made from the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination:

•        repayment at the closing of this offering of up to $500,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor;

•        payment of $10,000 per month to our sponsor, for use of office, utilities, personnel and related services, subject to deferral as described herein;

98

Table of Contents

•        reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and business combinations;

•        repayment at the closing of our initial business combination of loans which may be made by our founders or an affiliate of our founders to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the terms of which have not been determined nor have any written agreements been executed with respect thereto. Up to $1,600,000 of such loans (in addition to the extension loans and convertible notes thereunder, if any) may be convertible into working capital units, at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender. Such working capital units are identical to the private units sold in the private placement;

•        if we extend the time we need to complete our business combination from 12 months from the closing of the offering to up to 21 months of the closing of the offering, repayment at the closing of our initial business combination of loans which may be made by our sponsor, its affiliates or designees in connection with our extension in the amount of $800,000, or up to $920,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, for each 3-month period, which may be convertible into working capital units, at a price of $10.00 per unit, such working capital units are identical to the private units sold in the private placement; and

•        extension loan and extension convertible notes.

Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our founders or their affiliates.

99

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our authorized share capital consists of 470 Class A ordinary shares of par value $0.0001 each, 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of $0.0001 par value each, and 10,000,000 preference shares of $0.0001 par value each. The following description summarizes the material terms of our share capital. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you.

Units

Each unit consists of one Class A ordinary share, one-half of one redeemable warrant, and one right. Each whole redeemable warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share. Each redeemable warrant has an exercise price $11.50 per share and shall expire on the five-year anniversary of the consummation of the initial business combination. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder may exercise his, her or its warrants only for a whole number of Class A ordinary shares. This means that only a whole warrant may be exercised at any given time by a warrant holder. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least two units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant. Each right entitles the holder thereof to receive one-tenth (1/10) of an ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination. In addition, we will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Cayman Islands Law. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive shares for all of your rights upon closing of a business combination.

The Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights will begin to trade separately on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless Maxim Group LLC determines that an earlier date is acceptable (based upon, among other things, its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular). In no event will Maxim Group LLC allow separate trading of the Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights until we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering.

We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet promptly upon the consummation of this offering. The audited balance sheet will reflect proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date of this prospectus. If the over-allotment option is exercised after the date of this prospectus, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K, or a new Form 8-K, to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 8-K, an amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K information indicating when separate trading of the Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights has commenced.

Ordinary Shares

Upon the closing of this offering, 10,428,480 ordinary shares will be outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), consisting of:

•        8,000,000 Class A ordinary shares underlying the units being offered in this offering;

•        388,480 Class A ordinary shares underlying the private units;

•        40,000 representative shares to be issued to the underwriter; and

•        2,000,000 Class B ordinary shares held by our founders.

If we increase or decrease the size of the offering, we will effect a share dividend or share contribution back to capital or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of founder shares by our founders prior to this offering at 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming they do not purchase units in this offering and excluding the private shares) upon the consummation of this offering.

Ordinary shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Holders of the Class A ordinary shares and holders of the Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders, except as required by law. Unless specified in our amended and restated

100

Table of Contents

memorandum and articles of association, or as required by applicable provisions of the Companies Act or applicable share exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares that are voted at a shareholder meeting (in person or by proxy) is required to approve any such matter voted on by our shareholders. Approval of certain actions will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law and pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association; such actions include amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company.

Our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors. Our shareholders are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.

Because our amended and restated memorandum of association authorizes the issuance of up to 470,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, if we were to enter into a business combination, we may (depending on the terms of such a business combination) be required to increase the number of Class A ordinary shares which we are authorized to issue at the same time as our shareholders vote on the business combination to the extent we seek shareholder approval in connection with our business combination.

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be approximately $10.10 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by deferred underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. Our founders have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, private shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our business combination.

Unlike many blank check companies that hold shareholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial business combinations and provide for related redemptions of public shares for cash upon completion of such initial business combinations even when a vote is not required by law, if a shareholder vote is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require these tender offer documents to contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. If, however, shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, like many blank check companies, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of shares of issued and outstanding ordinary shares of the company representing a majority of all ordinary shares of the company entitled to vote at such meeting. However, the participation of our founders or their affiliates in privately-negotiated transactions (as described in this prospectus), if any, could result in the approval of our business combination even if a majority of our public shareholders vote, or indicate their intention to vote, against such business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding ordinary shares voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our business combination once a quorum is obtained. We intend to give approximately 30 days (but not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days) prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our business combination. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial shareholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange

101

Table of Contents

Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares of ordinary share sold in this offering, which we refer to as the Excess Shares. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our business combination. Our shareholders’ inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce their influence over our ability to complete our business combination, and such shareholders could suffer a material loss in their investment if they sell such Excess Shares on the open market. Additionally, such shareholders will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete the business combination. And, as a result, such shareholders will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose such shares would be required to sell their shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

If we seek shareholder approval in connection with our business combination, our founders have agreed to vote their founder shares and private shares as well as any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our founder shares, private share, and representative shares, we would need 2,785,761, or 34.82%, of the 8,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination (assuming all outstanding shares are voted in favor of the business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved) or 178,641, or 2.23% of 8,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction (assuming only a quorum is present at such meeting held to vote on our initial business combination) in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised). Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether it votes for or against the proposed transaction (subject to the limitation described in the preceding paragraph).

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we are unable to complete our business combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months, if we extend the time to complete a business combination as described in this prospectus) from the effective date, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes (less up to 50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Our initial shareholders have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares and private shares held by them if we fail to complete our business combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months, if we extend the time to complete a business combination as described in this prospectus) from the effective date. However, if our initial shareholders acquire public shares in or after this offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our business combination within the prescribed time period.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company after a business combination, our shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of shares, if any, having preference over the ordinary share. Our shareholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the ordinary share, except that we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, upon the completion of our initial business combination, subject to the limitations described herein.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holder thereof, on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustments for share splits, share dividends, recapitalization, reorganization, or the like). In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities are issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all ordinary shares (excluding the representative shares) outstanding upon the completion of this offering, plus the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued, or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial business combination, excluding any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into

102

Table of Contents

Class A ordinary shares issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private units issued to our sponsor upon conversion of working capital loans; provided that such conversion of founder shares will never occur on a less than one for one basis.

Register of Members

Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of members and there will be entered therein:

•        the names and addresses of the members of the company and a statement of the shares held by each member, which:

(i)     distinguishes each share by its number (so long as the share has a number);

(ii)    confirms the amount paid, or agreed to be considered as paid on the shares of each member;

(iii)   confirms the number and category of shares held by each member; and

(iv)   confirms whether each relevant category of shares held by a member carries voting rights under the articles of association of the company, and if so, whether such voting rights are conditional;

•        the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

•        the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

For these purposes, “voting rights” means rights conferred on shareholders in respect of their shares to vote at general meetings of the company on all or substantially all matters. A voting right is conditional where the voting right arises only in certain circumstances.

Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e., the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members will be deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the closing of this public offering, the register of members will be immediately updated to reflect the issue of shares by us. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name. However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. If an application for an order for rectification of the register of members were made in respect of our ordinary shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court.

Redeemable Warrants

No warrants are currently outstanding. Each whole redeemable warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of the 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination and 12 months from the closing of this offering. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of shares. However, except as set forth below, no warrants will be exercisable for cash unless we have an effective and current registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to such Class A ordinary shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective within 90 days from the consummation of our initial business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act provided that such exemption is available. If an exemption from registration is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. In the event of such cashless exercise, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” for this purpose will mean the average reported last sale price of the

103

Table of Contents

Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants. The warrants will expire on the fifth anniversary of our completion of an initial business combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The private warrants, as well as any warrants underlying additional units we issue to our sponsor, officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates in payment of working capital loans and extension loans, if any, made to us, will be identical to the warrants underlying the units being offered by this prospectus.

We may call the warrants for redemption, in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per warrant:

•        at any time while the warrants are exercisable,

•        upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder,

•        if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $16.50 per share, as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations, and the like subject to adjustment as described herein, for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after the warrant become exercisable and ending one the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given (the “Force-Call Provision”), and

•        if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the Class A ordinary shares underlying such warrants at the time of redemption and for the entire 30-days trading period referred to above and continuing each day thereafter until the date of redemption.

The right to exercise will be forfeited unless the warrants are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of redemption. On and after the redemption date, a record holder of a warrant will have no further rights except to receive the redemption price for such holder’s warrant upon surrender of such warrant.

The redemption criteria for our warrants have been established at a price which is intended to provide warrant holders a reasonable premium to the initial exercise price and provide a sufficient differential between the then-prevailing share price and the warrant exercise price so that if the share price declines as a result of our redemption call, the redemption will not cause the share price to drop below the exercise price of the warrants.

If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the whole warrants for that number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants.

The warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder (i) to cure any ambiguity or correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions of the warrant agreement to the description of the terms of the warrants and the warrant agreement set forth in this prospectus, or to cure, correct or supplement any defective provision, or (ii) to add or change any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the warrant agreement as the parties to the warrant agreement may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem to not adversely affect the interests of the registered holders of the warrants. The warrant agreement requires the approval, by written consent or vote, of the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants in order to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.

The exercise price and number of Class A ordinary shares issuable on exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of share dividends, share splits, share aggregation, extraordinary dividends, recapitalization, reorganization and the like. However, except as described below, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of Class A ordinary shares at a price below their respective exercise prices.

In addition, if (x) we issue additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by our board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to our initial shareholders or their affiliates, without taking into account any Class B ordinary shares

104

Table of Contents

issued prior to the offering and held by the initial shareholders or their affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial business combination on the date of the consummation of our initial business combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of our Class A ordinary shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the date of the consummation of our initial business combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the greater of (i) the Market Value or (ii) the Newly Issued Price, and the $16.50 per share redemption trigger price described below under “Redemption of warrants” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the greater of (i) the Market Value or (ii) the Newly Issued Price.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Class A ordinary shares and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive Class A ordinary shares. After the issuance of Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.

Warrant holders may elect to be subject to a restriction on the exercise of their warrants such that an electing warrant holder would not be able to exercise their warrants to the extent that, after giving effect to such exercise, such holder, to the warrant agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% of the ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round up or down to the nearest whole number the number of Class A ordinary shares to be issued to the warrant holder. Therefore, you must separate your units in multiples of two to not have any fractional warrants cancelled.

We have agreed that, subject to applicable law, any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the warrant agreement will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction will be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. See “Risk Factors — General Risk Factors — Our warrant agreement will designate the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our warrants, which could limit the ability of warrant holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.” This provision applies to claims under the Securities Act but does not apply to claims under the Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum.

Rights

Except in cases where we are not the surviving company in a business combination, each holder of a right will automatically receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination, even if the holder of a public right redeemed all ordinary shares held by him, her or it in connection with the initial business combination or an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities. In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each registered holder of a right will be required to affirmatively redeem his, her or its rights in order to receive the kind and amount of securities or properties of the surviving entity that each one-tenth (1/10) of a share of Class A ordinary shares underlying each right is entitled to upon consummation of the business combination. No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder of rights in order to receive his, her or its additional ordinary shares upon consummation of an initial business combination. The shares issuable upon exchange of the rights will be freely tradable (except to the extent held by affiliates of ours). If we enter into a definitive agreement for a business combination in which we will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of rights to receive the same per share consideration the holders of the ordinary shares will receive in the transaction on an as-converted into ordinary shares basis.

We will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act and any other applicable law. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive shares for all

105

Table of Contents

of your rights upon closing of a business combination. If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we liquidate the funds held in the trust account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their rights, nor will they receive any distribution from our assets held outside of the trust account with respect to such rights, and the rights will expire worthless. Additionally, in no event will we be required to net cash settle the rights. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.

The Company shall reserve such amount of its profits or share premium in order to pay up the par value of each share issuable in respect of the rights.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial conditions subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time and we will only pay such dividend out of our profits or share premium (subject to solvency requirements) as permitted under Cayman Islands law. If we increase the size of the offering, in which case we will effect a capitalization immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of founder shares by our sponsor or its assignee prior to this offering at 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (excluding the sale of the private shares and assuming our founders do not purchase public shares in this offering). Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Our Transfer Agent, Warrant Agent, and Rights Agent

The transfer agent for our Class A ordinary shares, warrant agent for our warrant, and rights agent for our rights is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219.

Listing of our Securities

There is presently no public market for our units, Class A ordinary shares, warrants, or rights. We intend to apply to have the units, and the Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and rights once they begin separate trading, listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “[BWAQU],” “[BWAQ],” “[BWAQW],” and “[BWAQR],” respectively. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of Nasdaq, which generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq as we might not meet certain continued listing standards.

Certain Differences in Corporate Law

Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Act.    The Companies Act is modeled on English Law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the material differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements.    In certain circumstances, the Companies Act allows for mergers or consolidations between two Cayman Islands companies, or between a Cayman Islands exempted company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction).

Where the merger or consolidation is between two Cayman Islands companies, the directors of each company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation containing certain prescribed information. That plan or merger or consolidation must then be authorized by either (a) a special resolution (usually a majority of two-thirds in value of the voting shares voted at a general meeting) of the shareholders of each company; or (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. No shareholder resolution is required for a merger between a parent company (i.e., a company that owns at least 90% of the issued shares of each class in a subsidiary company) and its subsidiary company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company must be obtained, unless the court waives such requirement. If the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Act (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the plan of merger or consolidation. Where the merger or consolidation involves a foreign company, the procedure is

106

Table of Contents

similar, save that with respect to the foreign company, the directors of the Cayman Islands exempted company are required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, they are of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the merger or consolidation is permitted or not prohibited by the constitutional documents of the foreign company and by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign company is incorporated, and that those laws and any requirements of those constitutional documents have been or will be complied with; (ii) that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding or order made or resolution adopted to wind up or liquidate the foreign company in any jurisdictions; (iii) that no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the foreign company, its affairs or its property or any part thereof; and (iv) that no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the foreign company are and continue to be suspended or restricted. Where the surviving company is the Cayman Islands exempted company, the directors of the Cayman Islands exempted company are further required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, they are of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the foreign company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and that the merger or consolidated is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the foreign company; (ii) that in respect of the transfer of any security interest granted by the foreign company to the surviving or consolidated company (a) consent or approval to the transfer has been obtained, released or waived, (b) the transfer is permitted by and has been approved in accordance with the constitutional documents of the foreign company, and (c) the laws of the jurisdiction of the foreign company with respect to the transfer have been or will be complied with; (iii) that the foreign company will, upon the merger or consolidation becoming effective, cease to be incorporated, registered or exist under the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction; and (iv) that there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.

Where the above procedures are adopted, the Companies Act provides for a right of dissenting shareholders to be paid a payment of the fair value of his shares upon their dissenting to the merger or consolidation if they follow a prescribed procedure. In essence, that procedure is as follows: (a) the shareholder must give his written objection to the merger or consolidation to the constituent company before the vote on the merger or consolidation, including a statement that the shareholder proposes to demand payment for his shares if the merger or consolidation is authorized by the vote; (b) within 20 days following the date on which the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the constituent company must give written notice to each shareholder who made a written objection; (c) a shareholder must within 20 days following receipt of such notice from the constituent company, give the constituent company a written notice of his intention to dissent including, among other details, a demand for payment of the fair value of his shares; (d) within seven days following the date of the expiration of the period set out in paragraph (b) above or seven days following the date on which the plan of merger or consolidation is filed, whichever is later, the constituent company, the surviving company or the consolidated company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a price that the company determines is the fair value and if the company and the shareholder agree the price within 30 days following the date on which the offer was made, the company must pay the shareholder such amount; and (e) if the company and the shareholder fail to agree a price within such 30-day period, within 20 days following the date on which such 30-day period expires, the company (and any dissenting shareholder) must file a petition with the Cayman Islands Grand Court to determine the fair value and such petition must be accompanied by a list of the names and addresses of the dissenting shareholders with whom agreements as to the fair value of their shares have not been reached by the company. At the hearing of that petition, the court has the power to determine the fair value of the shares together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid by the company upon the amount determined to be the fair value. Any dissenting shareholder whose name appears on the list filed by the company may participate fully in all proceedings until the determination of fair value is reached. These rights of a dissenting shareholder are not available in certain circumstances, for example, to dissenters holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the relevant date or where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of any company listed on a national securities exchange or shares of the surviving or consolidated company.

Moreover, Cayman Islands law has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as a “scheme of arrangement” which may be tantamount to a merger. In the event that a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedures for which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in question must be approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meeting summoned for that purpose. The convening

107

Table of Contents

of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

•        we are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

•        the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

•        the arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and

•        the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”

If a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer (as described below) is approved, any dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights (providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares), which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of U.S. corporations.

Squeeze-out Provisions.    When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares to whom the offer is made within four months, the offer or may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through means other than these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, or through contractual arrangements of an operating business.

Shareholders’ Suits.    Ogier, our Cayman Islands counsel, is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability for such actions. In most cases, we will be the proper plaintiff in any claim based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based both on Cayman Islands authorities and on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

•        a company is acting, or proposing to act, illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

•        the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be only effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

•        those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

A shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities.    The Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides less protection to investors. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the Federal courts of the United States.

We have been advised by Ogier, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, and or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

108

Table of Contents

Special Considerations for Exempted Companies.    We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Act. The Companies Act distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

•        annual reporting requirements are minimal and consist mainly of a statement that the company has conducted its operations mainly outside of the Cayman Islands and has complied with the provisions of the Companies Act;

•        an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;

•        an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

•        an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

•        an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

•        an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and

•        an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited Liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

Our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will contain certain requirements and restrictions relating to this offering that will apply to us until the completion of our initial business combination. These provisions cannot be amended without a special resolution. As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a resolution is deemed to be a special resolution where it has been approved by either (i) at least two-thirds (or any higher threshold specified in a company’s articles of association) of a company’s shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given; or (ii) if so authorized by a company’s articles of association, by a unanimous written resolution of all of the company’s shareholders. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that special resolutions must be approved either by at least two-thirds of our shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given (i.e., the lowest threshold permissible under Cayman Islands law), or by a unanimous written resolution of all of our shareholders.

Our founders, who will beneficially own approximately 23.11% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Specifically, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides, among other things, that:

•        If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 21 months, if we extend the time we need to complete a business combination as described in this prospectus), we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes or for working capital purposes (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law;

109

Table of Contents

•        Prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares that would entitle the holders thereof to: (i) receive funds from the trust account; (ii) vote on any initial business combination; or (iii) vote on matters related to our pre-initial business combination activity;

•        Although we do not intend to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our founders, our directors or our officers, we are not prohibited from doing so. In the event we enter into such a transaction, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA, or another independent firm that commonly renders valuation opinions for the type of company we are seeking to acquire, or an independent accounting firm that such a business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view;

•        If a shareholder vote on our initial business combination is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will offer to redeem our public shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E under the Exchange Act, and will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act;

•        Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of our assets held in the trust account (excluding deferred underwriting commissions and interest income earned on the trust account that is released to us to pay taxes or for working capital purposes) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination;

•        If our shareholders approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 21 months, if we extend the time we need to complete a business combination as described in this prospectus), or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their ordinary shares upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares; and

•        We will not complete our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that we will only redeem our public shares so long as (after such redemption) our net tangible assets will be at least $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters’ fees and commissions.

The Companies Act permits a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands to amend its memorandum and articles of association with the approval of a special resolution which requires the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of such company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting or by way of unanimous written resolution. A company’s articles of association may specify that the approval of a higher majority is required but, provided the approval of the required majority is obtained, any Cayman Islands exempted company may amend its memorandum and articles of association regardless of whether its memorandum and articles of association provides otherwise. Accordingly, although we could amend any of the provisions relating to our proposed offering, structure and business plan which are contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we view all of these provisions as binding obligations to our shareholders and neither we, nor our officers or directors, will take any action to amend or waive any of these provisions unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that the courts of the Cayman Islands will be the exclusive forums for certain disputes between us and our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for complaints against us or our directors, officers or employees.

110

Table of Contents

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Cayman Islands shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or otherwise related in any way to each shareholder’s shareholding in us, including but not limited to (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of any fiduciary or other duty owed by any of our current or former director, officer or other employee to us or our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Companies Act or our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine (as such concept is recognized under the laws of the United States of America) and that each shareholder irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Cayman Islands over all such claims or disputes. The forum selection provision in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will not apply to actions or suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are, as a matter of the laws of the United States of America, the sole and exclusive forum for determination of such a claim.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association also provide that, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that we may have, each of our shareholders acknowledges that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum and that accordingly we shall be entitled, without proof of special damages, to the remedies of injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief for any threatened or actual breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum.

This choice of forum provision may increase a shareholder’s cost and limit the shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any of our shares or other securities, whether by transfer, sale, operation of law or otherwise, shall be deemed to have notice of and have irrevocably agreed and consented to these provisions. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings. It is possible that a court could find this type of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and if a court were to find this provision in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could have adverse effect on our business and financial performance.

Anti-Money Laundering — Cayman Islands

In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we are required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity and source of funds. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.

We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In some cases the directors may be satisfied that no further information is required since an exemption applies under the Anti-Money Laundering Regulations (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, as amended and revised from time to time (the “Regulations”) or any other applicable law. Depending on the circumstances of each application, a detailed verification of identity might not be required where:

(a)     the subscriber makes the payment for their investment from an account held in the subscriber’s name at a recognized financial institution; or

(b)    the subscriber is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based or incorporated in, or formed under the law of, a recognized jurisdiction; or

(c)     the application is made through an intermediary which is regulated by a recognized regulatory authority and is based in or incorporated in, or formed under the law of a recognized jurisdiction and an assurance is provided in relation to the procedures undertaken on the underlying investors.

111

Table of Contents

For the purposes of these exceptions, recognition of a financial institution, regulatory authority or jurisdiction will be determined in accordance with the Regulations by reference to those jurisdictions recognized by the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority as having equivalent anti-money laundering regulations.

In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.

We also reserve the right to refuse to make any payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.

If any person in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or money laundering or is involved with terrorism or terrorist financing and property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority (“FRA”) of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering, or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the FRA, pursuant to the Terrorism Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

DATA PROTECTION — CAYMAN ISLANDS

We have certain duties under the Data Protection Act, 2017 of the Cayman Islands (the “DPA”) based on internationally accepted principles of data privacy.

Privacy Notice

Introduction

This privacy notice puts our shareholders on notice that through your investment in the company you will provide us with certain personal information which constitutes personal data within the meaning of the DPA (“personal data”).

In the following discussion, the “Company” refers to us and our affiliates and/or delegates, except where the context requires otherwise.

Investor Data

We will collect, use, disclose, retain and secure personal data to the extent reasonably required only and within the parameters that could be reasonably expected during the normal course of business. We will only process, disclose, transfer or retain personal data to the extent legitimately required to conduct our activities of on an ongoing basis or to comply with legal and regulatory obligations to which we are subject. We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPA, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal data.

In our use of this personal data, we will be characterized as a “data controller” for the purposes of the DPA, while our affiliates and service providers who may receive this personal data from us in the conduct of our activities may either act as our “data processors” for the purposes of the DPA or may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us.

We may also obtain personal data from other public sources. Personal data includes, without limitation, the following information relating to a shareholder and/or any individuals connected with a shareholder as an investor: name, residential address, email address, contact details, corporate contact information, signature, nationality, place of birth, date of birth, tax identification, credit history, correspondence records, passport number, bank account details, source of funds details and details relating to the shareholder’s investment activity.

112

Table of Contents

Who this Affects

If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation your investment in the Company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should transmit the content of this Privacy Notice to such individuals or otherwise advise them of its content.

How the Company May Use a Shareholder’s Personal Data

The Company, as the data controller, may collect, store and use personal data for lawful purposes, including, in particular:

(i)     where this is necessary for the performance of our rights and obligations under any purchase agreements;

(ii)    where this is necessary for compliance with a legal and regulatory obligation to which we are subject (such as compliance with anti-money laundering and FATCA/CRS requirements); and/or

(iii)   where this is necessary for the purposes of our legitimate interests and such interests are not overridden by your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms.

Should we wish to use personal data for other specific purposes (including, if applicable, any purpose that requires your consent), we will contact you.

Why We May Transfer Your Personal Data

In certain circumstances we may be legally obliged to share personal data and other information with respect to your shareholding with the relevant regulatory authorities such as the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority or the Tax Information Authority. They, in turn, may exchange this information with foreign regulatory authorities, including tax authorities.

We anticipate disclosing personal data to persons who provide services to us and their respective affiliates (which may include certain entities located outside the United States, the Cayman Islands or the European Economic Area), who will process your personal data on our behalf.

The Data Protection Measures We Take

Any transfer of personal data by us or our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPA.

We and our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates shall apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of personal data, and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, personal data.

We shall notify you of any personal data breach that is reasonably likely to result in a risk to your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms or those data subjects to whom the relevant personal data relates.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our authorized but unissued ordinary shares are available for future issuances without shareholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved ordinary shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

113

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately after this offering, we will have 10,428,480 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, or 11,964,480 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full. Of these shares, the 8,000,000 Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering, or 9,200,000 Class A ordinary shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the remaining shares are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. All of those shares will not be transferable except in limited circumstances described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Rule 144

Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

•        1% of the number of ordinary shares then issued and outstanding, which will equal 104,284 shares immediately after this offering (or 119,644 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full); and

•        the average weekly trading volume of the ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Historically, the SEC staff had taken the position that Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by companies that are, or previously were, blank check companies, like us. The SEC has codified and expanded this position in the amendments discussed above by prohibiting the use of Rule 144 for resale of securities issued by any shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or any issuer that has been at any time previously a shell company.

The SEC has provided an important exception to this prohibition, however, if the following conditions are met:

•        the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

•        the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

•        the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and

•        at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

As a result, it is likely that pursuant to Rule 144, our initial shareholders will be able to sell their founder shares freely without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination assuming they are not an affiliate of ours at that time. An affiliate of ours is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with us.

Registration Rights

The holders of our founder shares issued and outstanding on the date of this prospectus, as well as the holders of the private units (and underlying securities) and any securities issued to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates in payment of working capital loans made to us, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an

114

Table of Contents

agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of private units (and underlying securities) and securities issued in payment of working capital loans (or underlying securities) or loans to extend our life (or underlying securities) can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummate a business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Listing of our Securities

There is presently no public market for our units, Class A ordinary shares, warrants or rights. We have applied to have the units, warrants, the Class A ordinary shares and rights once they begin separate trading, listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “[BWAQU],” “[BWAQ],” “[BWAQW],” and “[BWAQR],” respectively. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of Nasdaq, which generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq as we might not meet certain continued listing standards.

115

Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following summary of the material Cayman Islands and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our units, ordinary shares, warrants, and rights to acquire our ordinary shares, sometimes referred to, individually or collectively, in this summary as our “securities,” is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our securities, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

Cayman Islands Tax Considerations

The following is a discussion on certain Cayman Islands income tax consequences of an investment in the securities of the Company. The discussion is a general summary of present law, which is subject to prospective and retroactive change. It is not intended as tax advice, does not consider any investor’s particular circumstances, and does not consider tax consequences other than those arising under Cayman Islands law.

Under Existing Cayman Islands Laws

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our securities will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of the securities nor will gains derived from the disposal of the securities be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporate tax. The Cayman Islands currently has no income, corporate or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax.

No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of our Class A ordinary shares or on an instrument of transfer in respect of such shares.

The Company has been incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and, as such, has applied for and expects to receive an undertaking from the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands in the following form:

The Tax Concessions Act Undertaking as to Tax Concessions

In accordance with the provision of Section 6 of The Tax Concessions Act (Revised), the following undertaking is given to the Company:

1.      That no law which is thereafter enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to the Company or its operations; and

2.      In addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable:

2.1    On or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company; or

2.2    by way of the withholding in whole or part, of any relevant payment as defined in Section 6(3) of the Tax Concessions Act (As Revised).

These concessions shall be for a period of 20 years from September 13, 2021.

United States Federal Income Taxation

General

This section is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax provisions relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our securities issued pursuant to this offering. This section does not address any aspect of U.S. federal gift or estate tax, or the state, local or non-U.S. tax consequences of an investment in our securities, nor does it provide any actual representations as to any tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of our securities.

Because the components of a unit are separable at the option of the holder within a short period of time after the date of this prospectus, the holder of a unit generally should be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as

116

Table of Contents

the owner of the underlying ordinary share and right components of the unit, as the case may be. As a result, the discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences with respect to actual holders of ordinary shares, warrants, and rights should also apply to holders of units (as the deemed owners of the underlying ordinary shares, warrants, and rights that comprise the units).

The discussion below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to a beneficial owner of our securities that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

•        an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

•        a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

•        an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

•        a trust if (i) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a beneficial owner of our securities is not described as a U.S. Holder and is not an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such owner will be considered a “Non-U.S. Holder.” The material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition ownership and disposition of our securities applicable specifically to Non-U.S. Holders are described below under the heading “Non-U.S. Holders.”

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), its legislative history, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, all as currently in effect. These authorities are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.

This discussion assumes that the ordinary shares, warrant, and rights will trade separately and does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular holder based on such holder’s individual circumstances. In particular, this discussion considers only holders purchase units pursuant to this offering and own and hold our securities as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, and does not address the potential application of the alternative minimum tax. In addition, this discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax consequences to holders that are subject to special rules, including:

•        financial institutions or financial services entities;

•        broker-dealers;

•        taxpayers that are subject to the mark-to-market accounting rules under Section 475 of the Code;

•        tax-exempt entities;

•        governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

•        insurance companies;

•        regulated investment companies;

•        real estate investment trusts;

•        expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States;

•        persons that actually or constructively own 5 percent or more of our voting shares;

•        persons that acquired our securities pursuant to an exercise of employee share options, in connection with employee share incentive plans or otherwise as compensation;

117

Table of Contents

•        persons that hold our securities as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated transaction;

•        persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

•        controlled foreign corporations; or

•        passive foreign investment companies.

This discussion does not address any aspect of U.S. federal non-income tax laws, such as gift or estate tax laws, state, local or non-U.S. tax laws or, except as discussed herein, any tax reporting obligations of a holder of our securities. Additionally, this discussion does not consider the tax treatment of partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons who hold our securities through such entities. If a partnership (or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of our securities, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. This discussion also assumes that any distributions made (or deemed made) by us on our securities shares and any consideration received (or deemed received) by a holder in consideration for the sale or other disposition of our securities will be in U.S. dollars. In addition, this discussion assumes that a holder will own a sufficient number of warrants (in multiple of 2) such that upon conversion of the warrants into ordinary shares, the holder will acquire only a whole number of ordinary shares and will not forfeit any fractional securities and a sufficient number of rights (in multiples of 10) such that upon conversion of the rights, the holder will acquire only a whole number of ordinary shares and will not forfeit any fractional securities.

We have not sought, and will not seek, a ruling from the IRS of an opinion of counsel as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the descriptions herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Moreover, there can be no assurance that future legislation, regulations, administrative rulings or court decisions will not adversely affect the accuracy of the statements in this discussion.

THIS DISCUSSION IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES. IT DOES NOT PROVIDE ANY ACTUAL REPRESENTATIONS AS TO ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES AND WE HAVE NOT OBTAINED ANY OPINION OF COUNSEL WITH RESPECT TO SUCH TAX CONSEQUENCES. AS A RESULT, EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IN OUR SECURITIES IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH INVESTOR OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATIES.

Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit

There is no authority addressing the treatment, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, of securities with terms substantially the same as the units, and, therefore, that treatment is not entirely clear. Each unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an investment unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share, one-half of one redeemable warrant to acquire one Class A ordinary share, and one right to acquire one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, each holder of a unit generally must allocate the purchase price of a unit among the ordinary share, warrants, and right that comprise the unit based on the relative fair market value of each at the time of issuance. The price allocated to each ordinary share, warrant, and right generally will be the holder’s tax basis in such share, warrant, or right, as the case may be.

In addition, although we intend to treat the warrants and rights for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a manner similar to options to acquire our ordinary shares in the future, there is a risk that alternate characterizations of the warrants and rights could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences to the holders of the warrants and rights that differ from those described below.

The foregoing treatment of our ordinary shares, warrant, and rights and a holder’s purchase price allocation are not binding on the IRS or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described above or the discussion below. Accordingly, each holder is advised to consult its own tax advisor regarding the risks associated with an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of a unit or the components thereof) and regarding

118

Table of Contents

an allocation of the purchase price among the components of a unit. The balance of this discussion assumes that the characterization of the units (and the components thereof) and any allocations of the purchase price of a unit as described above is respected for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

U.S. Holders

Tax Reporting

Certain U.S. Holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property (including cash) to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult with its own tax advisor regarding this reporting obligation.

Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares

Subject to the passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income as dividends the amount of any cash dividend paid on our ordinary shares. A cash distribution on such shares generally will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Such dividends paid by us will be taxable to a corporate U.S. holder at regular rates and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits generally will be applied against and reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in its ordinary shares (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such ordinary shares. With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, dividends may be subject to the lower applicable long-term capital gains tax rate (see “— Taxation on the Disposition of Securities” below) if our ordinary shares are readily tradeable on an established securities market in the United States and certain other requirements are met. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for any cash dividends paid with respect to our ordinary shares.

Taxation on the Disposition of Securities

Upon a sale or other taxable disposition of our securities (which, in general, would include a redemption of ordinary shares, as discussed below, and including as a result of a liquidation and subsequent dissolution in the event we do not consummate an initial business combination within the required time), and subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the securities.

The regular U.S. federal income tax rate on capital gains recognized by U.S. Holders generally is the same as the regular U.S. federal income tax rate on ordinary income, except that under tax law currently in effect long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. Holders are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax at reduced rates. Capital gain or loss will constitute long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the securities exceeds one year. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations. U.S. Holders who recognize losses with respect to a disposition of our securities should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax treatment of such losses.

Redemption of Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules described below, if a U.S. Holder redeems ordinary shares into the right to receive cash pursuant to the exercise of a shareholder conversion right or sells its ordinary shares to us pursuant to a tender offer, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such conversion or sale generally will be treated as a redemption and will be subject to the following rules. If the redemption qualifies as a sale of the ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code, the tax treatment of such redemption will be as described under “— Taxation on the Disposition of Securities” above. If the redemption does not qualify as a sale of ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code, a U.S. Holder will be treated as receiving a distribution with the tax consequences described below. Whether redemption of our shares qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of our ordinary shares treated as held by such U.S. Holder. The redemption of ordinary shares generally will be treated as a sale or exchange of the ordinary shares (rather than

119

Table of Contents

as a distribution) if the receipt of cash upon the redemption (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to a U.S. Holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of such holder’s interest in us or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to such holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. Holder must take into account not only our ordinary shares actually owned by such holder, but also our ordinary shares that are constructively owned by such holder. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of our issued and outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by a U.S. Holder immediately following the redemption of our ordinary shares must, among other requirements, be less than 80% of the percentage of our issued and outstanding voting and ordinary shares actually and constructively owned by such holder immediately before the redemption. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. Holder’s interest if either (i) all of our ordinary shares actually and constructively owned by such U.S. Holder are redeemed or (ii) all of our ordinary shares actually owned by such U.S. Holder are redeemed and such holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives, in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of shares owned by family members and such holder does not constructively own any other shares. The redemption of the ordinary shares will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if such redemption results in a “meaningful reduction” of a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the redemption will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority shareholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” U.S. Holders should consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of any such redemption.

If none of the foregoing tests are satisfied, then the redemption may be treated as a distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “— Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares,” above. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis a U.S. Holder has in the redeemed ordinary shares will be added to the adjusted tax basis in such holder’s remaining ordinary shares. If there are no remaining ordinary shares, a U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors as to the allocation of any remaining basis.

Certain U.S. Holders may be subject to special reporting requirements with respect to a redemption of ordinary shares, and such holders should consult with their own tax advisors with respect to their reporting requirements.

Exercise or Lapse of a Warrant

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below and except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of a warrant, a U.S. Holder generally will not recognize gain or loss upon the acquisition of an Class A ordinary share from the exercise of one warrant for cash. An A Class A ordinary share acquired pursuant to the exercise of one warrant for cash generally will have a tax basis equal to the U.S. Holder’s initial investment in the warrant (that is, the portion of the U.S. Holder’s purchase price for the units that is allocated to the warrant, as described above under “Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit”), increased by the exercise price of the warrant. It is unclear whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary share received will commence on the date of exercise of the warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the warrant; in either case the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the warrant. If a warrant is allowed to lapse unexercised, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize a capital loss equal to such holder’s tax basis in the warrant.

The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of warrants are not clear under current tax law. A cashless exercise may be tax-free, either because the exercise is not a realization event (i.e., not a transaction in which gain or loss is realized) or because the exercise is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In either tax-free situation, a U.S. Holder’s basis in the Class A ordinary shares received would equal the holder’s basis in the warrants. If the cashless exercise were treated as not being a realization event, it is unclear whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares received would be treated as commencing on the date of exercise of the warrant or the day following the date of exercise of the warrants. If the cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the Class A ordinary shares received would include the holding period of the warrants. It is also possible that a cashless exercise could be treated as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized. In such event, a U.S. Holder could be deemed to have surrendered a number of warrants with a fair market value equal to the exercise price for the number of warrants deemed exercised. For this purpose, the number of warrants deemed exercised would be equal to the amount needed to receive on exercise the number of Class A ordinary shares issued pursuant to the cashless exercise. In this situation, the U.S. Holder would recognize capital gain or loss in an amount

120

Table of Contents

equal to the difference between the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares received in respect of the warrants deemed surrendered to pay the exercise price and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the warrants deemed surrendered. Such gain or loss would be long-term or short-term depending on the U.S. Holder’s holding period in the warrants. In this case, a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the Class A ordinary shares received would equal the sum of the fair market value of the Class A ordinary shares received in respect of the warrants deemed surrendered and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the warrants deemed exercised. It is unclear whether a U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares would commence on the date of exercise of the warrants or the day following the date of exercise of the warrants, in either case, the holding period will not include the period during which the U.S. Holder held the warrant. There may also be alternative characterizations of any such taxable exchange that would result in similar tax consequences, except that a U.S. Holder’s gain or loss would be short-term. Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, including when a U.S. Holder’s holding period would commence with respect to a Class A n ordinary share received, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise of the warrants.

Conversion or Lapse of Rights

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally should not recognize gain or loss upon the acquisition of ordinary shares on the conversion of the rights, such ordinary shares should have a tax basis equal to such holder’s tax basis in the rights, and the holding period of such shares should begin on the day after such conversion. In addition, a U.S. Holder generally should recognize a capital loss on the lapse of the rights equal to such holder’s tax basis in the rights.

Unearned Income Medicare Tax

Under current tax law, U.S. Holders that are individual, estates or trusts and whose income exceeds certain thresholds generally will be subject to a 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on unearned income, including, among other things, dividends on, and gains from the sale or other disposition of, our securities, subject to certain limitations and exceptions. Under current regulations, in the absence of a special election, such unearned income generally would not include income inclusions under the qualified election fund (“QEF”) rules discussed below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” but would include distributions of earnings and profits from a QEF. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of such tax on their ownership and disposition or our securities.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation will be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year of such foreign corporation, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income. Alternatively, a foreign corporation will be a PFIC if at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year of the foreign corporation, ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year, including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than certain rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

Because we are a blank check exempted company, with no current active business, we believe that it is likely that we will meet the PFIC asset or income test for our current taxable year. However, pursuant to a start-up exception, a corporation will not be a PFIC for the first taxable year the corporation has gross income, if (1) no predecessor of the corporation was a PFIC; (2) the corporation satisfies the IRS that it will not be a PFIC for either of the first two taxable years following the start-up year; and (3) the corporation is not in fact a PFIC for either of those years. The applicability of the start-up exception to us is uncertain. After the acquisition of a company or assets in a business combination, we may still meet one of the PFIC tests depending on the timing of the acquisition and the amount of our passive income and assets as well as the passive income and assets of the acquired business. If the company that we acquire in a business combination is a PFIC, then we will likely not qualify for the start-up exception and will be a PFIC for our current taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year.

121

Table of Contents

If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our securities and, in the case of our ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder did not make a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) such ordinary shares, a QEF election along with a deemed sale (or purging) election, or a “mark-to-market” election, each as described below, such holder generally will be subject to special rules for regular U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to:

•        any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of our securities; and

•        any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of our securities during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for our securities).

Under these rules,

•        the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for our securities;

•        the amount allocated to the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;

•        the amount allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. Holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder; and

•        the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed in respect of the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of the U.S. Holder.

In general, if we are determined to be a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may avoid the PFIC tax consequences described above in respect to our ordinary shares by making a timely QEF election (or a QEF election along with a purging election). Pursuant to the QEF election, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which our taxable year ends if we are treated as a PFIC for that taxable year. A U.S. Holder may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.

The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC annual information statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF election under their particular circumstances.

In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. Holder must receive a PFIC annual information statement from us. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder upon request such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a QEF election. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFIC in the future or of the required information to be provided.

If a U.S. Holder has made a QEF election with respect to our ordinary shares, and the special tax and interest charge rules do not apply to such shares (because of a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) such shares or a purge of the PFIC taint pursuant to a purging election, as described above), any gain recognized on the sale of our ordinary shares generally will be taxable as capital gain and no interest charge will be imposed. As discussed above, for regular U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Holders of a QEF generally are currently taxed on their pro rata shares of its earnings and profits, whether or not distributed. In

122

Table of Contents

such case, a subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income generally should not be taxable as a dividend to such U.S. Holders. The adjusted tax basis of a U.S. Holder’s shares in a QEF will be increased by amounts that are included in income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not taxed as dividends, under the above rules. Similar basis adjustments apply to property if by reason of holding such property the U.S. Holder is treated under the applicable attribution rules as owning shares in a QEF.

Although a determination as to our PFIC status will be made annually, an initial determination we are a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held our securities while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those subsequent years. A U.S. Holder who makes the QEF election discussed above for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares, however, will not be subject to the PFIC tax and interest charge rules discussed above in respect to such shares. In addition, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to such shares for any of our taxable years that end within or with a taxable year of the U.S. Holder and in which we are not a PFIC. On the other hand, if the QEF election is not effective for each of our taxable years in which we are a PFIC and the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares, the PFIC rules discussed above will continue to apply to such shares unless the holder files on a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return (including extensions) a QEF election and a purging election to recognize under the rules of Section 1291 of the Code any gain that the U.S. Holder would otherwise recognize if the U.S. Holder had sold our shares for their fair market value on the “qualification date.” The qualification date is the first day of our tax year in which we qualify as a QEF with respect to such U.S. Holder. The purging election can only be made if such U.S. Holder held our shares on the qualification date. The gain recognized by the purging election will be subject to the special tax and interest charge rules treating the gain as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of the purging election, the U.S. Holder will increase the adjusted tax basis in our shares by the amount of the gain recognized and will also have a new holding period in the shares for purposes of the PFIC rules.

Alternatively, if a U.S. Holder, at the close of its taxable year, owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable shares, the U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. If the U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) our ordinary shares and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, such holder generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above in respect to its ordinary shares as long as such shares continue to be treated as marketable shares. Instead, in general, the U.S. Holder will include as ordinary income for each year that we are treated as a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year over the adjusted basis in its ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also will be allowed to take an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the adjusted basis of its ordinary shares over the fair market value of its ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of the ordinary shares in a taxable year in which we are treated as a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income. Special tax rules may also apply if a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election for a taxable year after the first taxable year in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) its ordinary shares and for which we are treated as a PFIC. Currently, a mark-to-market election may not be made with respect to our warrants and rights.

The mark-to-market election is available only for shares that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Nasdaq Capital Market, or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election in respect to our ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a foreign subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders of our shares generally would be deemed to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC or the U.S. Holders otherwise were deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC. Upon request, we will endeavor to cause any lower-tier PFIC to provide to a U.S. Holder the information that may be required to make or maintain a QEF election with respect to the lower-tier PFIC. However, there is no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of the status of any such lower-tier PFIC. In addition, we may not hold a controlling interest in any such lower-tier PFIC and thus there can be no assurance we will be able to cause

123

Table of Contents

the lower-tier PFIC to provide the required information. A mark-to-market election generally would not be available with respect to such lower-tier PFIC. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.

A U.S. Holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. Holder, may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or mark-to-market election is or has been made) with such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax return and provide such other information as may be required by the U.S. Treasury Department.

The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders of our securities should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our securities under their particular circumstances.

Non-U.S. Holders

Dividends (including constructive dividends) paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. Holder in respect to our securities generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains or maintained in the United States).

In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other disposition of our securities unless such gain is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains or maintained in the United States) or the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale or other disposition and certain other conditions are met (in which case, such gain from United States sources generally is subject to tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate).

Dividends and gains that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains or maintained in the United States) generally will be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. Holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In general, information reporting for U.S. federal income tax purposes should apply to distributions made on our ordinary shares within the United States to a U.S. Holder (other than an exempt recipient) and to the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our securities by a U.S. Holder (other than an exempt recipient) to or through a U.S. office of a broker. Payments made (and sales and other dispositions effected at an office) outside the United States will be subject to information reporting in limited circumstances. In addition, certain information concerning a U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its securities and whether any gain or loss with respect to such securities in long-term or short-term may be required to be reported to the IRS, and certain holders may be required to file an IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) to report their interest in our securities.

Moreover, backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax, currently at a rate of 24%, generally will apply to dividends paid on our securities to a U.S. Holder (other than an exempt recipient) and the proceeds from sales and other dispositions of our securities by a U.S. Holder (other than an exempt recipient), in each case who:

•        fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

•        is notified by the IRS that backup withholding is required; or

•        fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.

A Non-U.S. Holder generally may eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

124

Table of Contents

We will withhold all taxes required to be withheld by law from any amounts otherwise payable to any holder of our securities, including tax withholding required by the backup withholding rules. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. Holder’s or a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the requisite information is timely furnished to the IRS. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding in their particular circumstances.

125

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Maxim is acting as sole book-running manager of the offering and as the sole representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, through their representative Maxim, have severally agreed to purchase on a firm commitment basis, and we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, the following respective number of units set forth opposite the underwriter’s name at a public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Underwriters

 

NUMBER OF
UNITS

Maxim Group LLC

 

 

Total

 

8,000,000

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the units included in this offering are subject to all applicable laws and regulations and certain conditions precedent such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions and approval of certain legal matters by their counsel. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the units (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the units. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Units sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Upon the execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the units at the prices and upon the terms stated therein, and, as a result, will thereafter bear any risk associated with changing the offering price to the public or other selling terms after completion of the initial public offering. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part. Maxim has advised us that the underwriters do not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts.

If the underwriters sell more units than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,200,000 additional units at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional units approximately proportionate to that underwriters’ initial purchase commitment. Any units issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other units that are the subject of this offering.

We, our sponsor and our officers and directors have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Maxim, offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to sell (including any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” within the meaning of Rule 16a-l(h) under the Exchange Act, as amended, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our units, warrants, rights, ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, ordinary shares currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing. Maxim in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice. Our sponsor, officers and directors are also subject to separate transfer restrictions on their founder shares and private units pursuant to the letter agreement as described herein.

Our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earlier to occur of (i) six months after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination or (ii) the date on which we consummate a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property (except as described herein under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Units”). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial shareholders with respect to any founder shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

126

Table of Contents

if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30 trading days commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, the founder shares will no longer be subject to such transfer restrictions. We refer to such transfer restrictions throughout this prospectus as the lock-up. The private units (including the underlying securities) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until after the completion of our initial business combination (except with respect to permitted transferees as described herein under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Units”).

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the units was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies, prior offerings of those companies, our management, our capital structure, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the units, Class A ordinary shares, warrants, or rights will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our units, Class A ordinary shares, warrants, or rights will develop and continue after this offering.

We have applied to list our units on Nasdaq under the symbol “BWAQU.” We cannot guarantee that our securities will be approved for listing on Nasdaq. We expect that our units will be listed on Nasdaq on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. We expect that our Class A ordinary shares, warrants, and detachable rights will be listed under the symbols “BWAQ,” “BWAQW,” and “BWAQR,” respectively, once the Class A ordinary shares, warrants and rights begin separate trading. The contingent rights will remain attached to our Class A ordinary shares issued in this offering, will not be separately transferable, assignable or saleable, and will not be evidenced by any certificate or instrument.

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. The upfront portion of the underwriting discounts and commissions will be $0.20 per unit.

 

PAYABLE BY BLUE WORLD
ACQUISITION CORPORATION

   

NO
EXERCISE

 

FULL EXERCISE

Per Unit(1)

 

$

0.55

 

$

0.55

Total(1)

 

$

4,400,000

 

$

5,060,000

____________

(1)      Includes $0.35 per unit, or $2,800,000 (or $3,220,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) in the aggregate payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions to be placed in a trust account located in the United States as described herein. The deferred commissions will be released to the underwriters only on completion of an initial business combination, in an amount equal to $0.35 multiplied by the number of f Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units in this offering, as described in this prospectus.

If we do not complete our initial business combination and subsequently liquidate, the trustee and the underwriters have agreed that (i) they will forfeit any rights or claims to its deferred underwriting discounts and commissions, including any accrued interest thereon, then in the trust account upon liquidation, and (ii) that the deferred underwriters’ discounts and commissions will be distributed on a pro-rata basis, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes to the public shareholders.

In addition to the underwriting discount, we paid Maxim $25,000 upon the execution of the engagement letter, as an advance against out-of-pocket accountable expenses actually anticipated to be incurred by the underwriters. We have agreed to pay or reimburse the underwriters for travel, lodging and other “road show” expenses, expenses of the underwriters’ legal counsel and certain diligence and other related fees, and reimbursement for background checks on our directors, director nominees and executive officers, which such fees and expenses are capped at an aggregate of $125,000 (less amounts previously paid).

No discounts or commissions will be paid on the sale of the private units.

127

Table of Contents

Representative’s Ordinary Shares and Private Placement Units

We have agreed to issue to Maxim Group LLC and/or its designees, 40,000 Class A ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering. Maxim has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any such shares until the completion of our initial business combination. In addition, Maxim has agreed (i) to waive its redemption rights with respect to such shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 12 months from the closing of this offering (or up to 21 months from the closing of this offering if we extend the period of time to consummate a business combination, as described in more detail in this prospectus).

Our sponsor has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 348,480 private units at $10.00 per unit, for a total purchase price of $3,484,800 (or up to 378,480 units for a total purchase price of $3,784,800 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). Maxim Group LLC, or Maxim, has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 40,000 private units at $10.00 per unit, for a total purchase price of $400,000 (or up to 46,000 units for a total purchase price of $460,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. These private units are identical to the units sold as part of the units in this offering, subject to limited exceptions as further described herein. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below. The private units (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the private rights) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until six months after the completion of our initial business combination (except, among other limited exceptions as described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Units,” to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor or the underwriters). Except as described above, the private warrants and rights have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants and rights being sold as part of the units in this offering.

The shares and private units have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a lock-up for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part pursuant to Rule 5110(e)(1) of FINRA’s NASD Conduct Rules. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), these securities will not be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, nor may they be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their bona fide officers or partners. The private units and shares underlying the private units have resale registration rights including one demand and unlimited “piggy-back” rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from the commencement of sales of this offering. In compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8), the Maxim Group LLC registration rights are limited to demand and “piggy back” rights for periods of five and seven years, respectively, from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and such demand rights may be exercised on only one occasion. In addition, so long as the warrants underlying the underwriter units purchased by Maxim Group LLC are held by Maxim Group LLC or its designees, they will only be exercisable for a period of five years from the date of this prospectus in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(A).

Right of First Refusal

Subject to certain conditions, we granted Maxim, for a period of 12 months after the date of the consummation of our business combination, a right of first refusal to act as book running manager with at least 50% of the economics; for any and all future public and private equity and debt offerings. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(6), such right of first refusal shall not have a duration of more than three years from the commencement of sales of the offering.

Regulatory Restrictions on Purchase of Securities

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell units in the open market. The underwriters have advised us that, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, they may engage in short sale transactions, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the over-allotment option, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids in connection with this offering. These activities may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of our units at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market.

128

Table of Contents

•        Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters of a greater number of units than it is required to purchase in the offering.

•        “Covered” short sales are sales of units in an amount up to the number of units represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

•        “Naked” short sales are sales of units in an amount in excess of the number of units represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

•        Covering transactions involve purchases of units either pursuant to the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions.

•        To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase units in the open market after the distribution has been completed. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

•        To close a covered short position, the underwriters must purchase units in the open market after the distribution has been completed or must exercise the over-allotment option. In determining the source of units to close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase units through the over-allotment option.

•        Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase units so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own account, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the units. They may also cause the price of the units to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. Neither we, nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our Class A ordinary share. The underwriters are not obligated to engage in these activities and, if commenced, any of the activities may be discontinued at any time.

We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering payable by us will be $[            ], excluding underwriting discounts and commissions.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

We are not under any contractual obligation to engage any of the underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering, and have no present intent to do so. However, any of the underwriters may introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital in the future. If any of the underwriters provide services to us after this offering, we may pay such underwriter fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any of the underwriters and no fees for such services will be paid to any of the underwriters prior to the date that is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, unless FINRA determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with this offering and we may pay the underwriters of this offering or any entity with which they are affiliated a finder’s fee or other compensation for services rendered to us in connection with the completion of an initial business combination.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of common shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in

129

Table of Contents

electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Activities and Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging. financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us or our affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Other Terms

Except as set forth above, we are not under any contractual obligation to engage any of the underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering, and have no present intent to do so. However, any of the underwriters may, among other things, introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital, as needs may arise in the future. If any underwriter provides services to us after this offering, we may pay the underwriters fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with the underwriters and no fees for such services will be paid to the underwriters prior to the date which is 60 days after the date of this prospectus, unless FINRA determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriter’s compensation in connection with this offering.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against some liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in this respect.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Canada

Resale Restrictions

We intend to distribute our securities in the Province of Ontario, Canada (the “Canadian Offering Jurisdiction”) by way of a private placement and exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in such Canadian Offering Jurisdiction. Any resale of our securities in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws that will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to

130

Table of Contents

be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Canadian resale restrictions in some circumstances may apply to resales of interests made outside of Canada. Canadian purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of our securities. We may never be a “reporting issuer”, as such term is defined under applicable Canadian securities legislation, in any province or territory of Canada in which our securities will be offered and there currently is no public market for any of the securities in Canada, and one may never develop. Canadian investors are advised that we have no intention to file a prospectus or similar document with any securities regulatory authority in Canada qualifying the resale of the securities to the public in any province or territory in Canada.

Representations of Purchasers

A Canadian purchaser will be required to represent to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

•        the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase our securities without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws;

•        where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent;

•        the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions; and

•        the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning its purchase of our securities to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information.

Rights of Action — Ontario Purchasers Only

Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of our securities, for rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for our securities. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for our securities. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which our securities were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of our securities as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein are located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All of our assets and the assets of those persons are located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Collection of Personal Information

If a Canadian purchaser is resident in or otherwise subject to the securities laws of the Province of Ontario, the Purchaser authorizes the indirect collection of personal information pertaining to the Canadian purchaser by the Ontario Securities Commission (the “OSC”) and each Canadian purchaser will be required to acknowledge and agree that the Canadian purchaser has been notified by us (i) of the delivery to the OSC of personal information pertaining to the Canadian purchaser, including, without limitation, the full name, residential address and telephone number of the Canadian purchaser, the number and type of securities purchased and the total purchase price paid in respect of the securities, (ii) that this information is being collected indirectly by the OSC under the authority granted to it in

131

Table of Contents

securities legislation, (iii) that this information is being collected for the purposes of the administration and enforcement of the securities legislation of Ontario, and (iv) that the title, business address and business telephone number of the public official in Ontario who can answer questions about the OSC’s indirect collection of the information is the Administrative Assistant to the Director of Corporate Finance, the Ontario Securities Commission, Suite 1903, Box 5520, Queen Street West, Toronto, Ontario, M5H 3S8, Telephone: (416) 593-8086, Facsimile: (416) 593-8252.

Cayman Islands

No offer or invitation to subscribe for shares may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.

Switzerland

The Units may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the Units or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company or the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of securities has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of Units.

Italy

This prospectus has not been submitted to the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa, the Italian Securities Exchange Commission (“CONSOB”), for clearance and will not be subject to formal review or clearance by CONSOB.

Accordingly, the Units may not be offered, and copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the shares may not be distributed in Italy except:

(a)     to “qualified investors” (investitori qualificati), as defined pursuant to Article 34-ter, first paragraph, letter b), of CONSOB regulation No. 11971 of May 14, 1999, as amended, concerning issuers (“Regulation No. 11971”), but excluding (i) small and medium enterprises and natural persons indicated in Regulation No. 11971 that have not been included in the register of qualified investors, (ii) management companies and financial intermediaries authorized to manage individual portfolios on behalf of third parties and (iii) fiduciary companies managing portfolio investments regulated by Article 60, paragraph 4 of Legislative Decree No. 415 of July 23, 1996; or

(b)    in other circumstances that are exempt from the rules on public offers pursuant to Article 100 of the Legislative Decree No. 58 of February 24, 1998, as amended (the “Italian Financial Act”), and its implementing CONSOB regulations, including Regulation No. 11971.

Any such offer, sale or delivery of the Units offered hereby or distribution of copies of this Prospectus, or any other document relating to the offering in the Republic of Italy must be in compliance with the selling restrictions under

(i)     made by soggetti abilitati (including investment firms (imprese di investimento), banks or financial intermediaries, as defined by Article 1, first paragraph, letter r), of the Italian Financial Act), to the extent duly authorized to engage in the offering and/or underwriting and/or purchase of financial instruments in the Republic of Italy in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Italian Financial Act, CONSOB Regulation 16190 of October 29, 2007, as amended, Legislative Decree No. 385 of September 1, 1993, as amended (the “Italian Banking Act”) and any other applicable laws and regulations; and

(ii)    in compliance with any other applicable requirements or limitations which may be imposed by CONSOB, the Bank of Italy or any other Italian regulatory authority.

132

Table of Contents

Any investor purchasing the Units offered hereby is solely responsible for ensuring that any offer or resale of the shares it purchased occurs in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

In accordance with Article 100-bis of the Italian Financial Act, the subsequent resale on the secondary market in the Republic of Italy of the Units offered hereby (which were part of an offer made pursuant to an exemption from the obligation to publish a prospectus) constitutes a distinct and autonomous offer that must be made in compliance with the public offer and prospectus requirement rules provided under the Italian Financial Act and the Regulation No. 11971 unless an exemption applies. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the subsequent resale of such shares being declared null and void and the intermediary transferring the shares may be liable for any damage suffered by the investors.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the units may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the units be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

People’s Republic of China

This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in China and the units may not be offered or sold, and will not offer or sell to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any resident of China except pursuant to applicable laws, rules and regulations of China. For the purpose of this paragraph only, China does not include Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.

Hong Kong

The units may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our units be issued or may be in possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to our units which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Taiwan

The units have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of (“Taiwan”), pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be offered or sold in Taiwan through a public offering or in any manner which would constitute an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan or would otherwise require registration with or the approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan.

Japan

The units and underlying Class A ordinary share, warrants, and rights have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re- offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws,

133

Table of Contents

regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” will mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Indonesia

This prospectus does not, and is not intended to, constitute a public offering in Indonesia under Law Number 8 of 1995 regarding Capital Market. This prospectus may not be distributed in the Republic of Indonesia and the ordinary share may not be offered or sold in the Republic of Indonesia or to Indonesian citizens wherever they are domiciled, or to Indonesia residents, in a manner which constitutes a public offering under the laws of the Republic of Indonesia.

Vietnam

This offering of ordinary share has not been and will not be registered with the State Securities Commission of Vietnam under the Law on Securities of Vietnam and its guiding decrees and circulars. The ordinary share will not be offered or sold in Vietnam through a public offering and will not be offered or sold to Vietnamese persons other than those who are licensed to invest in offshore securities under the Law on Investment of Vietnam.

Thailand

This prospectus does not, and is not intended to, constitute a public offering in Thailand. The ordinary share may not be offered or sold to persons in Thailand, unless such offering is made under the exemptions from approval and filing requirements under applicable laws, or under circumstances which do not constitute an offer for sale of the shares to the public for the purposes of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1992 of Thailand, nor require approval from the Office of the Securities and Exchange Commission of Thailand.

Korea

The ordinary share may not be offered, sold and delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the Korea Securities and Exchange Act and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and the decrees and regulations thereunder. The ordinary share has not been registered with the Financial Services Commission of Korea for public offering in Korea. Furthermore, the ordinary share may not be resold to Korean residents unless the purchaser of the ordinary share complies with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to government approval requirements under the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law and its subordinate decrees and regulations) in connection with the purchase of the ordinary share.

Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, or the Israeli Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer of the units is directed only at, (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case, purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors are required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it.

134

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC, is acting as United States counsel in connection with the registration of our securities under the Securities Act and will pass on the validity of the warrants and rights offered in the prospectus. Legal matters as to Cayman Islands’ law, as well as the validity of the issuance of the ordinary shares offered in this prospectus, will be passed upon for us by Ogier. Loeb & Loeb LLP is acting as counsel for the underwriters in this offering.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Blue World Acquisition Corporation for the period from July 19, 2021 (inception) through August 17, 2021 appearing in this prospectus have been audited by Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report, thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to substantial doubt about the ability of Blue World Acquisition Corporation to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements), appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are included in reliance on such report given on the authority of such firm as an experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act, with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as our other reports filed with the SEC, can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov which contains the Form S-1 and other reports, proxy and information statements and information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

135

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Blue World Acquisition Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Blue World Acquisition. (the “Company”) as of August 17, 2021, the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from July 19, 2021 (inception) through August 17, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of August 17, 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for period from July 19, 2021 (inception) through August 17, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Explanatory Paragraph — Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company’s ability to execute its business plan is dependent upon its completion of the proposed initial public offering described in Note 3 to the financial statements. The Company has a working capital deficit as of August 17, 2021 and lacks the financial resources it needs to sustain operations for a reasonable period of time, which is considered to be one year from the issuance date of the financial statements. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1 and 3. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk llp

Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk llp

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

New York, NY
September 14, 2021, except for Note 8, as to which the date is December 10, 2021

F-2

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
BALANCE SHEET
AS OF AUGUST 17, 2021

Assets

 

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs

 

$

129,750

 

Total Assets

 

$

129,750

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

Promissory note – related party

 

$

112,001

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

112,001

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 7)

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity:

 

 

 

 

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 480,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

 

 

 

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, 2,300,000 shares issued and outstanding(1)

 

 

230

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

24,770

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(7,251

)

Total Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

17,749

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

$

129,750

 

____________

(1)      This number includes an aggregate of up to 300,000 ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-3

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM JULY 19, 2021 (INCEPTION) THROUGH AUGUST 17, 2021

Formation and operating costs

 

$

7,251

 

Net loss

 

$

(7,251

)

Basic and diluted weighted average Class B ordinary shares outstanding(1)

 

 

2,000,000

 

Basic and diluted net loss per Class B ordinary share

 

$

(0.00

)

____________

(1)      This number excludes an aggregate of up to 300,000 ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-4

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE PERIOD FROM JULY 19, 2021 (INCEPTION) THROUGH AUGUST 17, 2021

 

Ordinary Shares

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 


Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

   

Class A

 

Class B

 
   

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Balance as of July 19, 2021 (inception)

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

 

Founder shares issued to initial shareholder(1)

 

 

 

 

2,300,000

 

 

230

 

 

24,770

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,251

)

 

 

(7,251

)

Balance as of August 17, 2021

 

 

$

 

2,300,000

 

$

230

 

$

24,770

 

$

(7,251

)

 

$

17,749

 

____________

(1)      This number includes an aggregate of up to 300,000 ordinary shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part by the underwriters (see Note 5).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-5

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM JULY 19, 2021 (INCEPTION) THROUGH AUGUST 17, 2021

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(7,251

)

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

 

 

(7,251

)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of promissory note to related party

 

 

7,251

 

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

 

 

7,251

 

Net Change in Cash

 

 

 

Cash, beginning of period

 

 

 

Cash, end of period

 

$

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

 

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs paid by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of Class B ordinary shares

 

$

25,000

 

Deferred offering costs paid by promissory note – related party

 

$

104,750

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

F-6

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS BACKGROUND

Blue World Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) is a newly organized blank check exempted company incorporated on July 19, 2021, under the laws of the Cayman Islands for the purpose of acquiring, engaging in a share exchange, share reconstruction and amalgamation, purchasing all or substantially all of the assets of, entering into contractual arrangements, or engaging in any other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (“Business Combination”). The Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a Business Combination. The Company intends to focus on opportunities in marine leisure, cruise, marine infrastructure and engineering, general hospitality, travel and tourism and related industry segments globally.

As of August 17, 2021, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity through August 17, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation and the Proposed Initial Public Offering as described below. The Company has selected June 30 as its fiscal year end.

The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a proposed public offering of 8,000,000 units (“Units”) (or 9,200,000 Units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), at $0.01 per Unit, which is discussed in Note 3 (the “Proposed Public Offering”), the sale of 348,480 Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit to Blue World Holdings Limited (the “Sponsor”) to the Sponsor and the sale of 40,000 Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit in a private placement to Maxim Group LLC (the “Underwriter”) to the Underwriter (the “Insider Units”). The Company intends to list the Units on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“NASDAQ”). The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering and the Private Units, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be generally applied toward consummating a Business Combination. NASDAQ rules provide that the Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the Trust Account (as defined below) (less any deferred underwriting commissions and interest released to pay taxes payable) at the time of the signing a definitive agreement in connection with a Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, management has agreed that at least $10.00 per Unit, or $80,000,000 in the aggregate (or $92,000,000 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering and the Private Units will be held in a trust account (“Trust Account”) and invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act, with a maturity of 180 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the consummation of a Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below.

The Company will provide its shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (initially $10.00 per share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). The per-share amount to be distributed to shareholders who redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 6). The ordinary shares subject to redemption will be recorded at a redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Proposed Public Offering, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”

F-7

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS BACKGROUND (cont.)

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a shareholder vote is not required and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, offer such redemption pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents containing substantially the same information as would be included in a proxy statement with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination.

The Company’s initial shareholders (the “initial shareholders”) have agreed (a) to vote their founder shares, the Class B ordinary shares included in the Private Units (the “Private Shares”) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Proposed Public Offering in favor of a Business Combination, (b) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association that would stop the public shareholders from redeeming or selling their shares to the Company in connection with a Business Combination or affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period unless the Company provides dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with any such vote; (c) not to redeem any founder shares and Private Units (including underlying securities) (as well as any Public Shares purchased during or after the Proposed Public Offering) into the right to receive cash from the Trust Account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a Business Combination (or sell any shares in a tender offer in connection with a Business Combination) or a vote to amend the provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association relating to shareholders’ rights of pre-Business Combination activity and (d) that the founder shares and Private Units (including underlying securities) shall not participate in any liquidating distributions upon winding up if a Business Combination is not consummated. However, the initial shareholders will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Public Shares purchased during or after the Proposed Public Offering if the Company fails to complete its Business Combination.

The Company will have until 12 months from the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. However, if the Company anticipates that it may not be able to consummate a Business Combination within 12 months, the Company may, but is not obligated to, extend the period of time to consummate a Business Combination three times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a Business Combination) (the “Combination Period”). In order to extend the time available for the Company to consummate a Business Combination, the initial shareholders or their affiliates or designees must deposit into the Trust Account $800,000 or, $920,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), on or prior to the applicable deadline.

If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned (net of taxes payable), which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and the Company’s board of directors, proceed to commence a voluntary liquidation and thereby a formal dissolution of the Company, subject in each case to its obligations to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of applicable law. The underwriters have agreed to waive its rights to the deferred underwriting commission held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than $10.00.

F-8

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS BACKGROUND (cont.)

The Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company, if and to the extent any claims by a vendor for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the Trust Account to below $10.00 per share (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), except as to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account and except as to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Proposed Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Going concern consideration

As of August 17, 2021, the Company had a working capital deficit of $112,001 (excluding deferred offering costs of $129,750). The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The management’s plan in addressing this uncertainty is through the Proposed Public Offering as discussed in Note 3. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to raise capital or to consummate a business combination will be successful within the Combination Period. The Sponsor has agreed to loan the Company up to an aggregate amount of $500,000 to be used, in part, for transaction costs incurred in connection with the Proposed Public Offering. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

NOTE 2 — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

•        Basis of presentation

These accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

•        Emerging growth company status

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

F-9

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

•        Use of estimates

In preparing these financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, Actual results may differ from these estimates.

•        Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash and cash equivalents as of August 17, 2021.

•        Deferred offering costs

Deferred offering costs consist of legal expenses incurred through the balance sheet date that are directly related to the Proposed Public Offering and that will be charged to changes in shareholders’ equity upon the completion of the Proposed Public Offering. Should the Proposed Public Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs, as well as additional expenses to be incurred, will be charged to operations. As of August 17, 2021, the Company has incurred $129,750 of deferred offering cost.

•        Ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

The Company accounts for its ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in ASC Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity.

•        Warrants

The Company accounts for warrants as either equity-classified or liability-classified instruments based on an assessment of the warrant’s specific terms and applicable authoritative guidance in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (“ASC 480”) and ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging (“ASC 815”). The assessment considers whether the warrants are freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480, meet the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the warrants meet all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815, including whether the warrants are indexed to the Company’s own ordinary shares and whether the warrant holders could potentially require “net cash settlement” in a circumstance outside of the Company’s control, among other conditions for equity classification. This assessment, which requires the use of professional judgment, is conducted at the time of warrant issuance and as of each subsequent quarterly period end date while the warrants are outstanding.

For issued or modified warrants that meet all of the criteria for equity classification, the warrants are required to be recorded as a component of equity at the time of issuance. As the Company’s warrants meet all of the criteria for equity classification, so the Company will classify each warrant as its own equity.

•        Income taxes

Income taxes are determined in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes” (“ASC 740”). Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis.

F-10

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted income tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Any effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

ASC 740 prescribes a comprehensive model for how companies should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in their financial statements uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. Under ASC 740, tax positions must initially be recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of August 17, 2021. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

The Company may be subject to potential examination by foreign taxing authorities in the area of income taxes. These potential examinations may include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with foreign tax laws.

The Company’s tax provision is zero for the period from July 19, 2021 (inception) through August 17, 2021.

The Company is considered to be an exempted Cayman Islands Company, and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States.

•        Net loss per ordinary share

Net loss per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor. Weighted average shares were reduced for the effect of an aggregate of 300,000 Class B ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the Underwriters (see Note 5). As of August 17, 2021, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary share and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share for the period presented.

•        Related parties

Parties, which can be a corporation or individual, are considered to be related if the Company has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operational decisions. Companies are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence.

•        Fair value of financial instrument

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

•        Recent accounting pronouncements

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued a new standard (ASU 2020-06) to reduce the complexity of accounting for convertible debt and other equity-linked instruments. For certain convertible debt instruments with a cash conversion feature, the changes are a trade-off between simplifications in the accounting model (no separation of an “equity” component to impute a market interest rate, and simpler analysis of embedded equity features) and a potentially adverse impact to diluted earnings per share by requiring the use of the if-converted method. The new standard will also impact other

F-11

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 — SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

financial instruments commonly issued by both public and private companies. For example, the separation model for beneficial conversion features is eliminated simplifying the analysis for issuers of convertible debt and convertible preferred stock. Also, certain specific requirements to achieve equity classification and/or qualify for the derivative scope exception for contracts indexed to an entity’s own equity are removed, enabling more freestanding instruments and embedded features to avoid mark-to-market accounting. The new standard is effective for companies that are SEC filers (except for smaller reporting companies) for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and interim periods within that year, and two years later for other companies. Companies can early adopt the standard at the start of a fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2020. The standard can either be adopted on a modified retrospective or a full retrospective basis. The Company is currently reviewing the newly issued standard and does not believe it will materially impact the Company.

NOTE 3 — PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING

The Proposed Public Offering calls for the Company to offer for sale up to 8,000,000 Units at a proposed offering price of $10.00 per Unit (or 9,200,000 Units if the Underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). Each Unit will consist of one Class A ordinary share, one-half of one redeemable warrant (each whole, a “Public Warrant”) and one right (“Public Right”). Each Public Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. Each Public Warrant will become exercisable on the later of the completion of an initial business combination and one year from the date that the registration statement is declared effective, and will expire five years after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation, as described in this prospectus. Each Public Right entitles the holder thereof to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of the initial Business Combination.

NOTE 4 — PRIVATE PLACEMENT

The Sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 348,480 private units at $10.00 per private unit (“Private Unit”) for a total purchase price of $3,484,800 (or up to 378,480 units for a total purchase price of $3,784,800 if the over-allotment option is fully exercised) and the Underwriter has committed to purchase an aggregate of 40,000 private units at $10.00 per private unit for a total purchase price of $400,000 (or up to 46,000 units for a total purchase price of $460,000 if the over-allotment option is fully exercised), in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. Each Private Unit consists of one Private Share of one Class A ordinary share, one-half of one redeemable warrant (each whole, a “Private Warrant”), and one right (each, a “Private Right”). Each Private Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one Class A ordinary share at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. Each Private Warrant will become exercisable on the later of the completion of an initial business combination and one year from the date that the registration statement is declared effective, and will expire five years after the completion of our initial business combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation, as described in this prospectus. Each Private Right entitles the holder to receive one-tenth of one Class A ordinary share at the closing of a Business Combination. The proceeds from the sale of the Private Units will be added to the net proceeds from the Proposed Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Units will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law).

The shares included in the Private Units are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in the Proposed Public Offering. Furthermore, the Sponsor and the Underwriter (collectively the ”Insiders”) have agreed (A) to vote the private shares in favor of any proposed Business Combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop its public shareholders from redeeming or selling their shares to the Company in connection with a Business Combination or affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its public shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within 12 months (or 21 months if the Company has extended the period of time) from the closing of the Proposed Public Offering unless the Company provides dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares in connection with any such vote, (C) not to redeem any private shares for cash from the trust account in connection with a

F-12

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 4 — PRIVATE PLACEMENT (cont.)

shareholder vote to approve its proposed initial Business Combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the Founder Shares (as discussed in Note 5) and the shares included in the Private Units shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a Business Combination is not consummated.

NOTE 5 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On August 5, 2021, the Sponsor acquired 2,300,000 Class B ordinary shares (“Founder Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000.

As of August 17, 2021, there were 2,300,000 Founder Shares issued and outstanding, among which, up to 300,000 Founder Shares are subject to forfeiture if the underwriters’ over-allotment is not exercised. The aggregate capital contribution was $25,000, or approximately $0.01 per share.

Promissory Note — Related Party

On August 5, 2021, the Sponsor has agreed to loan the Company up to an aggregate amount of $500,000 to be used, in part, for transaction costs incurred in connection with the Proposed Public Offering (the “Promissory Note”). As of August 17, 2021, $112,001 was outstanding under the Promissory Note. The Promissory Note is unsecured, interest-free and due on the closing of the Proposed Public Offering.

Working Capital Loans

In order to meet the Company’s working capital needs following the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering, the Company’s sponsor, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of the Company initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,600,000 of the notes (in addition to the extension loans and convertible notes thereunder, if any) may be converted upon consummation of the Company’s Business Combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit (which, for example, would result in the holders being issued units to acquire 176,000 Class A ordinary shares (which includes 16,000 Class A ordinary shares issuable underlying rights) and warrants to purchase 80,000 Class A ordinary shares if $1,600,000 of notes were so converted). If the Company does not complete a Business Combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available. The Company’s shareholders have approved the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of its initial Business Combination. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination, the loans will not be repaid.

If the Company anticipates that it may not be able to consummate our initial business combination within 12 months, it may, but is not obligated to, extend the period of time to consummate a business combination three times by an additional three months each time (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a business combination). In order to extend the time available for us to consummate its initial business combination, the sponsor or its affiliates or designees, upon five days advance notice prior to the applicable deadline, must deposit into the trust account for each three-month extension $800,000, or $920,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($0.10 per share in either case), on or prior to the date of the applicable deadline. The sponsor or its affiliates or designees will receive a non-interest bearing, unsecured promissory note equal to the amount of any such deposit that will not be repaid in the event that the Company is unable to close a business combination unless there are funds available outside the trust account to do so. Such extension notes would either be paid upon consummation of an initial business combination, or, at the lender’s discretion, converted upon consummation of an initial business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available. The Company’s shareholders have approved

F-13

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (cont.)

the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of its initial Business Combination. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination, the loans will not be repaid.

As of August 17, 2021, the Company had no borrowings under the working capital loans.

Administrative Services Agreement

The Company is obligated, commencing from the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering to pay Blue World Holdings Limited, whose director is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Liang Shi, a monthly fee of $10,000 for general and administrative services. This agreement will terminate upon completion of the Company’s Business Combination or the liquidation of the trust account to public shareholders.

NOTE 6 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 480,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. As of August 17, 2021, there were no Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding.

Class B Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share. On August 5, 2021, the Company issued 2,300,000 Class B ordinary shares. Of the 2,300,000 Class B ordinary shares outstanding, an aggregate of up to 300,000 shares are subject to forfeiture to the Company by the Sponsor for no consideration to the extent that the underwriter’s over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that the initial shareholders will collectively own 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Proposed Public Offering (assuming they do not purchase any units in the Proposed Public Offering and excluding the Class A ordinary shares underlying the Private Units). If the Company increases or decreases the size of the Proposed Public Offering, it will effect a share dividend or a share contribution back to capital or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of the initial shareholders at 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares of the Company upon the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering (assuming they do not purchase Units in the Proposed Public Offering and excluding the Private Shares).

Rights

Except in cases where the Company is not the surviving company in a Business Combination, each holder of a Public Right will automatically receive one-tenth (1/10) of an ordinary share upon consummation of a Business Combination, even if the holder of a Public Right redeemed all ordinary shares held by him, her or it in connection with a Business Combination or an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association with respect to its pre-business combination activities. In the event the Company will not be the surviving company upon completion of the initial business combination, each registered holder of a right will be required to affirmatively redeem his, her or its rights in order to receive the kind and amount of securities or properties of the surviving company that the one-tenth (1/10) of a share underlying each right is entitled to upon consummation of the business combination. No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder of Public Rights in order to receive his, her or its additional ordinary shares upon consummation of a Business Combination. The shares issuable upon exchange of the rights will be freely tradable (except to the extent held by affiliates of the Company). If the Company enters into a definitive agreement for a Business Combination in which the Company will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of Public Rights to receive the same per share consideration the holders of ordinary shares will receive in the transaction on an as-converted into ordinary shares basis.

The Company will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of Public Rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act and any other applicable. As a result, the holders of the Public Rights must hold rights in multiples of 10 in order to receive shares for all of the holders’ rights upon closing of a Business Combination. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of Public Rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their Public Rights,

F-14

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 6 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (cont.)

nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such Public Rights, and the Public Rights will expire worthless. Further, there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the Public Rights upon consummation of a Business Combination. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the rights. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.

Redeemable Warrants

As of August 17, 2021, no warrants are currently outstanding. Each whole redeemable warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of the completion of an initial Business Combination and one (1) year from the effective date of this registration statement. Pursuant to the warrant agreement, a warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of shares. However, except as set forth below, no warrants will be exercisable for cash unless the Company has an effective and current registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to such Class A ordinary shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a registration statement covering the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective within 90 days from the consummation of our initial business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act provided that such exemption is available. If an exemption from registration is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. The warrants will expire five years from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time.

The Company may call the warrants for redemption (excluding the private warrants), in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per warrant:

•        at any time while the warrants are exercisable,

•        upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder,

•        if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $16.50 per share (as adjusted for share dividends, share splits, share aggregation, extraordinary dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like), for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after the warrant become exercisable and ending one the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given to warrant holders (the “Force-Call Provision”), and

•        if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the Class A ordinary shares underlying such warrants at the time of redemption and for the entire 30-days trading period referred to above and continuing each day thereafter until the date of redemption.

The right to exercise will be forfeited unless the warrants are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of redemption. On and after the redemption date, a record holder of a warrant will have no further rights except to receive the redemption price for such holder’s warrant upon surrender of such warrant.

The redemption criteria for the Company’s warrants have been established at a price which is intended to provide warrant holders a reasonable premium to the initial exercise price and provide a sufficient differential between the then-prevailing share price and the warrant exercise price so that if the share price declines as a result of the Company’s redemption call, the redemption will not cause the share price to drop below the exercise price of the warrants.

If the Company call the warrants for redemption as described above, its management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the whole warrants for that number of Class A ordinary shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A ordinary shares underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the Class A ordinary shares for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants.

F-15

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 6 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (cont.)

Whether the Company will exercise its option to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis” will depend on a variety of factors including the price of its Class A ordinary shares at the time the warrants are called for redemption, its cash needs at such time and concerns regarding dilutive share issuances.

In addition, if the Company (a) issues additional Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of its initial Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Company’s initial shareholders or their affiliates, without taking into account any Class B ordinary shares issued prior to the offering and held by the initial shareholders or their affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (b) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of its initial Business Combination on the date of the consummation of its initial Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (c) the volume weighted average trading price of our Class A ordinary shares during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the date of the consummation of our initial business combination (such price, the “Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the greater of (i) the Market Value or (ii) the Newly Issued Price, and the $16.50 per share redemption trigger price described below under “Redemption of warrants” will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the greater of (i) the Market Value or (ii) the Newly Issued Price.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check payable to the Company, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of Class A ordinary shares and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive Class A ordinary shares. After the issuance of Class A ordinary shares upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by shareholders.

The private warrants have terms and provisions that are identical to those of the warrants being sold as part of the units in the Proposed Public Offering except that the private warrants will be entitled to registration rights. The private warrants (including the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or saleable until the completion of its initial business combination except to permitted transferees, subject to certain exceptions.

NOTE 7 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Risks and Uncertainties

Management is currently evaluating the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s future financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, there has been a significant impact as of the date of these financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the future outcome of this uncertainty.

Registration Rights

The holders of the Founder Shares issued and outstanding on the date of the Company’s prospectus, as well as the holders of the Private Units (and all underlying securities) and any securities its initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans made to the Company, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering. The holders of the majority of the Founder Shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these ordinary shares are to be released from escrow. The holders of a majority of the Private Units (and underlying securities) and securities issued in payment of Working Capital Loans (or underlying securities) or loans to extend its life can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after

F-16

Table of Contents

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 7 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)

the Company consummates a Business Combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the consummation of a Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company has granted the Underwriter a 45-day option following the date of Proposed Public Offering to purchase up to 1,200,000 units (over and above the 8,000,000 units in the Proposed Public Offering) solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

The Company expects to pay an underwriting discount of 2.0% of the gross proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering, or $1,600,000 (or up to $1,840,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised in full) to the Underwriter at the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. In addition, the Underwriter will be entitled to a deferred fee of 3.5% of the gross proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering, or $2,800,000 (or up to $3,220,000 if the Underwriter’s over-allotment is exercised in full) upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination.

Representative Shares

The Company will issue 40,000 representative shares to Maxim Group LLC (and/or its designees) as part of representative compensation. The representative shares are identical to the public shares except that Maxim Group LLC has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any such representative shares until the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination. In addition, Maxim Group LLC has agreed (i) to waive its redemption rights with respect to such shares in connection with the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination and (ii) to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such shares if the Company fails to complete its initial Business Combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a Business Combination) from the effective date of its registration statement.

The representative shares have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a lock-up for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110 (e)(1). Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), these securities will not be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, nor may they be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a period of 180 days immediately following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in the offering and their officers, partners, registered persons or affiliates.

Right of First Refusal

Subject to certain conditions, the Company granted Maxim, for a period of 12 months after the date of the consummation of its Business Combination, a right of first refusal to act as book running manager with at least 50% of the economics; for any and all future public and private equity and debt offerings. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(6), such right of first refusal shall not have a duration of more than three years from the commencement of sales of the offering.

NOTE 8 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that these financial statements were issued. Other than disclosed below, the Company did not identify any other subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

Subsequent to the initial Form S-1 filing in September 2021, the Company amended the structure of the Offering and the composition of each Unit. Each Unit will consist of one Class A ordinary share, one half of one Public Warrant and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial Business Combination. Each whole Public Warrant will entitle the holder to purchase one Class A ordinary share at a price of $11.50 per share subject to adjustment (see Notes 3 and 6).

F-17

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the underwriting discount and commissions) will be as follows:

SEC Registration Fee

 

$

9,419

FINRA filing fee

 

 

15,740

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

45,000

Nasdaq listing fees

 

 

75,000

Printing and engraving expenses

 

 

30,000

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

300,000

Underwriter counsel and background check

 

 

125,000

   

 

684,800

____________

(1)      In addition to the initial acceptance fee that is charged by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, as trustee, the registrant will be required to pay to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC $[40,400] for acting as trustee, as transfer agent of the registrant’s Class A ordinary shares, as warrant agent for the registrant’s warrants, as rights agent for the registrant’s rights, and as escrow agent.

(2)      This amount represents additional expenses that may be incurred by the Company in connection with the offering over and above those specifically listed above, including distribution and mailing costs.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.

In addition, we plan to enter into a certain escrow agreement with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company who will act as the escrow agent pursuant to which we will deposit the aggregated amount of $1,000,000 ($500,000 payable one business day prior to the effectiveness of this prospectus and $500,000 payable one business day prior to the entry of a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination) into the escrow account until the earlier of (i) one year of the closing of our initial business combination; (ii) one year of our liquidation or windup in accordance with our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association; and (iii) such date as may be approved by our shareholders in accordance with the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (such arrangement is referred as “indemnity escrow”). The escrow fund will be released by the escrow agent under joint instruction by us and our claim manager Andros Risk Services LLC, who would act pursuant to the claim coverage guidelines provided thereof, which, among others, include indemnification for (i) loss from any claims first made against the our directors, officers and risk manager for a Wrongful Act (as defined in escrow agreement) during the period from the effectiveness of this prospectus until the earlier of (A) the closing of our initial business combination and (B) our liquidation or windup (the “Coverage Period”), loss or inquiry costs from any investigations of or Inquiry (as defined in escrow agreement) received by our directors, officers and risk manager during the Coverage Period; (ii) loss of us, our sponsor, or our successor to indemnify our directors officers and risk manager for item (i) above; (iii) loss from any Securities Claim (as defined in the escrow agreement) first made against us during the Coverage Period for a Wrongful Act and our costs, charges, or expenses in seeking dismissal of any Derivative Suit (as defined in escrow agreement), subject to certain conditions, and the others as described in the Coverage Guidelines against us; and (iv) any costs incurred by us in connection with Security Holder Demand Investigation (as defined in the as defined in the escrow agreement) for a Wrongful Act and Books and Records Demand (as defined in the indemnity escrow) first received by us during the Coverage Period. For more details of the indemnity escrow, please see a copy of escrow agreement filed as Exhibit 10.11 to this prospectus.

II-1

Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On August 5, 2021, our sponsor acquired 2,300,000 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000. Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by our sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent approximately 20% of the outstanding shares upon completion of this offering (assuming they do not purchase units in this offering and excluding the private shares). If we increase or decrease the size of the offering, we will effect a share dividend or a share contribution back to capital or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our founders at 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of our ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (assuming they does not purchase units in this offering and excluding the private shares). Up to 300,000 founder shares are subject to forfeiture by our founders depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised.

Our sponsor has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 348,480 private units at $10.00 per private unit for a total purchase price of $3,484,800 (or up to 378,480 units for a total purchase price of $3,784,800 if the over-allotment option is fully exercised) and Maxim has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 40,000 private units at $10.00 per private unit for a total purchase price of $400,000 (or up to 46,000 units for a total purchase price of $460,000 if the over-allotment option is fully exercised), which will be purchased in a private placement to occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering.

No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)     The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

Exhibit No.

 

Description

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1

 

Memorandum and Articles of Association

3.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

4.1

 

Specimen Unit Certificate

4.2

 

Specimen Ordinary Share Certificate

4.3

 

Specimen Warrant Certificate

4.4

 

Specimen Right Certificate

4.5

 

Form of Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC and the Registrant

4.6

 

Form of Rights Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC and the Registrant

5.1

 

Opinion of Ogier

5.2

 

Opinion of Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC

10.1

 

Form of Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Maxim Group LLC and the Company’s officers, directors and shareholders

10.2

 

Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC and the Registrant

10.3

 

Form of Escrow Agreement between the Registrant, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC and the Initial Shareholders

10.4

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and the Initial Shareholders

10.5

 

Form of Private Unit Subscription Agreement among the Registrant and the sponsor

10.6

 

Form of Private Unit Subscription Agreement among the Registrant and Maxim Group LLC

10.7

 

Promissory Note, dated August 5, 2021, issued to our sponsor

10.8

 

Securities Subscription Agreement, between the Registrant and the sponsor, dated August 5, 2021

10.9

 

Form of Administrative Service Agreement

10.10

 

Form of Securities Transfer Agreement, among the Registrant, the sponsor, and the directors

10.11

 

Form of D&O Reserve Fund Escrow Agreement

14

 

Form of Code of Ethics

II-2

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Description

23.1

 

Consent of Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP

23.2

 

Consent of Ogier (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.3

 

Consent of Hunter Taubman Fischer and Li LLC (included in Exhibit 5.2)

24

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

99.1

 

Form of Audit Committee Charter

99.2

 

Form of Compensation Committee Charter

99.3

 

Consent of Buhdy Sin Swee Bok

99.4

 

Consent of Alfred “Trey” Hickey

99.5

 

Consent of Zhenyu Li

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a)     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)    To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

i.       To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

ii.      To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

iii.     To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)    That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)    To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)    That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

i.       Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

ii.      Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

II-3

Table of Contents

iii.    The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

iv.      Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(5)    That for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(b)    The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(c)     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(d)    The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Singapore, on the 10th day of December, 2021.

 

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION

   

By:

 

/s/ Weixiong (Jeff) Cheong

   

Name:

 

Weixiong (Jeff) Cheong

   

Title:

 

Chief Operating Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Liang Shi his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his or her substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

 

Position

 

Date

/s/ Liang Shi

 

Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Secretary

 

December 10, 2021

Liang Shi

 

(Principle Executive Officer)

   

/s/ Tianyong Yan

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

December 10, 2021

Tianyong Yan

 

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

   

/s/ Weixiong (Jeff) Cheong

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

December 10, 2021

Weixiong (Jeff) Cheong

       

II-5

Table of Contents

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 6(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed on behalf of the registrant by the undersigned, solely in her capacity as the duly authorized representative of the registrant in the United States, on December 10, 2021.

 

By:

 

/s/ Arila Zhou

   

Name:

 

Arila Zhou

II-6

Exhibit 1.1

 

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

New York, New York
[●], 2021

Maxim Group LLC
300 Park Avenue, 16th Floor
New York, NY 10022

As Representative of the Underwriters
named on Schedule A hereto

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement with Maxim Group LLC (the “Representative”), as representative of the several underwriters named on Schedule A hereto (the “Underwriters” or, each underwriter individually, an “Underwriter”), as follows:

 

1.       Purchase and Sale of Securities.

 

1.1 Firm Securities.

 

1.1.1 Purchase of Firm Units. On the basis of the representations and warranties contained herein, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters, severally and not jointly, and the Underwriters agree to purchase from the Company, severally and not jointly, an aggregate of 8,000,000 units (the “Firm Units”) of the Company, as set forth opposite the respective names of the Underwriters on Schedule A hereto, at a purchase price (net of discounts and commissions and the Deferred Underwriting Commission described in Section 1.3 below) of $9.45 per Firm Unit. The Firm Units are to be offered initially to the public (the “Offering”) at the offering price of $10.00 per Firm Unit. Each Firm Unit consists of (i) one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Ordinary Shares”), (ii) one-half of one redeemable warrant, with each whole warrant to acquire one Ordinary Share (the “Warrants”) pursuant to the Warrant Agreement (as defined in Section 2.24), and (iii) one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Ordinary Share (the “Rights”) upon the consummation by the Company of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization, or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the “Business Combination”) pursuant to the Rights Agreement (as defined in Section 2.23).

 

The Ordinary Shares, the Warrants, and Rights included in the Firm Units will trade separately on the 52nd day following the date hereof unless the Representative determines to allow earlier separate trading. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, in no event will the Ordinary Shares, the Warrants, and Rights included in the Firm Units trade separately until (i) the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a Current Report on Form 8-K that includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the Company’s receipt of the proceeds of the Offering and the Unit Private Placement (as defined in Section 1.5.2) and updated financial information with respect to any proceeds the Company receives from the exercise of the Over-allotment Option (defined below) if such option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K, and (ii) the Company has filed with the Commission a Current Report on Form 8-K and issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Each whole Warrant entitles its holder to purchase one Ordinary Share for $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment, commencing on the later of twelve months from the Closing Date (as defined below) or 30 days after the consummation by the Company of the Business Combination, and expiring on the five year anniversary of the consummation by the Company of such Business Combination, or earlier upon redemption of the Ordinary Shares or liquidation of the Company

 

 

 

 

1.1.2 Payment and Delivery. Delivery and payment for the Firm Units shall be made at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second (2nd) Business Day (as defined below) following the commencement of trading of the Units, or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, at the offices of Loeb & Loeb LLP, counsel to the Underwriters (“Loeb”), or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company. The hour and date of delivery and payment for the Firm Units is called the “Closing Date.” Payment for the Firm Units shall be made on the Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable as follows: $80,800,000 of the proceeds received by the Company for the Firm Units and the sale of Placement Units (as defined in Section 1.5.2) shall be deposited in the trust account (“Trust Account”) established by the Company for the benefit of the Public Shareholders (as defined below), as described in the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1) pursuant to the terms of an Investment Management Trust Agreement (the “Trust Agreement”) between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“CST”). The funds deposited in the Trust Account shall include an aggregate of $2,800,000 ($0.35 per Firm Unit), payable to the Underwriters as Deferred Underwriting Commission, in accordance with Section 1.3 hereof. The remaining proceeds (less commissions and actual expense payments or other fees payable pursuant to this Agreement), if any, shall be paid to the order of the Company against delivery to the Representative of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative) representing the Firm Units (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)) for the account of the Underwriters. The Firm Units shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two (2) full Business Days prior to the Closing Date. The Company will permit the Representative to examine and package the Firm Units for delivery, at least one (1) full Business Day prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver any of the Firm Units except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all the Firm Units. As used herein, the term “Public Shareholders” means the holders of Ordinary Shares sold as part of the Units in the Offering or acquired in the aftermarket, including the Initial Shareholders to the extent they acquire such Units in the aftermarket (and solely with respect to such Units). “Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided, however, for clarification, commercial banks shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay at home”, “shelter-in-place”, “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of commercial banks in The City of New York are generally are open for use by customers on such day. For purposes of this Agreement, “Initial Shareholders” shall mean the Sponsor (as defined in Section 1.5.1 hereof) and any other holders of Founder Shares (as defined in Section 1.5.1 hereof) prior to the Offering (or their permitted transferees).

 

1.2 Over-Allotment Option.

 

1.2.1 Option Units. The Representative is hereby granted an option (the “Over-allotment Option”) to purchase up to an additional 1,200,000 units (the “Option Units”), the gross proceeds of which will be deposited in the Trust Account, for the purposes of covering any over-allotments in connection with the distribution and sale of the Firm Units. Such Option Units shall be identical in all respects to the Firm Units. Such Option Units shall be purchased for each account of the several Underwriters in the same proportion as the number of Firm Units, set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name on Schedule A hereto, bears to the total number of Firm Units (subject to adjustment by the Representative to eliminate fractions). The Firm Units and the Option Units are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Units,” and the Units, the Ordinary Shares, the Warrants, and Rights included in the Units, and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Rights are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Public Securities.” No Option Units shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Units previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Option Units, or any portion thereof, may be exercised from time to time and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by the Representative to the Company. The purchase price to be paid for each Option Unit will be the same price per Firm Unit set forth in Section 1.1.1 hereof.

 

1.2.2 Exercise of Option. The Over-allotment Option granted pursuant to Section 1.2.1 hereof may be exercised by the Representative as to all (at any time) or any part (from time to time) of the Option Units within 45 days after the effective date (“Effective Date”) of the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1 hereof). The Underwriters will not be under any obligation to purchase any Option Units prior to the exercise of the Over-allotment Option. The Over-allotment Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of written notice to the Company by the Representative (which such written notice may be given by electronic mail), which must be confirmed in accordance with Section 10.1 herein setting forth the number of Option Units to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Option Units (the “Option Closing Date”), which will not be later than five (5) full Business Days after the date of the notice or such other time and in such other manner as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative, at the offices of Loeb or at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative. If such delivery and payment for the Option Units does not occur on the Closing Date, the Option Closing Date will be as set forth in the notice. Upon exercise of the Over-allotment Option, the Company will become obligated to convey to the Underwriters, and, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Underwriters will become obligated to purchase, the number of Option Units specified in such notice.

 

2

 

 

1.2.3 Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Option Units shall be made on the Option Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable as follows: $9.80 per Option Unit shall be deposited in the Trust Account pursuant to the Trust Agreement against delivery to the Representative of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative) representing the Option Units (or through the facilities of DTC) for the account of the Representative. The amount to be deposited in the Trust Account will include $0.35 per Option Unit (up to $420,000), payable to the Underwriters, as Deferred Underwriting Commission, in accordance with Section 1.3 hereof. The certificates representing the Option Units to be delivered will be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representative requests in writing not less than two full Business Days prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and will be made available to the Representative for inspection, checking and packaging at the aforesaid office of the Company’s transfer agent or correspondent not less than one full Business Day prior to such Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Option Units except upon tender of payment by the Underwriters for applicable Option Units.

 

1.3 Deferred Underwriting Commission. The Underwriters agree that 3.5% of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Firm Units ($2,800,000) and the Option Units (up to $420,000), if any (collectively, the “Deferred Underwriting Commission”), will be deposited and held in the Trust Account and payable directly from the Trust Account, without accrued interest, to the Underwriters for their own accounts upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination. In the event that the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination and CST, as the trustee of the Trust Account (in this context, the “Trustee”), commences liquidation of the Trust Account as provided in the Trust Agreement, the Underwriters agree that: (i) they shall forfeit any rights or claims to the Deferred Underwriting Commission; and (ii) the Deferred Underwriting Commission, together with all other amounts on deposit in the Trust Account, shall be distributed on a pro-rata basis among the Public Shareholders.

 

1.4 Representative’s Shares. Upon the Closing of the Offering, the Company shall issue to the Representative 40,000 Class A ordinary shares (the “Representative Shares”). The Representative has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any such Representative Shares without prior consent of the Company until the completion of the initial Business Combination. In addition, the Representative has agreed (i) to waive its redemption rights (or right to participate in any tender offer) with respect to such shares in connection with the completion of the initial Business Combination and (ii) to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such shares if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months, if applicable) from the Closing Date. The Representative will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the Representative Shares, or cause the Representative Shares to be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Representative Shares by any person, for a period of 180 days (pursuant to Rule 5110(e)(1) of the Conduct Rules of FINRA) immediately following the date of the commencement of sales of the Offering to anyone other than (i) the Representative or an underwriter or selected dealer in connection with the Offering, or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of the Representative or of any such underwriter or selected dealer. On and after the 181st day immediately following the date of the commencement of sales of the Offering, transfers to others may be made subject to compliance with or exemptions from applicable securities laws.

 

1.5 Private Placements.

 

1.5.1 Founder Shares. On August 5, 2021, the Company issued to Blue World Holdings Limited (the “Sponsor”), for an aggregate consideration of $25,000, 2,300,000 of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Founder Shares”). No underwriting discounts, commissions, or placement fees have been or will be payable in connection with the purchase of Founder Shares. Except as described in the Registration Statement, none of the Founder Shares may be sold, assigned or transferred by the Initial Shareholders until the earlier of: (i) six months following the consummation of the Business Combination; (ii) subsequent to the consummation of a Business Combination, when the closing price of the Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period commencing 150 days after the consummation of the Business Combination; or (iii) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after the initial Business Combination, that results in all of the Company’s stockholders having the right to exchange their Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property. The Founder Shares shall be subject to restrictions on transfer as set forth in the Insider Letters (as defined in Section 2.21.1 herein). The holders of Founder Shares shall have no right to any liquidating distributions with respect to any portion of the Founder Shares in the event the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination. The holders of the Founder Shares shall not have redemption rights with respect to the Founder Shares. In the event that the Over-allotment Option is not exercised in full, the Sponsor will be required to forfeit such number of Founder Shares (up to 300,000 Founder Shares) such that the Founder Shares then outstanding will comprise 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company (but not including any Placement Shares (as defined below) and Representative Shares) after giving effect to the Offering and exercise, if any, of the Over-allotment Option.

 

3

 

 

1.5.2 Unit Private Placement. On or prior to the Closing Date, (x) the Sponsor (and/or its designees) will purchase from the Company pursuant to a Sponsor Unit Purchase Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.2) an aggregate of 348,480 units of the Company(the “Sponsor Placement Units’), and (y) the Representative (and/or its designees) will purchase from the Company pursuant to a Representative Unit Purchase Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.2 below) an aggregate of 40,000 units of the Company (the “Representative Placement Units” and together with the Sponsor Placement Units, the “Placement Units”), which units are identical to the Firm Units subject to certain exceptions, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Placement Unit in a private placement (the “Unit Private Placement”) intended to be exempt from registration under the Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Act or another available exemption. The terms of the Placement Units are as described in the Prospectus (as defined in Section 2.1.1). Simultaneously with the Option Closing Date (if any), the Sponsor will purchase from the Company pursuant to the Sponsor Unit Purchase Agreement, up to an additional 30,000 Placement Units and the Representative will purchase from the Company pursuant to the Representative Unit Purchase Agreement, up to an additional 6,000 Placement Units at a purchase price of $10.00 per Placement Unit in a private placement intended to be exempt from registration under the Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Act or another available exemption. The purchase price for the Placement Units to be paid by the Sponsor and the Representative has been delivered to CST or counsel to the Company or the Representative to hold in a separate escrow account at least 24 hours prior to the date hereof so that such funds are readily available to be delivered to the Trust Account on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be.

 

1.5.3 The Placement Units, the Class A ordinary shares (the “Placement Shares”), the Warrants underlying the Placement Units (the “Placement Warrants”), the Rights (the “Placement Rights”) underlying the Placement Units, and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Placement Warrants and upon conversion of the Placement Rights, are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Placement Securities.” No underwriting discounts, commissions, or placement fees have been or will be payable in connection with the Placement Securities sold in the Unit Private Placement. The Placement Units are identical to the Firm Units except that (i) the Placement Units may not be sold, assigned or transferred by the Sponsor or the Representative or their respective permitted transferees until thirty (30) days after consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, (ii) there will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Placement Shares, Placement Warrants, or Placement Rights, which will expire worthless if the Company does not consummate a business combination within 12 months (or up to 21 months, if applicable) from the closing of the Offering. The Public Securities, the Placement Securities and the Founder Shares are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Securities.”

 

1.6 Working Capital. Upon consummation of the Offering, approximately $800,000 of the net proceeds from the sale of Units and Placement Units will be released to the Company and held outside of the Trust Account to fund the working capital requirements of the Company.

 

1.7 Interest Income. Prior to the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, interest earned on the Trust Account may be released to the Company from the Trust Account in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement to pay any taxes incurred by the Company and up to $50,000 for liquidation expenses, all as more fully described in the Prospectus (as defined below).

 

2.       Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as follows:

 

2.1 Filing of Registration Statement.

 

2.1.1 Pursuant to the Act. The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement and any amendment thereto, on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[●]), including any related preliminary prospectus (the “Preliminary Prospectus”, including any prospectus that is included in the registration statement immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement), for the registration of the Units and the Representative Shares under the Act, which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and the rules and regulations (the “Regulations”) of the Commission under the Act. The conditions for use of Form S-1 to register the Offering under the Act, as set forth in the General Instructions to such Form, have been satisfied. Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement became effective, including the prospectus, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of such time pursuant to Rule 430A of the Regulations, together with the registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act registering additional Public Securities (the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), is hereinafter called the “Registration Statement,” and the form of the final prospectus dated the Effective Date included in the Registration Statement (or, if applicable, the form of final prospectus containing information permitted to be omitted at the time of effectiveness by Rule 430A of the Regulations, filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 of the Regulations), is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, “Applicable Time,” as used in the Act, means 5:00 p.m. New York City time, on the date of this Agreement. Prior to the Applicable Time, the Company prepared a Preliminary Prospectus, which was included in the Registration Statement filed on [●], 2021, for distribution by the Underwriters (such Preliminary Prospectus used most recently prior to the Applicable Time, the “Statutory Prospectus”). Other than the Registration Statement, together with any correspondence letters between the Company and/or counsel for the Company and the Commission, no other document with respect to the Registration Statement has been filed under the Act with the Commission. All of the Public Securities have been or will be registered for public sale under the Act pursuant to the Registration Statement. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof. If, subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Company or the Representative determines that, at the Applicable Time, the Statutory Prospectus included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted a statement of material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and the Company and the Representative agree to provide an opportunity to purchasers of the Units to terminate their old purchase contracts and enter into new purchase contracts, then the Statutory Prospectus will be deemed to include any additional information available to purchasers at the time of entry into the first such new purchase contract.

 

4

 

 

2.1.2 Pursuant to the Exchange Act. The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File Number 001-[●]) providing for the registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), of the Units, Ordinary Shares, Warrants, and Rights. The registration of the Units, Ordinary Shares, Warrants, and Rights under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof and the Units, Ordinary Shares, Warrants, and Rights have been registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.1.3 No Stop Orders, etc. Neither the Commission nor, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any federal, state or other regulatory authority has issued any order or threatened to issue any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Statutory Prospectus or Prospectus or any part thereof, or has instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.

 

2.2 Disclosures in Registration Statement.

 

2.2.1 10b-5 Representation. At the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement (or at the time of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement) and at all times subsequent thereto up to the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus do and will contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations, and did or will, in all material respects, conform to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations. The Registration Statement, as of the Effective Date and at the Applicable Time, did not, and the amendments and supplements thereto, as of their respective dates, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Prospectus, as of its date and the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, did not, and the amendments and supplements thereto, as of their respective dates, will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Statutory Prospectus, as of the Applicable Time (or such subsequent Applicable Time pursuant to Section 2.1.1), did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. When any Preliminary Prospectus or the Statutory Prospectus was first filed with the Commission (whether filed as part of the Registration Statement for the registration of the Public Securities or any amendment thereto or pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the Regulations) and when any amendment thereof or supplement thereto was first filed with the Commission, such Preliminary Prospectus or the Statutory Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto complied or will have been corrected in the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus to comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Act and the Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representation and warranty made in this Section 2.2.1 does not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Underwriters expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided by or on behalf of the Underwriters consists solely of the following: the names of the Underwriters, the information with respect to stabilization transactions contained in the section entitled “Underwriting – Stabilization,” the information with respect to underwriting discounts and commissions  and the identity of counsel to the Underwriters contained in the section entitled “Legal Matters” (such information, collectively, the “Underwriters’ Information”).

 

2.2.2 Disclosure of Agreements. The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus conform to the descriptions thereof contained therein in all material respects and there are no agreements or other documents required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which its property or business is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Registration Statement, Statutory Prospectus or the Prospectus or attached as an exhibit thereto, or (ii) that is material to the Company’s business, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect and is enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the foreign, federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, and no such agreement or instrument has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any other party is in breach or default thereunder and, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a breach or default thereunder. To the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, the performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses, including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations.

 

5

 

 

2.2.3 Prior Securities Transactions. No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company since the date of the Company’s formation, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

 

2.2.4 Regulations. The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and Prospectus concerning the effects of federal, foreign, state and local regulation on the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

 

2.3 Changes After Dates in Registration Statement.

 

2.3.1 No Material Adverse Change. Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein, (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or business prospects of the Company, (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement, (iii) no member of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”) or management has resigned from any position with the Company and (iv) no event or occurrence has taken place which materially impairs, or would likely materially impair, with the passage of time, the ability of the members of the Board of Directors or management to act in their capacities with the Company as described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

2.3.2 Recent Securities Transactions. Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or therein, the Company has not: (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its share capital.

 

2.4 Independent Accountants. To the Company’s knowledge, Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP (“Marcum”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of, and is included in, the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, are independent registered public accountants as required by the Act, the Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”), including the rules and regulations promulgated by such entity. To the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, Marcum is currently registered with the PCAOB and in good standing. Marcum has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.5 Financial Statements; Statistical Data.

 

2.5.1 Financial Statements. The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules (if any) included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus fairly present the financial position, the results of operations and the cash flows of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved; and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the information required to be stated therein in conformity with the Regulations. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus or the Prospectus. The Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus disclose all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses. There are no pro forma or as adjusted financial statements which are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus in accordance with Regulation S-X or Form 10 that have not been included as so required.

 

2.5.2 Statistical Data. The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and/or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate, and such data agree with the sources from which they are derived.

 

2.6 Authorized Capital; Options. The Company had at the date or dates indicated in each of the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, as the case may be, duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus. Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date or on the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the adjusted stock capitalization set forth therein. Except as set forth in, or contemplated by, the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date and on the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there will be no options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into Ordinary Shares, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell Ordinary Shares or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.

 

6

 

 

2.7 Valid Issuance of Securities.

 

2.7.1 Outstanding Securities. All issued and outstanding securities of the Company issued prior to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company. The authorized and outstanding securities of the Company conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus. All offers, sales and any transfers of the outstanding securities of the Company were at all relevant times either registered under the Act and the applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws or exempt from such registration requirements (based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers of such securities).

 

2.7.2 Public Securities. The Public Securities have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance and when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Public Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Public Securities has been duly and validly taken. The form of certificates for the Public Securities, if any, conform to the corporate law of the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation and applicable securities laws. The Public Securities conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, as the case may be. When paid for and issued, the Warrants and Rights will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof and such Warrants and Rights are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. The Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants and upon the conversion of the Rights have been reserved for issuance and upon the exercise of the Warrants and upon the conversion of the Rights and upon payment of the consideration therefor, and when issued in accordance with the terms thereof, such Ordinary Shares will be duly and validly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders.

 

2.7.3 Placement Securities.

 

2.7.3.1 The Placement Warrants and the Placement Rights constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof, and are, or will be, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. The Placement Securities have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance and when issued and paid for in accordance with the Sponsor Unit Purchase Agreement and the Representative Unit Purchase Agreement, as applicable, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Placement Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Placement Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Placement Securities conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, as the case may be.

 

2.7.4 No Integration. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has, prior to the date hereof, made any offer or sale of any securities which are required to be or may be “integrated” pursuant to the Act or the Regulations with the offer and sale of the Public Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement or the Placement Securities in the Unit Private Placement.

 

2.8 Registration Rights of Third Parties. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, no holders of any securities of the Company or any rights exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Act or to include any such securities in a registration statement to be filed by the Company.

 

7

 

 

2.9 Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements. This Agreement, the Insider Letters (as defined in Section 2.21.1), the Trust Agreement, the Services Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.3), the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.4), the Rights Agreement (as defined in Section 2.23), the Warrant Agreement (as defined in Section 2.24), the Escrow Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.5), the Sponsor Unit Purchase Agreement and the Representative Unit Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”) have been duly and validly authorized by the Company and, when executed and delivered by the Company and the other parties thereto, will constitute the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the foreign, federal, and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

 

2.10 No Conflicts, Etc. The execution, delivery, and performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a breach or violation of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company is a party or bound or to which its property is subject except pursuant to the Trust Agreement; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, as may be amended (the “Charter Document”); or (iii) violate any existing applicable statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties, assets or business constituted as of the date hereof.

 

2.11 No Defaults; Violations. No default or violation exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Charter Document or in violation of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or businesses.

 

2.12 Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.

 

2.12.1 Conduct of Business. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business for the purpose as described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus. The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus concerning the effects of foreign, federal, state and local regulation on this Offering and the Company’s business purpose as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Since its formation, the Company has conducted no business and has incurred no liabilities other than in connection with its formation and in furtherance of this Offering.

 

2.12.2 Transactions Contemplated Herein. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof, and all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection herewith have been obtained. No consent, authorization, or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body, foreign or domestic, is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery, of the Public Securities and the Placement Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by the Transaction Documents and as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable foreign, federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated by FINRA.

 

2.13 D&O Questionnaires. All information contained in the questionnaires (“Questionnaires”) completed by each of the Company’s officers, directors and stockholders (“Insiders”) and provided to the Representative and its counsel and the biographies of the Insiders contained in the Registration Statement, Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus (to the extent a biography is contained) is true and correct and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the Questionnaires completed by each Insider to become inaccurate, incorrect or incomplete.

 

8

 

 

2.14 Litigation; Governmental Proceedings. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened against or involving the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any Insider or any stockholder or member of an Insider that has not been disclosed, that is required to be disclosed, in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, the Prospectus or the Questionnaires.

 

2.15 Good Standing. The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. The Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, assets, prospects, business, operations or properties of the Company, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”).

 

2.16 No Contemplation of a Business Combination. The Company has not identified any Business Combination target (each a “Target Business”) and it has not, nor has anyone on its behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any Business Combination target.

 

2.17 Transactions Requiring Disclosure to FINRA.

 

2.17.1 Finder’s Fees. There are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Insider with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any Insider that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.

 

2.17.2 Payments Within 180 Days. The Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) any FINRA member; or (iii) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing of the Registration Statement, other than the prior payments to the Representative in connection with the Offering. The Company has not issued any warrants or other securities, or granted any options, directly or indirectly, to anyone who is a potential underwriter in the Offering or a related person (as defined by FINRA rules) of such an underwriter within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement. No person to whom securities of the Company have been privately issued within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement has any relationship or affiliation or association with any member of FINRA participating in the Offering. Except with respect to the Representative in connection with the Offering, the Company has not entered into any agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, any consulting agreement or any other type of agreement) during the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement with the Commission, which arrangement or agreement provides for the receipt of any item of value and/or the transfer or issuance of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Company to a FINRA member, any person associated with a member (as defined by FINRA rules), any potential underwriters in the Offering and/or any related persons.

 

2.17.3 FINRA Affiliation. Other than as disclosed to the Representative, no officer or director or any direct or indirect beneficial owner (including the Insiders) of any class of the Company’s unregistered securities (whether debt or equity, registered or unregistered, regardless of the time acquired or the source from which derived) has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA). The Company will advise the Representative and Loeb if it learns that any officer or director or any direct or indirect beneficial owner (including the Insiders) is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering.

 

2.17.4 Share Ownership. No officer or director or any direct or indirect beneficial owner (including the Insiders) of any class of the Company’s unregistered securities is an owner of shares or other securities of any member of FINRA participating in the Offering (other than securities purchased on the open market).

 

2.17.5 Loans. No officer or director or any direct or indirect beneficial owner (including the Insiders) of any class of the Company’s unregistered securities has made a subordinated loan to any member of FINRA participating in the Offering.

 

2.17.6 Proceeds of the Offering. No proceeds from the sale of the Public Securities (excluding underwriting compensation) or the Placement Securities will be paid to any FINRA member participating in the Offering, or any persons associated or affiliated with a member of FINRA participating in the Offering, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

9

 

 

2.17.7 Conflicts of Interest. To the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, no FINRA member intending to participate in the Offering has a conflict of interest with the Company. For this purpose, a “conflict of interest” exists when a member of FINRA and/or its associated persons, parent or affiliates in the aggregate beneficially own 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding subordinated debt or common equity, or 10% or more of the Company’s preferred equity. “Members participating in the Offering” include managing agents, syndicate group members and all dealers which are members of FINRA.

 

2.18 Taxes.

 

2.18.1 There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges under U.S. federal law or the laws of any U.S. state or any political subdivision of the United States, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance or sale by the Company of the Public Securities.

 

2.18.2 The Company has filed all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof in a timely manner or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof. The Company has paid all taxes shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable. The Company has made appropriate provisions in the applicable financial statements referred to in Section 2.5.1 above in respect of all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise taxes for all current or prior periods as to which the tax liability of the Company has not been finally determined.

 

2.19 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; Anti-Money Laundering; Patriot Act.

 

2.19.1 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither the Company nor to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any of the Insiders or any other person acting on behalf of the Company has, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (i) might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (ii) if not given in the past, might have had a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) if not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business or operations of the Company. The Company has taken reasonable steps to ensure that its accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

2.19.2 Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act. The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with (i) the requirements of the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Asset Control and (ii) applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transaction Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, including the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, as amended, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar money laundering statutes, rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Federal governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened.

 

2.19.3 Patriot Act. Neither the Company nor to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any Insider has violated the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended, or the Uniting and Strengthening of America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT) Act of 2001, and/or the rules and regulations promulgated under any such law, or any successor law.

 

2.20 Officers’ Certificate. Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company in connection with the Offering and delivered to the Representative or to Loeb shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

10

 

 

2.21 Agreements With Insiders.

 

2.21.1 Insider Letter. The Company has caused, or will cause prior to Closing, to be duly executed a legally binding and enforceable agreement (except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification, contribution or non-compete provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought), a form of which is annexed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Insider Letter”), pursuant to which each of the Insiders of the Company agree to certain matters. The Insider Letter shall not be amended, modified or otherwise changed without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

2.21.2 Unit Purchase Agreement. The (i) Sponsor has executed and delivered a unit purchase agreement, the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Sponsor Unit Purchase Agreement”), and (ii) Representative has executed and delivered a unit purchase agreement, the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Representative Unit Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Sponsor and the Representative will, among other things, on the Closing Date, consummate the purchase of and deliver the purchase price for the Placement Units as provided for in their respective unit purchase agreement. Pursuant to the Sponsor Unit Purchase Agreement and the Representative Unit Purchase Agreement, respectively, (i) each of the Sponsor and the Representative has waived any and all rights and claims each may have to any proceeds, and any interest thereon, held in the Trust Account in respect of the Placement Securities, and (ii) the proceeds from the sale of the Placement Securities will be deposited by the Company in the Trust Account in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement on the Closing Date as provided for in the Sponsor Unit Purchase Agreement and the Representative Unit Purchase Agreement.

 

2.21.3 Administrative Services. The Company and the Sponsor have entered into an agreement (“Services Agreement”) substantially in the form annexed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement pursuant to which the Sponsor will make available to the Company general and administrative services including office space, utilities and secretarial support for the Company’s use for $10,000 per month payable until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the liquidation of the Trust Account, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Services Agreement.

 

2.21.4 Registration Rights Agreement. The Company and the Initial Shareholders have entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (“Registration Rights Agreement”) substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, whereby such parties will be entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the securities they hold or may hold, as set forth in such Registration Rights Agreement and described more fully in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

2.21.5 Escrow Agreement. The Company has entered into an escrow agreement with respect to the Founder Shares with the Initial Stockholders and CST substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (“Escrow Agreement”).

 

2.21.6 Loans. The Sponsor has agreed to make loans to the Company in the aggregate amount of up to $500,000 (the “Insider Loans”) pursuant to a promissory note substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. The Insider Loans do not bear any interest and are repayable by the Company on the earlier of March 31, 2022 or the consummation of the Offering.

 

2.22 Investment Management Trust Agreement. The Company has entered into the Trust Agreement with respect to certain proceeds of the Offering and the Unit Private Placement substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, pursuant to which the funds held in the Trust Account may be released under limited circumstances. The Trust Agreement shall not be amended, modified, or otherwise changed in any way that modifies the rights or obligations of the Company without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

2.23 Rights Agreement. The Company has entered into a rights agreement with respect to the Rights included the Units and the Placement Units with CST substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (“Rights Agreement”).

 

2.24 Warrant Agreement. The Company has entered into a warrant agreement with respect to the Warrants underlying the Units and the Placement Warrants and certain other warrants that may be issued by the Company with CST substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (“Warrant Agreement”).

 

2.25 No Existing Non-Competition Agreements. No Insider is subject to any non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement with any employer or prior employer which could materially affect his ability to be an employee, officer and/or director of the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

 

2.26 Investments. No more than 45% of the “value” (as defined in Section 2(a)(41) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“Investment Company Act”)) of the Company’s total assets consist of, and no more than 45% of the Company’s net income after taxes is derived from, securities other than “Government Securities” (as defined in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act) or money market funds meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act.

 

11

 

  

2.27 Investment Company Act. The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Statutory Prospectus and Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

 

2.28 Subsidiaries. The Company does not own an interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other business entity.

 

2.29 Related Party Transactions. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company, on the one hand, and any Insider, on the other hand, which is required by the Act, the Exchange Act or the Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus which is not so described as required. There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business), or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of their respective family members, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and Prospectus. The Company has not extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or officer of the Company.

 

2.30 No Influence. The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, the Firm Units to any person or entity with the intention of unlawfully influencing: (a) a customer or supplier of the Company or any affiliate of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or such affiliate or (b) a journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any such affiliate.

 

2.31 Sarbanes-Oxley. The Company is, or on the Closing Date will be, in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and related or similar rules or regulations promulgated by any governmental or self-regulatory entity or agency, that are applicable to it as of the date hereof.

 

2.32 Distribution of Offering Material by the Company. The Company has not distributed and will not distribute, prior to the later of the Closing Date and the completion of the distribution of the Units, any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Units other than the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, in each case as supplemented and amended.

 

2.33 Nasdaq Stock Market. The Public Securities have been authorized for listing, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on The Nasdaq Stock Market (the “Nasdaq”), and the Company knows of no reason or set of facts that is likely to adversely affect such authorization.

 

2.34 Board of Directors. As of the Effective Date, the Board of Directors of the Company will be comprised of the persons set forth as “Directors” or “Director nominees” under the heading of the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus captioned “Management.” As of the Effective Date, the qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the board will comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder and the rules of the Nasdaq that are, in each case, applicable to the Company. As of the Effective Date, the Company will have an Audit Committee that satisfies the applicable requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder and the rules of the Nasdaq.

 

2.35 Emerging Growth Company. From its formation through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

 

2.36 No Disqualification Events. Neither the Company, nor any of its predecessors or any affiliated issuer, nor any director, executive officer, or other officer of the Company participating in the Offering, nor any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power, nor any promoter (as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the Applicable Time (each, a “Company Covered Person” and, together, “Company Covered Persons”) is subject to any of the “Bad Actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) to (viii) under the Act (a “Disqualification Event”), except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3). The Company has exercised reasonable care to determine whether any Company Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with its disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e), and has furnished to the Underwriters a copy of any disclosures provided thereunder.

 

2.37 Free-Writing Prospectus and Testing-the-Waters. The Company has not made any offer relating to the Public Securities that would constitute an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Act, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405. The Company: (a) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representative with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Act and (b) has not authorized anyone to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications other than its officers and the Representative and individuals engaged by the Representative. The Company has not distributed any written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule B hereto. “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act.

 

12

 

  

2.38 Dividends and Distributions. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, under current laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands and any political subdivision thereof, all dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the Securities may be paid by the Company to the holder thereof in United States dollars and all such payments made to holders thereof or therein who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands will not be subject to income, withholding or other taxes under laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and will otherwise be free and clear of any other tax, duty, withholding or deduction in the Cayman Islands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein and without the necessity of obtaining any governmental authorization in the Cayman Islands or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.

 

3.       Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

 

3.1 Amendments to Registration Statement. The Company will deliver to the Representative, prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and the Company shall not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative reasonably objects in writing.

 

3.2 Federal Securities Laws.

 

3.2.1 Compliance. During the time when a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will use its best efforts to comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Act, the Regulations, and the Exchange Act, and by the regulations under the Exchange Act, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Securities in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus. If at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of which, in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters, the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will notify the Representative promptly and prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3.1 hereof, an appropriate amendment or supplement in accordance with Section 10 of the Act.

 

3.2.2 Filing of Final Prospectus. The Company will file the Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Rule 424 of the Regulations.

 

3.2.3 Exchange Act Registration. The Company will use its best efforts to maintain the registration of the Public Securities under the provisions of the Exchange Act (except in connection with a going-private transaction) for a period of five years from the Effective Date, or until the Company is required to be liquidated or is acquired, if earlier. The Company will not deregister the Public Securities under the Exchange Act without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

3.2.4 Exchange Act Filings. From the Effective Date until the earlier of the Company’s initial Business Combination, or its liquidation and dissolution, the Company shall timely file with the Commission via the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”) such statements and reports as are required to be filed by a company registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

3.2.5 Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance. As soon as it is legally required to do so, the Company shall take all actions necessary to obtain and thereafter maintain material compliance with each applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and related or similar rules and regulations promulgated by any other governmental or self-regulatory entity or agency with jurisdiction over the Company.

 

3.3 Free-Writing Prospectus. The Company agrees that it will not make any offer relating to the Public Securities that would constitute an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Act, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405.

 

3.4 Delivery to Underwriters of Prospectuses. The Company will deliver to the Underwriters, without charge and from time to time during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act or the Exchange Act, such number of copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus as the Underwriters may reasonably request and, as soon as the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto becomes effective, deliver to the Underwriters, upon their request, two manually executed Registration Statements, including exhibits, and all post-effective amendments thereto and copies of all exhibits filed therewith or incorporated therein by reference and all manually executed consents of certified experts.

 

13

 

  

3.5 Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Representative. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective and will notify the Representative immediately and confirm the notice in writing: (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iii) of the issuance by any foreign or state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission; and (vi) of the happening of any event that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, and in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Commission or any foreign or state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

 

3.6 Affiliated Transactions.

 

3.6.1 Business Combinations. The Company will not consummate a Business Combination with any entity that is affiliated with any Insider unless (i) the Company obtains an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that the Business Combination is fair to the Company from a financial point of view and (ii) a majority of the Company’s disinterested and independent directors (if there are any) approve such transaction.

 

3.6.2 Compensation to Insiders. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company shall not pay any of the Insiders or any of their affiliates any fees or compensation from the Company, for services rendered to the Company prior to, or in connection with, the consummation of a Business Combination.

 

3.7 Intentionally Omitted.

 

3.8 Reports to the Representative. For a period of five years from the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated or is no longer required to file reports under the Exchange Act, the Company will furnish to the Representative and its counsel copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities, and promptly furnish to the Underwriters, (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission, (ii) a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs that was released by the Company, (iii) a copy of each current Report on Form 8-K or Schedule 13D, 13G, 14D-1 or 13E-4 received or prepared by the Company, (iv) two (2) copies of each registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission under the Act, and (v) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future subsidiaries of the Company as the Representative may from time to time reasonably request; provided the Representative shall sign, if requested by the Company, a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the Representative and its counsel in connection with the Representative’s receipt of such information. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Representative pursuant to this Section.

 

3.9 Transfer Agent. For a period of five years following the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company shall retain a transfer agent, warrant agent, and rights agent acceptable to the Representative. CST is acceptable to the Representative.

 

3.10 Payment of Expenses. The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the extent not paid at the Closing Date, all Company expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including but not limited to (i) the Company’s legal and accounting fees and disbursements, (ii) the preparation, printing, filing, mailing and delivery (including the payment of postage with respect to such mailing) of the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, including any pre or post effective amendments or supplements thereto, and the printing and mailing of this Agreement and related documents, including the cost of all copies thereof and any amendments thereof or supplements thereto supplied to the Underwriters in quantities as may be required by the Underwriters, (iii) the preparation, printing, engraving, issuance and delivery of the Units, the Ordinary Shares, the Warrants, and the Rights included in the Units, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iv) filing fees incurred in registering the Offering with FINRA, (v) fees, costs and expenses incurred in listing the Securities on Nasdaq or such other stock exchanges as the Company and the Underwriters together determine, (vi) all fees and disbursements of the transfer, warrant, and rights agent, and (vii) all other costs and expenses customarily borne by an issuer incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 3.10. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the expenses to be paid by the Company pursuant to this Section 3.10 shall in no event exceed $125,000. If the Offering is not consummated for any reason (other than a breach by the Representative of any of its obligations hereunder), then the Company shall reimburse the Representative in full for its out-of-pocket accountable expenses of up to $50,000 actually incurred through such date, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Representative.

 

14

 

  

3.11 Application of Net Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the Offering and the Unit Private Placement and received by it in a manner consistent with the application described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus.

 

3.12 Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders. The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth full calendar month following the Effective Date, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by independent public or independent certified public accountants unless required by the Act or the Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Act) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning after the Effective Date.

 

3.13 Notice to FINRA.

 

3.13.1 Notice to FINRA. For a period of sixty (60) days after the date of the Prospectus, in the event any person or entity (regardless of any FINRA affiliation or association) is engaged, in writing, to assist the Company in its search for a Target Business or to provide any other services in connection therewith, the Company will provide the following to FINRA and the Representative prior to the consummation of the Business Combination: (i) complete details of all services and copies of agreements governing such services; and (ii) justification as to why the person or entity providing the merger and acquisition services should not be considered an “underwriter and related person” with respect to the Offering, as such term is defined in Rule 5110 of the FINRA Manual. The Company also agrees that, if required by law, proper disclosure of such arrangement or potential arrangement will be made in the tender offer documents or proxy statement which the Company will file with the Commission in connection with the Business Combination.

 

3.13.2 FINRA. The Company shall advise the Representative (who shall make an appropriate filing with FINRA) if it is aware that any 10% or greater stockholder of the Company becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the distribution of the Public Securities.

 

3.13.3 Broker/Dealer. In the event the Company intends to register as a broker/dealer, merge with or acquire a registered broker/dealer, or otherwise become a member of FINRA, it shall promptly notify FINRA.

 

3.14 Stabilization. Neither the Company, nor to its knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any of its employees, directors or stockholders (without the consent of the Representative) has taken and the Company will not take, and has directed its employees, directors and stockholders not to take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Units.

 

3.15 Intentionally Omitted.

 

3.16 Payment of Deferred Underwriting Commission on Business Combination. Upon the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, the Company agrees that it will cause the Trustee to pay the Deferred Underwriting Commission directly from the Trust Account to the Underwriters, in accordance with Section 1.3.

 

3.17 Internal Controls. The Company will maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

15

 

 

3.18 Accountants. Until the earlier of five years from the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company shall retain Marcum or another independent registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Representative.

 

3.19 Form 8-K. The Company shall, on or prior to the date hereof, retain its independent registered public accounting firm to audit the balance sheet of the Company as of the Closing Date (“Audited Financial Statements”) reflecting the receipt by the Company of the proceeds of the Offering and the Unit Private Placement. Within four (4) Business Days after the Closing Date, the Company shall file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission, which Report shall contain the Company’s Audited Financial Statements. Promptly after the Option Closing Date, if the Over-allotment Option is exercised after the Closing Date, the Company shall file with the Commission a Current Report on Form 8-K or an amendment to the Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of such option.

 

3.20 Corporate Proceedings. All corporate proceedings and other legal matters necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been done to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representative (or its counsel).

 

3.21 Investment Company. The Company shall cause the proceeds of the Offering to be held in the Trust Account to be invested only as provided for in the Trust Agreement and disclosed in the Prospectus. The Company will otherwise conduct its business in a manner so that it will not become subject to the Investment Company Act. Furthermore, once the Company consummates a Business Combination, it shall be engaged in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading securities.

 

3.22 Amendments to Charter Document. The Company covenants and agrees, that prior to its initial Business Combination it will not seek to amend or modify its Charter Document, except as set forth therein. The Company acknowledges that the purchasers of the Public Securities in the Offering shall be deemed to be third party beneficiaries of this Agreement and specifically this Section 3.22.

 

3.23 Press Releases. The Company agrees that it will not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity, without the Representative’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld), for a period of twenty-five (25) days after the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be prohibited from issuing any press releases or engaging in any other publicity required by law, except that including the name of any Underwriter therein shall require the prior written consent of such Underwriter.

 

3.24 Indemnity Escrow. The Company will enter into a certain indemnity escrow agreement with CST, pursuant to which, establish an escrow account to provide indemnification for the Company, its Sponsor, directors, officers, and its named risk manager as described therein.

 

3.25 Electronic Prospectus. The Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered to the Underwriters, at the Company’s expense, promptly, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days from the effective date of this Agreement, an Electronic Prospectus to be used by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering. As used herein, the term “Electronic Prospectus” means a form of prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be encoded in an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representative, that may be transmitted electronically by the Underwriters to offerees and purchasers of the Units for at least the period during which a prospectus relating to the Units is required to be delivered under the Act; (ii) it shall disclose the same information as the paper prospectus and prospectus filed pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent that graphic and image material cannot be disseminated electronically, in which case such graphic and image material shall be replaced in the electronic prospectus with a fair and accurate narrative description or tabular representation of such material, as appropriate; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper format or an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representative, that will allow recipients thereof to store and have continuously ready access to the prospectus at any future time, without charge to such recipients (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet as a whole and for on-line time).

 

16

 

 

3.26 Private Placement Proceeds. On the Closing Date, the Company shall cause to be deposited $800,000 of proceeds from the Unit Private Placement into the Trust Account, or such other amount such that the amount of the funds in the Trust Account shall be $10.10 per Public Share sold in the Offering. On the Option Closing Date, if any, the Company shall cause to be deposited an amount of additional proceeds from the additional Placement Units sold on the Option Closing Date into the Trust Account such that the amount of funds in the Trust Account shall be $10.10 per Public Share sold in the Offering.

 

3.27 Future Financings. The Company agrees that neither it, nor any successor or subsidiary of the Company, will consummate any public or private equity or debt financing prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, unless all investors in such financing expressly waive, in writing, any rights in or claims against the Trust Account.

 

3.28 Amendments to Agreements. The Company shall not amend, modify or otherwise change the Warrant Agreement, the Rights Agreement, Trust Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement, Sponsor Unit Purchase Agreement, the Services Agreement, or any Insider Letter without the prior written consent of the Representative which will not be unreasonably withheld. Furthermore, the Trust Agreement shall provide that the trustee is required to obtain a joint written instruction signed by both the Company and the Representative with respect to the transfer of the funds held in the Trust Account from the Trust Account, prior to commencing any liquidation of the assets of the Trust Account in connection with the consummation of any Business Combination, and such provision of the Trust Agreement shall not be permitted to be amended without the prior written consent of the Representative.

 

3.29 Nasdaq. Until the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to maintain the listing of the Public Securities on the Nasdaq or a national securities exchange acceptable to the Representative.

 

3.30 Reservation of Shares. The Company will reserve and keep available that maximum number of its authorized but unissued securities which are issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and the Placement Warrants and upon conversion of the Rights and the Placement Rights outstanding from time to time.

 

3.31 Notice of Disqualification Events. The Company will notify the Underwriters in writing, prior to the Closing Date, of (i) any Disqualification Event relating to any Company Covered Person and (ii) any event that would, with the passage of time, become a Disqualification Event relating to any Company Covered Person.

 

3.32 Emerging Growth Company Status. The Company will promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the earlier of five years after the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, or the liquidation of the Trust Account if a Business Combination is not consummated as required by its Charter Document (the “Termination Date”).

 

3.33 Review of Financial Statements. Until the earlier of five years from the Effective Date or until the liquidation of the Trust Account if a Business Combination is not consummated by the Termination Date, the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent certified public accountants to review (but not audit) the Company’s financial statements for each of the first three fiscal quarters prior to the announcement of quarterly financial information and the filing of the Company’s Form 10-Q quarterly report.

 

3.34 Right of First Refusal. The Company agrees that if the Firm Units are sold in accordance with the terms of this Underwriting Agreement, the Company shall grant Representative the right of first refusal to act as a book-running managing underwriter and/or placement agent with at least 50% of the economics for any and all future public and private equity, equity linked and debt offerings of the Company, or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company. The right of first refusal shall terminate on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the closing of a Business Combination. If the Representative fails to accept an offer within five (5) Business Days from the receipt of a notice containing the material terms of a proposed financing by registered mail or overnight courier service addressed to the Representative, then the Representative shall have no further claim or right with respect to the financing proposal contained in such notice. If, however, the terms of such financing proposal are subsequently modified in any material respect, the preferential right referred to herein shall apply to such modified proposal as if the original proposal had not been made. The Representative’s failure to exercise its preferential right with respect to any particular proposal shall not affect its preferential rights relative to future proposals.

 

17

 

 

4. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Units, as provided herein, shall be subject to the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and as of each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof and to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following conditions:

 

4.1 Regulatory Matters.

 

4.1.1 Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 5:00 p.m., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by the Representative, and, at each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for the purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated by the Commission and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of Loeb.

 

4.1.2 FINRA Clearance. By the Effective Date, the Underwriters shall have received clearance from FINRA as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters as described in the Registration Statement.

 

4.1.3 No Commission Stop Order. At the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, the Commission has not issued any order or threatened to issue any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any part thereof, and has not instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.

 

4.1.4 Nasdaq. The Securities shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, satisfactory evidence of which shall have been provided to the Representative.

 

4.2 Company Counsel Matters.

 

4.2.1 Closing Date and Option Closing Date Opinions of Counsel. On the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received the favorable opinions and negative assurance statements of each of Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC and Ogier, each dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, addressed to the Representative as representative for the several Underwriters and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative and Loeb.

 

4.2.2 Reliance. In rendering such opinions, such counsels may rely as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates or other written statements of officers of the Company and officers of departments of various jurisdictions having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or good standing of the Company, provided that copies of any such statements or certificates shall be delivered to the Representative’s counsel if requested.

 

18

 

 

4.3 Comfort Letter. At the time this Agreement is executed, and at the Closing Date and Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a letter, addressed to the Representative as representative for the several Underwriters and in form and substance satisfactory in all respects (including the non-material nature of the changes or decreases, if any, referred to in Section 4.3.3 below) to the Representative from Marcum dated, respectively, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date and Option Closing Date, if any:

 

4.3.1 Confirming that they are independent accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable Regulations and that they have not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus, Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act;

 

4.3.2 Stating that in their opinion the financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the published Regulations thereunder;

 

4.3.3 Stating that, on the basis of their review, which included a reading of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements of the Company (with an indication of the date of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements), a reading of the latest available minutes of the stockholders and Board of Directors and the various committees of the Board of Directors, consultations with officers and other employees of the Company responsible for financial and accounting matters and other specified procedures and inquiries, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that (a) the unaudited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the Regulations or are not fairly presented in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, or (b) at a date immediately prior to the Effective Date, Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there was any change in the share capital or long-term debt of the Company, or any decrease in the stockholders’ equity of the Company as compared with amounts shown in the August 17, 2021 balance sheet included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus or, if there was any decrease, setting forth the amount of such decrease, and (c) during the period from August 17, 2021 to a specified date immediately prior to the Effective Date, Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there were any changes in revenues, net earnings (losses) or net earnings (losses) per Ordinary Share, in each case as compared with the Statement of Operations for the period from July 19, 2021 (inception) through August 17, 2021 included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, or, if there was any such change, setting forth the amount of such change;

 

4.3.4 Setting forth, at a date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date, the amount of liabilities of the Company (including a break-down of commercial papers and notes payable to banks);

 

4.3.5 Stating that they have compared specific dollar amounts, numbers of shares, percentages of revenues and earnings, statements and other financial information pertaining to the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus in each case to the extent that such amounts, numbers, percentages, statements and information may be derived from the general accounting records, including work sheets, of the Company and excluding any questions requiring an interpretation by legal counsel, with the results obtained from the application of specified readings, inquiries and other appropriate procedures (which procedures do not constitute an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) set forth in the letter and found them to be in agreement;

 

4.3.6 Stating that they have not, since the Company’s incorporation, brought to the attention of the Company’s management any reportable condition related to internal structure, design or operation as defined in Auditing Standards No. 1305 “Communications About Control Deficiencies in an Audit of Financial Statements,” in the Company’s internal controls; and

 

4.3.7 Statements as to such other matters incident to the transaction contemplated hereby as the Representative or its counsel may reasonably request, including: (i) that Marcum is registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; and (ii) that Marcum is not insolvent.

 

19

 

 

4.4 Officers’ Certificates.

 

4.4.1 Officers’ Certificate. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company (in their capacities as such), dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, respectively, to the effect that the Company has performed all covenants and complied with all conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Company prior to and as of the Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and that the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof have been satisfied as of such date and that, as of Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2 hereof are true and correct. In addition, the Representative will have received such other and further certificates of officers of the Company (in their capacities as such) as the Representative may reasonably request.

 

4.4.2 Secretary’s Certificate. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Date, as the case may be, respectively, certifying (i) that the Charter Document is true and complete, have not been modified and are in full force and effect, (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in full force and effect and have not been modified, (iii) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission, (iv) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Nasdaq and (v) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.

 

4.5 No Material Changes. Prior to and on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, (i) there shall have been no material adverse change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition or prospects or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (ii) no action suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Insider before or by any court or federal, foreign or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may materially adversely affect the business, operations, or financial condition or income of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (iii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened by the Commission, and (iv) the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

4.6 Delivery of Agreements. On the Effective Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative executed copies of the Transaction Documents.

 

4.7 Placement Units. On the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as applicable, the Placement Units have been purchased as provided for in the Sponsor Unit Purchase Agreement and the Representative Unit Purchase Agreement and the requisite portion of the purchase price for such securities specified herein and therein shall be deposited into the Trust Account.

 

20

 

 

5. Indemnification and Contribution.

 

5.1 Indemnification.

 

5.1.1 Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates and their respective partners, members, directors, officers, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls each Underwriter or any affiliate within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act as follows:

 

(a) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, joint or several, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus, Statutory Prospectus, any Testing-the-Waters Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(b) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, joint or several, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental authority, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 5.1(d)) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company, which consent shall not unreasonably be delayed, conditioned or withheld; and

 

(c) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental authority, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission (whether or not a party), to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made solely in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters’ Information.

 

5.1.2 Indemnification of the Company, its Directors and Officers. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and its directors, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 5.1.1, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Statutory Prospectus, any Testing-the-Waters Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing), solely in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters’ Information.

 

5.1.3 Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures. Any party that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified under this Section 5.1 will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim is to be made against an indemnifying party or parties under this Section 5.1, notify each such indemnifying party of the commencement of such action, enclosing a copy of all papers served, but the omission so to notify such indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party from (i) any liability that it might have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 5.1 and (ii) any liability that it may have to any indemnified party under the foregoing provision of this Section 5.1 unless, and only to the extent that, such omission results in the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses by the indemnifying party. If any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of its commencement, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and, to the extent that it elects by delivering written notice to the indemnified party promptly after receiving notice of the commencement of the action from the indemnified party, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense of, the action, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense, the indemnifying party will not be liable to the indemnified party for any other legal expenses except as provided below and except for the reasonable costs of investigation subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense. The indemnified party will have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action, but the fees, expenses and other charges of such counsel will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (A) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (B) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (C) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (D) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel to assume the defense of such action or counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, in each case, within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action; in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction (plus local counsel) at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties. All such fees, disbursements and other charges will be reimbursed by the indemnifying party promptly as they are incurred. An indemnifying party will not, in any event, be liable for any settlement of any action or claim effected without its written consent. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of each indemnified party, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding relating to the matters contemplated by this Section 5 (whether or not any indemnified party is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (x) includes an express and unconditional release of each indemnified party, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (y) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

21

 

  

5.1.4 Settlement Without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 5.1.1(b) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

5.2 Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraphs of Section 5.1 is applicable in accordance with its terms but for any reason is held to be unavailable or insufficient from the Company or the Underwriters, the Company and the Underwriters will contribute to the total losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages (including any investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted) to which any indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the sale of the Units (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total compensation received by the Underwriters (before deducting expenses) from the sale of Units on behalf of the Company. If, but only if, the allocation provided by the foregoing sentence is not permitted by applicable law, the allocation of contribution shall be made in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in the foregoing sentence but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, with respect to the statements or omission that resulted in such loss, claim, liability, expense or damage, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations with respect to such offering. Such relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 5.2 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, liability, expense or damage, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 5.2 shall be deemed to include, for the purpose of this Section 5.2, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim to the extent consistent with Section 5.1.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 5.1 and this Section 5.2, the Underwriters shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the commissions actually received by it under this Agreement and no person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 5.2, any person who controls a party to this Agreement within the meaning of the Securities Act, any affiliates of the respective Underwriters and any officers, directors, partners, employees or agents of the Underwriters or their respective affiliates, will have the same rights to contribution as that party, and each director of the Company and each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement will have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the provisions hereof. Any party entitled to contribution, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made under this Section 5.2, will notify any such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify will not relieve that party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any other obligation it or they may have under this Section 5.2 except to the extent that the failure to so notify such other party materially prejudiced the substantive rights or defenses of the party from whom contribution is sought. Except for a settlement entered into pursuant to the last sentence of Section 5.1.3, no party will be liable for contribution with respect to any action or claim settled without its written consent if such consent is required pursuant to Section 5.1.3.

 

22

 

 

6. Default by an Underwriter.

 

6.1 Default Not Exceeding 10% of Firm Units. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase the Firm Units and if the number of the Firm Units with respect to which such default relates does not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Units that all Underwriters have agreed to purchase hereunder, then such Firm Units to which the default relates shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder.

 

6.2 Default Exceeding 10% of Firm Units. In the event that the default addressed in Section 6.1 above relates to more than 10% of the Firm Units, the Representative may, in its discretion, arrange for it or for another party or parties to purchase such Firm Units to which such default relates on the terms contained herein. If within one (1) Business Day after such default relating to more than 10% of the Firm Units the Representative do not arrange for the purchase of such Firm Units, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of one (1) Business Day within which to procure another party or parties satisfactory to the Representative to purchase said Firm Units on such terms. In the event that neither the Representative nor the Company arrange for the purchase of the Firm Units to which a default relates as provided in this Section 6, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representative or the Company without liability on the part of the Company (except as provided in Sections 3.10, 5, and 9.3 hereof) or the several Underwriters (except as provided in Section 5 hereof); provided that nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the other several Underwriters and to the Company for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.

 

6.3 Postponement of Closing Date. In the event that the Firm Units to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date for a reasonable period, but not in any event exceeding five (5) Business Days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement and/or the Prospectus, as the case may be, or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment to, or to supplement, the Registration Statement and/or the Prospectus, as the case may be, that in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 6 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such securities.

 

7. Additional Covenants.

 

7.1 Additional Shares or Options. The Company hereby agrees that until the consummation of a Business Combination, it shall not issue any Ordinary Shares or any options or other securities convertible into Ordinary Shares, or any preferred shares or other securities of the Company which participate in any manner in the Trust Account or which vote as a class with the Ordinary Shares on a Business Combination.

 

7.2 Trust Account Waiver Acknowledgments. The Company hereby agrees that it will use its reasonable best efforts prior to commencing its due diligence investigation of any prospective Target Business or obtaining the services of any vendor to have such Target Business and/or vendor acknowledge in writing whether through a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or other similar document (and subsequently acknowledges the same in any definitive document replacing any of the foregoing), that (a) it has read the Prospectus and understands that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of $80,800,000 (without giving effect to any exercise of the Over-allotment Option) for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and that, except for a portion of the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event they elect to redeem Ordinary Shares contained in the Public Securities in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) to the Public Shareholders if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the time period set forth in the Charter Document, or (iii) to the Company after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination and (b) for and in consideration of the Company (i) agreeing to evaluate such Target Business for purposes of consummating a Business Combination with it or (ii) agreeing to engage the services of the vendor, as the case may be, such Target Business or vendor agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (“Claim”) and waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. The foregoing letters shall substantially be in the form attached hereto as Exhibits A and B respectively. The Company may forego obtaining such waivers only if the Company shall have received the approval of its Chief Executive Officer and the approving vote of at least a majority of its Board of Directors.

 

23

 

 

7.3 Insider Letters. The Company shall not take any action or omit to take any action which would cause a breach of any of the Insider Letters and will not allow any amendments to, or waivers of, such Insider Letters without the prior written consent of the Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

7.4 Rule 419. The Company agrees that it will use its best efforts to prevent the Company from becoming subject to Rule 419 under the Act prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, including but not limited to using its best efforts to prevent any of the Company’s outstanding securities from being deemed to be a “penny stock” as defined in Rule 3a-51-1 under the Exchange Act during such period.

 

7.5 Tender Offer Documents, Proxy Materials and Other Information. The Company shall provide to the Representative or their counsel (if so instructed by the Representative) with 10 copies of all tender offer documents or proxy information and all related material filed with the Commission in connection with a Business Combination concurrently with such filing with the Commission. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been provided to the Representative pursuant to this Section. In addition, the Company shall furnish any other state in which its initial public offering was registered, such information as may be requested by such state.

 

7.6 Emerging Growth Company. The Company shall promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the Act.

 

7.7 Target Fair Market Value. The Company agrees that the Target Business that it acquires must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the Trust Account at the time of signing the definitive agreement for the Business Combination with such Target Business (excluding taxes payable and the Deferred Underwriting Commissions). The fair market value of such business must be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company based upon standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value. If the Board of Directors of the Company is not able to independently determine that the target business meets such fair market value requirement, the Company will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. The Company is not required to obtain an opinion as to the fair market value if the Company’s Board of Directors independently determines that the Target Business does have sufficient fair market value.

 

8. Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery. Except as the context otherwise requires, all representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be representations, warranties and agreements as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any, and such representations, warranties and agreements of the Underwriters and the Company, including the indemnity agreements contained in Section 5 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, the Company or any Controlling Person, and shall survive termination of this Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Public Securities to the Underwriters until the earlier of the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations and the seventh (7th) anniversary of the later of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any, at which time the representations, warranties and agreements shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

 

9. Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof.

 

9.1 Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date at the time the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission.

 

24

 

 

9.2 Termination. The Representative shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in the Representative’s opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States, or (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, or the Nasdaq Capital Market or quoted on the OTCBB shall have been suspended, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required by FINRA or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction, or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an increase in existing major hostilities, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or Federal authority, or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities market, or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in the Representative’s sole opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Units, or (vii) if the Company is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder, or (viii) if the Representative shall have become aware after the date hereof of such a material adverse change in the conditions of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions, including without limitation as a result of terrorist activities after the date hereof, as in the Representative’s sole judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Units or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Public Securities.

 

9.3 Expenses. In the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, other than with respect to a termination pursuant to Section 6 hereof, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, the Company shall reimburse the Representative for any costs and expenses incurred in connection with enforcing any provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.4 Indemnification. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 shall not be in any way affected by such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

 

10. Miscellaneous.

 

10.1 Notices. All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed, delivered by hand or reputable overnight courier or delivered by facsimile transmission (with printed confirmation of receipt) and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so mailed, delivered or faxed or if mailed, two days after such mailing.

 

If to the Representative:

 

Maxim Group LLC
300 Park Avenue, 16th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attn: Larry Glassberg, Senior Managing Director, Investment Banking
Facsimile: (212) 895-3783
Email: lglassberg@maximgrp.com

 

Copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP
345 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10154
Attn: Mitchell Nussbaum, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 504-3013
Email: mnussbaum@loeb.com

 

25

 

 

If to the Company:

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation
244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88
New York, NY 10001
Attn: Liang Shi, Chief Executive Officer
Email: [_________]

 

Copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC

800 Third Avenue, Suite 2800

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Arila E. Zhou, Esq.

Email: azhou@htflawyers.com

 

10.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.3 Amendment. This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.

 

10.4 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement) constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

10.5 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Representative, the Underwriters, the Selected Dealers, the Company and the Controlling Persons, directors, agents, partners, members, employees and officers referred to in Section 5 hereof, and their respective successors, legal representatives and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of securities from the Underwriters.

 

10.6 Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that the Company may be entitled in any jurisdiction in which judicial proceedings may at any time be commenced hereunder, to claim for itself or its revenues or assets any immunity, including sovereign immunity, from suit, jurisdiction, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment or prior to a judgment, execution of a judgment or any other legal process with respect to its obligations hereunder and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to the Company such an immunity (whether or not claimed), the Company hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and irrevocably waives such immunity to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

10.7 Submission to Jurisdiction. Each of the Company and the Representative irrevocably submit to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus or the offering of the Securities. Each of the Company and the Representative irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company or the Representative may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 10.1 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company or the Representative in any action, proceeding or claim. Each of the Company and the Representative waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action based on this Agreement may be instituted by the Underwriters in any competent court. The Company agrees that the Underwriters shall be entitled to recover all of their reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to any action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor if any of them are the prevailing party in such action or proceeding.

 

26

 

 

10.8 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.

 

10.9 Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or email/pdf transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.

 

10.10 Waiver. The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

 

10.11 No Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Units pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction pursuant to a contractual relationship between the Company and the Underwriters, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction, each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) the Underwriters have not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Underwriters have advised or are currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) in no event do the parties intend that the Underwriters act or be responsible as a fiduciary to the Company, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other person in connection with any activity that the Underwriters may undertake or have undertaken in furtherance of this offering of the Company’s securities, either before or after the date hereof and (v) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Underwriters hereby expressly disclaim any fiduciary or similar obligations to the Company, either in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions, and the Company hereby confirms its understanding and agreement to that effect. The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owe a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto. The Company and the Underwriters agree that they are each responsible for making their own independent judgment with respect to any such transactions, and that any opinions or views expressed by the Underwriters to the Company regarding such transactions, including but not limited to any opinions or views with respect to the price or market for the Company’s securities, do not constitute advice or recommendations to the Company. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach or alleged breach of any fiduciary or similar duty to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

27

 

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
   
  By:  
  Name:  Liang Shi
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Accepted on the date first above written.

 

MAXIM GROUP LLC,
as Representative of the several Underwriters

 

By:    
Name:   Clifford A. Teller  
Title: Executive Managing Director,  
  Head of Investment Banking  

 

[Signature page to Underwriting Agreement]

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

8,000,000 Units

 

Underwriter   Number of Firm Units to be Purchased  
       
Maxim Group LLC        
         
TOTAL     8,000,000  

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE B

 

None.

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF TARGET BUSINESS LETTER

 

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Final Prospectus of Blue World Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”), dated as of [●], 2021 (the “Prospectus”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Prospectus.

 

We have read the Prospectus and understand that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of at least $80,800,000 for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and the Underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering (the “Underwriters”) and that, except for a portion of the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event they elect to redeem their public shares in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) to the Public Shareholders if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the required time period set forth in its Certificate of Incorporation as the same may be amended from time to time, or (iii) to the Company after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination.

 

For and in consideration of the Company agreeing to evaluate the undersigned for purposes of consummating a Business Combination with it, the undersigned hereby agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (each, a “Claim”) and hereby waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

 

   
Print Name of Target Business  
   
Authorized Signature of Target Business  

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF VENDOR LETTER

 

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Final Prospectus of Blue World Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”), dated as of [●], 2021 (the “Prospectus”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Prospectus.

 

We have read the Prospectus and understand that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of at least $80,800,000 for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and the Underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering (the “Underwriters”) and that, except for a portion of the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event they elect to redeem their public shares in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) to the Public Shareholders if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the required time period set forth in its Certificate of Incorporation as the same may be amended from time to time, or (iii) to the Company after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination.

 

For and in consideration of the Company agreeing to engage the services of the undersigned, the undersigned hereby agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (each, a “Claim”) and hereby waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

 

   
Print Name of Vendor  
   
Authorized Signature of Vendor  

 

 

 

 

 

  Exhibit 3.1

 

   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Dated 19 July 2021

 

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

 

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

 

 

  1 Auth Code: F51947695997
    www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

Memorandum of Association

 

of

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

1 The name of the Company is Blue World Acquisition Corporation.

 

2 The Company's registered office will be situated at the office of Ogier Global (Cayman) Limited, 89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman, KY1-9009, Cayman Islands or at such other place in the Cayman Islands as the directors may at any time decide.

 

3 The Company's objects are unrestricted. As provided by section 7(4) of the Companies Act (Revised), the Company has full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4 The Company has unrestricted corporate capacity. Without limitation to the foregoing, as provided by section 27 (2) of the Companies Act (Revised), the Company has and is capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit.

 

5 Nothing in any of the preceding paragraphs permits the Company to carry on any of the following businesses without being duly licensed, namely:

 

(a) the business of a bank or trust company without being licensed in that behalf under the Banks and Trust Companies Act (Revised); or

 

(b) insurance business from within the Cayman Islands or the business of an insurance manager, agent, sub-agent or broker without being licensed in that behalf under the Insurance Act (Revised);or

 

(c) the business of company management without being licensed in that behalf under the Companies Management Act (Revised).

 

6 Unless licensed to do so, the Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of its business carried on outside the Cayman Islands. Despite this, the Company may effect and conclude contracts in the Cayman Islands and exercise in the Cayman Islands any of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

7 The Company is a company limited by shares and accordingly the liability of each member is limited to the amount (if any) unpaid on that member's shares.

 

  2 Auth Code: F51947695997
    www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

8 The share capital of the Company is USD 50,000 divided into 480,000,000 Class A Ordinary shares of par value USD0.0001 each and 20,000,000 Class B Ordinary shares of par value USD0.0001 each. However, subject to the Companies Act (Revised) and the Company's articles of association, the Company has power to do any one or more of the following:

 

(a) to redeem or repurchase any of its shares; and

 

(b) to increase or reduce its capital; and

 

(c) to issue any part of its capital (whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced):

 

(i) with or without any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions; or

 

(ii) subject to any limitations or restrictions

 

and unless the condition of issue expressly declares otherwise, every issue of shares (whether declared to be ordinary, preference or otherwise) is subject to this power; or

 

(d) to alter any of those rights, privileges, conditions, limitations or restrictions.

 

9 The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

  3 Auth Code: F51947695997
    www.verify.gov.ky

 

 

   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

We, the subscriber to this memorandum of association, wish to be formed into a company pursuant to this memorandum; and we agree to take the number of shares in the capital of the Company shown opposite our name in the table below.

 

Dated 19 July 2021

 

Name and address of Subscriber   Number of shares taken   Signature

Ogier Global Subscriber (Cayman) Limited

89 Nexus Way

Camana Bay

Grand Cayman, KY1-9009

Cayman Islands

  1 Class B Ordinary Share  

per: /s/ Angilynn Baraud

Name: Angilynn Baraud

Authorised Signatory

         
Witness to above signature  

/s/ Angelisa Whittaker 

Name: Angelisa Whittaker

 

Ogier Global (Cayman) Limited

89 Nexus Way

Camana Bay

Grand Cayman, KY1-9009

Cayman Islands

 

Occupation: Administrator

 

4

 

 

   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Dated 19 July 2021

  

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

  

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
    www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

CONTENTS

 

1        Definitions, interpretation and exclusion of Table A 1
Definitions 1
Interpretation 3
Exclusion of Table A Articles 4
   
2        Shares 4
Power to issue Shares and options, with or without special rights 4
Power to issue fractions of a Share 4
Power to pay commissions and brokerage fees 4
Trusts not recognised 5
Power to vary class rights 5
Effect of new Share issue on existing class rights 5
Capital contributions without issue of further Shares 5
No bearer Shares or warrants 6
Treasury Shares 6
Rights attaching to Treasury Shares and related matters 6
   
3        Share certificates 7
Issue of share certificates 7
Renewal of lost or damaged share certificates 7
   
4        Lien on Shares 8
Nature and scope of lien 8
Company may sell Shares to satisfy lien 8
Authority to execute instrument of transfer 8
Consequences of sale of Shares to satisfy lien 9
Application of proceeds of sale 9
   
5        Calls on Shares and forfeiture 9
Power to make calls and effect of calls 9
Time when call made 10
Liability of joint holders 10
Interest on unpaid calls 10
Deemed calls 10
Power to accept early payment 10
Power to make different arrangements at time of issue of Shares 11
Notice of default 11
Forfeiture or surrender of Shares 11
Disposal of forfeited or surrendered Share and power to cancel forfeiture or surrender 11
Effect of forfeiture or surrender on former Member 12
Evidence of forfeiture or surrender 12
Sale of forfeited or surrendered Shares 12

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  i www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

6        Transfer of Shares 13
Form of transfer 13
Power to refuse registration 13
Notice of refusal to register 13
Power to suspend registration 13
Fee, if any, payable for registration 13
Company may retain instrument of transfer 13
   
7        Transmission of Shares 14
Persons entitled on death of a Member 14
Registration of transfer of a Share following death or bankruptcy 14
Indemnity 15
Rights of person entitled to a Share following death or bankruptcy 15
   
8        Alteration of capital 15
Increasing, consolidating, converting, dividing and cancelling share capital 15
Dealing with fractions resulting from consolidation of Shares 16
Reducing share capital 16
   
9        Redemption and purchase of own Shares 16
Power to issue redeemable Shares and to purchase own Shares 16
Power to pay for redemption or purchase in cash or in specie 17
Effect of redemption or purchase of a Share 17
   
10        Meetings of Members 17
Power to call meetings 17
Content of notice 18
Period of notice 19
Persons entitled to receive notice 19
Publication of notice on a website 19
Time a website notice is deemed to be given 19
Required duration of publication on a website 20
Accidental omission to give notice or non-receipt of notice 20
   
11        Proceedings at meetings of Members 20
Quorum 20
Lack of quorum 20
Use of technology 21
Chairman 21
Right of a director to attend and speak 21
Adjournment 21
Method of voting 21
Outcome of vote by show of hands 22
Withdrawal of demand for a poll 22
Taking of a poll 22
Chairman’s casting vote 22
Amendments to resolutions 23

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  ii www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Written resolutions 23
Sole-member company 24
   
12        Voting rights of Members 24
Right to vote 24
Rights of joint holders 25
Representation of corporate Members 25
Member with mental disorder 25
Objections to admissibility of votes 26
Form of proxy 26
How and when proxy is to be delivered 26
Voting by proxy 27
   
13        Number of directors 27
   
14        Appointment, disqualification and removal of directors 28
First directors 28
No age limit 28
Corporate directors 28
No shareholding qualification 28
Appointment of directors 28
Removal of directors 29
Resignation of directors 29
Termination of the office of director 29
   
15        Alternate directors 30
Appointment and removal 30
Notices 31
Rights of alternate director 31
Appointment ceases when the appointor ceases to be a director 31
Status of alternate director 31
Status of the director making the appointment 32
   
16        Powers of directors 32
Powers of directors 32
Appointments to office 32
Remuneration 33
Disclosure of information 33
   
17        Delegation of powers 34
Power to delegate any of the directors’ powers to a committee 34
Power to appoint an agent of the Company 34
Power to appoint an attorney or authorised signatory of the Company 34
Power to appoint a proxy 35
   
18        Meetings of directors 35
Regulation of directors’ meetings 35

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  iii www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Calling meetings 35
Notice of meetings 35
Period of notice 35
Use of technology 36
Place of meetings 36
Quorum 36
Voting 36
Validity 36
Recording of dissent 36
Written resolutions 37
Sole director’s minute 37
   
19        Permissible directors’ interests and disclosure 37
Permissible interests subject to disclosure 37
Notification of interests 38
Voting where a director is interested in a matter 38
   
20        Minutes 38
   
21        Accounts and audit 39
Accounting and other records 39
No automatic right of inspection 39
Sending of accounts and reports 39
Time of receipt if documents are published on a website 39
Validity despite accidental error in publication on website 40
When accounts are to be audited 40
   
22        Financial year 40
   
23        Record dates 40
   
24        Dividends 40
Declaration of dividends by Members 40
Payment of interim dividends and declaration of final dividends by directors 41
Apportionment of dividends 41
Right of set off 42
Power to pay other than in cash 42
How payments may be made 42
Dividends or other moneys not to bear interest in absence of special rights 43
Dividends unable to be paid or unclaimed 43
   
25        Capitalisation of profits 43
Capitalisation of profits or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve 43
Applying an amount for the benefit of members 44
   
26        Share premium account 44
Directors to maintain share premium account 44
Debits to share premium account 44

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  iv www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

27        Seal 44
Company seal 44
Duplicate seal 45
When and how seal is to be used 45
If no seal is adopted or used 45
Power to allow non-manual signatures and facsimile printing of seal 45
Validity of execution 45
   
28        Indemnity 46
Indemnity 46
Release 46
Insurance 47
   
29        Notices 47
Form of notices 47
Electronic communications 47
Persons authorised to give notices 48
Delivery of written notices 48
Joint holders 48
Signatures 48
Evidence of transmission 48
Giving notice to a deceased or bankrupt Member 48
Date of giving notices 49
Saving provision 50
   
30        Authentication of Electronic Records 50
Application of Articles 50
Authentication of documents sent by Members by Electronic means 50
Authentication of document sent by the Secretary or Officers of the Company by Electronic means 50
Manner of signing 51
Saving provision 51
   
31        Transfer by way of continuation 51
   
32        Winding up 52
Distribution of assets in specie 52
No obligation to accept liability 52
The directors are authorised to present a winding up petition 52
   
33        Amendment of Memorandum and Articles 52
Power to change name or amend Memorandum 52
Power to amend these Articles 52

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  v www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

Articles of Association

 

of

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

1 Definitions, interpretation and exclusion of Table A

 

Definitions

 

1.1 In these Articles, the following definitions apply:

 

Act means the Companies Act (Revised).

 

Articles means, as appropriate:

 

(a) these Articles of Association as amended from time to time: or

 

(b) two or more particular Articles of these Articles;

 

and Article refers to a particular Article of these Articles.

 

Business Day means a day other than a public holiday in the place where the Company’s registered office is located, a Saturday or a Sunday.

 

Clear Days, in relation to a period of notice, means that period excluding:

 

(a) the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given; and

 

(b) the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.

 

Company means the above-named company.

 

Default Rate means 10% (ten per cent) per annum.

 

Electronic has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised).

 

Electronic Record has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised).

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  1 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Electronic Signature has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised).

 

Fully Paid and Paid Up:

 

(a) in relation to a Share with par value, means that the par value for that Share and any premium payable in respect of the issue of that Share, has been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth;

 

(b) in relation to a Share without par value, means that the agreed issue price for that Share has been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth.

 

Islands means the British Overseas Territory of the Cayman Islands.

 

Member means any person or persons entered on the register of members from time to time as the holder of a Share.

 

Memorandum means the Memorandum of Association of the Company as amended from time to time.

 

Officer means a person appointed to hold an office in the Company; and the expression includes a director, alternate director or liquidator, but does not include the Secretary.

 

Ordinary Resolution means a resolution of a duly constituted general meeting of the Company passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by, or on behalf of, the Members entitled to vote. The expression also includes a unanimous written resolution.

 

Secretary means a person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary.

 

Share means a share in the share capital of the Company; and the expression:

 

(a) includes stock (except where a distinction between shares and stock is expressed or implied); and

 

(b) where the context permits, also includes a fraction of a share.

 

Special Resolution has the meaning given to that term in the Act; and the expression includes a unanimous written resolution.

 

Treasury Shares means Shares of the Company held in treasury pursuant to the Act and Article 2.12.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  2 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Interpretation

 

1.2 In the interpretation of these Articles, the following provisions apply unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) A reference in these Articles to a statute is a reference to a statute of the Islands as known by its short title, and includes:

 

(i) any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment; and

 

(ii) any subordinate legislation or regulations issued under that statute.

 

Without limitation to the preceding sentence, a reference to a revised Act of the Cayman Islands is taken to be a reference to the revision of that Act in force from time to time as amended from time to time.

 

(b) Headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these Articles, unless there is ambiguity.

 

(c) If a day on which any act, matter or thing is to be done under these Articles is not a Business Day, the act, matter or thing must be done on the next Business Day.

 

(d) A word which denotes the singular also denotes the plural, a word which denotes the plural also denotes the singular, and a reference to any gender also denotes the other genders.

 

(e) A reference to a person includes, as appropriate, a company, trust, partnership, joint venture, association, body corporate or government agency.

 

(f) Where a word or phrase is given a defined meaning another part of speech or grammatical form in respect to that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning.

 

(g) All references to time are to be calculated by reference to time in the place where the Company’s registered office is located.

 

(h) The words written and in writing include all modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form, but do not include an Electronic Record where the distinction between a document in writing and an Electronic Record is expressed or implied.

 

(i) The words including, include and in particular or any similar expression are to be construed without limitation.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  3 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Exclusion of Table A Articles

 

1.3 The regulations contained in Table A in the First Schedule of the Act and any other regulations contained in any statute or subordinate legislation are expressly excluded and do not apply to the Company.

 

2 Shares

 

Power to issue Shares and options, with or without special rights

 

2.1 Subject to the provisions of the Act and the Articles about the redemption and purchase of the Company’s own Shares, the directors have general and unconditional authority to allot (with or without confirming rights of renunciation), grant options over or otherwise deal with any unissued Shares of the Company to such persons, at such times and on such terms and conditions as they may decide. No Share may be issued at a discount except in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

 

2.2 Without limitation to the preceding Article, the directors may so deal with the unissued

 

Shares of the Company:

 

(a) either at a premium or at par;

 

(b) with or without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise.

 

Power to issue fractions of a Share

 

2.3 Subject to the Act, the Company may issue fractions of a Share of any class. A fraction of a Share shall be subject to and carry the corresponding fraction of liabilities (whether with respect to calls or otherwise), limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights and other attributes of a Share of that class of Shares.

 

Power to pay commissions and brokerage fees

 

2.4 The Company may pay a commission to any person in consideration of that person:

 

(a) subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally; or

 

(b) procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional

 

for any Shares in the Company. That commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the allotment of Fully Paid or partly-paid Shares or partly in one way and partly in another.

 

2.5 The Company may employ a broker in the issue of its capital and pay him any proper commission or brokerage.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  4 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Trusts not recognised

 

2.6 Except as required by law:

 

(a) no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any Share on any trust; and

 

(b) no person other than the Member shall be recognised by the Company as having any right in a Share.

 

Power to vary class rights

 

2.7 If the share capital is divided into different classes of Shares then, unless the terms on which a class of Shares was issued state otherwise, the rights attaching to a class of Shares may only be varied if one of the following applies:

 

(a) the Members holding two thirds of the issued Shares of that class consent in writing to the variation; or

 

(b) the variation is made with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the Members holding the issued Shares of that class.

 

2.8 For the purpose of paragraph (b) of the preceding Article, all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings apply, mutatis mutandis, to every such separate meeting except that:

 

(a) the necessary quorum shall be one or more persons holding, or representing by proxy, not less than one third of the issued Shares of the class; and

 

(b) any Member holding issued Shares of the class, present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a corporate Member, by its duly authorised representative, may demand a poll.

 

Effect of new Share issue on existing class rights

 

2.9 Unless the term on which a class of Shares was issued state otherwise, the rights conferred on the Member holding Shares of any class shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with the existing Shares of that class.

 

Capital contributions without issue of further Shares

 

2.10 With the consent of a Member, the directors may accept a voluntary contribution to the capital of the Company from that Member without issuing Shares in consideration for that contribution. In that event, the contribution shall be dealt with in the following manner:

 

(a) It shall be treated as if it were a share premium.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  5 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

(b) Unless the Member agrees otherwise:

 

(i) if the Member holds Shares in a single class of Shares - it shall be credited to the share premium account for that class of Shares;

 

(ii) if the Member holds Shares of more than one class - it shall be credited rateably to the share premium accounts for those classes of Shares (in the proportion that the sum of the issue prices for each class of Shares that the Member holds bears to the total issue prices for all classes of Shares that the Member holds).

 

(c) It shall be subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles applicable to share premiums.

 

No bearer Shares or warrants

 

2.11 The Company shall not issue Shares or warrants to bearers.

 

Treasury Shares

 

2.12 Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or acquires by way of surrender in accordance with the Act shall be held as Treasury Shares and not treated as cancelled if:

 

(a) the directors so determine prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of those shares; and

 

(b) the relevant provisions of the Memorandum and Articles and the Act are otherwise complied with.

 

Rights attaching to Treasury Shares and related matters

 

2.13 No dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the Company's assets (including any distribution of assets to members on a winding up) may be made to the Company in respect of a Treasury Share.

 

2.14 The Company shall be entered in the Register as the holder of the Treasury Shares.

However:

 

(a) the Company shall not be treated as a member for any purpose and shall not exercise any right in respect of the Treasury Shares, and any purported exercise of such a right shall be void;

 

(b) a Treasury Share shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting of the Company and shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued shares at any given time, whether for the purposes of these Articles or the Act.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  6 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

2.15 Nothing in the preceding Article prevents an allotment of Shares as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share and Shares allotted as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share shall be treated as Treasury Shares.

 

2.16 Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company in accordance with the Act and otherwise on such terms and conditions as the directors determine.

 

3 Share certificates

 

Issue of share certificates

 

3.1 Upon being entered in the register of members as the holder of a Share, a Member shall be entitled:

 

(a) without payment, to one certificate for all the Shares of each class held by that Member (and, upon transferring a part of the Member's holding of Shares of any class, to a certificate for the balance of that holding); and

 

(b) upon payment of such reasonable sum as the directors may determine for every certificate after the first, to several certificates each for one or more of that Member's Shares.

 

3.2 Every certificate shall specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and whether they are Fully Paid or partly paid up. A certificate may be executed under seal or executed in such other manner as the directors determine.

 

3.3 The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate for a Share to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

Renewal of lost or damaged share certificates

 

3.4 If a share certificate is defaced, worn-out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to:

 

(a) evidence;

 

(b) indemnity;

 

(c) payment of the expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating the evidence; and

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  7 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

(d) payment of a reasonable fee, if any, for issuing a replacement share certificate

 

as the directors may determine, and (in the case of defacement or wearing-out) on delivery to the Company of the old certificate.

 

4 Lien on Shares

 

Nature and scope of lien

 

4.1 The Company has a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether Fully Paid or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others). The lien is for all moneys payable to the Company by the Member or the Member's estate:

 

(a) either alone or jointly with any other person, whether or not that other person is a Member; and

 

(b) whether or not those moneys are presently payable.

 

4.2 At any time the directors may declare any Share to be wholly or partly exempt from the provisions of this Article.

 

Company may sell Shares to satisfy lien

 

4.3 The Company may sell any Shares over which it has a lien if all of the following conditions are met:

 

(a) the sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable;

 

(b) the Company gives notice to the Member holding the Share (or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of that Member) demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold; and

 

(c) that sum is not paid within 14 Clear Days after that notice is deemed to be given under these Articles.

 

4.4 The Shares may be sold in such manner as the directors determine.

 

4.5 To the maximum extent permitted by law, the directors shall incur no personal liability to the Member concerned in respect of the sale.

 

Authority to execute instrument of transfer

 

4.6 To give effect to a sale, the directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser.

 

The title of the transferee of the Shares shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in respect of the sale.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  8 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Consequences of sale of Shares to satisfy lien

 

4.7 On sale pursuant to the preceding Articles:

 

(a) the name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the register of members as the holder of those Shares; and

 

(b) that person shall deliver to the Company for cancellation the certificate for those Shares.

 

Despite this, that person shall remain liable to the Company for all monies which, at the date of sale, were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares. That person shall also be liable to pay interest on those monies from the date of sale until payment at the rate at which interest was payable before that sale or, failing that, at the Default Rate. The directors may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the Shares at the time of sale or for any consideration received on their disposal.

 

Application of proceeds of sale

 

4.8 The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs, shall be applied in payment of so much of the sum for which the lien exists as is presently payable. Any residue shall be paid to the person whose Shares have been sold:

 

(a) if no certificate for the Shares was issued, at the date of the sale; or

 

(b) if a certificate for the Shares was issued, upon surrender to the Company of that certificate for cancellation

 

but, in either case, subject to the Company retaining a like lien for all sums not presently payable as existed on the Shares before the sale.

 

5 Calls on Shares and forfeiture

 

Power to make calls and effect of calls

 

5.1 Subject to the terms of allotment, the directors may make calls on the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their Shares including any premium. The call may provide for payment to be by instalments. Subject to receiving at least 14 Clear Days' notice specifying when and where payment is to be made, each Member shall pay to the Company the amount called on his Shares as required by the notice.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  9 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

5.2 Before receipt by the Company of any sum due under a call, that call may be revoked in whole or in part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or in part. Where a call is to be paid in instalments, the Company may revoke the call in respect of all or any remaining instalments in whole or in part and may postpone payment of all or any of the remaining instalments in whole or in part.

 

5.3 A Member on whom a call is made shall remain liable for that call notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made. He shall not be liable for calls made after he is no longer registered as Member in respect of those Shares.

 

Time when call made

 

5.4 A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the directors authorising the call was passed.

 

Liability of joint holders

 

5.5 Members registered as the joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of the Share.

 

Interest on unpaid calls

 

5.6 If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid:

 

(a) at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the Share or in the notice of the call; or

 

(b) if no rate is fixed, at the Default Rate.

 

The directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

 

Deemed calls

 

5.7 Any amount payable in respect of a Share, whether on allotment or on a fixed date or otherwise, shall be deemed to be payable as a call. If the amount is not paid when due the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if the amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

Power to accept early payment

 

5.8 The Company may accept from a Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on Shares held by him although no part of that amount has been called up.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  10 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Power to make different arrangements at time of issue of Shares

 

5.9 Subject to the terms of allotment, the directors may make arrangements on the issue of Shares to distinguish between Members in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their Shares.

 

Notice of default

 

5.10 If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than 14 Clear Days' notice requiring payment of:

 

(a) the amount unpaid;

 

(b) any interest which may have accrued;

 

(c) any expenses which have been incurred by the Company due to that person's default.

 

5.11 The notice shall state the following:

 

(a) the place where payment is to be made; and

 

(b) a warning that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call is made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

Forfeiture or surrender of Shares

 

5.12 If the notice under the preceding Article is not complied with, the directors may, before the payment required by the notice has been received, resolve that any Share the subject of that notice be forfeited. The forfeiture shall include all dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture. Despite the foregoing, the directors may determine that any Share the subject of that notice be accepted by the Company as surrendered by the Member holding that Share in lieu of forfeiture.

 

Disposal of forfeited or surrendered Share and power to cancel forfeiture or surrender

 

5.13 A forfeited or surrendered Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the directors determine either to the former Member who held that Share or to any other person. The forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled on such terms as the directors think fit at any time before a sale, re-allotment or other disposition. Where, for the purposes of its disposal, a forfeited or surrendered Share is to be transferred to any person, the directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share to the transferee.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  11 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Effect of forfeiture or surrender on former Member

 

5.14 On forfeiture or surrender:

 

(a) the name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the register of members as the holder of those Shares and that person shall cease to be a Member in respect of those Shares; and

 

(b) that person shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate (if any) for the forfeited or surrendered Shares.

 

5.15 Despite the forfeiture or surrender of his Shares, that person shall remain liable to the Company for all moneys which at the date of forfeiture or surrender were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with:

 

(a) all expenses; and

 

(b) interest from the date of forfeiture or surrender until payment:

 

(i) at the rate of which interest was payable on those moneys before forfeiture; or

 

(ii) if no interest was so payable, at the Default Rate.

 

The directors, however, may waive payment wholly or in part.

 

Evidence of forfeiture or surrender

 

5.16 A declaration, whether statutory or under oath, made by a director or the Secretary shall be conclusive evidence of the following matters stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to forfeited Shares:

 

(a) that the person making the declaration is a director or Secretary of the Company, and

 

(b) that the particular Shares have been forfeited or surrendered on a particular date.

 

Subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer, if necessary, the declaration shall constitute good title to the Shares.

 

Sale of forfeited or surrendered Shares

 

5.17 Any person to whom the forfeited or surrendered Shares are disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, of those Shares nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of the proceedings in respect of, the forfeiture, surrender or disposal of those Shares.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  12 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

6 Transfer of Shares

 

Form of transfer

 

6.1 Subject to the following Articles about the transfer of Shares, a Member may transfer Shares to another person by completing an instrument of transfer, in a common form or in a form approved by the directors, executed:

 

(a) where the Shares are Fully Paid, by or on behalf of that Member; and

 

(b) where the Shares are partly paid, by or on behalf of that Member and the transferee.

 

Power to refuse registration

 

6.2 The directors may refuse to register the transfer of a Share to any person. They may do so in their absolute discretion, without giving any reason for their refusal, and irrespective of whether the Share is Fully Paid or the Company has no lien over it.

 

Notice of refusal to register

 

6.3 If the directors refuse to register a transfer of a Share, they must send notice of their refusal to the existing Member within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company.

 

Power to suspend registration

 

6.4 The directors may suspend registration of the transfer of Shares at such times and for such periods, not exceeding 30 days in any calendar year, as they determine.

 

Fee, if any, payable for registration

 

6.5 If the directors so decide, the Company may charge a reasonable fee for the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document relating to the title to a Share.

 

Company may retain instrument of transfer

 

6.6 The Company shall be entitled to retain any instrument of transfer which is registered; but an instrument of transfer which the directors refuse to register shall be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  13 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

7 Transmission of Shares

 

Persons entitled on death of a Member

 

7.1 If a Member dies, the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Members' interest are the following:

 

(a) where the deceased Member was a joint holder, the survivor or survivors; and

 

(b) where the deceased Member was a sole holder, that Member's personal representative or representatives.

 

7.2 Nothing in these Articles shall release the deceased Member's estate from any liability in respect of any Share, whether the deceased was a sole holder or a joint holder.

 

Registration of transfer of a Share following death or bankruptcy

 

7.3 A person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member may elect to do either of the following:

 

(a) to become the holder of the Share; or

 

(b) to transfer the Share to another person.

 

7.4 That person must produce such evidence of his entitlement as the directors may properly require.

 

7.5 If the person elects to become the holder of the Share, he must give notice to the Company to that effect. For the purposes of these Articles, that notice shall be treated as though it were an executed instrument of transfer.

 

7.6 If the person elects to transfer the Share to another person then:

 

(a) if the Share is Fully Paid, the transferor must execute an instrument of transfer; and

 

(b) if the Share is partly paid, the transferor and the transferee must execute an instrument of transfer.

 

7.7 All the Articles relating to the transfer of Shares shall apply to the notice or, as appropriate, the instrument of transfer.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  14 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Indemnity

 

7.8 A person registered as a Member by reason of the death or bankruptcy of another Member shall indemnify the Company and the directors against any loss or damage suffered by the Company or the directors as a result of that registration.

 

Rights of person entitled to a Share following death or bankruptcy

 

7.9 A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were registered as the holder of the Share. But, until he is registered as Member in respect of the Share, he shall not be entitled to attend or vote at any meeting of the Company or at any separate meeting of the holders of that class of Shares in the Company.

 

8 Alteration of capital

 

Increasing, consolidating, converting, dividing and cancelling share capital

 

8.1 To the fullest extent permitted by the Act, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution do any of the following and amend its Memorandum for that purpose:

 

(a) increase its share capital by new Shares of the amount fixed by that Ordinary Resolution and with the attached rights, priorities and privileges set out in that Ordinary Resolution;

 

(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c) convert all or any of its Paid Up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into Paid Up Shares of any denomination;

 

(d) sub-divide its Shares or any of them into Shares of an amount smaller than that fixed by the Memorandum, so, however, that in the sub-division, the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from which the reduced Share is derived; and

 

(e) cancel Shares which, at the date of the passing of that Ordinary Resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled or, in the case of Shares without nominal par value, diminish the number of Shares into which its capital is divided.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  15 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Dealing with fractions resulting from consolidation of Shares

 

8.2 Whenever, as a result of a consolidation of Shares, any Members would become entitled to fractions of a Share the directors may on behalf of those Members:

 

(a) sell the Shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company); and

 

(b) distribute the net proceeds in due proportion among those Members.

 

For that purpose, the directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall the transferee’s title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of, the proceedings in respect of the sale.

 

Reducing share capital

 

8.3 Subject to the Act and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular class of Shares, the Company may, by Special Resolution, reduce its share capital in any way.

 

9 Redemption and purchase of own Shares

 

Power to issue redeemable Shares and to purchase own Shares

 

9.1 Subject to the Act, and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular class of Shares, the Company may by its directors:

 

(a) issue Shares that are to be redeemed or liable to be redeemed, at the option of the Company or the Member holding those redeemable Shares, on the terms and in the manner its directors determine before the issue of those Shares;

 

(b) with the consent by Special Resolution of the Members holding Shares of a particular class, vary the rights attaching to that class of Shares so as to provide that those Shares are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company on the terms and in the manner which the directors determine at the time of such variation; and

 

(c) purchase all or any of its own Shares of any class including any redeemable Shares on the terms and in the manner which the directors determine at the time of such purchase.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  16 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner authorised by the Act, including out of any combination of the following: capital, its profits and the proceeds of a fresh issue of Shares.

 

Power to pay for redemption or purchase in cash or in specie

 

9.2 When making a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of Shares, the directors may make the payment in cash or in specie (or partly in one and partly in the other) if so authorised by the terms of the allotment of those Shares, or by the terms applying to those Shares in accordance with Article 9.1, or otherwise by agreement with the Member holding those Shares.

 

Effect of redemption or purchase of a Share

 

9.3 Upon the date of redemption or purchase of a Share:

 

(a) the Member holding that Share shall cease to be entitled to any rights in respect of the Share other than the right to receive:

 

(i) the price for the Share; and

 

(ii) any dividend declared in respect of the Share prior to the date of redemption or purchase;

 

(b) the Member’s name shall be removed from the register of members with respect to the Share; and

 

(c) the Share shall be cancelled or held as a Treasury Shares, as the directors may determine.

 

For the purpose of this Article, the date of redemption or purchase is the date when the redemption or purchase falls due.

 

10 Meetings of Members

 

Power to call meetings

 

10.1 The directors may call a general meeting at any time.

 

10.2 If there are insufficient directors to constitute a quorum and the remaining directors are unable to agree on the appointment of additional directors, the directors must call a general meeting for the purpose of appointing additional directors.

 

10.3 The directors must also call a general meeting if requisitioned in the manner set out in the next two Articles.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  17 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

10.4 The requisition must be in writing and given by one or more Members who together hold at least 10% of the rights to vote at such general meeting.

 

10.5 The requisition must also:

 

(a) specify the purpose of the meeting.

 

(b) be signed by or on behalf of each requisitioner (and for this purpose each joint holder shall be obliged to sign). The requisition may consist of several documents in like form signed by one or more of the requisitioners.

 

(c) be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions.

 

10.6 Should the directors fail to call a general meeting within 21 Clear Days from the date of receipt of a requisition, the requisitioners or any of them may call a general meeting within three months after the end of that period.

 

10.7 Without limitation to the foregoing, if there are insufficient directors to constitute a quorum and the remaining directors are unable to agree on the appointment of additional directors, any one or more Members who together hold at least 10% of the rights to vote at a general meeting may call a general meeting for the purpose of considering the business specified in the notice of meeting which shall include as an item of business the appointment of additional directors.

 

10.8 If the Members call a meeting under the above provisions, the Company shall reimburse their reasonable expenses.

 

Content of notice

 

10.9 Notice of a general meeting shall specify each of the following:

 

(a) the place, the date and the hour of the meeting;

 

(b) if the meeting is to be held in two or more places, the technology that will be used to facilitate the meeting;

 

(c) subject to paragraph (d), the general nature of the business to be transacted; and

 

(d) if a resolution is proposed as a Special Resolution, the text of that resolution.

 

10.10 In each notice there shall appear with reasonable prominence the following statements:

 

(a) that a Member who is entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend and vote instead of that Member; and

 

(b) that a proxyholder need not be a Member.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  18 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Period of notice

 

10.11 At least five Clear Days’ notice of a general meeting must be given to Members. But a meeting may be convened on shorter notice with the consent of the Member or Members who, individually or collectively, hold at least 90% of the voting rights of all those who have a right to vote at that meeting.

 

Persons entitled to receive notice

 

10.12 Subject to the provisions of these Articles and to any restrictions imposed on any Shares, the notice shall be given to the following people:

 

(a) the Members;

 

(b) persons entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member; and

 

(c) the directors.

 

Publication of notice on a website

 

10.13 Subject to the Act, a notice of a general meeting may be published on a website providing the recipient is given separate notice of:

 

(a) the publication of the notice on the website;

 

(b) the place on the website where the notice may be accessed;

 

(c) how it may be accessed; and

 

(d) the place, date and time of the general meeting.

 

10.14 If a Member notifies the Company that he is unable for any reason to access the website, the Company must as soon as practicable give notice of the meeting to that Member by any other means permitted by these Articles. But this will not affect when that Member is deemed to have received notice of the meeting.

 

Time a website notice is deemed to be given

 

10.15 A website notice is deemed to be given when the Member is given notice of its publication.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  19 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Required duration of publication on a website

 

10.16 Where the notice of meeting is published on a website, it shall continue to be published in the same place on that website from the date of the notification until the conclusion of the meeting to which the notice relates.

 

Accidental omission to give notice or non-receipt of notice

 

10.17 Proceedings at a meeting shall not be invalidated by the following:

 

(a) an accidental failure to give notice of the meeting to any person entitled to notice; or

 

(b) non-receipt of notice of the meeting by any person entitled to notice.

 

10.18 In addition, where a notice of meeting is published on a website, proceedings at the meeting shall not be invalidated merely because it is accidentally published:

 

(a) in a different place on the website; or

 

(b) for part only of the period from the date of the notification until the conclusion of the meeting to which the notice relates.

 

11 Proceedings at meetings of Members

 

Quorum

 

11.1 Save as provided in the following Article, no business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present in person or by proxy. A quorum is as follows:

 

(a) if the Company has only one Member: that Member;

 

(b) if the Company has more than one Member: two Members.

 

Lack of quorum

 

11.2 If a quorum is not present within 15 minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, or if at any time during the meeting it becomes inquorate, then the following provisions apply:

 

(a) If the meeting was requisitioned by Members, it shall be cancelled.

 

(b) In any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same time and place seven days hence, or to such other time or place as is determined by the directors. If a quorum is not present within 15 minutes of the time appointed for the adjourned meeting, then the Members present in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  20 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Use of technology

 

11.3 A person may participate in a general meeting through the medium of conference telephone, video or any other form of communications equipment providing all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear and speak to each other throughout the meeting. A person participating in this way is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

Chairman

 

11.4 The chairman of a general meeting shall be the chairman of the board or such other director as the directors have nominated to chair board meetings in the absence of the chairman of the board. Absent any such person being present within 15 minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, the directors present shall elect one of their number to chair the meeting.

 

11.5 If no director is present within 15 minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, or if no director is willing to act as chairman, the Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to chair the meeting.

 

Right of a director to attend and speak

 

11.6 Even if a director is not a Member, he shall be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of Members holding a particular class of Shares in the Company.

 

Adjournment

 

11.7 The chairman may at any time adjourn a meeting with the consent of the Members constituting a quorum. The chairman must adjourn the meeting if so directed by the meeting. No business, however, can be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

11.8 Should a meeting be adjourned for more than seven Clear Days, whether because of a lack of quorum or otherwise, Members shall be given at least seven Clear Days’ notice of the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjournment.

 

Method of voting

 

11.9 A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands, a poll is duly demanded. A poll may be demanded:

 

(a) by the chairman; or

 

(b) by any Member or Members present who, individually or collectively, hold at least 10% of the voting rights of all those who have a right to vote on the resolution.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  21 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Outcome of vote by show of hands

 

11.10 Unless a poll is duly demanded, a declaration by the chairman as to the result of a resolution and an entry to that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the outcome of a show of hands without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

 

Withdrawal of demand for a poll

 

11.11 The demand for a poll may be withdrawn before the poll is taken, but only with the consent of the chairman. The chairman shall announce any such withdrawal to the meeting and, unless another person forthwith demands a poll, any earlier show of hands on that resolution shall be treated as the vote on that resolution; if there has been no earlier show of hands, then the resolution shall be put to the vote of the meeting.

 

Taking of a poll

 

11.12 A poll demanded on the question of adjournment shall be taken immediately.

 

11.13 A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either immediately or at an adjourned meeting at such time and place as the chairman directs, not being more than 30 Clear Days after the poll was demanded.

 

11.14 The demand for a poll shall not prevent the meeting continuing to transact any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded.

 

11.15 A poll shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs. He may appoint scrutineers (who need not be Members) and fix a place and time for declaring the result of the poll. If, through the aid of technology, the meeting is held in more than place, the chairman may appoint scrutineers in more than place; but if he considers that the poll cannot be effectively monitored at that meeting, the chairman shall adjourn the holding of the poll to a date, place and time when that can occur.

 

Chairman’s casting vote

 

11.16 If the votes on a resolution, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, are equal the chairman may if he wishes exercise a casting vote.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  22 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Amendments to resolutions

 

11.17 An Ordinary Resolution to be proposed at a general meeting may be amended by Ordinary Resolution if:

 

(a) not less than 48 hours before the meeting is to take place (or such later time as the chairman of the meeting may determine), notice of the proposed amendment is given to the Company in writing by a Member entitled to vote at that meeting; and

 

(b) the proposed amendment does not, in the reasonable opinion of the chairman of the meeting, materially alter the scope of the resolution.

 

11.18 A Special Resolution to be proposed at a general meeting may be amended by Ordinary Resolution, if:

 

(a) the chairman of the meeting proposes the amendment at the general meeting at which the resolution is to be proposed, and

 

(b) the amendment does not go beyond what the chairman considers is necessary to correct a grammatical or other non-substantive error in the resolution.

 

11.19 If the chairman of the meeting, acting in good faith, wrongly decides that an amendment to a resolution is out of order, the chairman’s error does not invalidate the vote on that resolution.

 

Written resolutions

 

11.20 Members may pass a resolution in writing without holding a meeting if the following conditions are met:

 

(a) all Members entitled to vote are given notice of the resolution as if the same were being proposed at a meeting of Members;

 

(b) all Members entitled so to vote :

 

(i) sign a document; or

 

(ii) sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those Members; and

 

(c) the signed document or documents is or are delivered to the Company, including, if the Company so nominates, by delivery of an Electronic Record by Electronic means to the address specified for that purpose.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  23 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Such written resolution shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Members entitled to vote duly convened and held.

 

11.21 If a written resolution is described as a Special Resolution or as an Ordinary Resolution, it has effect accordingly.

 

11.22 The directors may determine the manner in which written resolutions shall be put to Members. In particular, they may provide, in the form of any written resolution, for each Member to indicate, out of the number of votes the Member would have been entitled to cast at a meeting to consider the resolution, how many votes he wishes to cast in favour of the resolution and how many against the resolution or to be treated as abstentions. The result of any such written resolution shall be determined on the same basis as on a poll.

 

Sole-member company

 

11.23 If the Company has only one Member, and the Member records in writing his decision on a question, that record shall constitute both the passing of a resolution and the minute of it.

 

12 Voting rights of Members

 

Right to vote

 

12.1 Unless their Shares carry no right to vote, or unless a call or other amount presently payable has not been paid, all Members are entitled to vote at a general meeting, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, and all Members holding Shares of a particular class of Shares are entitled to vote at a meeting of the holders of that class of Shares.

 

12.2 Members may vote in person or by proxy.

 

12.3 On a show of hands, every Member shall have one vote. For the avoidance of doubt, an individual who represents two or more Members, including a Member in that individual’s own right, that individual shall be entitled to a separate vote for each Member.

 

12.4 On a poll a Member shall have one vote for each Share he holds, unless any Share carries special voting rights.

 

12.5 A fraction of a Share shall entitle its holder to an equivalent fraction of one vote.

 

12.6 No Member is bound to vote on his Shares or any of them; nor is he bound to vote each of his Shares in the same way.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  24 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Rights of joint holders

 

12.7 If Shares are held jointly, only one of the joint holders may vote. If more than one of the joint holders tenders a vote, the vote of the holder whose name in respect of those Shares appears first in the register of members shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holder.

 

Representation of corporate Members

 

12.8 Save where otherwise provided, a corporate Member must act by a duly authorised representative.

 

12.9 A corporate Member wishing to act by a duly authorised representative must identify that person to the Company by notice in writing.

 

12.10 The authorisation may be for any period of time, and must be delivered to the Company not less than two hours before the commencement of the meeting at which it is first used.

 

12.11 The directors of the Company may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine the validity of the notice.

 

12.12 Where a duly authorised representative is present at a meeting that Member is deemed to be present in person; and the acts of the duly authorised representative are personal acts of that Member.

 

12.13 A corporate Member may revoke the appointment of a duly authorised representative at any time by notice to the Company; but such revocation will not affect the validity of any acts carried out by the duly authorised representative before the directors of the Company had actual notice of the revocation.

 

Member with mental disorder

 

12.14 A Member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the Islands or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by that Member's receiver, curator bonis or other person authorised in that behalf appointed by that court.

 

12.15 For the purpose of the preceding Article, evidence to the satisfaction of the directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote must be received not less than 24 hours before holding the relevant meeting or the adjourned meeting in any manner specified for the delivery of forms of appointment of a proxy, whether in writing or by Electronic means. In default, the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  25 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Objections to admissibility of votes

 

12.16 An objection to the validity of a person's vote may only be raised at the meeting or at the adjourned meeting at which the vote is sought to be tendered. Any objection duly made shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

Form of proxy

 

12.17 An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in any common form or in any other form approved by the directors.

 

12.18 The instrument must be in writing and signed in one of the following ways:

 

(a) by the Member; or

 

(b) by the Member's authorised attorney; or

 

(c) if the Member is a corporation or other body corporate, under seal or signed by an authorised officer, secretary or attorney.

 

If the directors so resolve, the Company may accept an Electronic Record of that instrument delivered in the manner specified below and otherwise satisfying the Articles about authentication of Electronic Records.

 

12.19 The directors may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine the validity of any appointment of a proxy.

 

12.20 A Member may revoke the appointment of a proxy at any time by notice to the Company duly signed in accordance with the Article above about signing proxies; but such revocation will not affect the validity of any acts carried out by the proxy before the directors of the Company had actual notice of the revocation.

 

How and when proxy is to be delivered

 

12.21 Subject to the following Articles, the form of appointment of a proxy and any authority under which it is signed (or a copy of the authority certified notarially or in any other way approved by the directors) must be delivered so that it is received by the Company at any time before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the form of appointment of proxy proposes to vote. They must be delivered in either of the following ways:

 

(a) In the case of an instrument in writing, it must be left at or sent by post:

 

(i) to the registered office of the Company; or

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  26 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

(ii) to such other place within the Islands specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any form of appointment of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting.

 

(b) If, pursuant to the notice provisions, a notice may be given to the Company in an Electronic Record, an Electronic Record of an appointment of a proxy must be sent to the address specified pursuant to those provisions unless another address for that purpose is specified:

 

(i) in the notice convening the meeting; or

 

(ii) in any form of appointment of a proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting; or

 

(iii) in any invitation to appoint a proxy issued by the Company in relation to the meeting.

 

12.22 Where a poll is taken:

 

(a) if it is taken more than seven Clear Days after it is demanded, the form of appointment of a proxy and any accompanying authority (or an Electronic Record of the same) must be delivered as required under the preceding Article not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll;

 

(b) but if it to be taken within seven Clear Days after it was demanded, the form of appointment of a proxy and any accompanying authority (or an Electronic Record of the same) must be e delivered as required under the preceding Article not less than two hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll.

 

12.23 If the form of appointment of proxy is not delivered on time, it is invalid.

 

Voting by proxy

 

12.24 A proxy shall have the same voting rights at a meeting or adjourned meeting as the Member would have had except to the extent that the instrument appointing him limits those rights. Notwithstanding the appointment of a proxy, a Member may attend and vote at a meeting or adjourned meeting. If a Member votes on any resolution a vote by his proxy on the same resolution, unless in respect of different Shares, shall be invalid.

 

13 Number of directors

 

Unless otherwise determined by Ordinary Resolution, the minimum number of directors shall be one and the maximum number shall be ten. There shall be no directors, however, until the first director is or the first directors are appointed by the subscriber or subscribers to the Memorandum.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  27 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

14 Appointment, disqualification and removal of directors

 

First directors

 

14.1 The first directors shall be appointed in writing by the subscriber or subscribers to the Memorandum.

 

No age limit

 

14.2 There is no age limit for directors save that they must be aged at least 18 years.

 

Corporate directors

 

14.3 Unless prohibited by law, a body corporate may be a director. If a body corporate is a director, the Articles about representation of corporate Members at general meetings apply, mutatis mutandis, to the Articles about directors' meetings.

 

No shareholding qualification

 

14.4 Unless a shareholding qualification for directors is fixed by Ordinary Resolution, no director shall be required to own Shares as a condition of his appointment.

 

Appointment of directors

 

14.5 A director may be appointed by Ordinary Resolution or by the directors. Any appointment may be to fill a vacancy or as an additional director.

 

14.6 Notwithstanding the other provisions of these Articles, in any case where, as a result of death, the Company has no directors and no shareholders, the personal representatives of the last shareholder to have died have the power, by notice in writing to the Company, to appoint a person to be a director. For the purpose of this Article:

 

(a) where two or more shareholders die in circumstances rendering it uncertain who was the last to die, a younger shareholder is deemed to have survived an older shareholder;

 

(b) if the last shareholder died leaving a will which disposes of that shareholder’s shares in the Company (whether by way of specific gift, as part of the residuary estate, or otherwise):

 

(i) the expression personal representatives of the last shareholder means:

 

(A) until a grant of probate in respect of that will has been obtained from the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, all of the executors named in that will who are living at the time the power of appointment under this Article is exercised; and

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  28 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

(B) after such grant of probate has been obtained, only such of those executors who have proved that will;

 

(ii) without derogating from section 3(1) of the Succession Act (Revised), the executors named in that will may exercise the power of appointment under this Article without first obtaining a grant of probate.

 

14.7 A remaining director may appoint a director even though there is not a quorum of directors.

 

14.8 No appointment can cause the number of directors to exceed the maximum; and any such appointment shall be invalid.

 

Removal of directors

 

14.9 A director may be removed by Ordinary Resolution.

 

Resignation of directors

 

14.10 A director may at any time resign office by giving to the Company notice in writing or, if permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in an Electronic Record delivered in either case in accordance with those provisions.

 

14.11 Unless the notice specifies a different date, the director shall be deemed to have resigned on the date that the notice is delivered to the Company.

 

Termination of the office of director

 

14.12 A director's office shall be terminated forthwith if:

 

(a) he is prohibited by the law of the Islands from acting as a director; or

 

(b) he is made bankrupt or makes an arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(c) in the opinion of a registered medical practitioner by whom he is being treated he becomes physically or mentally incapable of acting as a director; or

 

(d) he is made subject to any law relating to mental health or incompetence, whether by court order or otherwise; or

 

(e) without the consent of the other directors, he is absent from meetings of directors for a continuous period of six months.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  29 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

15 Alternate directors

 

Appointment and removal

 

15.1 Any director may appoint any other person, including another director, to act in his place as an alternate director. No appointment shall take effect until the director has given notice of the appointment to the other directors. Such notice must be given to each other director by either of the following methods:

 

(a) by notice in writing in accordance with the notice provisions;

 

(b) if the other director has an email address, by emailing to that address a scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment (the PDF version being deemed to be the notice unless Article 30.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of receipt by the recipient in readable form. For the avoidance of doubt, the same email may be sent to the email address of more than one director (and to the email address of the Company pursuant to Article 15.4(c)).

 

15.2 Without limitation to the preceding Article, a director may appoint an alternate for a particular meeting by sending an email to his fellow directors informing them that they are to take such email as notice of such appointment for such meeting. Such appointment shall be effective without the need for a signed notice of appointment or the giving of notice to the Company in accordance with Article 15.4.

 

15.3 A director may revoke his appointment of an alternate at any time. No revocation shall take effect until the director has given notice of the revocation to the other directors. Such notice must be given by either of the methods specified in Article 15.1.

 

15.4 A notice of appointment or removal of an alternate director must also be given to the

 

Company by any of the following methods:

 

(a) by notice in writing in accordance with the notice provisions;

 

(b) if the Company has a facsimile address for the time being, by sending by facsimile transmission to that facsimile address a facsimile copy or, otherwise, by sending by facsimile transmission to the facsimile address of the Company's registered office a facsimile copy (in either case, the facsimile copy being deemed to be the notice unless Article 30.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of an error-free transmission report from the sender’s fax machine;

 

(c) if the Company has an email address for the time being, by emailing to that email address a scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment or, otherwise, by emailing to the email address provided by the Company's registered office a scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment (in either case, the PDF version being deemed to be the notice unless Article 30.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of receipt by the Company or the Company's registered office (as appropriate) in readable form; or

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  30 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

(d) if permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in some other form of approved Electronic Record delivered in accordance with those provisions in writing.

 

Notices

 

15.5 All notices of meetings of directors shall continue to be given to the appointing director and not to the alternate.

 

Rights of alternate director

 

15.6 An alternate director shall be entitled to attend and vote at any board meeting or meeting of a committee of the directors at which the appointing director is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of the appointing director in his absence.

 

15.7 For the avoidance of doubt:

 

(a) if another director has been appointed an alternate director for one or more directors, he shall be entitled to a separate vote in his own right as a director and in right of each other director for whom he has been appointed an alternate; and

 

(b) if a person other than a director has been appointed an alternate director for more than one director, he shall be entitled to a separate vote in right of each director for whom he has been appointed an alternate.

 

15.8 An alternate director, however, is not entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company for services rendered as an alternate director.

 

Appointment ceases when the appointor ceases to be a director

 

15.9 An alternate director shall cease to be an alternate director if the director who appointed him ceases to be a director.

 

Status of alternate director

 

15.10 An alternate director shall carry out all functions of the director who made the appointment.

 

15.11 Save where otherwise expressed, an alternate director shall be treated as a director under these Articles.

 

15.12 An alternate director is not the agent of the director appointing him.

 

15.13 An alternate director is not entitled to any remuneration for acting as alternate director.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  31 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Status of the director making the appointment

 

15.14 A director who has appointed an alternate is not thereby relieved from the duties which he owes the Company.

 

16 Powers of directors

 

Powers of directors

 

16.1 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Memorandum and these Articles, the business of the Company shall be managed by the directors who may for that purpose exercise all the powers of the Company.

 

16.2 No prior act of the directors shall be invalidated by any subsequent alteration of the Memorandum or these Articles. However, to the extent allowed by the Act, Members may by Special Resolution validate any prior or future act of the directors which would otherwise be in breach of their duties.

 

Appointments to office

 

16.3 The directors may appoint a director:

 

(a) as chairman of the board of directors;

 

(b) as managing director;

 

(c) to any other executive office

 

for such period and on such terms, including as to remuneration, as they think fit.

 

16.4 The appointee must consent in writing to holding that office.

 

16.5 Where a chairman is appointed he shall, unless unable to do so, preside at every meeting of directors.

 

16.6 If there is no chairman, or if the chairman is unable to preside at a meeting, that meeting may select its own chairman; or the directors may nominate one of their number to act in place of the chairman should he ever not be available.

 

16.7 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors may also appoint any person, who need not be a director:

 

(a) as Secretary; and

 

(b) to any office that may be required

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  32 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

for such period and on such terms, including as to remuneration, as they think fit. In the case of an Officer, that Officer may be given any title the directors decide.

 

16.8 The Secretary or Officer must consent in writing to holding that office.

 

16.9 A director, Secretary or other Officer of the Company may not the hold the office, or perform the services, of auditor.

 

Remuneration

 

16.10 Every director may be remunerated by the Company for the services he provides for the benefit of the Company, whether as director, employee or otherwise, and shall be entitled to be paid for the expenses incurred in the Company's business including attendance at directors' meetings.

 

16.11 A director's remuneration shall be fixed by the Company by Ordinary Resolution. Unless that resolution provides otherwise, the remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day.

 

16.12 Remuneration may take any form and may include arrangements to pay pensions, health insurance, death or sickness benefits, whether to the director or to any other person connected to or related to him.

 

16.13 Unless his fellow directors determine otherwise, a director is not accountable to the Company for remuneration or other benefits received from any other company which is in the same group as the Company or which has common shareholdings.

 

Disclosure of information

 

16.14 The directors may release or disclose to a third party any information regarding the affairs of the Company, including any information contained in the register of members relating to a Member, (and they may authorise any director, Officer or other authorised agent of the Company to release or disclose to a third party any such information in his possession) if:

 

(a) the Company or that person, as the case may be, is lawfully required to do so under the laws of any jurisdiction to which the Company is subject; or

 

(b) such disclosure is in compliance with the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Company's shares are listed; or

 

(c) such disclosure is in accordance with any contract entered into by the Company; or

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  33 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

(d) the directors are of the opinion such disclosure would assist or facilitate the Company’s operations.

  

17 Delegation of powers

 

Power to delegate any of the directors' powers to a committee

 

17.1 The directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more persons who need not be Members. Persons on the committee may include non-directors so long as the majority of those persons are directors.

 

17.2 The delegation may be collateral with, or to the exclusion of, the directors' own powers.

 

17.3 The delegation may be on such terms as the directors think fit, including provision for the committee itself to delegate to a sub-committee; save that any delegation must be capable of being revoked or altered by the directors at will.

 

17.4 Unless otherwise permitted by the directors, a committee must follow the procedures prescribed for the taking of decisions by directors.

 

Power to appoint an agent of the Company

 

17.5 The directors may appoint any person, either generally or in respect of any specific matter, to be the agent of the Company with or without authority for that person to delegate all or any of that person's powers. The directors may make that appointment:

 

(a) by causing the Company to enter into a power of attorney or agreement; or

 

(b) in any other manner they determine.

 

Power to appoint an attorney or authorised signatory of the Company

 

17.6 The directors may appoint any person, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the directors, to be the attorney or the authorised signatory of the Company. The appointment may be:

 

(a) for any purpose;

 

(b) with the powers, authorities and discretions;

 

(c) for the period; and

 

(d) subject to such conditions

 

as they think fit. The powers, authorities and discretions, however, must not exceed those vested in, or exercisable, by the directors under these Articles. The directors may do so by power of attorney or any other manner they think fit.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  34 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

17.7 Any power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provision for the protection and convenience for persons dealing with the attorney or authorised signatory as the directors think fit. Any power of attorney or other appointment may also authorise the attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in that person.

 

Power to appoint a proxy

 

17.8 Any director may appoint any other person, including another director, to represent him at any meeting of the directors. If a director appoints a proxy, then for all purposes the presence or vote of the proxy shall be deemed to be that of the appointing director.

 

17.9 Articles 15.1 to 15.4 inclusive (relating to the appointment by directors of alternate directors) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the appointment of proxies by directors.

 

17.10 A proxy is an agent of the director appointing him and is not an officer of the Company.

 

18 Meetings of directors

 

Regulation of directors' meetings

 

18.1 Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit.

 

Calling meetings

 

18.2 Any director may call a meeting of directors at any time. The Secretary, if any, must call a meeting of the directors if requested to do so by a director.

 

Notice of meetings

 

18.3 Every director shall be given notice of a meeting, although a director may waive retrospectively the requirement to be given notice. Notice may be oral.

 

Period of notice

 

18.4 At least five Clear Days’ notice of a meeting of directors must be given to directors. But a meeting may be convened on shorter notice with the consent of all directors.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  35 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Use of technology

 

18.5 A director may participate in a meeting of directors through the medium of conference telephone, video or any other form of communications equipment providing all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear and speak to each other throughout the meeting.

 

18.6 A director participating in this way is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

Place of meetings

 

18.7 If all the directors participating in a meeting are not in the same place, they may decide that the meeting is to be treated as taking place wherever any of them is.

 

Quorum

 

18.8 The quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of directors shall be two unless the directors fix some other number or unless the Company has only one director.

 

Voting

 

18.9 A question which arises at a board meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. If votes are equal the chairman may, if he wishes, exercise a casting vote.

 

Validity

 

18.10 Anything done at a meeting of directors is unaffected by the fact that it is later discovered that any person was not properly appointed, or had ceased to be a director, or was otherwise not entitled to vote.

 

Recording of dissent

 

18.11 A director present at a meeting of directors shall be presumed to have assented to any action taken at that meeting unless:

 

(a) his dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or

 

(b) he has filed with the meeting before it is concluded signed dissent from that action; or

 

(c) he has forwarded to the Company as soon as practical following the conclusion of that meeting signed dissent.

 

A director who votes in favour of an action is not entitled to record his dissent to it.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  36 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Written resolutions

 

18.12 The directors may pass a resolution in writing without holding a meeting if all directors sign a document or sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those directors.

 

18.13 Despite the foregoing, a resolution in writing signed by a validly appointed alternate director or by a validly appointed proxy need not also be signed by the appointing director. But if a written resolution is signed personally by the appointing director, it need not also be signed by his alternate or proxy.

 

18.14 Such written resolution shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors duly convened and held; and it shall be treated as having been passed on the day and at the time that the last director signs.

 

Sole director's minute

 

18.15 Where a sole director signs a minute recording his decision on a question, that record shall constitute the passing of a resolution in those terms.

 

19 Permissible directors' interests and disclosure

 

Permissible interests subject to disclosure

 

19.1 Save as expressly permitted by these Articles or as set out below, a director may not have a direct or indirect interest or duty which conflicts or may possibly conflict with the interests of the Company.

 

19.2 If, notwithstanding the prohibition in the preceding Article, a director discloses to his fellow directors the nature and extent of any material interest or duty in accordance with the next Article, he may:

 

(a) be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is or may otherwise be interested;

 

(b) be interested in another body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested. In particular, the director may be a director, secretary or officer of, or employed by, or be a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, that other body corporate.

 

19.3 Such disclosure may be made at a meeting at a meeting of the board or otherwise (and, if otherwise, it must be made in writing). The director must disclose the nature and extent of his direct or indirect interest in or duty in relation to a transaction or arrangement or series of transactions or arrangements with the Company or in which the Company has any material interest.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  37 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

19.4 If a director has made disclosure in accordance with the preceding Article, then he shall not, by reason only of his office, be accountable to the Company for any benefit that he derives from any such transaction or arrangement or from any such office or employment or from any interest in any such body corporate, and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

 

Notification of interests

 

19.5 For the purposes of the preceding Articles:

 

(a) a general notice that a director gives to the other directors that he is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any transaction or arrangement in which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that he has an interest in or duty in relation to any such transaction of the nature and extent so specified; and

 

(b) an interest of which a director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his.

 

19.6 A director shall not be treated as having an interest in a transaction or arrangement if he has no knowledge of that interest and it is unreasonable to expect the director to have that knowledge.

 

Voting where a director is interested in a matter

 

19.7 A director may vote at a meeting of directors on any resolution concerning a matter in which that director has an interest or duty, whether directly or indirectly, so long as that director discloses any material interest pursuant to these Articles. The director shall be counted towards a quorum of those present at the meeting. If the director votes on the resolution, his vote shall be counted.

 

19.8 Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment of two or more directors to offices or employment with the Company or any body corporate in which the Company is interested, the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each director separately and each of the directors concerned shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of each resolution except that concerning his or her own appointment.

 

20 Minutes

 

The Company shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose in accordance with the Act.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  38 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

21 Accounts and audit

 

Accounting and other records

 

21.1 The directors must ensure that proper accounting and other records are kept, and that accounts and associated reports are distributed in accordance with the requirements of the Act.

 

No automatic right of inspection

 

21.2 Members are only entitled to inspect the Company's records if they are expressly entitled to do so by law, or by resolution made by the directors or passed by Ordinary Resolution.

 

Sending of accounts and reports

 

21.3 The Company's accounts and associated directors' report or auditor's report that are required or permitted to be sent to any person pursuant to any law shall be treated as properly sent to that person if:

 

(a) they are sent to that person in accordance with the notice provisions: or

 

(b) they are published on a website providing that person is given separate notice of:

 

(i) the fact that publication of the documents has been published on the website;

 

(ii) the address of the website; and

 

(iii) the place on the website where the documents may be accessed; and

 

(iv) how they may be accessed.

 

21.4 If, for any reason, a person notifies the Company that he is unable to access the website, the Company must, as soon as practicable, send the documents to that person by any other means permitted by these Articles. This, however, will not affect when that person is taken to have received the documents under the next Article.

 

Time of receipt if documents are published on a website

 

21.5 Documents sent by being published on a website in accordance with the preceding two Articles are only treated as sent at least five Clear Days before the date of the meeting at which they are to be laid if:

 

(a) the documents are published on the website throughout a period beginning at least five Clear Days before the date of the meeting and ending with the conclusion of the meeting; and

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  39 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

(b) the person is given at least five Clear Days' notice of the hearing.

 

Validity despite accidental error in publication on website

 

21.6 If, for the purpose of a meeting, documents are sent by being published on a website in accordance with the preceding Articles, the proceedings at that meeting are not invalidated merely because:

 

(a) those documents are, by accident, published in a different place on the website to the place notified; or

 

(b) they are published for part only of the period from the date of notification until the conclusion of that meeting.

 

When accounts are to be audited

 

21.7 Unless the directors or the Members, by Ordinary Resolution, so resolve or unless the Act so requires, the Company's accounts will not be audited. If the Members so resolve, the Company's accounts shall be audited in the manner determined by Ordinary Resolution. Alternatively, if the directors so resolve, they shall be audited in the manner they determine.

 

22 Financial year

 

Unless the directors otherwise specify, the financial year of the Company:

 

(a) shall end on 31st December in the year of its incorporation and each following year; and

 

(b) shall begin when it was incorporated and on 1st January each following year.

 

23 Record dates

 

Except to the extent of any conflicting rights attached to Shares, the directors may fix any time and date as the record date for declaring or paying a dividend or making or issuing an allotment of Shares. The record date may be before or after the date on which a dividend, allotment or issue is declared, paid or made.

 

24 Dividends

 

Declaration of dividends by Members

 

24.1 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the directors.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  40 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Payment of interim dividends and declaration of final dividends by directors

 

24.2 The directors may pay interim dividends or declare final dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members if it appears to them that they are justified by the financial position of the Company and that such dividends may lawfully be paid.

 

24.3 Subject to the provisions of the Act, in relation to the distinction between interim dividends and final dividends, the following applies:

 

(a) Upon determination to pay a dividend or dividends described as interim by the directors in the dividend resolution, no debt shall be created by the declaration until such time as payment is made.

 

(b) Upon declaration of a dividend or dividends described as final by the directors in the dividend resolution, a debt shall be created immediately following the declaration, the due date to be the date the dividend is stated to be payable in the resolution.

 

If the resolution fails to specify whether a dividend is final or interim, it shall be assumed to be interim.

 

24.4 In relation to Shares carrying differing rights to dividends or rights to dividends at a fixed rate, the following applies:

 

(a) If the share capital is divided into different classes, the directors may pay dividends on Shares which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividends as well as on Shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividends but no dividend shall be paid on Shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrears.

 

(b) The directors may also pay, at intervals settled by them, any dividend payable at a fixed rate if it appears to them that there are sufficient funds of the Company lawfully available for distribution to justify the payment.

 

(c) If the directors act in good faith, they shall not incur any liability to the Members holding Shares conferring preferred rights for any loss those Members may suffer by the lawful payment of the dividend on any Shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.

 

Apportionment of dividends

 

24.5 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to Shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the Shares on which the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amount paid up on the Shares during the time or part of the time in respect of which the dividend is paid.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  41 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

But if a Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

Right of set off

 

24.6 The directors may deduct from a dividend or any other amount payable to a person in respect of a Share any amount due by that person to the Company on a call or otherwise in relation to a Share.

 

Power to pay other than in cash

 

24.7 If the directors so determine, any resolution declaring a dividend may direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets. If a difficulty arises in relation to the distribution, the directors may settle that difficulty in any way they consider appropriate. For example, they may do any one or more of the following:

 

(a) issue fractional Shares;

 

(b) fix the value of assets for distribution and make cash payments to some Members on the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of Members; and

 

(c) vest some assets in trustees.

 

How payments may be made

 

24.8 A dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of a Share may be paid in any of the following ways:

 

(a) if the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to that Share nominates a bank account for that purpose - by wire transfer to that bank account; or

 

(b) by cheque or warrant sent by post to the registered address of the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to that Share.

 

24.9 For the purpose of paragraph (a) of the preceding Article, the nomination may be in writing or in an Electronic Record and the bank account nominated may be the bank account of another person. For the purpose of paragraph (b) of the preceding Article, subject to any applicable law or regulation, the cheque or warrant shall be made to the order of the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to the Share or to his nominee, whether nominated in writing or in an Electronic Record, and payment of the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company.

  

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  42 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

  

24.10 If two or more persons are registered as the holders of the Share or are jointly entitled to it by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the registered holder (Joint Holders), a dividend (or other amount) payable on or in respect of that Share may be paid as follows:

 

(a) to the registered address of the Joint Holder of the Share who is named first on the register of members or to the registered address of the deceased or bankrupt holder, as the case may be; or

 

(b) to the address or bank account of another person nominated by the Joint Holders, whether that nomination is in writing or in an Electronic Record.

 

24.11 Any Joint Holder of a Share may give a valid receipt for a dividend (or other amount) payable in respect of that Share.

 

Dividends or other moneys not to bear interest in absence of special rights

 

24.12 Unless provided for by the rights attached to a Share, no dividend or other monies payable by the Company in respect of a Share shall bear interest.

 

Dividends unable to be paid or unclaimed

 

24.13 If a dividend cannot be paid to a Member or remains unclaimed within six weeks after it was declared or both, the directors may pay it into a separate account in the Company's name. If a dividend is paid into a separate account, the Company shall not be constituted trustee in respect of that account and the dividend shall remain a debt due to the Member.

 

24.14 A dividend that remains unclaimed for a period of six years after it became due for payment shall be forfeited to, and shall cease to remain owing by, the Company.

 

25 Capitalisation of profits

 

Capitalisation of profits or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve

 

25.1 The directors may resolve to capitalise:

 

(a) any part of the Company's profits not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not those profits are available for distribution); or

 

(b) any sum standing to the credit of the Company's share premium account or capital redemption reserve, if any.

 

The amount resolved to be capitalised must be appropriated to the Members who would have been entitled to it had it been distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions. The benefit to each Member so entitled must be given in either or both of the following ways:

 

(a) by paying up the amounts unpaid on that Member's Shares;

 

(b) by issuing Fully Paid Shares, debentures or other securities of the Company to that Member or as that Member directs. The directors may resolve that any

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  43 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Shares issued to the Member in respect of partly paid Shares (Original Shares) rank for dividend only to the extent that the Original Shares rank for dividend while those Original Shares remain partly paid.

 

Applying an amount for the benefit of members

 

25.2 The amount capitalised must be applied to the benefit of Members in the proportions to which the Members would have been entitled to dividends if the amount capitalised had been distributed as a dividend.

 

25.3 Subject to the Act, if a fraction of a Share, a debenture, or other security is allocated to a Member, the directors may issue a fractional certificate to that Member or pay him the cash equivalent of the fraction.

 

26 Share premium account

 

Directors to maintain share premium account

 

26.1 The directors shall establish a share premium account in accordance with the Act. They shall carry to the credit of that account from time to time an amount equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any Share or capital contributed or such other amounts required by the Act.

 

Debits to share premium account

 

26.2 The following amounts shall be debited to any share premium account:

 

(a) on the redemption or purchase of a Share, the difference between the nominal value of that Share and the redemption or purchase price; and

 

(b) any other amount paid out of a share premium account as permitted by the Act.

 

26.3 Notwithstanding the preceding Article, on the redemption or purchase of a Share, the directors may pay the difference between the nominal value of that Share and the redemption purchase price out of the profits of the Company or, as permitted by the Act, out of capital.

 

27 Seal

 

Company seal

 

27.1 The Company may have a seal if the directors so determine.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  44 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Duplicate seal

 

27.2 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may also have a duplicate seal or seals for use in any place or places outside the Islands. Each duplicate seal shall be a facsimile of the original seal of the Company. However, if the directors so determine, a duplicate seal shall have added on its face the name of the place where it is to be used.

 

When and how seal is to be used

 

27.3 A seal may only be used by the authority of the directors. Unless the directors otherwise determine, a document to which a seal is affixed must be signed in one of the following ways:

 

(a) by a director (or his alternate) and the Secretary; or

 

(b) by a single director (or his alternate).

 

If no seal is adopted or used

 

27.4 If the directors do not adopt a seal, or a seal is not used, a document may be executed in the following manner:

 

(a) by a director (or his alternate) and the Secretary; or

 

(b) by a single director (or his alternate); or

 

(c) in any other manner permitted by the Act.

 

Power to allow non-manual signatures and facsimile printing of seal

 

27.5 The directors may determine that either or both of the following applies:

 

(a) that the seal or a duplicate seal need not be affixed manually but may be affixed by some other method or system of reproduction;

 

(b) that a signature required by these Articles need not be manual but may be a mechanical or Electronic Signature.

 

Validity of execution

 

27.6 If a document is duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company, it shall not be regarded as invalid merely because, at the date of the delivery, the Secretary, or the director, or other Officer or person who signed the document or affixed the seal for and on behalf of the Company ceased to be the Secretary or hold that office and authority on behalf of the Company.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  45 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

28 Indemnity

 

Indemnity

 

28.1 To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify each existing or former Secretary, director (including alternate director), and other Officer of the Company (including an investment adviser or an administrator or liquidator) and their personal representatives against:

 

(a) all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by the existing or former Secretary or Officer in or about the conduct of the Company's business or affairs or in the execution or discharge of the existing or former Secretary's or Officer's duties, powers, authorities or discretions; and

 

(b) without limitation to paragraph (a), all costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by the existing or former Secretary or Officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings (whether threatened, pending or completed) concerning the Company or its affairs in any court or tribunal, whether in the Islands or elsewhere.

 

No such existing or former Secretary or Officer, however, shall be indemnified in respect of any matter arising out of his own dishonesty.

 

28.2 To the extent permitted by law, the Company may make a payment, or agree to make a payment, whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise, for any legal costs incurred by an existing or former Secretary or Officer of the Company in respect of any matter identified in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of the preceding Article on condition that the Secretary or Officer must repay the amount paid by the Company to the extent that it is ultimately found not liable to indemnify the Secretary or that Officer for those legal costs.

 

Release

 

28.3 To the extent permitted by law, the Company may by Special Resolution release any existing or former director (including alternate director), Secretary or other Officer of the Company from liability for any loss or damage or right to compensation which may arise out of or in connection with the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities or discretions of his office; but there may be no release from liability arising out of or in connection with that person's own dishonesty.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  46 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Insurance

 

28.4 To the extent permitted by law, the Company may pay, or agree to pay, a premium in respect of a contract insuring each of the following persons against risks determined by the directors, other than liability arising out of that person's own dishonesty:

 

(a) an existing or former director (including alternate director), Secretary or Officer or auditor of:

 

(i) the Company;

 

(ii) a company which is or was a subsidiary of the Company;

 

(iii) a company in which the Company has or had an interest (whether direct or indirect); and

 

(b) a trustee of an employee or retirement benefits scheme or other trust in which any of the persons referred to in paragraph (a) is or was interested.

 

29 Notices

 

Form of notices

 

29.1 Save where these Articles provide otherwise, any notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to these Articles shall be:

 

(a) in writing signed by or on behalf of the giver in the manner set out below for written notices; or

 

(b) subject to the next Article, in an Electronic Record signed by or on behalf of the giver by Electronic Signature and authenticated in accordance with Articles about authentication of Electronic Records; or

 

(c) where these Articles expressly permit, by the Company by means of a website.

 

Electronic communications

 

29.2 Without limitation to Articles 15.1 to 15.4 inclusive (relating to the appointment and removal by directors of alternate directors) and to Articles 17.8 to 17.10 inclusive (relating to the appointment by directors of proxies), a notice may only be given to the Company in an Electronic Record if:

 

(a) the directors so resolve;

 

(b) the resolution states how an Electronic Record may be given and, if applicable, specifies an email address for the Company; and

 

(c) the terms of that resolution are notified to the Members for the time being and, if applicable, to those directors who were absent from the meeting at which the resolution was passed.

 

If the resolution is revoked or varied, the revocation or variation shall only become effective when its terms have been similarly notified.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  47 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

29.3 A notice may not be given by Electronic Record to a person other than the Company unless the recipient has notified the giver of an Electronic address to which notice may be sent.

 

Persons authorised to give notices

 

29.4 A notice by either the Company or a Member pursuant to these Articles may be given on behalf of the Company or a Member by a director or company secretary of the Company or a Member.

 

Delivery of written notices

 

29.5 Save where these Articles provide otherwise, a notice in writing may be given personally to the recipient, or left at (as appropriate) the Member's or director's registered address or the Company's registered office, or posted to that registered address or registered office.

 

Joint holders

 

29.6 Where Members are joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to the Member whose name first appears in the register of members.

 

Signatures

 

29.7 A written notice shall be signed when it is autographed by or on behalf of the giver, or is marked in such a way as to indicate its execution or adoption by the giver.

 

29.8 An Electronic Record may be signed by an Electronic Signature.

 

Evidence of transmission

 

29.9 A notice given by Electronic Record shall be deemed sent if an Electronic Record is kept demonstrating the time, date and content of the transmission, and if no notification of failure to transmit is received by the giver.

 

29.10 A notice given in writing shall be deemed sent if the giver can provide proof that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed, pre-paid and posted, or that the written notice was otherwise properly transmitted to the recipient.

 

Giving notice to a deceased or bankrupt Member

 

29.11 A notice may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by these Articles for the giving of notice to a Member, addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  48 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

  

29.12 Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

Date of giving notices

 

29.13 A notice is given on the date identified in the following table.

 

Method for giving notices   When taken to be given
     
Personally   At the time and date of delivery
     
By leaving it at the member's registered   At the time and date it was left
address    
     
If the recipient has an address within the   48 hours after it was posted
Islands, by posting it by prepaid post to    
the street or postal address of that    
recipient    
     
If the recipient has an address outside the   7 Clear Days after posting
Islands, by posting it by prepaid airmail to    
the street or postal address of that    
recipient    
     
By Electronic Record (other than   Within 24 hours after it was sent
publication on a website), to recipient's    
Electronic address    
     
By publication on a website   See the Articles about the time when
    notice of a meeting of Members or
    accounts and reports, as the case may be,
    are published on a website
     

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  49 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Saving provision

 

29.14 None of the preceding notice provisions shall derogate from the Articles about the delivery of written resolutions of directors and written resolutions of Members.

 

30 Authentication of Electronic Records Application of Articles

 

30.1 Without limitation to any other provision of these Articles, any notice, written resolution or other document under these Articles that is sent by Electronic means by a Member, or by the Secretary, or by a director or other Officer of the Company, shall be deemed to be authentic if either Article 30.2 or Article 30.4 applies.

 

Authentication of documents sent by Members by Electronic means

 

30.2 An Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by Electronic means by or on behalf of one or more Members shall be deemed to be authentic if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a) the Member or each Member, as the case may be, signed the original document, and for this purpose Original Document includes several documents in like form signed by one or more of those Members; and

 

(b) the Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction of, that Member to an address specified in accordance with these Articles for the purpose for which it was sent; and

 

(c) Article 30.7 does not apply.

 

30.3 For example, where a sole Member signs a resolution and sends the Electronic Record of the original resolution, or causes it to be sent, by facsimile transmission to the address in these Articles specified for that purpose, the facsimile copy shall be deemed to be the written resolution of that Member unless Article 30.7 applies.

 

Authentication of document sent by the Secretary or Officers of the Company by Electronic means

 

30.4 An Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by or on behalf of the Secretary or an Officer or Officers of the Company shall be deemed to be authentic if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a) the Secretary or the Officer or each Officer, as the case may be, signed the original document, and for this purpose Original Document includes several documents in like form signed by the Secretary or one or more of those Officers; and

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  50 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

  

(b) the Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction of, the Secretary or that Officer to an address specified in accordance with these Articles for the purpose for which it was sent; and

 

(c) Article 30.7 does not apply.

 

This Article applies whether the document is sent by or on behalf of the Secretary or Officer in his own right or as a representative of the Company.

 

30.5 For example, where a sole director signs a resolution and scans the resolution, or causes it to be scanned, as a PDF version which is attached to an email sent to the address in these Articles specified for that purpose, the PDF version shall be deemed to be the written resolution of that director unless Article 30.7 applies.

 

Manner of signing

 

30.6 For the purposes of these Articles about the authentication of Electronic Records, a document will be taken to be signed if it is signed manually or in any other manner permitted by these Articles.

 

Saving provision

 

30.7 A notice, written resolution or other document under these Articles will not be deemed to be authentic if the recipient, acting reasonably:

 

(a) believes that the signature of the signatory has been altered after the signatory had signed the original document; or

 

(b) believes that the original document, or the Electronic Record of it, was altered, without the approval of the signatory, after the signatory signed the original document; or

 

(c) otherwise doubts the authenticity of the Electronic Record of the document

 

and the recipient promptly gives notice to the sender setting the grounds of its objection. If the recipient invokes this Article, the sender may seek to establish the authenticity of the Electronic Record in any way the sender thinks fit.

  

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  51 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

31 Transfer by way of continuation

 

31.1 The Company may, by Special Resolution, resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside:

  

(a) the Islands; or

 

(b) such other jurisdiction in which it is, for the time being, incorporated, registered or existing.

 

31.2 To give effect to any resolution made pursuant to the preceding Article, the directors may cause the following:

 

(a) an application be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Islands or in the other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing; and

 

(b) all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

 

32 Winding up

 

Distribution of assets in specie

 

32.1 If the Company is wound up, the Members may, subject to these Articles and any other sanction required by the Act, pass a Special Resolution allowing the liquidator to do either or both of the following:

 

(a) to divide in specie among the Members the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and, for that purpose, to value any assets and to determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members;

 

(b) to vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees for the benefit of Members and those liable to contribute to the winding up.

 

No obligation to accept liability

 

32.2 No Member shall be compelled to accept any assets if an obligation attaches to them.

 

The directors are authorised to present a winding up petition

 

32.3 The directors have the authority to present a petition for the winding up of the Company to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands on behalf of the Company without the sanction of a resolution passed at a general meeting.

 

33 Amendment of Memorandum and Articles Power to change name or amend Memorandum

 

33.1 Subject to the Act, the Company may, by Special Resolution:

 

(a) change its name; or

 

(b) change the provisions of its Memorandum with respect to its objects, powers or any other matter specified in the Memorandum.

 

Power to amend these Articles

 

33.2 Subject to the Act and as provided in these Articles, the Company may, by Special Resolution, amend these Articles in whole or in part.

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  52 www.verify.gov.ky
 
   
  EXEMPTED Company Registered and
  filed as No. 378928 On 19-Jul-2021
   
 
   
  Assistant Registrar

 

Dated 19 July 2021

 

Name and address of Subscriber   Number of shares taken   Signature
         

Ogier Global Subscriber (Cayman) Limited

89 Nexus Way

Camana Bay

Grand Cayman, KY1-9009

Cayman Islands

  1 Class B Ordinary Share  

per: /s/ Angilynn Baraud

Name: Angilynn Baraud

Authorised Signatory

         
Witness to above signature  

/s/ Angelisa Whittaker 

Name: Angelisa Whittaker

 

Ogier Global (Cayman) Limited

89 Nexus Way

Camana Bay

Grand Cayman, KY1-9009

Cayman Islands

 

Occupation: Administrator

 

 

    Auth Code: B34363518660
  53 www.verify.gov.ky
 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

Dated [   ] 2021

 

 

 

 

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

 

 
 

 

AMENDED & RESTATED memorandum of association

 

(Adopted by special resolution passed on [ ] 2021)

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

Memorandum of Association

 

of

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

1 The name of the Company is Blue World Acquisition Corporation.

 

2 The Company’s registered office will be situated at the office of Ogier Global (Cayman) Limited, 89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman, KY1-9009, Cayman Islands or at such other place in the Cayman Islands as the directors may at any time decide.

 

3 The Company’s objects are unrestricted. As provided by section 7(4) of the Companies Act (Revised), the Company has full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4 The Company has unrestricted corporate capacity. Without limitation to the foregoing, as provided by section 27 (2) of the Companies Act (Revised), the Company has and is capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit.

 

5 Nothing in any of the preceding paragraphs permits the Company to carry on any of the following businesses without being duly licensed, namely:

 

(a) the business of a bank or trust company without being licensed in that behalf under the Banks and Trust Companies Act (Revised); or

 

(b) insurance business from within the Cayman Islands or the business of an insurance manager, agent, sub-agent or broker without being licensed in that behalf under the Insurance Act (Revised);or

 

(c) the business of company management without being licensed in that behalf under the Companies Management Act (Revised).

 

6 Unless licensed to do so, the Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of its business carried on outside the Cayman Islands. Despite this, the Company may effect and conclude contracts in the Cayman Islands and exercise in the Cayman Islands any of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

7 The Company is a company limited by shares and accordingly the liability of each member is limited to the amount (if any) unpaid on that member’s shares.

 

8 The share capital of the Company is USD50,000 divided into 470,000,000 Class A Ordinary shares of par value USD0.0001 each, 20,000,000 Class B Ordinary shares of par value USD0.0001 each and 10,000,000 preference shares of par value USD0.0001. However, subject to the Companies Act (Revised) and the Company’s articles of association, the Company has power to do any one or more of the following:

 

(a) to redeem or repurchase any of its shares; and

 

(b) to increase or reduce its capital; and

 

(c) to issue any part of its capital (whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced):

 

(i) with or without any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions; or

 

(ii) subject to any limitations or restrictions

 

and unless the condition of issue expressly declares otherwise, every issue of shares (whether declared to be ordinary, preference or otherwise) is subject to this power; or

 

(d) to alter any of those rights, privileges, conditions, limitations or restrictions.

 

9 The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Companies Act (Revised)

 

Company Limited by Shares

 

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

 

 

AMENDED & RESTATED ARTICLES of association

 

(Adopted by special resolution passed on [    ] 2021)

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTENTS

 

1 Definitions, interpretation and exclusion of Table A   1
       
  Definitions   1
       
  Interpretation   5
       
  Exclusion of Table A Articles   6
       
2 Shares   6
       
  Power to issue Shares and options, with or without special rights   6
       
  Power to issue fractions of a Share   7
       
  Power to pay commissions and brokerage fees   7
       
  Trusts not recognised   8
       
  Power to vary class rights   8
       
  Effect of new Share issue on existing class rights   9
       
  Capital contributions without issue of further Shares   9
       
  No bearer Shares or warrants   9
       
  Treasury Shares   9
       
  Rights attaching to Treasury Shares and related matters   10
       
3 Register of Members   10
       
4 Share certificates   10
       
  Issue of share certificates   10
       
  Renewal of lost or damaged share certificates   11
       
5 Lien on Shares   11
       
  Nature and scope of lien   11
       
  Company may sell Shares to satisfy lien   12
       
  Authority to execute instrument of transfer   12
       
  Consequences of sale of Shares to satisfy lien   12
       
  Application of proceeds of sale   12

 

i

 

 

6 Calls on Shares and forfeiture   13
       
  Power to make calls and effect of calls   13
       
  Time when call made   13
       
  Liability of joint holders   13
       
  Interest on unpaid calls   13
       
  Deemed calls   14
       
  Power to accept early payment   14
       
  Power to make different arrangements at time of issue of Shares   14
       
  Notice of default   14
       
  Forfeiture or surrender of Shares   14
       
  Disposal of forfeited or surrendered Share and power to cancel forfeiture or surrender   15
       
  Effect of forfeiture or surrender on former Member   15
       
  Evidence of forfeiture or surrender   15
       
  Sale of forfeited or surrendered Shares   16
       
7 Transfer of Shares   16
       
  Form of transfer   16
       
  Power to refuse registration   16
       
  Power to suspend registration   16
       
  Company may retain instrument of transfer   16
       
8 Transmission of Shares   16
       
  Persons entitled on death of a Member   16
       
  Registration of transfer of a Share following death or bankruptcy   17
       
  Indemnity   17
       
  Rights of person entitled to a Share following death or bankruptcy   17

 

ii

 

 

9 Alteration of capital   18
       
  Increasing, consolidating, converting, dividing and cancelling share capital   18
       
  Dealing with fractions resulting from consolidation of Shares   18
       
  Reducing share capital   18
       
10 Redemption and purchase of own Shares   19
       
  Power to issue redeemable Shares and to purchase own Shares   19
       
  Power to pay for redemption or purchase in cash or in specie   19
       
  Effect of redemption or purchase of a Share   19
       
11 Meetings of Members   20
       
  Power to call meetings   20
       
  Content of notice   21
       
  Period of notice   21
       
  Persons entitled to receive notice   22
       
  Publication of notice on a website   22
       
  Time a website notice is deemed to be given   22
       
  Required duration of publication on a website   22
       
  Accidental omission to give notice or non-receipt of notice   23
       
12 Proceedings at meetings of Members   23
       
  Quorum   23
       
  Lack of quorum   23
       
  Use of technology   23
       
  Chairman   23
       
  Right of a director to attend and speak   24
       
  Adjournment   24
       
  Method of voting   24
       
  Taking of a poll   24
     
  Chairman’s casting vote   24
       
  Amendments to resolutions   24
       
  Written resolutions   25
       
  Sole-member company   25

 

iii

 

 

13 Voting rights of Members   25
       
  Right to vote   25
       
  Rights of joint holders   26
       
  Representation of corporate Members   26
       
  Member with mental disorder   26
       
  Objections to admissibility of votes   27
       
  Form of proxy   27
       
  How and when proxy is to be delivered   27
       
  Voting by proxy   28
       
14 Number of directors   28
       
15 Appointment, disqualification and removal of directors   28
       
  No age limit   28
       
  Corporate directors   28
       
  No shareholding qualification   29
       
  Appointment and removal of directors   29
       
  Resignation of directors   30
       
  Termination of the office of director   31
       
16 Alternate directors   31
       
  Appointment and removal   31
       
  Notices   32
       
  Rights of alternate director   32
       
  Appointment ceases when the appointor ceases to be a director   32
       
  Status of alternate director   32
       
  Status of the director making the appointment   33
       
17 Powers of directors   33
       
  Powers of directors   33
       
  Appointments to office   33
       
  Remuneration   34
       
  Disclosure of information   34

 

iv

 

 

18 Delegation of powers   34
       
  Power to delegate any of the directors' powers to a committee   34
       
  Power to appoint an agent of the Company   35
       
  Power to appoint an attorney or authorised signatory of the Company   35
       
  Power to appoint a proxy   35
       
19 Meetings of directors   36
       
  Regulation of directors' meetings   36
       
  Calling meetings   36
       
  Notice of meetings   36
       
  Period of notice   36
       
  Use of technology   36
       
  Place of meetings   36
       
  Quorum   36
       
  Voting   36
       
  Validity   36
       
  Recording of dissent   37
       
  Written resolutions   37
       
  Sole director's minute   37
       
20 Permissible directors' interests and disclosure   37
       
  Permissible interests subject to disclosure   37
       
  Notification of interests   38
       
  Voting where a director is interested in a matter   38
       
21 Minutes   38
       
22 Accounts and audit   38
       
  Accounting and other records   38
       
  No automatic right of inspection   39
       
  Sending of accounts and reports   39
       
  Time of receipt if documents are published on a website   39
       
  Validity despite accidental error in publication on website   39
       
  Audit   40

 

v

 

 

23 Financial year   40
       
24 Record dates   41
       
25 Dividends   41
       
  Declaration of dividends by Members   41
       
  Payment of interim dividends and declaration of final dividends by directors   41
       
  Apportionment of dividends   42
       
  Right of set off   42
       
  Power to pay other than in cash   42
       
  How payments may be made   42
       
  Dividends or other moneys not to bear interest in absence of special rights   43
       
  Dividends unable to be paid or unclaimed   43
       
26 Capitalisation of profits   43
       
  Capitalisation of profits or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve   43
       
  Applying an amount for the benefit of members   44
       
27 Share premium account   44
       
  Directors to maintain share premium account   44
       
  Debits to share premium account   44
       
28 Seal   44
       
  Company seal   44
       
  Duplicate seal   44
       
  When and how seal is to be used   44
       
  If no seal is adopted or used   45
       
  Power to allow non-manual signatures and facsimile printing of seal   45
       
  Validity of execution   45
       
29 Indemnity   45
       
  Indemnity   45
       
  Release   46
       
  Insurance   46

 

vi

 

 

30 Notices   46
       
  Form of notices   46
       
  Electronic communications 47
       
  Persons authorised to give notices 47
       
  Delivery of written notices   47
       
  Joint holders   47
       
  Signatures   47
       
  Evidence of transmission   47
       
  Giving notice to a deceased or bankrupt Member   48
       
  Date of giving notices   48
       
  Saving provision   48
       
31 Authentication of Electronic Records   49
       
  Application of Articles   49
       
  Authentication of documents sent by Members by Electronic means   49
       
  Authentication of document sent by the Secretary or Officers of the Company by Electronic means   49
       
  Manner of signing   50
       
  Saving provision   50
       
32 Transfer by way of continuation   50
       
33 Winding up   51
       
  Distribution of assets in specie   51
       
  No obligation to accept liability   51
       
  The directors are authorised to present a winding up petition   51
       
34 Amendment of Memorandum and Articles   51
       
  Power to change name or amend Memorandum   51
       
  Power to amend these Articles   51
       
35 Mergers and Consolidations   51
       
36 Class B Share Conversion   51
       
37 Business Combination   53
       
38 Certain Tax Filings   56
       
39 Business Opportunities   56
       
40 Exclusive Jurisdiction and Forum   57

 

vii

 

 

Companies Act (Revised)

Company Limited by Shares

Amended & Restated Articles of Association

of

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

(Adopted by special resolution passed on [    ] 2021)

 

1 Definitions, interpretation and exclusion of Table A

 

Definitions

 

1.1 In these Articles, the following definitions apply:

 

Act means the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, including any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.

 

Amendment has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 37.11.

 

Amendment Redemption Event has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 37.11.

 

Applicable Law means, with respect to any person, all provisions of laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, certificates, judgments, decisions, decrees or orders of any governmental authority applicable to such person.

 

Approved Amendment has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 37.11.

 

Articles means, as appropriate:

 

(a) these articles of association as amended from time to time: or

 

(b) two or more particular articles of these Articles;

 

and Article refers to a particular article of these Articles.

 

Audit Committee means the audit committee of the Company formed pursuant to Article 22.8 hereof, or any successor audit committee.

 

Auditor means the person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company.

 

Automatic Redemption Event shall have the meaning given to it in Article 37.2.

 

1

 

 

Business Combination shall mean the initial acquisition by the Company, whether through a merger, share reconstruction or amalgamation, asset or share acquisition, exchangeable share transaction, contractual control arrangement or other similar type of transaction, with a Target Business at Fair Value.

 

Business Day means a day other than (a) a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorised or obligated by law to close in New York City (b) a Saturday or (c) a Sunday.

 

Cayman Islands means the British Overseas Territory of the Cayman Islands.

 

Class A Share means a Class A ordinary share of a par value of US$0.0001 in the share capital of the Company.

 

Class B Share means a Class B ordinary share of a par value of US$0.0001 in the share capital of the Company.

 

Class B Share Entitlement means the right of the Sponsor as holder of the Class B Shares (including on an as-converted basis) to 20 per cent. of all entitlements to income and capital arising in respect of all Shares in issue from time to time.

 

Clear Days, in relation to a period of notice, means that period excluding:

 

(a) the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given; and

 

(b) the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.

 

Clearing House means a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction.

 

Company means the above-named company.

 

Default Rate means 10% (ten per cent) per annum.

 

Designated Stock Exchange means Nasdaq Capital Market or any other national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed for trading.

 

Electronic has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands.

 

Electronic Record has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands.

 

Electronic Signature has the meaning given to that term in the Electronic Transactions Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands.

 

Equity-Linked Securities means any debt or equity securities that are convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Shares issued in a financing transaction in connection with a Business Combination, including but not limited to a private placement of equity or debt.

 

Exchange Act means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2

 

 

Fair Value shall mean a value at least equal to 80% of the balance in the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriting fees and any taxes payable on the Trust Account balance) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for a Business Combination.

 

Fully Paid and Paid Up:

 

(a) in relation to a Share with par value, means that the par value for that Share and any premium payable in respect of the issue of that Share, has been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth;

 

(b) in relation to a Share without par value, means that the agreed issue price for that Share has been fully paid or credited as paid in money or money’s worth.

 

Independent Director means a director who is an independent director as defined in the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange as determined by the directors.

 

Initial Shareholders means the Sponsor, the directors and officers of the Company or their respective affiliates who hold Shares prior to the IPO.

 

IPO means the initial public offering of units, consisting of Shares and warrants of the Company and rights to receive Shares of the Company.

 

Member means any person or persons entered on the Register of Members from time to time as the holder of a Share.

 

Memorandum means the memorandum of association of the Company as amended from time to time.

 

Officer means a person then appointed to hold an office in the Company; and the expression includes a director, alternate director or liquidator.

 

Ordinary Resolution means a resolution of a duly constituted general meeting of the Company passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by, or on behalf of, the Members entitled to vote thereon. The expression also includes a unanimous written resolution.

 

Over-Allotment Option means the option of the Underwriters to purchase up to an additional 1,200,000 of the firm units (as described at Article 2.4) sold in the IPO at a price equal to US$10.00 per unit, less underwriting discount and commissions.

 

Per-Share Redemption Price means:

 

(a) with respect to an Automatic Redemption Event, the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination (including interest not previously released to us, which shall be net of taxes payable, and less up to $50,000 interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares;

 

3

 

 

(b) with respect to an Amendment Redemption Event, the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned but net of taxes payable, divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares; and

 

(c) with respect to either a Tender Redemption Offer or a Redemption Offer, the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares.

 

Preference Share means a preference share of a par value of US$0.0001 in the share capital of the Company.

 

Public Share means the Class A Shares included in the units issued in the IPO (as described in Article 2.4).

 

Redemption Offer has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 37.5(b).

 

Register of Members means the register of Members maintained in accordance with the Act and includes (except where otherwise stated) any branch or duplicate register of Members.

 

Registration Statement has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 37.10.

 

Representative Shares means the Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued to the representative of the Underwriters at the closing of the IPO.

 

SEC means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Secretary means a person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary of the Company, including a joint, assistant or deputy secretary.

 

Share means a Class A Share, Class B Share or a Preference Share in the share capital of the Company; and the expression:

 

(a) includes stock (except where a distinction between shares and stock is expressed or implied); and

 

(b) where the context permits, also includes a fraction of a share.

 

Special Resolution has the meaning given to that term in the Act.

 

Sponsor means Blue World Holdings Limited, being the sole Member immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO.

 

Sponsor Group means the Sponsor and its respective affiliates, successors and assigns.

 

Target Business means any businesses or entity with whom the Company wishes to undertake a Business Combination.

 

4

 

 

Target Business Acquisition Period shall mean the period commencing from the effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with the Company’s IPO up to and including the first to occur of (i) a Business Combination; or (ii) the Termination Date.

 

Tax Filing Authorised Person means such person as any director shall designate from time to time, acting severally.

 

Tender Redemption Offer has the meaning ascribed to it in Article 37.5(a).

 

Termination Date has the meaning given to it in Article 37.2.

 

Treasury Shares means Shares of the Company held in treasury pursuant to the Act and Article 2.16.

 

Trust Account means the trust account established by the Company upon the consummation of its IPO and into which a certain amount of the net proceeds of the IPO, together with a certain amount of the proceeds of a private placement of warrants simultaneously with the closing date of the IPO, will be deposited.

 

Underwriter means an underwriter of the IPO from time to time, and any successor underwriter.

 

Interpretation

 

1.2 In the interpretation of these Articles, the following provisions apply unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a) A reference in these Articles to a statute is a reference to a statute of the Cayman Islands as known by its short title, and includes:

 

(i) any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment; and

 

(ii) any subordinate legislation or regulations issued under that statute.

 

Without limitation to the preceding sentence, a reference to a revised law of the Cayman Islands is taken to be a reference to the revision of that law in force from time to time as amended from time to time.

 

(b) Headings are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the interpretation of these Articles, unless there is ambiguity.

 

(c) If a day on which any act, matter or thing is to be done under these Articles is not a Business Day, the act, matter or thing must be done on the next Business Day.

 

(d) A word which denotes the singular also denotes the plural, a word which denotes the plural also denotes the singular, and a reference to any gender also denotes the other genders.

 

(e) A reference to a person includes, as appropriate, a company, trust, partnership, joint venture, association, body corporate or government agency.

 

5

 

 

(f) Where a word or phrase is given a defined meaning another part of speech or grammatical form in respect to that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning.

 

(g) All references to time are to be calculated by reference to time in the place where the Company’s registered office is located.

 

(h) The words written and in writing include all modes of representing or reproducing words in a visible form, but do not include an Electronic Record where the distinction between a document in writing and an Electronic Record is expressed or implied.

 

(i) The words including, include and in particular or any similar expression are to be construed without limitation.

 

Exclusion of Table A Articles

 

1.3 The regulations contained in Table A in the First Schedule of the Act and any other regulations contained in any statute or subordinate legislation are expressly excluded and do not apply to the Company.

 

2 Shares

 

Power to issue Shares and options, with or without special rights

 

2.1 Subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the directors have general and unconditional authority to allot (with or without confirming rights of renunciation), issue, grant options over or otherwise deal with any unissued Shares of the Company to such persons, at such times and on such terms and conditions as they may decide, save that the directors may not allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise deal with any unissued Shares to the extent that it may affect the ability of the Company to carry out a Class B Share Conversion described at Article 36. No Share may be issued at a discount except in accordance with the provisions of the Act.

 

2.2 Without limitation to the preceding Article, the directors may so deal with the unissued Shares of the Company:

 

(a) either at a premium or at par;

 

(b) with or without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise.

 

Notwithstanding the above, following an IPO and prior to a Business Combination, the Company may not issue additional Shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account or (ii) vote on any Business Combination.

 

2.3 The Company may issue rights, options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of Shares or other securities in the Company at such times and on such terms and conditions as the directors may decide.

 

6

 

 

2.4 The Company may issue units of securities in the Company, which may be comprised of Shares, rights, options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of Shares or other securities in the Company, on such terms and conditions as the directors may decide. The securities comprising any such units which are issued pursuant to the IPO can only be traded separately from one another on the 52nd day following the date of the prospectus relating to the IPO unless the managing Underwriter determines that an earlier date is acceptable, subject to the Company having filed a current report on Form 8-K containing an audited balance sheet reflecting the Company’s receipt of the gross proceeds of the IPO with the SEC and a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Prior to such date, the units can be traded, but the securities comprising such units cannot be traded separately from one another.

 

2.5 Each Share in the Company confers upon the Member:

 

(a) subject to Article 34, the right to one vote at a meeting of the Members of the Company or on any resolution of Members;

 

(b) the right to be redeemed on an Automatic Redemption Event in accordance with Article 37.2 or pursuant to either a Tender Redemption Offer or Redemption Offer in accordance with Article 37.5 or pursuant to an Amendment Redemption Event in accordance with Article 37.11;

 

(c) a pro rata right in any dividend paid by the Company; and

 

(d) subject to satisfaction of and compliance with Article 37, a pro rata right in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company on its liquidation provided that in the event that the Company enters liquidation prior to or without having consummated a Business Combination then, in such circumstances, in the event any surplus assets (Residual Assets) of the Company remain following the Company having complied with its applicable obligations to redeem Public Shares and distribute the funds held in the Trust Account in respect of such redemptions pursuant to Article 37, the Public Shares shall not have any right to receive any share of those Residual Assets which are held outside the Trust Account and such Residual Assets shall be distributed (on a pro rata basis) only in respect of those Shares that are not Public Shares.

 

Power to issue fractions of a Share

 

2.6 Subject to the Act, the Company may, but shall not otherwise be obliged to, issue fractions of a Share of any class or round up or down fractional holdings of Shares to its nearest whole number. A fraction of a Share shall be subject to and carry the corresponding fraction of liabilities (whether with respect to calls or otherwise), limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights and other attributes of a Share of that class of Shares.

 

Power to pay commissions and brokerage fees

 

2.7 The Company may, in so far as the Act permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of that person:

 

(a) subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, whether absolutely or conditionally; or

 

7

 

 

(b) procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, whether absolute or conditional

 

for any Shares in the Company. That commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the allotment of Fully Paid or partly-paid Shares or partly in one way and partly in another.

 

2.8 The Company may employ a broker in the issue of its capital and pay him any proper commission or brokerage.

 

Trusts not recognised

 

2.9 Except as required by Applicable Law:

 

(a) the Company shall not be bound by or compelled to recognise in any way (even when notified) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by the Articles) any other rights in respect of any Share other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder; and

 

(b) no person other than the Member shall be recognised by the Company as having any right in a Share.

 

Power to vary class rights

 

2.10 If the share capital is divided into different classes of Shares then, unless the terms on which a class of Shares was issued state otherwise, the rights attaching to a class of Shares may only be varied if one of the following applies:

 

(a) the Members holding two thirds of the issued Shares of that class consent in writing to the variation; or

 

(b) the variation is made with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the Members holding the issued Shares of that class.

 

2.11 For the purpose of paragraph (b) of the preceding Article, all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings apply, mutatis mutandis, to every such separate meeting except that:

 

(a) the necessary quorum shall be one or more persons holding, or representing by proxy, not less than one third of the issued Shares of the class; and

 

(b) any Member holding issued Shares of the class, present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a corporate Member, by its duly authorised representative, may demand a poll.

 

2.12 Notwithstanding Article 2.10, unless the proposed variation is for the purposes of approving, or in conjunction with, the consummation of a Business Combination, prior to a Business Combination but subject always to the limitations set out in Article 34 in respect of amendments to the Memorandum and Articles, the rights attached to the Shares as specified in Article 2.5 may only, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied by a Special Resolution, and any such variation that has to be approved under this Article shall also be subject to compliance with Article 37.11.

 

8

 

 

Effect of new Share issue on existing class rights

 

2.13 Unless the terms on which a class of Shares was issued state otherwise, the rights conferred on the Member holding Shares of any class shall not be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with the existing Shares of that class.

 

Capital contributions without issue of further Shares

 

2.14 With the consent of a Member, the directors may accept a voluntary contribution to the capital of the Company from that Member without issuing Shares in consideration for that contribution. In that event, the contribution shall be dealt with in the following manner:

 

(a) It shall be treated as if it were a share premium.

 

(b) Unless the Member agrees otherwise:

 

(i) if the Member holds Shares in a single class of Shares - it shall be credited to the share premium account for that class of Shares;

 

(ii) if the Member holds Shares of more than one class - it shall be credited rateably to the share premium accounts for those classes of Shares (in the proportion that the sum of the issue prices for each class of Shares that the Member holds bears to the total issue prices for all classes of Shares that the Member holds).

 

(c) It shall be subject to the provisions of the Act and these Articles applicable to share premiums.

 

No bearer Shares or warrants

 

2.15 The Company shall not issue Shares or warrants to bearers.

 

Treasury Shares

 

2.16 Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or acquires by way of surrender in accordance with the Act shall be held as Treasury Shares and not treated as cancelled if:

 

(a) the directors so determine prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of those shares; and

 

(b) the relevant provisions of the Memorandum and Articles and the Act are otherwise complied with.

 

9

 

 

Rights attaching to Treasury Shares and related matters

 

2.17 No dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the Company’s assets (including any distribution of assets to members on a winding up) may be made to the Company in respect of a Treasury Share.

 

2.18 The Company shall be entered in the Register as the holder of the Treasury Shares. However:

 

(a) the Company shall not be treated as a member for any purpose and shall not exercise any right in respect of the Treasury Shares, and any purported exercise of such a right shall be void;

 

(b) a Treasury Share shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting of the Company and shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued shares at any given time, whether for the purposes of these Articles or the Act.

 

2.19 Nothing in the preceding Article prevents an allotment of Shares as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share and Shares allotted as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share shall be treated as Treasury Shares.

 

2.20 Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company in accordance with the Act and otherwise on such terms and conditions as the directors determine.

 

3 Register of Members

 

3.1 The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Act.

 

3.2 The directors may determine that the Company shall maintain one or more branch registers of Members in accordance with the Act. The directors may also determine which Register of Members shall constitute the principal register and which shall constitute the branch register or registers, and to vary such determination from time to time.

 

3.3 The title to Public Shares may be evidenced and transferred in accordance with the laws applicable to the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange and, for these purposes, the Register of Members may be maintained in accordance with Article 40B of the Act.

 

4 Share certificates

 

Issue of share certificates

 

4.1 A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the directors may determine. If the directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued, upon being entered in the register of Members as the holder of a Share, the directors may issue to any Member:

 

(a) without payment, to one certificate for all the Shares of each class held by that Member (and, upon transferring a part of the Member’s holding of Shares of any class, to a certificate for the balance of that holding); and

 

10

 

 

(b) upon payment of such reasonable sum as the directors may determine for every certificate after the first, to several certificates each for one or more of that Member’s Shares.

 

4.2 Every certificate shall specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and whether they are Fully Paid or partly paid up. A certificate may be executed under seal or executed in such other manner as the directors determine.

 

4.3 Every certificate shall bear legends required under the Applicable Laws.

 

4.4 The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by several persons and delivery of a certificate for a Share to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

Renewal of lost or damaged share certificates

 

4.5 If a share certificate is defaced, worn-out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to:

 

(a) evidence;

 

(b) indemnity;

 

(c) payment of the expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating the evidence; and

 

(d) payment of a reasonable fee, if any, for issuing a replacement share certificate

 

as the directors may determine, and (in the case of defacement or wearing-out) on delivery to the Company of the old certificate.

 

5 Lien on Shares

 

Nature and scope of lien

 

5.1 The Company has a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether Fully Paid or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others). The lien is for all moneys payable to the Company by the Member or the Member’s estate:

 

(a) either alone or jointly with any other person, whether or not that other person is a Member; and

 

(b) whether or not those moneys are presently payable.

 

5.2 At any time the directors may declare any Share to be wholly or partly exempt from the provisions of this Article.

 

11

 

 

Company may sell Shares to satisfy lien

 

5.3 The Company may sell any Shares over which it has a lien if all of the following conditions are met:

 

(a) the sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable;

 

(b) the Company gives notice to the Member holding the Share (or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of that Member) demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold; and

 

(c) that sum is not paid within 14 Clear Days after that notice is deemed to be given under these Articles.

 

5.4 The Shares may be sold in such manner as the directors determine.

 

5.5 To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, the directors shall incur no personal liability to the Member concerned in respect of the sale.

 

Authority to execute instrument of transfer

 

5.6 To give effect to a sale, the directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The title of the transferee of the Shares shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in respect of the sale.

 

Consequences of sale of Shares to satisfy lien

 

5.7 On sale pursuant to the preceding Articles:

 

(a) the name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the Register of Members as the holder of those Shares; and

 

(b) that person shall deliver to the Company for cancellation the certificate for those Shares.

 

Despite this, that person shall remain liable to the Company for all monies which, at the date of sale, were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares. That person shall also be liable to pay interest on those monies from the date of sale until payment at the rate at which interest was payable before that sale or, failing that, at the Default Rate. The directors may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the Shares at the time of sale or for any consideration received on their disposal.

 

Application of proceeds of sale

 

5.8 The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs, shall be applied in payment of so much of the sum for which the lien exists as is presently payable. Any residue shall be paid to the person whose Shares have been sold:

 

(a) if no certificate for the Shares was issued, at the date of the sale; or

 

12

 

 

(b) if a certificate for the Shares was issued, upon surrender to the Company of that certificate for cancellation

 

but, in either case, subject to the Company retaining a like lien for all sums not presently payable as existed on the Shares before the sale.

 

6 Calls on Shares and forfeiture

 

Power to make calls and effect of calls

 

6.1 Subject to the terms of allotment, the directors may make calls on the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their Shares including any premium. The call may provide for payment to be by instalments. Subject to receiving at least 14 Clear Days’ notice specifying when and where payment is to be made, each Member shall pay to the Company the amount called on his Shares as required by the notice.

 

6.2 Before receipt by the Company of any sum due under a call, that call may be revoked in whole or in part and payment of a call may be postponed in whole or in part. Where a call is to be paid in instalments, the Company may revoke the call in respect of all or any remaining instalments in whole or in part and may postpone payment of all or any of the remaining instalments in whole or in part.

 

6.3 A Member on whom a call is made shall remain liable for that call notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made. A person shall not be liable for calls made after such person is no longer registered as Member in respect of those Shares.

 

Time when call made

 

6.4 A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the directors authorising the call was passed.

 

Liability of joint holders

 

6.5 Members registered as the joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of the Share.

 

Interest on unpaid calls

 

6.6 If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid:

 

(a) at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the Share or in the notice of the call; or

 

(b) if no rate is fixed, at the Default Rate.

 

The directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

 

13

 

 

Deemed calls

 

6.7 Any amount payable in respect of a Share, whether on allotment or on a fixed date or otherwise, shall be deemed to be payable as a call. If the amount is not paid when due the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if the amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

Power to accept early payment

 

6.8 The Company may accept from a Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on Shares held by him although no part of that amount has been called up.

 

Power to make different arrangements at time of issue of Shares

 

6.9 Subject to the terms of allotment, the directors may make arrangements on the issue of Shares to distinguish between Members in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their Shares.

 

Notice of default

 

6.10 If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than 14 Clear Days’ notice requiring payment of:

 

(a) the amount unpaid;

 

(b) any interest which may have accrued; and

 

(c) any expenses which have been incurred by the Company due to that person’s default.

 

6.11 The notice shall state the following:

 

(a) the place where payment is to be made; and

 

(b) a warning that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call is made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

Forfeiture or surrender of Shares

 

6.12 If the notice under the preceding Article is not complied with, the directors may, before the payment required by the notice has been received, resolve that any Share the subject of that notice be forfeited. The forfeiture shall include all dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture. Despite the foregoing, the directors may determine that any Share the subject of that notice be accepted by the Company as surrendered by the Member holding that Share in lieu of forfeiture.

 

6.13 The directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any Fully Paid Share.

 

14

 

 

Disposal of forfeited or surrendered Share and power to cancel forfeiture or surrender

 

6.14 A forfeited or surrendered Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the directors determine either to the former Member who held that Share or to any other person. The forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled on such terms as the directors think fit at any time before a sale, re-allotment or other disposition. Where, for the purposes of its disposal, a forfeited or surrendered Share is to be transferred to any person, the directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share to the transferee.

 

Effect of forfeiture or surrender on former Member

 

6.15 On forfeiture or surrender:

 

(a) the name of the Member concerned shall be removed from the Register of Members as the holder of those Shares and that person shall cease to be a Member in respect of those Shares; and

 

(b) that person shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate (if any) for the forfeited or surrendered Shares.

 

6.16 Despite the forfeiture or surrender of his Shares, that person shall remain liable to the Company for all moneys which at the date of forfeiture or surrender were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with:

 

(a) all expenses; and

 

(b) interest from the date of forfeiture or surrender until payment:

 

(i) at the rate of which interest was payable on those moneys before forfeiture; or

 

(ii) if no interest was so payable, at the Default Rate.

 

The directors, however, may waive payment wholly or in part.

 

Evidence of forfeiture or surrender

 

6.17 A declaration, whether statutory or under oath, made by a director or the Secretary shall be conclusive evidence of the following matters stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to forfeited Shares:

 

(a) that the person making the declaration is a director or Secretary of the Company, and

 

(b) that the particular Shares have been forfeited or surrendered on a particular date.

 

Subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer, if necessary, the declaration shall constitute good title to the Shares.

 

15

 

 

Sale of forfeited or surrendered Shares

 

6.18 Any person to whom the forfeited or surrendered Shares are disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration, if any, of those Shares nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of the proceedings in respect of, the forfeiture, surrender or disposal of those Shares.

 

7 Transfer of Shares

 

Form of transfer

 

7.1 Subject to the following Articles about the transfer of Shares, and provided that such transfer complies with applicable rules of the SEC, the Designated Stock Exchange and federal and state securities laws of the United States, a Member may transfer Shares to another person by completing an instrument of transfer in a common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the directors, executed:

 

(a) where the Shares are Fully Paid, by or on behalf of that Member; and

 

(b) where the Shares are partly paid, by or on behalf of that Member and the transferee.

 

7.2 The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered into the Register of Members.

 

Power to refuse registration

 

7.3 If the Shares in question were issued in conjunction with rights, options or warrants issued pursuant to Article 2.4 on terms that one cannot be transferred without the other, the directors shall refuse to register the transfer of any such Share without evidence satisfactory to them of the like transfer of such option or warrant.

 

Power to suspend registration

 

7.4 The directors may suspend registration of the transfer of Shares at such times and for such periods, not exceeding 30 days in any calendar year, as they determine.

 

Company may retain instrument of transfer

 

7.5 The Company shall be entitled to retain any instrument of transfer which is registered; but an instrument of transfer which the directors refuse to register shall be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given.

 

8 Transmission of Shares

 

Persons entitled on death of a Member

 

8.1 If a Member dies, the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Members’ interest are the following:

 

(a) where the deceased Member was a joint holder, the survivor or survivors; and

 

(b) where the deceased Member was a sole holder, that Member’s personal representative or representatives.

 

16

 

 

8.2 Nothing in these Articles shall release the deceased Member’s estate from any liability in respect of any Share, whether the deceased was a sole holder or a joint holder.

 

Registration of transfer of a Share following death or bankruptcy

 

8.3 A person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member may elect to do either of the following:

 

(a) to become the holder of the Share; or

 

(b) to transfer the Share to another person.

 

8.4 That person must produce such evidence of his entitlement as the directors may properly require.

 

8.5 If the person elects to become the holder of the Share, he must give notice to the Company to that effect. For the purposes of these Articles, that notice shall be treated as though it were an executed instrument of transfer.

 

8.6 If the person elects to transfer the Share to another person then:

 

(a) if the Share is Fully Paid, the transferor must execute an instrument of transfer; and

 

(b) if the Share is partly paid, the transferor and the transferee must execute an instrument of transfer.

 

8.7 All the Articles relating to the transfer of Shares shall apply to the notice or, as appropriate, the instrument of transfer.

 

Indemnity

 

8.8 A person registered as a Member by reason of the death or bankruptcy of another Member shall indemnify the Company and the directors against any loss or damage suffered by the Company or the directors as a result of that registration.

 

Rights of person entitled to a Share following death or bankruptcy

 

8.9 A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Member shall have the rights to which he would be entitled if he were registered as the holder of the Share. However, until he is registered as Member in respect of the Share, he shall not be entitled to attend or vote at any meeting of the Company or at any separate meeting of the holders of that class of Shares in the Company.

 

17

 

 

9 Alteration of capital

 

Increasing, consolidating, converting, dividing and cancelling share capital

 

9.1 To the fullest extent permitted by the Act, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution do any of the following and amend its Memorandum for that purpose:

 

(a) increase its share capital by new Shares of the amount fixed by that Ordinary Resolution and with the attached rights, priorities and privileges set out in that Ordinary Resolution;

 

(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c) convert all or any of its Paid Up Shares into stock, and reconvert that stock into Paid Up Shares of any denomination;

 

(d) sub-divide its Shares or any of them into Shares of an amount smaller than that fixed by the Memorandum, so, however, that in the sub-division, the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from which the reduced Share is derived; and

 

(e) cancel Shares which, at the date of the passing of that Ordinary Resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person, and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled or, in the case of Shares without nominal par value, diminish the number of Shares into which its capital is divided.

 

Dealing with fractions resulting from consolidation of Shares

 

9.2 Whenever, as a result of a consolidation of Shares, any Members would become entitled to fractions of a Share the directors may on behalf of those Members:

 

(a) sell the Shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company); and

 

(b) distribute the net proceeds in due proportion among those Members.

 

For that purpose, the directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall the transferee’s title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of, the proceedings in respect of the sale.

 

Reducing share capital

 

9.3 Subject to the Act and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular class of Shares, the Company may, by Special Resolution, reduce its share capital in any way.

 

18

 

 

10 Redemption and purchase of own Shares

 

Power to issue redeemable Shares and to purchase own Shares

 

10.1 Subject to the Act and Article 37, and to any rights for the time being conferred on the Members holding a particular class of Shares, and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, the Company may by its directors:

 

(a) issue Shares that are to be redeemed or liable to be redeemed, at the option of the Company or the Member holding those redeemable Shares, on the terms and in the manner its directors determine before the issue of those Shares;

 

(b) with the consent by Special Resolution of the Members holding Shares of a particular class, vary the rights attaching to that class of Shares so as to provide that those Shares are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company on the terms and in the manner which the directors determine at the time of such variation; and

 

(c) purchase all or any of its own Shares of any class including any redeemable Shares on the terms and in the manner which the directors determine at the time of such purchase.

 

The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner authorised by the Act, including out of any combination of the following: capital, its profits and the proceeds of a fresh issue of Shares.

 

10.2 With respect to redeeming or repurchasing the Shares:

 

(a) Members who hold Public Shares are entitled to request the redemption of such Shares in the circumstances described in Article 37.5;

 

(b) Class B Shares held by the Sponsor shall, following consummation of the IPO, be surrendered by the Sponsor on a pro rata basis for no consideration to the extent that the Over-Allotment Option is not exercised in full so that the Class B Shares will at all times represent 20% of the Company’s issued Shares after the IPO (excluding the Representative Shares); and

 

(c) Public Shares shall be repurchased by way of tender offer in the circumstances set out in Article 37.5.

 

Power to pay for redemption or purchase in cash or in specie

 

10.3 When making a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of Shares, the directors may make the payment in cash or in specie (or partly in one and partly in the other) if so authorised by the terms of the allotment of those Shares, or by the terms applying to those Shares in accordance with Article 10.1, or otherwise by agreement with the Member holding those Shares.

 

Effect of redemption or purchase of a Share

 

10.4 Upon the date of redemption or purchase of a Share:

 

(a) the Member holding that Share shall cease to be entitled to any rights in respect of the Share other than the right to receive:

 

(i) the price for the Share; and

 

19

 

 

(ii) any dividend declared in respect of the Share prior to the date of redemption or purchase;

 

(b) the Member’s name shall be removed from the Register of Members with respect to the Share; and

 

(c) the Share shall be cancelled or held as a Treasury Shares, as the directors may determine.

 

For the purpose of this Article, the date of redemption or purchase is the date when the redemption or purchase falls due.

 

10.5 For the avoidance of doubt, redemptions and repurchases of Shares in the circumstances described in Articles 10.2(a), 10.2(b) and 10.2(c) above shall not require further approval of the Members.

 

11 Meetings of Members

 

Power to call meetings

 

11.1 To the extent required by the Designated Stock Exchange, an annual general meeting of the Company shall be held no later than one year after the first financial year end occurring after the IPO, and shall be held in each year thereafter at such time as determined by the directors and the Company may, but shall not (unless required by the Act or the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange) be obliged to, in each year hold any other general meeting.

 

11.2 The agenda of the annual general meeting shall be set by the directors and shall include the presentation of the Company’s annual accounts and the report of the directors (if any).

 

11.3 Annual general meetings shall be held in New York, USA or in such other places as the directors may determine.

 

11.4 All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings and the Company shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it.

 

11.5 The directors may call a general meeting at any time.

 

11.6 If there are insufficient directors to constitute a quorum and the remaining directors are unable to agree on the appointment of additional directors, the directors must call a general meeting for the purpose of appointing additional directors.

 

11.7 The directors must also call a general meeting if requisitioned in the manner set out in the next two Articles.

 

11.8 The requisition must be in writing and given by one or more Members who together hold at least 10% of the rights to vote at such general meeting.

 

11.9 The requisition must also:

 

(a) specify the purpose of the meeting.

 

20

 

 

(b) be signed by or on behalf of each requisitioner (and for this purpose each joint holder shall be obliged to sign). The requisition may consist of several documents in like form signed by one or more of the requisitioners.

 

(c) be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions.

 

11.10 Should the directors fail to call a general meeting within 21 Clear Days from the date of receipt of a requisition, the requisitioners or any of them may call a general meeting within three months after the end of that period.

 

11.11 Without limitation to the foregoing, if there are insufficient directors to constitute a quorum and the remaining directors are unable to agree on the appointment of additional directors, any one or more Members who together hold at least 10% of the rights to vote at a general meeting may call a general meeting for the purpose of considering the business specified in the notice of meeting which shall include as an item of business the appointment of additional directors.

 

11.12 Members seeking to bring business before the annual general meeting or to nominate candidates for election as Directors at the annual general meeting must deliver notice to the principal executive offices of the Company not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the scheduled date of the annual general meeting.

 

Content of notice

 

11.13 Notice of a general meeting shall specify each of the following:

 

(a) the place, the date and the hour of the meeting;

 

(b) if the meeting is to be held in two or more places, the technology that will be used to facilitate the meeting;

 

(c) subject to paragraph (d), the general nature of the business to be transacted; and

 

(d) if a resolution is proposed as a Special Resolution, the text of that resolution.

 

11.14 In each notice there shall appear with reasonable prominence the following statements:

 

(a) that a Member who is entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend and vote instead of that Member; and

 

(b) that a proxyholder need not be a Member.

 

Period of notice

 

11.15 At least five Clear Days’ notice of a general meeting must be given to Members, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

(a) in the case of an annual general meeting, by all of the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

(b) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, together holding not less than 95% in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

21

 

 

Persons entitled to receive notice

 

11.16 Subject to the provisions of these Articles and to any restrictions imposed on any Shares, the notice shall be given to the following people:

 

(a) the Members;

 

(b) persons entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member; and

 

(c) the directors.

 

Publication of notice on a website

 

11.17 Subject to the Act or the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, a notice of a general meeting may be published on a website providing the recipient is given separate notice of:

 

(a) the publication of the notice on the website;

 

(b) the place on the website where the notice may be accessed;

 

(c) how it may be accessed; and

 

(d) the place, date and time of the general meeting.

 

11.18 If a Member notifies the Company that he is unable for any reason to access the website, the Company must as soon as practicable give notice of the meeting to that Member by any other means permitted by these Articles. This will not affect when that Member is deemed to have received notice of the meeting.

 

Time a website notice is deemed to be given

 

11.19 A website notice is deemed to be given when the Member is given notice of its publication.

 

Required duration of publication on a website

 

11.20 Where the notice of meeting is published on a website, it shall continue to be published in the same place on that website from the date of the notification until at least the conclusion of the meeting to which the notice relates.

 

22

 

 

Accidental omission to give notice or non-receipt of notice

 

11.21 Proceedings at a meeting shall not be invalidated by the following:

 

(a) an accidental failure to give notice of the meeting to any person entitled to notice; or

 

(b) non-receipt of notice of the meeting by any person entitled to notice.

 

11.22 In addition, where a notice of meeting is published on a website, proceedings at the meeting shall not be invalidated merely because it is accidentally published:

 

(a) in a different place on the website; or

 

(b) for part only of the period from the date of the notification until the conclusion of the meeting to which the notice relates.

 

12 Proceedings at meetings of Members

 

Quorum

 

12.1 Save as provided in the following Article, no business shall be transacted at any meeting unless a quorum is present in person or by proxy. One or more Members who together hold not less than a majority of the issued and outstanding Shares entitled to attend and vote at such meeting being individuals present in person or by proxy or if a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy shall be a quorum.

 

Lack of quorum

 

12.2 If a quorum is not present within 15 minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, or if at any time during the meeting it becomes inquorate, then the following provisions apply:

 

(a) If the meeting was requisitioned by Members, it shall be cancelled.

 

(b) In any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same time and place seven days hence, or to such other time or place as is determined by the directors. If a quorum is not present within 15 minutes of the time appointed for the adjourned meeting, then the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

Use of technology

 

12.3 A person may participate in a general meeting through the medium of conference telephone, video or any other form of communications equipment providing all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear and speak to each other throughout the meeting. A person participating in this way is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

Chairman

 

12.4 The chairman of a general meeting shall be the chairman of the board or such other director as the directors have nominated to chair board meetings in the absence of the chairman of the board. Absent any such person being present within 15 minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, the directors present shall elect one of their number to chair the meeting.

 

23

 

 

12.5 If no director is present within 15 minutes of the time appointed for the meeting, or if no director is willing to act as chairman, the Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall choose one of their number to chair the meeting.

 

Right of a director to attend and speak

 

12.6 Even if a director is not a Member, he shall be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of Members holding a particular class of Shares in the Company.

 

Adjournment

 

12.7 The chairman may at any time adjourn a meeting with the consent of the Members constituting a quorum. The chairman must adjourn the meeting if so directed by the meeting. No business, however, can be transacted at an adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

12.8 Should a meeting be adjourned for more than twenty Clear Days, whether because of a lack of quorum or otherwise, Members shall be given at least five Clear Days’ notice of the date, time and place of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any notice of the adjournment.

 

Method of voting

 

12.9 A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll.

 

Taking of a poll

 

12.10 A poll demanded on the question of adjournment shall be taken immediately.

 

12.11 A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either immediately or at an adjourned meeting at such time and place as the chairman directs, not being more than 30 Clear Days after the poll was demanded.

 

12.12 The demand for a poll shall not prevent the meeting continuing to transact any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded.

 

12.13 A poll shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs. He may appoint scrutineers (who need not be Members) and fix a place and time for declaring the result of the poll. If, through the aid of technology, the meeting is held in more than place, the chairman may appoint scrutineers in more than place; but if he considers that the poll cannot be effectively monitored at that meeting, the chairman shall adjourn the holding of the poll to a date, place and time when that can occur.

 

Chairman’s casting vote

 

12.14 If the votes on a resolution are equal, the chairman may if he wishes exercise a casting vote.

 

Amendments to resolutions

 

12.15 An Ordinary Resolution to be proposed at a general meeting may be amended by Ordinary Resolution if:

 

(a) not less than 48 hours before the meeting is to take place (or such later time as the chairman of the meeting may determine), notice of the proposed amendment is given to the Company in writing by a Member entitled to vote at that meeting; and

 

(b) the proposed amendment does not, in the reasonable opinion of the chairman of the meeting, materially alter the scope of the resolution.

 

24

 

 

12.16 A Special Resolution to be proposed at a general meeting may be amended by Ordinary Resolution, if:

 

(a) the chairman of the meeting proposes the amendment at the general meeting at which the resolution is to be proposed, and

 

(b) the amendment does not go beyond what the chairman considers is necessary to correct a grammatical or other non-substantive error in the resolution.

 

12.17 If the chairman of the meeting, acting in good faith, wrongly decides that an amendment to a resolution is out of order, the chairman’s error does not invalidate the vote on that resolution.

 

Written resolutions

 

12.18 Members may pass a resolution in writing without holding a meeting if the following conditions are met:

 

(a) all Members entitled so to vote are given notice of the resolution as if the same were being proposed at a meeting of Members;

 

(b) all Members entitled so to vote :

 

(i) sign a document; or

 

(ii) sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those Members; and

 

(c) the signed document or documents is or are delivered to the Company, including, if the Company so nominates, by delivery of an Electronic Record by Electronic means to the address specified for that purpose.

 

Such written resolution shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Members entitled to vote duly convened and held.

 

12.19 If a written resolution is described as a Special Resolution or as an Ordinary Resolution, it has effect accordingly.

 

12.20 The directors may determine the manner in which written resolutions shall be put to Members. In particular, they may provide, in the form of any written resolution, for each Member to indicate, out of the number of votes the Member would have been entitled to cast at a meeting to consider the resolution, how many votes he wishes to cast in favour of the resolution and how many against the resolution or to be treated as abstentions. The result of any such written resolution shall be determined on the same basis as on a poll.

 

Sole-member company

 

12.21 If the Company has only one Member, and the Member records in writing his decision on a question, that record shall constitute both the passing of a resolution and the minute of it.

 

13 Voting rights of Members

 

Right to vote

 

13.1 Unless their Shares carry no right to vote, or unless a call or other amount presently payable has not been paid, all Members are entitled to vote at a general meeting, and all Members holding Shares of a particular class of Shares are entitled to vote at a meeting of the holders of that class of Shares.

 

13.2 Members may vote in person or by proxy.

 

13.3 Every Member shall have one vote for each Share he holds, unless any Share carries special voting rights.

 

13.4 A fraction of a Share shall entitle its holder to an equivalent fraction of one vote.

 

13.5 No Member is bound to vote on his Shares or any of them; nor is he bound to vote each of his Shares in the same way.

 

25

 

 

 

Rights of joint holders

 

13.6 If Shares are held jointly, only one of the joint holders may vote. If more than one of the joint holders tenders a vote, the vote of the holder whose name in respect of those Shares appears first in the Register of Members shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holder.

 

Representation of corporate Members

 

13.7 Save where otherwise provided, a corporate Member must act by a duly authorised representative.

 

13.8 A corporate Member wishing to act by a duly authorised representative must identify that person to the Company by notice in writing.

 

13.9 The authorisation may be for any period of time, and must be delivered to the Company not less than two hours before the commencement of the meeting at which it is first used.

 

13.10 The directors of the Company may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine the validity of the notice.

 

13.11 Where a duly authorised representative is present at a meeting that Member is deemed to be present in person; and the acts of the duly authorised representative are personal acts of that Member.

 

13.12 A corporate Member may revoke the appointment of a duly authorised representative at any time by notice to the Company; but such revocation will not affect the validity of any acts carried out by the duly authorised representative before the directors of the Company had actual notice of the revocation.

 

13.13 If a clearing house (or its nominee(s)), being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it sees fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of Shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the clearing house (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of such Shares held by the clearing house (or its nominee(s)).

 

Member with mental disorder

 

13.14 A Member in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction (whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, by that Member’s receiver, curator bonis or other person authorised in that behalf appointed by that court.

 

13.15 For the purpose of the preceding Article, evidence to the satisfaction of the directors of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote must be received not less than 24 hours before holding the relevant meeting or the adjourned meeting in any manner specified for the delivery of forms of appointment of a proxy, whether in writing or by Electronic means. In default, the right to vote shall not be exercisable.

 

26

 

 

Objections to admissibility of votes

 

13.16 An objection to the validity of a person’s vote may only be raised at the meeting or at the adjourned meeting at which the vote is sought to be tendered. Any objection duly made shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

Form of proxy

 

13.17 An instrument appointing a proxy shall be in any common form or in any other form approved by the directors.

 

13.18 The instrument must be in writing and signed in one of the following ways:

 

(a) by the Member; or

 

(b) by the Member’s authorised attorney; or

 

(c) if the Member is a corporation or other body corporate, under seal or signed by an authorised officer, secretary or attorney.

 

If the directors so resolve, the Company may accept an Electronic Record of that instrument delivered in the manner specified below and otherwise satisfying the Articles about authentication of Electronic Records.

 

13.19 The directors may require the production of any evidence which they consider necessary to determine the validity of any appointment of a proxy.

 

13.20 A Member may revoke the appointment of a proxy at any time by notice to the Company duly signed in accordance with the Article above about signing proxies; but such revocation will not affect the validity of any acts carried out by the proxy before the directors of the Company had actual notice of the revocation.

 

How and when proxy is to be delivered

 

13.21 Subject to the following Articles, the form of appointment of a proxy and any authority under which it is signed (or a copy of the authority certified notarially or in any other way approved by the directors) must be delivered so that it is received by the Company not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the form of appointment of proxy proposes to vote. They must be delivered in either of the following ways:

 

(a) In the case of an instrument in writing, it must be left at or sent by post:

 

(i) to the registered office of the Company; or

 

(ii) to such other place specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any form of appointment of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting.

 

27

 

 

(b) If, pursuant to the notice provisions, a notice may be given to the Company in an Electronic Record, an Electronic Record of an appointment of a proxy must be sent to the address specified pursuant to those provisions unless another address for that purpose is specified:

 

(i) in the notice convening the meeting; or

 

(ii) in any form of appointment of a proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting; or

 

(iii) in any invitation to appoint a proxy issued by the Company in relation to the meeting.

 

13.22 Where a poll is taken:

 

(a) if it is taken more than seven Clear Days after it is demanded, the form of appointment of a proxy and any accompanying authority (or an Electronic Record of the same) must be delivered as required under the preceding Article not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll;

 

(b) but if it to be taken within seven Clear Days after it was demanded, the form of appointment of a proxy and any accompanying authority (or an Electronic Record of the same) must be e delivered as required under the preceding Article not less than two hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll.

 

13.23 If the form of appointment of proxy is not delivered on time, it is invalid.

 

Voting by proxy

 

13.24 A proxy shall have the same voting rights at a meeting or adjourned meeting as the Member would have had except to the extent that the instrument appointing him limits those rights. Notwithstanding the appointment of a proxy, a Member may attend and vote at a meeting or adjourned meeting. If a Member votes on any resolution a vote by his proxy on the same resolution, unless in respect of different Shares, shall be invalid.

 

14 Number of directors

 

Unless otherwise determined by Ordinary Resolution, the minimum number of directors shall be one and there shall be no maximum.

 

15 Appointment, disqualification and removal of directors

 

No age limit

 

15.1 There is no age limit for directors save that they must be aged at least 18 years.

 

Corporate directors

 

15.2 Unless prohibited by law, a body corporate may be a director. If a body corporate is a director, the Articles about representation of corporate Members at general meetings apply, mutatis mutandis, to the Articles about directors’ meetings.

 

28

 

 

No shareholding qualification

 

15.3 Unless a shareholding qualification for directors is fixed by Ordinary Resolution, no director shall be required to own Shares as a condition of his appointment.

 

Appointment and removal of directors

 

15.4 The directors shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. The number of directors in each class shall be as nearly equal as possible. Immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO, the existing directors shall by resolution classify themselves as Class I, Class II or Class III directors. The Class I directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company’s first annual general meeting, the Class II directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company’s second annual general meeting and the Class III directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company’s third annual general meeting. Commencing at the Company’s first annual general meeting, and at each annual general meeting thereafter, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual general meeting after their election. All directors shall hold office until the expiration of their respective terms of office and until their successors shall have been elected and qualified.

 

15.5 Prior to the closing of a Business Combination, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution of the holders of the Class B Shares appoint any person to be a director or may by Ordinary Resolution of the holders of the Class B Shares remove any director. For the avoidance of doubt, prior to the closing of a Business Combination holders of Class A Shares shall have no right to vote on the appointment or removal of any director.

 

15.6 Subject to Article 15.4 and 15.5, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a director.

 

15.7 Subject to death, resignation or removal, and with the exception of those directors appointed prior to the first annual general meeting of the Company, each director shall serve a term of office that will expire at the third succeeding annual general meeting after their appointment or election.

 

15.8 A director may be removed from office with or without cause by:

 

(a) (following the consummation of the Business Combination but not at any time before) an Ordinary Resolution passed at a meeting of Members called for the purposes of removing the director or for purposes including the removal of the director; or

 

(b) subject to Article 15.4 and 15.5, a resolution of directors passed at a meeting of directors.

 

15.9 The directors shall have power at any time to appoint any person to be a director who:

 

(a) is recommended as a director nominee by a majority of the Independent Directors; and

 

(b) is willing to act as a director,

 

either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director. A director elected to fill a vacancy resulting from the death, resignation or removal of a director shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the director whose death, resignation or removal shall have created such vacancy and until his successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

29

 

 

15.10 Notwithstanding the other provisions of these Articles, in any case where, as a result of death, the Company has no directors and no shareholders, the personal representatives of the last shareholder to have died have the power, by notice in writing to the Company, to appoint a person to be a director. For the purpose of this Article:

 

(a) where two or more shareholders die in circumstances rendering it uncertain who was the last to die, a younger shareholder is deemed to have survived an older shareholder;

 

(b) if the last shareholder died leaving a will which disposes of that shareholder’s shares in the Company (whether by way of specific gift, as part of the residuary estate, or otherwise):

 

(i) the expression personal representatives of the last shareholder means:

 

(A) until a grant of probate in respect of that will has been obtained from the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, all of the executors named in that will who are living at the time the power of appointment under this Article is exercised; and

 

(B) after such grant of probate has been obtained, only such of those executors who have proved that will;

 

(ii) without derogating from section 3(1) of the Succession Act (Revised), the executors named in that will may exercise the power of appointment under this Article without first obtaining a grant of probate.

 

15.11 A remaining director may appoint a director even though there is not a quorum of directors.

 

15.12 No appointment can cause the number of directors to exceed the maximum; and any such appointment shall be invalid.

 

15.13 For so long as Shares are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, the directors shall include at least such number of Independent Directors as Applicable Law or the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange require, subject to applicable phase-in rules of the Designated Stock Exchange.

 

Resignation of directors

 

15.14 A director may at any time resign office by giving to the Company notice in writing or, if permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in an Electronic Record delivered in either case in accordance with those provisions.

 

15.15 Unless the notice specifies a different date, the director shall be deemed to have resigned on the date that the notice is delivered to the Company.

 

30

 

 

Termination of the office of director

 

15.16 A director’s office shall be terminated forthwith if:

 

(a) he is prohibited by the law of the Cayman Islands from acting as a director; or

 

(b) he is made bankrupt or makes an arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(c) in the opinion of a registered medical practitioner by whom he is being treated he becomes physically or mentally incapable of acting as a director; or

 

(d) he is made subject to any law relating to mental health or incompetence, whether by court order or otherwise;

 

(e) without the consent of the other directors, he is absent from meetings of directors for a continuous period of six months; or

 

(f) all of the other directors (being not less than two in number) determine that he should be removed as a director, either by a resolution passed by all of the other directors at a meeting of the directors duly convened and held in accordance with the Articles or by a resolution in writing signed by all of the other directors.

 

16 Alternate directors

 

Appointment and removal

 

16.1 Until the consummation of a Business Combination, a director may not appoint an alternate. Following the consummation of a Business Combination, Articles 16.2 to 16.5 inclusive shall apply.

 

16.2 Subject to Article 16.1, any director may appoint any other person, including another director, to act in his place as an alternate director. No appointment shall take effect until the director has given notice of the appointment to the other directors. Such notice must be given to each other director by either of the following methods:

 

(a) by notice in writing in accordance with the notice provisions;

 

(b) if the other director has an email address, by emailing to that address a scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment (the PDF version being deemed to be the notice unless Article 30.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of receipt by the recipient in readable form. For the avoidance of doubt, the same email may be sent to the email address of more than one director (and to the email address of the Company pursuant to Article 16.4(c)).

 

16.3 Without limitation to the preceding Article, a director may appoint an alternate for a particular meeting by sending an email to his fellow directors informing them that they are to take such email as notice of such appointment for such meeting. Such appointment shall be effective without the need for a signed notice of appointment or the giving of notice to the Company in accordance with Article 16.4.

 

16.4 A director may revoke his appointment of an alternate at any time. No revocation shall take effect until the director has given notice of the revocation to the other directors. Such notice must be given by either of the methods specified in Article 16.2.

 

31

 

 

16.5 A notice of appointment or removal of an alternate director must also be given to the Company by any of the following methods:

 

(a) by notice in writing in accordance with the notice provisions;

 

(b) if the Company has a facsimile address for the time being, by sending by facsimile transmission to that facsimile address a facsimile copy or, otherwise, by sending by facsimile transmission to the facsimile address of the Company’s registered office a facsimile copy (in either case, the facsimile copy being deemed to be the notice unless Article 30.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of an error-free transmission report from the sender’s fax machine;

 

(c) if the Company has an email address for the time being, by emailing to that email address a scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment or, otherwise, by emailing to the email address provided by the Company’s registered office a scanned copy of the notice as a PDF attachment (in either case, the PDF version being deemed to be the notice unless Article 30.7 applies), in which event notice shall be taken to be given on the date of receipt by the Company or the Company’s registered office (as appropriate) in readable form; or

 

(d) if permitted pursuant to the notice provisions, in some other form of approved Electronic Record delivered in accordance with those provisions in writing.

 

Notices

 

16.6 All notices of meetings of directors shall continue to be given to the appointing director and not to the alternate.

 

Rights of alternate director

 

16.7 An alternate director shall be entitled to attend and vote at any board meeting or meeting of a committee of the directors at which the appointing director is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of the appointing director in his absence.

 

16.8 For the avoidance of doubt:

 

(a) if another director has been appointed an alternate director for one or more directors, he shall be entitled to a separate vote in his own right as a director and in right of each other director for whom he has been appointed an alternate; and

 

(b) if a person other than a director has been appointed an alternate director for more than one director, he shall be entitled to a separate vote in right of each director for whom he has been appointed an alternate.

 

16.9 An alternate director, however, is not entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company for services rendered as an alternate director.

 

Appointment ceases when the appointor ceases to be a director

 

16.10 An alternate director shall cease to be an alternate director if the director who appointed him ceases to be a director.

 

Status of alternate director

 

16.11 An alternate director shall carry out all functions of the director who made the appointment.

 

16.12 Save where otherwise expressed, an alternate director shall be treated as a director under these Articles.

 

32

 

 

16.13 An alternate director is not the agent of the director appointing him.

 

16.14 An alternate director is not entitled to any remuneration for acting as alternate director.

 

Status of the director making the appointment

 

16.15 A director who has appointed an alternate is not thereby relieved from the duties which he owes the Company.

 

17 Powers of directors

 

Powers of directors

 

17.1 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Memorandum and these Articles, the business of the Company shall be managed by the directors who may for that purpose exercise all the powers of the Company.

 

17.2 No prior act of the directors shall be invalidated by any subsequent alteration of the Memorandum or these Articles. However, to the extent allowed by the Act, following the consummation of the IPO Members may by Special Resolution validate any prior or future act of the directors which would otherwise be in breach of their duties.

 

Appointments to office

 

17.3 The directors may appoint a director:

 

(a) as chairman of the board of directors;

 

(b) as vice-chairman of the board of directors;

 

(c) as managing director;

 

(d) to any other executive office

 

for such period and on such terms, including as to remuneration, as they think fit.

 

17.4 The appointee must consent in writing to holding that office.

 

17.5 Where a chairman is appointed he shall, unless unable to do so, preside at every meeting of directors.

 

17.6 If there is no chairman, or if the chairman is unable to preside at a meeting, that meeting may select its own chairman; or the directors may nominate one of their number to act in place of the chairman should he ever not be available.

 

17.7 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the directors may also appoint any person, who need not be a director:

 

(a) as Secretary; and

 

(b) to any office that may be required (including, for the avoidance of doubt, one or more chief executive officers, presidents, a chief financial officer, a treasurer, vice-presidents, one or more assistant vice-presidents, one or more assistant treasurers and one or more assistant secretaries),

 

for such period and on such terms, including as to remuneration, as they think fit. In the case of an Officer, that Officer may be given any title the directors decide.

 

33

 

 

17.8 The Secretary or Officer must consent in writing to holding that office.

 

17.9 A director, Secretary or other Officer of the Company may not hold the office, or perform the services, of Auditor.

 

Remuneration

 

17.10 The remuneration to be paid to the directors, if any, shall be such remuneration as the directors shall determine, provided that no cash remuneration shall be paid to any director prior to the consummation of a Business Combination. The directors shall also, whether prior to or after the consummation of a Business Combination, be entitled to be paid all out of pocket expenses properly incurred by them in connection with activities on behalf of the Company, including identifying and consummating a Business Combination.

 

17.11 Remuneration may take any form and may include arrangements to pay pensions, health insurance, death or sickness benefits, whether to the director or to any other person connected to or related to him.

 

17.12 Unless his fellow directors determine otherwise, a director is not accountable to the Company for remuneration or other benefits received from any other company which is in the same group as the Company or which has common shareholdings.

 

Disclosure of information

 

17.13 The directors may release or disclose to a third party any information regarding the affairs of the Company, including any information contained in the Register of Members relating to a Member, (and they may authorise any director, Officer or other authorised agent of the Company to release or disclose to a third party any such information in his possession) if:

 

(a) the Company or that person, as the case may be, is lawfully required to do so under the laws of any jurisdiction to which the Company is subject; or

 

(b) such disclosure is in compliance with the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Company’s shares are listed; or

 

(c) such disclosure is in accordance with any contract entered into by the Company; or

 

(d) the directors are of the opinion such disclosure would assist or facilitate the Company’s operations.

 

18 Delegation of powers

 

Power to delegate any of the directors’ powers to a committee

 

18.1 The directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more persons who need not be Members. Persons on the committee may include non-directors so long as the majority of those persons are directors.

 

34

 

 

18.2 The delegation may be collateral with, or to the exclusion of, the directors’ own powers.

 

18.3 The delegation may be on such terms as the directors think fit, including provision for the committee itself to delegate to a sub-committee; save that any delegation must be capable of being revoked or altered by the directors at will.

 

18.4 Unless otherwise permitted by the directors, a committee must follow the procedures prescribed for the taking of decisions by directors.

 

Power to appoint an agent of the Company

 

18.5 The directors may appoint any person, either generally or in respect of any specific matter, to be the agent of the Company with or without authority for that person to delegate all or any of that person’s powers. The directors may make that appointment:

 

(a) by causing the Company to enter into a power of attorney or agreement; or

 

(b) in any other manner they determine.

 

Power to appoint an attorney or authorised signatory of the Company

 

18.6 The directors may appoint any person, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the directors, to be the attorney or the authorised signatory of the Company. The appointment may be:

 

(a) for any purpose;

 

(b) with the powers, authorities and discretions;

 

(c) for the period; and

 

(d) subject to such conditions

 

as they think fit. The powers, authorities and discretions, however, must not exceed those vested in, or exercisable, by the directors under these Articles. The directors may do so by power of attorney or any other manner they think fit.

 

18.7 Any power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provision for the protection and convenience for persons dealing with the attorney or authorised signatory as the directors think fit. Any power of attorney or other appointment may also authorise the attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in that person.

 

Power to appoint a proxy

 

18.8 Any director may appoint any other person, including another director, to represent him at any meeting of the directors. If a director appoints a proxy, then for all purposes the presence or vote of the proxy shall be deemed to be that of the appointing director.

 

18.9 Articles 16.1 to 16.5 inclusive (relating to the appointment by directors of alternate directors) apply, mutatis mutandis, to the appointment of proxies by directors.

 

18.10 A proxy is an agent of the director appointing him and is not an officer of the Company.

 

35

 

 

19 Meetings of directors

 

Regulation of directors’ meetings

 

19.1 Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit.

 

Calling meetings

 

19.2 Any director may call a meeting of directors at any time. The Secretary, if any, must call a meeting of the directors if requested to do so by a director.

 

Notice of meetings

 

19.3 Every director shall be given notice of a meeting, although a director may waive retrospectively the requirement to be given notice. Notice may be oral. Attendance at a meeting without written objection shall be deemed to be a waiver of such notice requirement.

 

Period of notice

 

19.4 At least five Clear Days’ notice of a meeting of directors must be given to directors. A meeting may be convened on shorter notice with the consent of all directors.

 

Use of technology

 

19.5 A director may participate in a meeting of directors through the medium of conference telephone, video or any other form of communications equipment providing all persons participating in the meeting are able to hear and speak to each other throughout the meeting.

 

19.6 A director participating in this way is deemed to be present in person at the meeting.

 

Place of meetings

 

19.7 If all the directors participating in a meeting are not in the same place, they may decide that the meeting is to be treated as taking place wherever any of them is.

 

Quorum

 

19.8 The quorum for the transaction of business at a meeting of directors shall be two unless the directors fix some other number or unless the Company has only one director.

 

Voting

 

19.9 A question which arises at a board meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. If votes are equal the chairman may, if he wishes, exercise a casting vote.

 

Validity

 

19.10 Anything done at a meeting of directors is unaffected by the fact that it is later discovered that any person was not properly appointed, or had ceased to be a director, or was otherwise not entitled to vote.

 

36

 

 

Recording of dissent

 

19.11 A director present at a meeting of directors shall be presumed to have assented to any action taken at that meeting unless:

 

(a) his dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or

 

(b) he has filed with the meeting before it is concluded signed dissent from that action; or

 

(c) he has forwarded to the Company as soon as practical following the conclusion of that meeting signed dissent.

 

A director who votes in favour of an action is not entitled to record his dissent to it.

 

Written resolutions

 

19.12 The directors may pass a resolution in writing without holding a meeting if all directors sign a document or sign several documents in the like form each signed by one or more of those directors.

 

19.13 Despite the foregoing, a resolution in writing signed by a validly appointed alternate director or by a validly appointed proxy need not also be signed by the appointing director. If a written resolution is signed personally by the appointing director, it need not also be signed by his alternate or proxy.

 

19.14 Such written resolution shall be as effective as if it had been passed at a meeting of the directors duly convened and held; and it shall be treated as having been passed on the day and at the time that the last director signs.

 

Sole director’s minute

 

19.15 Where a sole director signs a minute recording his decision on a question, that record shall constitute the passing of a resolution in those terms.

 

20 Permissible directors’ interests and disclosure

 

Permissible interests subject to disclosure

 

20.1 Save as expressly permitted by these Articles or as set out below, a director may not have a direct or indirect interest or duty which conflicts or may possibly conflict with the interests of the Company.

 

20.2 If, notwithstanding the prohibition in the preceding Article, a director discloses to his fellow directors the nature and extent of any material interest or duty in accordance with the next Article, he may:

 

(a) be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is or may otherwise be interested; or

 

(b) be interested in another body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested. In particular, the director may be a director, secretary or officer of, or employed by, or be a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, that other body corporate.

 

37

 

 

20.3 Such disclosure may be made at a meeting of the board or otherwise (and, if otherwise, it must be made in writing). The director must disclose the nature and extent of his direct or indirect interest in or duty in relation to a transaction or arrangement or series of transactions or arrangements with the Company or in which the Company has any material interest.

 

20.4 If a director has made disclosure in accordance with the preceding Article, then he shall not, by reason only of his office, be accountable to the Company for any benefit that he derives from any such transaction or arrangement or from any such office or employment or from any interest in any such body corporate, and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

 

Notification of interests

 

20.5 For the purposes of the preceding Articles:

 

(a) a general notice that a director gives to the other directors that he is to be regarded as having an interest of the nature and extent specified in the notice in any transaction or arrangement in which a specified person or class of persons is interested shall be deemed to be a disclosure that he has an interest in or duty in relation to any such transaction of the nature and extent so specified; and

 

(b) an interest of which a director has no knowledge and of which it is unreasonable to expect him to have knowledge shall not be treated as an interest of his.

 

Voting where a director is interested in a matter

 

20.6 A director may vote at a meeting of directors on any resolution concerning a matter in which that director has an interest or duty, whether directly or indirectly, so long as that director discloses any material interest pursuant to these Articles. The director shall be counted towards a quorum of those present at the meeting. If the director votes on the resolution, his vote shall be counted.

 

20.7 Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment of two or more directors to offices or employment with the Company or any body corporate in which the Company is interested, the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each director separately and each of the directors concerned shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of each resolution except that concerning his or her own appointment.

 

21 Minutes

 

The Company shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose in accordance with the Act.

 

22 Accounts and audit

 

Accounting and other records

 

22.1 The directors must ensure that proper accounting and other records are kept, and that accounts and associated reports are distributed in accordance with the requirements of the Act.

 

38

 

 

No automatic right of inspection

 

22.2 Members are only entitled to inspect the Company’s records if they are expressly entitled to do so by law, or by resolution made by the directors or passed by Ordinary Resolution.

 

Sending of accounts and reports

 

22.3 The Company’s accounts and associated directors’ report or auditor’s report that are required or permitted to be sent to any person pursuant to any law shall be treated as properly sent to that person if:

 

(a) they are sent to that person in accordance with the notice provisions: or

 

(b) they are published on a website providing that person is given separate notice of:

 

(i) the fact that publication of the documents has been published on the website;

 

(ii) the address of the website; and

 

(iii) the place on the website where the documents may be accessed; and

 

(iv) how they may be accessed.

 

22.4 If, for any reason, a person notifies the Company that he is unable to access the website, the Company must, as soon as practicable, send the documents to that person by any other means permitted by these Articles. This, however, will not affect when that person is taken to have received the documents under the next Article.

 

Time of receipt if documents are published on a website

 

22.5 Documents sent by being published on a website in accordance with the preceding two Articles are only treated as sent at least five Clear Days before the date of the meeting at which they are to be laid if:

 

(a) the documents are published on the website throughout a period beginning at least five Clear Days before the date of the meeting and ending with the conclusion of the meeting; and

 

(b) the person is given at least five Clear Days’ notice of the hearing.

 

Validity despite accidental error in publication on website

 

22.6 If, for the purpose of a meeting, documents are sent by being published on a website in accordance with the preceding Articles, the proceedings at that meeting are not invalidated merely because:

 

(a) those documents are, by accident, published in a different place on the website to the place notified; or

 

(b) they are published for part only of the period from the date of notification until the conclusion of that meeting.

 

39

 

 

Audit

 

22.7 The directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms as the directors determine.

 

22.8 Without prejudice to the freedom of the directors to establish any other committee, if the Shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, and if required by the Designated Stock Exchange, the directors shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee as a committee of the directors and shall adopt a formal written Audit Committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis. The composition and responsibilities of the Audit Committee shall comply with the rules and regulations of the SEC and the Designated Stock Exchange. The Audit Committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.

 

22.9 If the Shares are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilise the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest.

 

22.10 The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Audit Committee (if one exists).

 

22.11 If the office of Auditor becomes vacant by resignation or death of the Auditor, or by his becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when his services are required, the directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.

 

22.12 Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

22.13 Auditors shall, if so required by the directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

23 Financial year

 

Unless the directors otherwise specify, the financial year of the Company:

 

(a) shall end on 31 December in the year of its incorporation and each following year; and

 

(b) shall begin when it was incorporated and on 1 January each following year.

 

40

 

 

24 Record dates

 

Except to the extent of any conflicting rights attached to Shares, the directors may fix any time and date as the record date for:

 

(a) calling a general meeting;

 

(b) declaring or paying a dividend;

 

(c) making or issuing an allotment of Shares; or

 

(d) conducting any other business required pursuant to these Articles.

 

The record date may be before or after the date on which a dividend, allotment or issue is declared, paid or made.

 

25 Dividends

 

Declaration of dividends by Members

 

25.1 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the directors.

 

Payment of interim dividends and declaration of final dividends by directors

 

25.2 The directors may pay interim dividends or declare final dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the Members if it appears to them that they are justified by the financial position of the Company and that such dividends may lawfully be paid.

 

25.3 Subject to the provisions of the Act, in relation to the distinction between interim dividends and final dividends, the following applies:

 

(a) Upon determination to pay a dividend or dividends described as interim by the directors in the dividend resolution, no debt shall be created by the declaration until such time as payment is made.

 

(b) Upon declaration of a dividend or dividends described as final by the directors in the dividend resolution, a debt shall be created immediately following the declaration, the due date to be the date the dividend is stated to be payable in the resolution.

 

If the resolution fails to specify whether a dividend is final or interim, it shall be assumed to be interim.

 

25.4 In relation to Shares carrying differing rights to dividends or rights to dividends at a fixed rate, the following applies:

 

(a) If the share capital is divided into different classes, the directors may pay dividends on Shares which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividends as well as on Shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividends but no dividend shall be paid on Shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrears.

 

(b) The directors may also pay, at intervals settled by them, any dividend payable at a fixed rate if it appears to them that there are sufficient funds of the Company lawfully available for distribution to justify the payment.

 

(c) If the directors act in good faith, they shall not incur any liability to the Members holding Shares conferring preferred rights for any loss those Members may suffer by the lawful payment of the dividend on any Shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.

 

41

 

 

Apportionment of dividends

 

25.5 Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to Shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the Shares on which the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amount paid up on the Shares during the time or part of the time in respect of which the dividend is paid. If a Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

Right of set off

 

25.6 The directors may deduct from a dividend or any other amount payable to a person in respect of a Share any amount due by that person to the Company on a call or otherwise in relation to a Share.

 

Power to pay other than in cash

 

25.7 If the directors so determine, any resolution declaring a dividend may direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets. If a difficulty arises in relation to the distribution, the directors may settle that difficulty in any way they consider appropriate. For example, they may do any one or more of the following:

 

(a) issue fractional Shares;

 

(b) fix the value of assets for distribution and make cash payments to some Members on the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of Members; and

 

(c) vest some assets in trustees.

 

How payments may be made

 

25.8 A dividend or other monies payable on or in respect of a Share may be paid in any of the following ways:

 

(a) if the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to that Share nominates a bank account for that purpose - by wire transfer to that bank account; or

 

(b) by cheque or warrant sent by post to the registered address of the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to that Share.

 

25.9 For the purpose of paragraph (a) of the preceding Article, the nomination may be in writing or in an Electronic Record and the bank account nominated may be the bank account of another person. For the purpose of paragraph (b) of the preceding Article, subject to any applicable law or regulation, the cheque or warrant shall be made to the order of the Member holding that Share or other person entitled to the Share or to his nominee, whether nominated in writing or in an Electronic Record, and payment of the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company.

 

42

 

 

25.10 If two or more persons are registered as the holders of the Share or are jointly entitled to it by reason of the death or bankruptcy of the registered holder (Joint Holders), a dividend (or other amount) payable on or in respect of that Share may be paid as follows:

 

(a) to the registered address of the Joint Holder of the Share who is named first on the Register of Members or to the registered address of the deceased or bankrupt holder, as the case may be; or

 

(b) to the address or bank account of another person nominated by the Joint Holders, whether that nomination is in writing or in an Electronic Record.

 

25.11 Any Joint Holder of a Share may give a valid receipt for a dividend (or other amount) payable in respect of that Share.

 

Dividends or other moneys not to bear interest in absence of special rights

 

25.12 Unless provided for by the rights attached to a Share, no dividend or other monies payable by the Company in respect of a Share shall bear interest.

 

Dividends unable to be paid or unclaimed

 

25.13 If a dividend cannot be paid to a Member or remains unclaimed within six weeks after it was declared or both, the directors may pay it into a separate account in the Company’s name. If a dividend is paid into a separate account, the Company shall not be constituted trustee in respect of that account and the dividend shall remain a debt due to the Member.

 

25.14 A dividend that remains unclaimed for a period of six years after it became due for payment shall be forfeited to, and shall cease to remain owing by, the Company.

 

26 Capitalisation of profits

 

Capitalisation of profits or of any share premium account or capital redemption reserve

 

26.1 The directors may resolve to capitalise:

 

(a) any part of the Company’s profits not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not those profits are available for distribution); or

 

(b) any sum standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account or capital redemption reserve, if any.

 

The amount resolved to be capitalised must be appropriated to the Members who would have been entitled to it had it been distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions. The benefit to each Member so entitled must be given in either or both of the following ways:

 

(a) by paying up the amounts unpaid on that Member’s Shares;

 

(b) by issuing Fully Paid Shares, debentures or other securities of the Company to that Member or as that Member directs. The directors may resolve that any Shares issued to the Member in respect of partly paid Shares (Original Shares) rank for dividend only to the extent that the Original Shares rank for dividend while those Original Shares remain partly paid.

 

43

 

 

Applying an amount for the benefit of members

 

26.2 The amount capitalised must be applied to the benefit of Members in the proportions to which the Members would have been entitled to dividends if the amount capitalised had been distributed as a dividend.

 

26.3 Subject to the Act, if a fraction of a Share, a debenture, or other security is allocated to a Member, the directors may issue a fractional certificate to that Member or pay him the cash equivalent of the fraction.

 

27 Share premium account

 

Directors to maintain share premium account

 

27.1 The directors shall establish a share premium account in accordance with the Act. They shall carry to the credit of that account from time to time an amount equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any Share or capital contributed or such other amounts required by the Act.

 

Debits to share premium account

 

27.2 The following amounts shall be debited to any share premium account:

 

(a) on the redemption or purchase of a Share, the difference between the nominal value of that Share and the redemption or purchase price; and

 

(b) any other amount paid out of a share premium account as permitted by the Act.

 

27.3 Notwithstanding the preceding Article, on the redemption or purchase of a Share, the directors may pay the difference between the nominal value of that Share and the redemption purchase price out of the profits of the Company or, as permitted by the Act, out of capital.

 

28 Seal

 

Company seal

 

28.1 The Company may have a seal if the directors so determine.

 

Duplicate seal

 

28.2 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may also have a duplicate seal or seals for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands. Each duplicate seal shall be a facsimile of the original seal of the Company. However, if the directors so determine, a duplicate seal shall have added on its face the name of the place where it is to be used.

 

When and how seal is to be used

 

28.3 A seal may only be used by the authority of the directors. Unless the directors otherwise determine, a document to which a seal is affixed must be signed in one of the following ways:

 

(a) by a director (or his alternate) and the Secretary; or

 

(b) by a single director (or his alternate).

 

44

 

 

If no seal is adopted or used

 

28.4 If the directors do not adopt a seal, or a seal is not used, a document may be executed in the following manner:

 

(a) by a director (or his alternate) or any Officer to which authority has been delegated by resolution duly adopted by the directors; or

 

(b) by a single director (or his alternate); or

 

(c) in any other manner permitted by the Act.

 

Power to allow non-manual signatures and facsimile printing of seal

 

28.5 The directors may determine that either or both of the following applies:

 

(a) that the seal or a duplicate seal need not be affixed manually but may be affixed by some other method or system of reproduction;

 

(b) that a signature required by these Articles need not be manual but may be a mechanical or Electronic Signature.

 

Validity of execution

 

28.6 If a document is duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company, it shall not be regarded as invalid merely because, at the date of the delivery, the Secretary, or the director, or other Officer or person who signed the document or affixed the seal for and on behalf of the Company ceased to be the Secretary or hold that office and authority on behalf of the Company.

 

29 Indemnity

 

Indemnity

 

29.1 To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company shall indemnify each existing or former Secretary, director (including alternate director), and other Officer of the Company (including an investment adviser or an administrator or liquidator) and their personal representatives against:

 

(a) all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by the existing or former Secretary or Officer in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs or in the execution or discharge of the existing or former Secretary’s or Officer’s duties, powers, authorities or discretions; and

 

(b) without limitation to paragraph (a), all costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by the existing or former Secretary or Officer in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceedings (whether threatened, pending or completed) concerning the Company or its affairs in any court or tribunal, whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

No such existing or former Secretary or Officer, however, shall be indemnified in respect of any matter arising out of his own actual fraud, wilful default or wilful neglect.

 

45

 

 

29.2 To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company may make a payment, or agree to make a payment, whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise, for any legal costs incurred by an existing or former Secretary or Officer of the Company in respect of any matter identified in paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of the preceding Article on condition that the Secretary or Officer must repay the amount paid by the Company to the extent that it is ultimately found not liable to indemnify the Secretary or that Officer for those legal costs.

 

Release

 

29.3 To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company may by Special Resolution release any existing or former director (including alternate director), Secretary or other Officer of the Company from liability for any loss or damage or right to compensation which may arise out of or in connection with the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities or discretions of his office; but there may be no release from liability arising out of or in connection with that person’s own actual fraud, wilful default or wilful neglect.

 

Insurance

 

29.4 To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company may pay, or agree to pay, a premium in respect of a contract insuring each of the following persons against risks determined by the directors, other than liability arising out of that person’s own dishonesty:

 

(a) an existing or former director (including alternate director), Secretary or Officer or auditor of:

 

(i) the Company;

 

(ii) a company which is or was a subsidiary of the Company;

 

(iii) a company in which the Company has or had an interest (whether direct or indirect); and

 

(b) a trustee of an employee or retirement benefits scheme or other trust in which any of the persons referred to in paragraph (a) is or was interested.

 

30 Notices

 

Form of notices

 

30.1 Save where these Articles provide otherwise, any notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to these Articles shall be:

 

(a) in writing signed by or on behalf of the giver in the manner set out below for written notices; or

 

(b) subject to the next Article, in an Electronic Record signed by or on behalf of the giver by Electronic Signature and authenticated in accordance with Articles about authentication of Electronic Records; or

 

(c) where these Articles expressly permit, by the Company by means of a website.

 

46

 

 

Electronic communications

 

30.2 Without limitation to Articles 16.2 to 16.5 inclusive (relating to the appointment and removal by directors of alternate directors) and to Articles 18.8 to 18.10 inclusive (relating to the appointment by directors of proxies), a notice may only be given to the Company in an Electronic Record if:

 

(a) the directors so resolve;

 

(b) the resolution states how an Electronic Record may be given and, if applicable, specifies an email address for the Company; and

 

(c) the terms of that resolution are notified to the Members for the time being and, if applicable, to those directors who were absent from the meeting at which the resolution was passed.

 

If the resolution is revoked or varied, the revocation or variation shall only become effective when its terms have been similarly notified.

 

30.3 A notice may not be given by Electronic Record to a person other than the Company unless the recipient has notified the giver of an Electronic address to which notice may be sent.

 

Persons authorised to give notices

 

30.4 A notice by either the Company or a Member pursuant to these Articles may be given on behalf of the Company or a Member by a director or company secretary of the Company or a Member.

 

Delivery of written notices

 

30.5 Save where these Articles provide otherwise, a notice in writing may be given personally to the recipient, or left at (as appropriate) the Member’s or director’s registered address or the Company’s registered office, or posted to that registered address or registered office.

 

Joint holders

 

30.6 Where Members are joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to the Member whose name first appears in the Register of Members.

 

Signatures

 

30.7 A written notice shall be signed when it is autographed by or on behalf of the giver, or is marked in such a way as to indicate its execution or adoption by the giver.

 

30.8 An Electronic Record may be signed by an Electronic Signature.

 

Evidence of transmission

 

30.9 A notice given by Electronic Record shall be deemed sent if an Electronic Record is kept demonstrating the time, date and content of the transmission, and if no notification of failure to transmit is received by the giver.

 

30.10 A notice given in writing shall be deemed sent if the giver can provide proof that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed, pre-paid and posted, or that the written notice was otherwise properly transmitted to the recipient.

 

47

 

 

Giving notice to a deceased or bankrupt Member

 

30.11 A notice may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member by sending or delivering it, in any manner authorised by these Articles for the giving of notice to a Member, addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled.

 

30.12 Until such an address has been supplied, a notice may be given in any manner in which it might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

Date of giving notices

 

30.13 A notice is given on the date identified in the following table.

 

Method for giving notices   When taken to be given
Personally   At the time and date of delivery
     
By leaving it at the member’s registered address   At the time and date it was left
     
If the recipient has an address within the Cayman Islands, by posting it by prepaid post to the street or postal address of that recipient   48 hours after it was posted
     
If the recipient has an address outside the Cayman Islands, by posting it by prepaid airmail to the street or postal address of that recipient   3 Clear Days after posting
     
By Electronic Record (other than publication on a website), to recipient’s Electronic address   Within 24 hours after it was sent
     
By publication on a website   See the Articles about the time when notice of a meeting of Members or accounts and reports, as the case may be, are published on a website

 

Saving provision

 

30.14 None of the preceding notice provisions shall derogate from the Articles about the delivery of written resolutions of directors and written resolutions of Members.

 

48

 

 

31 Authentication of Electronic Records

 

Application of Articles

 

31.1 Without limitation to any other provision of these Articles, any notice, written resolution or other document under these Articles that is sent by Electronic means by a Member, or by the Secretary, or by a director or other Officer of the Company, shall be deemed to be authentic if either Article 30.2 or Article 30.4 applies.

 

Authentication of documents sent by Members by Electronic means

 

31.2 An Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by Electronic means by or on behalf of one or more Members shall be deemed to be authentic if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a) the Member or each Member, as the case may be, signed the original document, and for this purpose Original Document includes several documents in like form signed by one or more of those Members; and

 

(b) the Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction of, that Member to an address specified in accordance with these Articles for the purpose for which it was sent; and

 

(c) Article 30.7 does not apply.

 

31.3 For example, where a sole Member signs a resolution and sends the Electronic Record of the original resolution, or causes it to be sent, by facsimile transmission to the address in these Articles specified for that purpose, the facsimile copy shall be deemed to be the written resolution of that Member unless Article 30.7 applies.

 

Authentication of document sent by the Secretary or Officers of the Company by Electronic means

 

31.4 An Electronic Record of a notice, written resolution or other document sent by or on behalf of the Secretary or an Officer or Officers of the Company shall be deemed to be authentic if the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a) the Secretary or the Officer or each Officer, as the case may be, signed the original document, and for this purpose Original Document includes several documents in like form signed by the Secretary or one or more of those Officers; and

 

(b) the Electronic Record of the Original Document was sent by Electronic means by, or at the direction of, the Secretary or that Officer to an address specified in accordance with these Articles for the purpose for which it was sent; and

 

(c) Article 30.7 does not apply.

 

This Article applies whether the document is sent by or on behalf of the Secretary or Officer in his own right or as a representative of the Company.

 

31.5 For example, where a sole director signs a resolution and scans the resolution, or causes it to be scanned, as a PDF version which is attached to an email sent to the address in these Articles specified for that purpose, the PDF version shall be deemed to be the written resolution of that director unless Article 30.7 applies.

 

49

 

 

Manner of signing

 

31.6 For the purposes of these Articles about the authentication of Electronic Records, a document will be taken to be signed if it is signed manually or in any other manner permitted by these Articles.

 

Saving provision

 

31.7 A notice, written resolution or other document under these Articles will not be deemed to be authentic if the recipient, acting reasonably:

 

(a) believes that the signature of the signatory has been altered after the signatory had signed the original document; or

 

(b) believes that the original document, or the Electronic Record of it, was altered, without the approval of the signatory, after the signatory signed the original document; or

 

(c) otherwise doubts the authenticity of the Electronic Record of the document

 

and the recipient promptly gives notice to the sender setting the grounds of its objection. If the recipient invokes this Article, the sender may seek to establish the authenticity of the Electronic Record in any way the sender thinks fit.

 

32 Transfer by way of continuation

 

32.1 The Company may, by Special Resolution, resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside:

 

(a) the Cayman Islands; or

 

(b) such other jurisdiction in which it is, for the time being, incorporated, registered or existing.

 

32.2 To give effect to any resolution made pursuant to the preceding Article, the directors may cause the following:

 

(a) an application be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or in the other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing; and

 

(b) all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

 

50

 

 

33 Winding up

 

Distribution of assets in specie

 

33.1 If the Company is wound up, the Members may, subject to these Articles and any other sanction required by the Act, pass a Special Resolution allowing the liquidator to do either or both of the following:

 

(a) to divide in specie among the Members the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and, for that purpose, to value any assets and to determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members;

 

(b) to vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees for the benefit of Members and those liable to contribute to the winding up.

 

No obligation to accept liability

 

33.2 No Member shall be compelled to accept any assets if an obligation attaches to them.

 

The directors are authorised to present a winding up petition

 

33.3 The directors have the authority to present a petition for the winding up of the Company to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands on behalf of the Company without the sanction of a resolution passed at a general meeting.

 

34 Amendment of Memorandum and Articles

 

Power to change name or amend Memorandum

 

34.1 Subject to the Act and Article 34.2, the Company may, by Special Resolution:

 

(a) change its name; or

 

(b) change the provisions of its Memorandum with respect to its objects, powers or any other matter specified in the Memorandum.

 

Power to amend these Articles

 

34.2 Subject to the Act and as provided in these Articles, the Company may, by Special Resolution, amend these Articles in whole or in part save that no amendment may be made to the Memorandum or Articles to amend:

 

(a) Article 37 prior to the Business Combination unless the holders of the Public Shares are provided with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares upon the approval of any such amendment in the manner and for the price as set out in Article 37.11; or

 

(b) this Article 34.2 during the Target Business Acquisition Period.

 

35 Mergers and Consolidations

 

The Company shall have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more constituent companies (as defined in the Act) upon such terms as the directors may determine and (to the extent required by the Act) with the approval of a Special Resolution.

 

36 Class B Share Conversion

 

36.1 Save and except for the conversion rights referred to in this Article 36 and as otherwise set out in these Articles, subject to Article 2.10, the rights attaching to all Shares shall rank pari passu in all respects, and the Class A Shares and Class B Shares shall vote together as a single class on all matters.

 

51

 

 

36.2 Class B Shares shall automatically convert into Class A Shares in such a ratio so as to give effect to the Class B Share Entitlement (the Conversion Ratio): (a) at any time and from time to time at the option of the holders thereof; and (b) automatically concurrently with or immediately following the closing of a Business Combination.

 

36.3 In order to give effect to the Conversion Ratio, in the case that additional Class A Shares or any other Equity-linked Securities, are issued, or deemed issued, by the Company in excess of the amounts offered in the IPO and related to the closing of a Business Combination, all Class B Shares in issue shall automatically convert into Class A Shares at the time of the closing of a Business Combination at the Conversion Ratio (unless the holders of a majority of the Class B Shares in issue agree to waive such anti-dilution adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A Shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B Shares will equal, on an as-converted basis, in the aggregate, 20 per cent of the sum of all Class A Shares and Class B Shares in issue upon completion of the IPO plus all Class A Shares and Equity-linked Securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination, excluding any Shares or Equity-linked Securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination and any private placement units issued to the Sponsor or its Affiliates upon conversion of working capital loans made to the Company.

 

36.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Conversion Ratio may be waived as to any particular issuance or deemed issuance of additional Class A Shares or Equity-linked Securities by the written consent or agreement of holders of a majority of the Class B Shares then in issue consenting or agreeing separately as a separate class in the manner provided in Article 2.10 hereof.

 

36.5 The Conversion Ratio shall also take into account any subdivision (by share split, subdivision, exchange, capitalisation, rights issue, reclassification, recapitalisation or otherwise) or combination (by reverse share split, share consolidation, exchange, reclassification, recapitalisation or otherwise) or similar reclassification or recapitalisation of the Class A Shares in issue into a greater or lesser number of shares occurring after the original filing of the Articles without a proportionate and corresponding subdivision, combination or similar reclassification or recapitalisation of the Class B Shares in issue.

 

36.6 Each Class B Share shall convert into its pro rata number of Class A Shares pursuant to this Article. The pro rata share for each holder of Class B Shares will be determined as follows: each Class B Share shall convert into such number of Class A Shares as is equal to the product of 1 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of Class A Shares into which all of the Class B Shares in issue shall be converted pursuant to this Article and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Class B Shares in issue at the time of conversion.

 

36.7 References in this Article to “converted”, “conversion” or “exchange” shall mean the compulsory redemption without notice of Class B Shares of any Member and, on behalf of such Members, automatic application of such redemption proceeds in paying for such new Class A Shares into which the Class B Shares have been converted or exchanged at a price per Class B Share necessary to give effect to a conversion or exchange calculated on the basis that the Class A Shares to be issued as part of the conversion or exchange will be issued at par. The Class A Shares to be issued on an exchange or conversion shall be registered in the name of such Member or in such name as the Member may direct.

 

52

 

 

36.8 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, in no event may any Class B Share convert into Class A Shares at a ratio that is less than the Conversion Ratio.

 

37 Business Combination

 

37.1 Articles 37.1 to 37.11 shall terminate upon consummation of any Business Combination.

 

37.2 The Company has until 12 months from the closing of the IPO to consummate a Business Combination, provided however that if the board of directors anticipates that the Company may not be able to consummate a Business Combination within 12 months of the closing of the IPO, the Company may, by resolution of directors if requested by the Sponsor, extend the period of time to consummate a Business Combination up to three times, each by an additional three months (for a total of up to 21 months to complete a Business Combination), subject to the Sponsor depositing additional funds into the Trust Account in accordance with terms as set out in the trust agreement governing the Trust Account and referred to in the Registration Statement. In the event that the Company does not consummate a Business Combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO or within up to 21 months from the closing of the IPO (subject in the latter case to valid 3 month extensions having been made in each case (such date falling 12 months or up to 21 months, as applicable, after the closing of the IPO being referred to as the Termination Date)), such failure shall trigger an automatic redemption of the Public Shares (an Automatic Redemption Event) and the directors of the Company shall take all such action necessary to (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten (10) Business Days thereafter to redeem the Public Shares to the holders of Public Shares, on a pro rata basis, in cash at a per-share amount equal to the applicable Per-Share Redemption Price; and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such Automatic Redemption Event, subject to the approval of our remaining Members and our directors, liquidate and dissolve the Company, subject to the Company’s obligations under the Act to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In the event of an Automatic Redemption Event, only the holders of Public Shares shall be entitled to receive pro rata redeeming distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Public Shares.

 

37.3 Unless a shareholder vote is required by law or the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, or, at the sole discretion of the directors, the directors determine to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, the Company may enter into a Business Combination without submitting such Business Combination to its Members for approval.

 

37.4 Although not required, in the event that a shareholder vote is held, and a majority of the votes of the Shares entitled to vote thereon which were present at the meeting to approve the Business Combination are voted for the approval of such Business Combination, the Company shall be authorised to consummate the Business Combination.

 

53

 

 

37.5

 

(a) In the event that a Business Combination is consummated by the Company other than in connection with a shareholder vote under Article 37.4, the Company will, subject to as provided below, offer to redeem the Public Shares for cash in accordance with Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act and subject to any limitations (including but not limited to cash requirements) set forth in the definitive transaction agreements related to the initial Business Combination (the Tender Redemption Offer), provided however that the Company shall not redeem those Shares held by the Initial Shareholders or their affiliates or the directors or officers of the Company pursuant to such Tender Redemption Offer, whether or not such holders accept such Tender Redemption Offer. The Company will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to consummating the Business Combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the Business Combination and the redemption rights as would be required in a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act. In accordance with the Exchange Act, the Tender Redemption Offer will remain open for a minimum of 20 Business Days and the Company will not be permitted to consummate its Business Combination until the expiry of such period. If in the event a Member holding Public Shares accepts the Tender Redemption Offer and the Company has not otherwise withdrawn the tender offer, the Company shall, promptly after the consummation of the Business Combination, pay such redeeming Member, on a pro rata basis, cash equal to the applicable Per-Share Redemption Price.

 

(b) In the event that a Business Combination is consummated by the Company in connection with a shareholder vote held pursuant to Article 37.4 in accordance with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act (the Redemption Offer), the Company will, subject as provided below, offer to redeem the Public Shares, other than those Shares held by the Initial Shareholders or their affiliates or the directors or officers of the Company, regardless of whether such shares are voted for or against the Business Combination, for cash, on a pro rata basis, at a per-share amount equal to the applicable Per-Share Redemption Price, provided however that: (i) the Company shall not redeem those Shares held by the Initial Shareholders or their affiliates or the directors or officers of the Company pursuant to such Redemption Offer, whether or not such holders accept such Redemption Offer; and (ii) any other redeeming Member who either individually or together with any affiliate of his or any other person with whom he is acting in concert or as a “group” (as such term is defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act) shall not be permitted to redeem, without the consent of the directors, more than fifteen percent (15%) of the total Public Shares sold in the IPO.

 

(c) In no event will the Company consummate the Tender Redemption Offer or the Redemption Offer under Article 37.5(a) or 37.5(b) or an Amendment Redemption Event under Article 37.11 if such redemptions would cause the Company to have net tangible assets of less than US$5,000,001 or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to the Business Combination.

 

54

 

 

37.6 A holder of Public Shares shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Trust Account only in the event of an Automatic Redemption Event, an Amendment Redemption Event or in the event he accepts a Tender Redemption Offer or a Redemption Offer where the Business Combination is consummated. In no other circumstances shall a holder of Public Shares have any right or interest of any kind in or to the Trust Account.

 

37.7 Prior to a Business Combination, the Company will not issue any securities (other than Public Shares) that would entitle the holder thereof to (i) receive funds from the Trust Account; or (ii) vote on any Business Combination.

 

37.8 In the event the Company enters into a Business Combination with a company that is affiliated with the Sponsor or any of the directors or officers of the Company, the Company will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or independent accounting firm that such a Business Combination is fair to the holders of the Public Shares from a financial point of view.

 

37.9 The Company will not effectuate a Business Combination with another “blank cheque” company or a similar company with nominal operations.

 

37.10 Immediately after the Company’s IPO, that amount of the proceeds received by the Company in or in connection with the IPO (including proceeds of any exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option and any proceeds from the simultaneous private placement of like units comprising like securities to those included in the IPO by the Company) as is described in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC (the Registration Statement) at the time it goes effective as shall be deposited in the Trust Account shall be so deposited and thereafter held in the Trust Account until released in the event of a Business Combination or otherwise in accordance with this Article 37. Neither the Company nor any officer, director or employee of the Company will disburse any of the proceeds held in the Trust Account until the earlier of (i) a Business Combination, or (ii) an Automatic Redemption Event or in payment of the acquisition price for any shares which the Company elects to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire in accordance with this Article 37, in each case in accordance with the trust agreement governing the Trust Account; provided that interest earned on the Trust Account (as described in the Registration Statement) may be released from time to time to the Company to pay the Company’s tax obligations.

 

37.11 In the event the directors of the Company propose any amendment to Article 37 or to any of the other rights of the Shares as set out at Article 2.5 prior to, but not for the purposes of approving or in conjunction with the consummation of, a Business Combination that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligations as described in this Article 37 to pay or to offer to pay the Per-Share Redemption Price to any holder of the Public Shares (an Amendment) and such Amendment is duly approved by a Special Resolution of the Members (an Approved Amendment), the Company will offer to redeem the Public Shares of any Member for cash, on a pro rata basis, at a per-share amount equal to the applicable Per-Share Redemption Price (an Amendment Redemption Event), provided however that the Company shall not redeem those Shares held by the Initial Shareholders or their affiliates or the directors or officers of the Company pursuant to such offer, whether or not such holders accept such offer.

 

55

 

 

37.12 Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Article 37, the Company shall not[, unless otherwise authorized by a Special Resolution,] undertake its initial Business Combination with any entity that conducts a majority of its business or is headquartered in The People’s Republic of China (including Hong Kong and Macau).

 

38 Certain Tax Filings

 

38.1 Each Tax Filing Authorised Person and any such other person, acting alone, as any director shall designate from time to time, are authorised to file tax forms SS-4, W-8 BEN, W-8 IMY, W-9, 8832 and 2553 and such other similar tax forms as are customary to file with any US state or federal governmental authorities or foreign governmental authorities in connection with the formation, activities and/or elections of the Company and such other tax forms as may be approved from time to time by any director or officer of the Company. The Company further ratifies and approves any such filing made by any Tax Filing Authorised Person or such other person prior to the date of the Articles.

 

39 Business Opportunities

 

39.1 In recognition and anticipation of the facts that: (a) directors and Officers of the Company may serve as directors and/or officers of other entities which engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company engages; (b) directors, managers, officers, members, partners, managing members, employees and/or agents of one or more members of the Sponsor Group (each of the foregoing, a Sponsor Group Related Person) may serve as directors and/or officers of the Company; and (c) the Sponsor Group engages, and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Company, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions under this heading “Business Opportunities” are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Company as they may involve the Sponsor Group and the Sponsor Group Related Persons, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Company and its directors, Officers and Members in connection therewith.

 

39.2 To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the directors and Officers of the Company, the Sponsor Group and the Sponsor Group Related Persons (each of the foregoing, a Relevant Person) shall have no duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for either a Relevant Person, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such Relevant Person solely in their capacity as a director or Officer of the Company, the opportunity is one the Company is legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for the Company to pursue and to the extent such Relevant Person is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation. Except to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, a Relevant Person shall have no duty to communicate or offer any such corporate opportunity to the Company and shall not be liable to the Company or its Members for breach of any fiduciary duty as a Member, director and/or Officer of the Company solely by reason of the fact that such Relevant Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, himself or herself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Company, unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such Relevant Person solely in their capacity as a director or Officer of the Company and the opportunity is one the Company is permitted to complete on a reasonable basis.

 

56

 

 

39.3 Except as provided elsewhere in the Articles, the Company hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both the Company and a Relevant Person, about which a director and/or officer of the Company who is also a Relevant Person acquires knowledge.

 

39.4 To the extent a court might hold that the conduct of any activity related to a corporate opportunity that is renounced in this Article to be a breach of duty to the Company or its Members, the Company hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any and all claims and causes of action that the Company may have for such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the provisions of this Article apply equally to activities conducted in the future and that have been conducted in the past.

 

40 Exclusive Jurisdiction and Forum

 

40.1 Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Cayman Islands shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with the Memorandum, the Articles or otherwise related in any way to each Member’s shareholding in the Company, including but not limited to:

 

(a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company;

 

(b) any action asserting a claim of breach of any fiduciary or other duty owed by any current or former director, Officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Members;

 

(c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles; or

 

(d) any action asserting a claim against the Company governed by the “Internal Affairs Doctrine” (as such concept is recognised under the laws of the United States of America).

 

40.2 Each Member irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Cayman Islands over all such claims or disputes.

 

40.3 Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have, each Member acknowledges that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum and that accordingly the Company shall be entitled, without proof of special damages, to the remedies of injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief for any threatened or actual breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum.

 

40.4 This Article 40 shall not apply to any action or suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are, as a matter of the laws of the United States, the sole and exclusive forum for determination of such a claim.

 

 

57

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

NUMBER

U-__________

  UNITS

 

 

SEE REVERSE FOR

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

CUSIP [___________]

 

UNITS CONSISTING OF ONE CLASS A ORDINARY SHARE, ONE-HALF OF ONE WARRANT TO ACQUIRE ONE CLASS A ORDINARY SHARE, AND

ONE RIGHT TO RECEIVE ONE-TENTH OF ONE CLASS A ORDINARY SHARE

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT ______________________________________________________________________________________________

is the owner of ________________________________________________________________________________________________ Units.

 

Each Unit (“Unit”) consists of one share Class A ordinary share, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Ordinary Shares”), of Blue World Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), one-half of one redeemable warrant (“Warrant”), with each whole Warrant to acquire one Class A Ordinary Share, and one right (“Right”) to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share. The Class A Ordinary Shares, Warrants, and Rights comprising the Units represented by this certificate are not transferable separately prior to the fifty second (52nd) day after the date of the prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering, unless Maxim Group LLC (“Maxim”) determines that an earlier date is acceptable, but in no event will the Class A Ordinary Shares, Warrants, and Rights be traded separately until the Company files with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a current report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the receipt by the Company of the gross proceeds from its initial public offering including the proceeds received by the Company from the exercise of the over-allotment option thereto, if the over-allotment option is exercised. If Maxim allows separate trading of the Class A Ordinary Shares, Warrants, and Rights prior to the 52nd day after the date of the prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering, the Company will issue a press release and file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC announcing when such separate trading shall begin.

 

The terms of the Warrants are governed by a Warrant agreement (the “Warrants Agreement”), dated as of [●], 2021, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as the warrant agent, and are subject to the terms and provisions contained therein, all of which terms and provisions the holder of this certificate consents to by acceptance hereof. The terms of the Rights are governed by a rights agreement (the “Rights Agreement”), dated as of [●], 2021, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as the rights agent, and are subject to the terms and provisions contained therein, all of which terms and provisions the holder of this certificate consents to by acceptance hereof. Copies of the Warrants Agreement and the Rights Agreement are on file at the office of Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company at 1 State Street, 30th Floor, New York, NY 10004, and are available to any Warrant holder or Rights holder on written request and without cost, respectively.

 

1

 

 

This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and Registrar of the Company.

 

Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

This Unit Certificate shall be governed and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 

  [Seal]  

 

By        
         
  Chairman     Chief Financial Officer

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

The Company will furnish without charge to each shareholder who so requests, a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of shares or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

  TEN COM - as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - ________ Custodian ________
  TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties   (Cust) (Minor)
  JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship   under Uniform Gifts to Minors
    and not as tenants in common   Act ________________
        (State)

 

Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

For value received, ___________________________ hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

 

2

 

 

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE(S)

 
   

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE(S))

 

Units represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

Attorney to transfer the said Units on the books of the within named Company will full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated _______________

 

 

   
  Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

   
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).  

 

The holder of this certificate shall be entitled to receive funds with respect to the underlying Class A Ordinary Shares from the trust fund only in the event of the Company’s liquidation upon failure to consummate a business combination or if the holder seeks to convert his or her respective Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the unit upon consummation of such business combination or in connection with certain amendments to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. In no other circumstances shall the holder have any right or interest of any kind in or to the trust fund.

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

SPECIMEN CLASS A ORDINARY SHARE CERTIFICATE

 

CERTIFICATE NUMBER SHARES

_________

 

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF CAYMAN ISLANDS

CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES

SEE REVERSE FOR
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

THIS CERTIFIES THAT CUSIP: [_____]

IS THE OWNER OF

 

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE ORDINARY SHARES OF THE PAR VALUE

OF $0.0001 EACH OF THE CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES OF

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION

(THE “COMPANY”)

 

transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. Witness the seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

 

     
Chairman   Chief Financial Officer

 

1

 

 

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
 

The Company will furnish without charge to each shareholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of shares or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. This certificate and the shares represented thereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Company’s memorandum and articles of association, as the same may be amended from time to time, and resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of Class A ordinary shares (copies of which may be obtained from the secretary of the Company), to all of which the holder of this certificate by acceptance hereof assents. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM - as tenants in common

 

TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties

 

JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

 

UNIF GIFT MIN
ACT -
______ Custodian ______________
  (Cust)   (Minor)
  under Uniform Gifts to Minors
  Act  
    (State)
         

Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

For value received, ___________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
 
   
 
 
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
 
 

   
shares of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

  

  Attorney
to transfer the said stocks on the books of the within named Corporation will full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated

 

2

 

  

Dated    
   
    NOTICE:   The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed:
 
 
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).
 
The holder of this certificate shall be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of (i) the liquidation of the trust account upon a failure to consummate a business combination, as described in the prospectus covering the securities or (ii) if the holder seeks to convert his respective stocks or sells them to the Company in a tender offer, in each case in connection with (1) the consummation of a business combination or (2) in connection with an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to the consummation of a business combination. In no other circumstances shall the holder have any right or interest of any kind in or to the trust account.

 

 

3

 

Exhibit 4.3

 

NUMBER

________-

 

(SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR LEGEND)

THIS WARRANT WILL BE VOID IF NOT

EXERCISED PRIOR TO
THE EXPIRATION DATE (DEFINED BELOW)

  WARRANTS

 

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

CUSIP [●]

 

WARRANT

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received is the registered holder of a warrant or warrants (the “Warrant(s)”) of Blue World Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), expiring at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the five year anniversary of the Company’s completion of an initial merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”), to purchase one fully paid and non-assessable Class A ordinary share, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Ordinary Shares”), of the Company for each one whole Warrant evidenced by this Warrant Certificate. The Warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase from the Company, commencing on the later of 30 days after the Company’s completion of an initial Business Combination or 12 months from the closing of the Company’s initial public offering, such number of Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company at the Warrant Price (as defined below), upon surrender of this Warrant Certificate and payment of the Warrant Price at the office or agency of Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Warrant Agent”), but only subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle any warrant exercise. The term “Warrant Price” as used in this Warrant Certificate refers to the price per share at which Class A Ordinary Shares may be purchased at the time the Warrant is exercised. The initial Warrant Price per share is equal to $11.50 per share. The Warrant Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of certain events the Warrant Price, the Redemption Trigger Price (as defined below) and the number of Class A Ordinary Shares purchasable hereunder, set forth on the face hereof, may, subject to certain conditions, be adjusted.

 

No fraction of a Class A Ordinary Share will be issued upon any exercise of a Warrant. If the holder of a Warrant would be entitled to receive a fraction of a Class A Ordinary Share upon any exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round down to the nearest whole number the number of Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued to such holder.

 

Upon any exercise of the Warrant for less than the total number of full Class A Ordinary Shares provided for herein, there shall be issued to the registered holder hereof or the registered holder’s assignee a new Warrant Certificate covering the number of Class A Ordinary Shares for which the Warrant has not been exercised.

 

Warrant Certificates, when surrendered at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent by the registered holder in person or by attorney duly authorized in writing, may be exchanged in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, but without payment of any service charge, for another Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants.

 

 

 

 

Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of the Warrant Certificate at the office or agency of the Warrant Agent, a new Warrant Certificate or Warrant Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Warrants shall be issued to the transferee in exchange for this Warrant Certificate, subject to the limitations provided in the Warrant Agreement, without charge except for any applicable tax or other governmental charge.

 

The Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the registered holder as the absolute owner of this Warrant Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any exercise hereof, of any distribution to the registered holder, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Warrant does not entitle the registered holder to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company.

 

The Company reserves the right to call the Warrant at any time prior to its exercise with a notice of call in writing to the holders of record of the Warrant, giving at least 30 days’ notice of such call, at any time while the Warrant is exercisable, if the last sale price of the Class A Ordinary Shares has been at least $16.50 per share (the “Redemption Trigger Price”) on each of 20 trading days within any 30 trading day period (the “30-day trading period”) commencing after the warrant become exercisable and ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of such call is given and if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants commencing five business days prior to the 30-day trading period and continuing each day thereafter until the date of redemption. The call price of the Warrants is to be $0.01 per Warrant. Any Warrant either not exercised or tendered back to the Company by the end of the date specified in the notice of call shall be canceled on the books of the Company and have no further value except for the $0.01 call price.

 

By:
       
  Chief Executive Officer   Chief Financial Officer

 

2

 

 

SUBSCRIPTION FORM

 

To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Exercise Warrants

 

The undersigned Registered Holder irrevocably elects to exercise ______________ Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and to purchase the Class A Ordinary share issuable upon the exercise of such Warrants, and requests that Certificates for such shares shall be issued in the name of

 

(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND ADDRESS)
 
 
 
 
 

(SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

 

and be delivered to _______________________________________________________________________

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS)

 

and, if such number of Warrants shall not be all the Warrants evidenced by this Warrant Certificate, that a new Warrant Certificate for the balance of such Warrants be registered in the name of, and delivered to, the Registered Holder at the address stated below:

 

Dated:       
  (SIGNATURE)
   
  (ADDRESS)
   
   
  (TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

 

3

 

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

To Be Executed by the Registered Holder in Order to Assign Warrants

 

For Value Received, _______________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

(PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND ADDRESS)
 
 
 
 
 

(SOCIAL SECURITY OR TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)

 

and be delivered to _______________________________________________________________________

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPE NAME AND ADDRESS)

 

______________________ of the Warrants represented by this Warrant Certificate, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints _________________________________ Attorney to transfer this Warrant Certificate on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:      
  (SIGNATURE)

 

The signature to the assignment of the Subscription Form must correspond to the name written upon the face of this Warrant Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company or a member firm of the NYSE American, Nasdaq, New York Stock Exchange, Pacific Stock Exchange, or Chicago Stock Exchange.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.4

 

NUMBER SPECIMEN RIGHTS CERTIFICATE

 

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF CAYMAN ISLANDS

RIGHT

 

SEE REVERSE FOR

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

CUSIP [___________]

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received

 

is the registered holder of a right or rights (the “Right”) to automatically receive one-tenth of one Class A ordinary share, $0.0001 par value (“Class A Ordinary Shares”), of Blue World Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) for each Right evidenced by this Rights Certificate on the Company’s completion of an initial business combination (as defined in the prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering (“Prospectus”)) upon surrender of this Right Certificate pursuant to the Rights Agreement between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle any Right.

 

Upon liquidation of the Company in the event an initial business combination is not consummated during the required period as identified in the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association , the Right shall expire and be worthless. The holder of a Right shall have no right or interest of any kind in the Company’s trust account (as defined in the Prospectus).

 

Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of the Right Certificate at the office or agency of the Rights Agent, a new Right Certificate or Right Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the aggregate a like number of Rights shall be issued to the transferee in exchange for this Right Certificate, without charge except for any applicable tax or other governmental charge. The Company shall not issue fractional share upon exchange of Rights. The Company reserves the right to deal with any fractional entitlement at the relevant time in any manner (as provided in the Rights Agreement).

 

The Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the registered holder as the absolute owner of this Right Certificate (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon made by anyone), for the purpose of any conversion hereof, of any distribution to the registered holder, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Right Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

This Right does not entitle the registered holder to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company.

 

Dated:

 

     
CHAIRMAN   CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

     
Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent    

 

1

 

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM – as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - __________ Custodian __________
TEN ENT – as tenants by the entireties (Cust) (Minor)
JT TEN – as joint tenants with right of survivorship under Uniform Gifts to Minors
and not as tenants in common Act __________
  (State)

 

Additional Abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

The Company will furnish without charge to each shareholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of share or series thereof of the Company and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. This certificate and the rights represented thereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the memorandum and articles of association and all amendments thereto and resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of Class A Ordinary Share (copies of which may be obtained from the secretary of the Company), to all of which the holder of this certificate by acceptance hereof assents.

 

For value received, ___________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

 

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

   

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

   
   
   

 

 
Rights represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint  
 
Attorney to transfer said rights on the books of the within named Company will full power of substitution in the premises.  
   

2

 

 

Dated _____________________

 

  Notice: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

Signature(s) Guaranteed:

   
THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15).  

 

The holder of this certificate shall have no right or interest of any kind in or to the funds held in the Company’s trust account (as defined in the Prospectus).

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 4.5

 

WARRANT AGREEMENT

 

This WARRANT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of [●], 2021 between Blue World Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted, with offices at 244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88, New York, NY 10001 (“Company”), and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York limited purpose trust company, with offices at 1 State Street, New York, New York 10004, as warrant agent (“Warrant Agent”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is engaged in a public offering (the “Public Offering”) of up to 9,200,000 units (including 1,200,000 units which may be issued pursuant to an overallotment option granted to the underwriters of the Public Offering), each unit (the “Public Units”) comprised of one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Ordinary Shares”), one-half (1/2) of one redeemable warrant, where each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as described herein, and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial business combination, and, in connection therewith, will issue and deliver up to 4,600,000 warrants (the “Public Warrants”) to the public investors in connection with the Public Offering; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a Registration Statement on Form S-1, No. 333-[●]  (“Registration Statement”) and prospectus (“Prospectus”), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”) of, among other securities, the Public Warrants; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has received binding commitments (“Subscription Agreements”) from the Company’s sponsor, Blue World Holdings Limited (the “Sponsor”), simultaneously with the closing of the Public Offering, up to an aggregate of 378,480 units (including up to 30,000 units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) (the “Private Units”), each containing one Class A Ordinary Share, one-half of one warrant (the “Private Warrants”) and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial business combination (the “Private Rights”). Each whole Private Warrant exercisable to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share at a price of $11.50 per share, bearing the legend set forth in Exhibit B hereto; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company may issue 20,000 warrants (or 23,000 warrants if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) underlying a unit purchase option to Maxim Group LLC (the “Representative’) or its designees, which warrants will be identical to the Public Warrants, subject to compliance with FINRA Rule 5110 (“Representative Warrants”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company may issue up to an additional 160,000 units (the “Working Capital Units”) at a price of $10.00 per Working Capital Unit, with each Working Capital Unit consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share, one-half (1/2) of one warrant (a whole warrant of each such warrant, a “Working Capital Warrant”) and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial business combination (the “Working Capital Rights”), in satisfaction of certain working capital loans made by the Company’s officers, directors, initial shareholders and their affiliates; and

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, the Company may issue 40,000 units (or up to 46,000 if the Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full) (the “Extension Loan Units” and together with the Public Units, the Private Units, and the Working Capital Units, the “Units”) at a price of $10.00 per Extension Loan Unit, with each Extension Loan Unit consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share, one-half (1/2) of one warrant (a whole warrant of each such warrant, an “Extension Loan Warrant”) and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial business combination (the “Extension Loan Rights”), for each loan made by the Sponsor, its affiliates or designees in connection with the 3-month period extension for the Company’s initial business combination, up to three times; and

 

WHEREAS, following consummation of the Public Offering, the Company may issue additional warrants (“Post IPO Warrants” and together with the Public Warrants, Private Warrants, Working Capital Warrants, and the Extension Loan Warrants, the “Warrants”) in connection with, or following the consummation by the Company of, a Business Combination (defined below); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Warrant Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Warrant Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer, exchange, redemption, and exercise of the Warrants; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Warrants, the terms upon which they shall be issued and exercised, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Warrant Agent, and the holders of the Warrants; and

 

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Warrants, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Warrant Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding, and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

  

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Appointment of Warrant Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Warrant Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Warrants, and the Warrant Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2. Warrants.

 

2.1. Form of Warrant. Each Warrant shall be issued in registered form only, shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein and shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company and shall bear a facsimile of the Company’s seal. In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Warrant shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Warrant before such Warrant is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to be such at the date of issuance.

 

2

 

 

2.2. Uncertificated Warrants. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Warrant, or portion thereof, may be issued as part of, and be represented by, a Unit, and any Warrant may be issued in uncertificated or book-entry form through the Warrant Agent and/or the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (the “Depositary”) or other book-entry depositary system, in each case as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company or by an authorized committee thereof. Any Warrant so issued shall have the same terms, force and effect as a certificated Warrant that has been duly countersigned by the Warrant Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

2.3. Effect of Countersignature. Except with respect to uncertificated Warrants as described above, unless and until countersigned by the Warrant Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Warrant shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exercised by the holder thereof.

 

2.4. Registration.

 

2.4.1. Warrant Register. The Warrant Agent shall maintain books (“Warrant Register”) for the registration of original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Warrants. Upon the initial issuance of the Warrants, the Warrant Agent shall issue and register the Warrants in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Warrant Agent by the Company.

 

2.4.2. Registered Holder. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Warrant, the Company and the Warrant Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Warrant is then registered in the Warrant Register (“registered holder”) as the absolute owner of such Warrant and of each Warrant represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on the Warrant certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Warrant Agent), for the purpose of any exercise thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Warrant Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

2.5. Detachability of Warrants. The securities comprising the Public Units will not be separately transferable until the 52nd day following the date of the Prospectus or, if such 52nd day is not on a day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or federal holiday, on which banks in New York City are generally open for normal business (a “Business Day”), then on the immediately succeeding Business Day following such date, or earlier with the consent of the Representatives, but in no event will the Representatives allow separate trading of the securities comprising the Units until (i) the Company has filed a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the receipt by the Company of the gross proceeds of the Public Offering including the proceeds received by the Company from the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option in the Public Offering (the “Over-allotment Option”), if the Over-allotment Option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K, and (ii) the Company has issued a press release announcing when such separate trading shall begin (the “Detachment Date”); provided that no fractional Warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole Warrants will trade.

 

2.6. Private Warrant, Working Capital Warrant, and Extension Loan Warrant Attributes. The Private Warrants, Working Capital Warrants, and Extension Loan Warrants will be issued in the same form as the Public Warrants. 

 

2.7.  Post IPO Warrants. The Post IPO Warrants, when and if issued, shall have the same terms and be in the same form as the Public Warrants except as may be agreed upon by the Company.

 

3

 

 

3. Terms and Exercise of Warrants

 

3.1. Warrant Price. Each whole Warrant shall, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent (except with respect to uncertificated Warrants), entitle the registered holder thereof, subject to the provisions of such Warrant and of this Agreement, to purchase from the Company the number of Class A Ordinary Shares stated therein, at the price of $11.50 per share, subject to the adjustments provided in Section 4 hereof and in the last sentence of this Section 3.1. The term “Warrant Price” as used in this Agreement refers to the price per share at which the Class A Ordinary Shares may be purchased at the time a Warrant is exercised. The Company in its sole discretion may lower the Warrant Price at any time prior to the Expiration Date (as defined below) for a period of not less than twenty (20) Business Days; provided, that the Company shall provide at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of such reduction to registered holders of the Warrants and, provided further that any such reduction shall be applied consistently to all of the Warrants.

 

3.2. Duration of Warrants. A Warrant may be exercised only during the period commencing on the later of 30 days after the consummation by the Company of a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (“Business Combination”) (as described more fully in the Registration Statement) or 12 months from the closing of the Public Offering, and terminating at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the earlier to occur of (i) five years from the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) at 5:00 p.m., New York City time on the Redemption Date as provided in Section 6.2 of this Agreement and (iii) the liquidation of the Company (“Expiration Date”). The period of time from the date the Warrants will first become exercisable until the expiration of the Warrants shall hereafter be referred to as the “Exercise Period.” Except with respect to the right to receive the Redemption Price (as set forth in Section 6 hereunder), as applicable, each outstanding Warrant not exercised on or before the Expiration Date shall become void, and all rights thereunder and all rights in respect thereof under this Agreement shall cease at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The Company in its sole discretion may extend the duration of the Warrants by delaying the Expiration Date; provided, however, that the Company will provide at least twenty (20) days’ prior written notice of any such extension to registered holders and, provided further that any such extension shall be applied consistently to all of the Warrants.

 

3.3. Exercise of Warrants.

 

3.3.1. Payment. Subject to the provisions of the Warrant and this Agreement, a Warrant, when countersigned by the Warrant Agent, may be exercised by the registered holder thereof by surrendering it, at the office of the Warrant Agent, or at the office of its successor as Warrant Agent, in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, with the subscription form, as set forth in the Warrant, duly executed, and by paying in full the Warrant Price for each Class A Ordinary Share as to which the Warrant is exercised and any and all applicable taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Warrant, the exchange of the Warrant for the Class A Ordinary Shares and the issuance of such Class A Ordinary Shares, as follows:

 

(a) in lawful money of the United States, by good certified check or wire payable to the Warrant Agent; or (b) in the event of redemption pursuant to Section 6 hereof in which the Company’s management has elected to force all holders of Warrants to exercise such Warrants on a “cashless basis,” by surrendering the Warrants for that number of Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the difference between the Warrant Price and the “Fair Market Value” (defined below) by (y) the Fair Market Value. Solely for purposes of this Section 3.3.1(b), the “Fair Market Value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of Class A Ordinary Shares or the ten (10) trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to holders of the Warrants pursuant to Section 6 hereof; or

 

4

 

  

(c) in the event the registration statement required by Section 7.4 hereof is not effective and current within ninety (90) days after the closing of a Business Combination, by surrendering such Warrants for that number of Class A Ordinary Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the Warrants and the “Fair Market Value” by (y) the Fair Market Value; provided, however, that no cashless exercise shall be permitted unless the Fair Market Value is equal to or higher than the exercise price. Solely for purposes of this Section 3.3.1(c), the “Fair Market Value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of Class A Ordinary Shares for the ten (10) trading days prior to the date of exercise.

 

3.3.2. Issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares. As soon as practicable after the exercise of any Warrant and the clearance of the funds in payment of the Warrant Price (if any), the Company shall issue to the registered holder of such Warrant a certificate or certificates, or book entry position, for the number of Class A Ordinary Shares to which he, she or it is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it, and if such Warrant shall not have been exercised in full, a new countersigned Warrant, or book entry position, for the number of shares as to which such Warrant shall not have been exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Warrant exercise. No Warrant shall be exercisable for cash and the Company shall not be obligated to issue shares of Class A Ordinary Shares upon exercise of a Warrant unless the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon such Warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the Warrants. In the event that the condition in the immediately preceding sentence is not satisfied with respect to a Warrant, the holder of such Warrant shall not be entitled to exercise such Warrant for cash and such Warrant may have no value and expire worthless, in which case the purchaser of a Unit containing such Warrants shall have paid the full purchase price for the Unit solely for the Class A Ordinary Shares underlying such Unit. Warrants may not be exercised by, or securities issued to, any registered holder in any state in which such exercise would be unlawful.

 

3.3.3. Valid Issuance. All shares of Class A Ordinary Shares issued upon the proper exercise of a Warrant in conformity with this Agreement shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

3.3.4. Date of Issuance. Each person in whose name any book entry position or certificate for Class A Ordinary Shares is issued shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which the Warrant, or book entry position representing such Warrant, was surrendered and payment of the Warrant Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the share transfer books of the Company or book entry system of the Warrant Agent are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the share transfer books or book entry system are open.

 

5

 

 

3.3.5 Maximum Percentage. A holder of a Warrant may notify the Company in writing in the event it elects to be subject to the provisions contained in this subsection 3.3.5; however, no holder of a Warrant shall be subject to this subsection 3.3.5 unless he, she or it makes such election. If the election is made by a holder, the Warrant Agent shall not effect the exercise of the holder’s Warrant, and such holder shall not have the right to exercise such Warrant, to the extent that after giving effect to such exercise, such person (together with such person’s affiliates), to the Warrant Agent’s actual knowledge, would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to such exercise. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by such person and its affiliates shall include the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude Class A Ordinary Shares that would be issuable upon (x) exercise of the remaining, unexercised portion of the Warrant beneficially owned by such person and its affiliates and (y) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of the Company beneficially owned by such person and its affiliates (including, without limitation, any convertible notes or convertible preferred shares or warrants) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). For purposes of the Warrant, in determining the number of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares, the holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Class A Ordinary Shares as reflected in (1) the Company’s most recent annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly report on Form 10-Q, current report on Form 8-K or other public filing with the SEC as the case may be, (2) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (3) any other notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of Class A Ordinary Shares outstanding. For any reason at any time, upon the written request of the holder of the Warrant, the Company shall, within two (2) Business Days, confirm orally and in writing to such holder the number of Class A Ordinary Shares then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of equity securities of the Company by the holder and its affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares was reported. By written notice to the Company, the holder of a Warrant may from time to time increase or decrease the Maximum Percentage applicable to such holder to any other percentage specified in such notice; provided, however, that any such increase shall not be effective until the sixty-first (61st) day after such notice is delivered to the Company.

 

4. Adjustments.

 

4.1. Share Dividends; Split Ups. If after the date hereof, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.6 below, the number of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares is increased by a share dividend payable in Class A Ordinary Shares, or by a split up of Class A Ordinary Shares, or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such share dividend, split up or similar event, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

4.2. Aggregation of Shares. If after the date hereof, the number of outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares is decreased by a consolidation, combination, reverse share split or reclassification of Class A Ordinary Shares or other similar event, then, on the effective date of such consolidation, combination, reverse share split, reclassification or similar event, the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

6

 

 

4.3. Extraordinary Dividends. If the Company, at any time while the Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, shall pay a dividend or make a distribution in cash, securities or other assets to the holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares or other shares of the Company’s capital share into which the Warrants are convertible (an “Extraordinary Dividend”), then the Warrant Price shall be decreased, effective immediately after the effective date of such Extraordinary Dividend, by the amount of cash and the fair market value (as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, in good faith) of any securities or other assets paid in respect of such Extraordinary Dividend divided by all outstanding shares of the Company at such time (whether or not any shareholders waived their right to receive such dividend); provided, however, that none of the following shall be deemed an Extraordinary Dividend for purposes of this provision: (a) any adjustment described in subsection 4.1 above, (b) any cash dividends or cash distributions which, when combined on a per share basis with all other cash dividends and cash distributions paid on the Class A Ordinary Shares during the 365-day period ending on the date of declaration of such dividend or distribution does not exceed $0.50 per share (taking into account all of the outstanding shares of the Company at such time (whether or not any shareholders waived their right to receive such dividend) and as adjusted to appropriately reflect any of the events referred to in other subsections of this Section 4 and excluding cash dividends or cash distributions that resulted in an adjustment to the Warrant Price or to the number of Class A Ordinary Shares issuable on exercise of each Warrant) but only with respect to the amount of the aggregate cash dividends or cash distributions equal to or less than $0.50, (c) any payment to satisfy the conversion rights of the holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares in connection with a proposed initial Business Combination or certain amendments to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (as described in the Registration Statement) or (d) any payment in connection with the Company’s liquidation and the distribution of its assets upon its failure to consummate a Business Combination. Solely for purposes of illustration, if the Company, at a time while the Warrants are outstanding and unexpired, pays a cash dividend of $0.35 and previously paid an aggregate of $0.40 of cash dividends and cash distributions on the Class A Ordinary Shares during the 365-day period ending on the date of declaration of such $0.35 dividend, then the Warrant Price will be decreased, effectively immediately after the effective date of such $0.35 dividend, by $0.25 (the absolute value of the difference between $0.75 (the aggregate amount of all cash dividends and cash distributions paid or made in such 365-day period, including such $0.35 dividend) and $0.50 (the greater of (x) $0.50 and (y) the aggregate amount of all cash dividends and cash distributions paid or made in such 365-day period prior to such $0.35 dividend)). Furthermore, solely for the purposes of illustration, if following the closing of the Company’s initial Business Combination, there were total shares outstanding of 100,000,000 and the Company paid a $1.00 dividend to 17,500,000 of such shares (with the remaining 82,500,000 shares waiving their right to receive such dividend), then no adjustment to the Warrant Price would occur as a $17.5 million dividend payment divided by 100,000,000 shares equals $0.175 per share which is less than $0.50 per share.

 

4.4. Adjustments in Exercise Price. Whenever the number of Class A Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants is adjusted, as provided in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 above, the Warrant Price shall be adjusted (to the nearest cent) by multiplying such Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of Class A Ordinary Shares purchasable upon the exercise of the Warrants immediately prior to such adjustment, and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of Class A Ordinary Shares so purchasable immediately thereafter.

 

7

 

 

4.5. Replacement of Securities upon Reorganization, etc. In case of any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares (other than a change covered by Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 hereof or that solely affects the par value of Class A Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and that does not result in any reclassification or reorganization of the outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares), or in the case of any sale or conveyance to another corporation or entity of the assets or other property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in connection with which the Company is dissolved, the Warrant holders shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Warrants and in lieu of the Class A Ordinary Shares of the Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented thereby, the kind and amount of shares or other securities or property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, reorganization, merger or consolidation, or upon a dissolution following any such sale or transfer, that the Warrant holder would have received if such Warrant holder had exercised his, her or its Warrant(s) immediately prior to such event. If any reclassification also results in a change in the Class A Ordinary Shares covered by Section 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3, then such adjustment shall be made pursuant to Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 and this Section 4.5. The provisions of this Section 4.5 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, mergers or consolidations, sales or other transfers. In no event will the Warrant Price be reduced to less than the par value per share issuable upon exercise of the Warrant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event of any tender offer for Class A Ordinary Shares, the offeror shall not make any tender offer for Warrants if the effect of such offer would be to require the Warrants to be accounted for as liabilities under applicable accounting principles.

 

4.6. Issuance in connection with a Business Combination. If, in connection with a Business Combination, the Company (a) issues additional Class A Ordinary Shares or equity-linked securities at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share (with such issue price or effective issue price as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, in good faith, and in the case of any such issuance to the Company’s initial shareholders, or their affiliates, without taking into account any shares of the Company’s Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Ordinary Share”), issued prior to the Public Offering and held by the initial shareholders or their affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the “Newly Issued Price”), (b) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of the Business Combination on the date of the consummation of such Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (c) the Market Value (as defined below) is below $9.20 per share, then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the greater of (i) the Market Value or (ii) Newly Issued Price, and the Redemption Trigger Price (as defined below) will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the greater of (i) the Market Value or (ii) the Newly Issued Price. Solely for purposes of this Section 4.6, the “Market Value” for this purpose shall mean the volume weighted average reported trading price of Class A Ordinary Shares for the twenty (20) trading days starting on the trading day prior to the date of the consummation of the Business Combination.

 

4.7. Notices of Changes in Warrant. Upon every adjustment of the Warrant Price or the number of shares issuable upon exercise of a Warrant, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Warrant Agent, which notice shall state the Warrant Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of a Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based. Upon the occurrence of any event specified in Sections 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, or 4.6, then, in any such event, the Company shall give written notice to each Warrant holder, at the last address set forth for such holder in the Warrant Register, of the record date or the effective date of the event. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such event.

 

8

 

 

4.8. No Fractional Warrants or Shares. Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not issue fractional shares upon exercise of Warrants. If, by reason of any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 4, the holder of any Warrant would be entitled, upon the exercise of such Warrant, to receive a fractional interest in a share, the Company shall, upon such exercise, round down to the nearest whole number of Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued to the Warrant holder.

 

4.9. Form of Warrant. The form of Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment pursuant to this Section 4, and Warrants issued after such adjustment may state the same Warrant Price and the same number of shares as is stated in the Warrants initially issued pursuant to this Agreement. However, the Company may at any time in its sole discretion make any change in the form of Warrant that the Company may deem appropriate and that does not affect the substance thereof, and any Warrant thereafter issued or countersigned, whether in exchange or substitution for an outstanding Warrant or otherwise, may be in the form as so changed.

 

4.10. Other Events. In case any event shall occur affecting the Company as to which none of the provisions of preceding subsections of this Section 4 are strictly applicable, but which would require an adjustment to the terms of the Warrants in order to (i) avoid an adverse impact on the Warrants and (ii) effectuate the intent and purpose of this Section 4, then, in each such case, the Company shall appoint a firm of independent public accountants, investment banking or other appraisal firm of recognized national standing, which shall give its opinion as to whether or not any adjustment to the rights represented by the Warrants is necessary to effectuate the intent and purpose of this Section 4 and, if they determine that an adjustment is necessary, the terms of such adjustment. The Company shall adjust the terms of the Warrants in a manner that is consistent with any adjustment recommended in such opinion.

 

4.11. No Adjustment. For the avoidance of doubt, no adjustment shall be made to the terms of the Warrants solely as a result of an adjustment to the conversion ratio of the Class B Ordinary Shares into Class A Ordinary Shares or the conversion of Class B Ordinary Shares into Class A Ordinary Shares, in each case, pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Articles and Memorandum of Association, as further amended from time to time.

 

5. Transfer and Exchange of Warrants.

 

5.1. Registration of Transfer. The Warrant Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Warrant upon the Warrant Register, upon surrender of such Warrant for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures, in the case of certificated Warrants, properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer. Upon any such transfer, a new Warrant representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants shall be issued and the old Warrant shall be cancelled by the Warrant Agent. In the case of certificated Warrants, the Warrants so cancelled shall be delivered by the Warrant Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.

 

9

 

 

5.2. Procedure for Surrender of Warrants. Warrants may be surrendered to the Warrant Agent, either in certificated form or in book entry position, together with a written request for exchange or transfer, and thereupon the Warrant Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Warrants, or book entry positions, as requested by the registered holder of the Warrants so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Warrants; provided, however, that in the event that a Warrant surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend, the Warrant Agent shall not cancel such Warrant and issue new Warrants in exchange therefor until the Warrant Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Warrants must also bear a restrictive legend.

 

5.3. Fractional Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which will result in the issuance of a warrant certificate or book-entry position for a fraction of a Warrant, except as part of the Units.

 

5.4. Service Charges. No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Warrants.

 

5.5. Warrant Execution and Countersignature. The Warrant Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Warrants required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5, and the Company, whenever required by the Warrant Agent, will supply the Warrant Agent with Warrants duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

 

5.6. Private Warrants, Working Capital Warrants, and Extension Loan Warrants. The Warrant Agent shall not register any transfer of Private Warrants, Working Capital Warrants, or Extension Loan Warrants until after the consummation by the Company of an initial Business Combination, except for transfers (i) among the initial shareholders or to the Company’s initial shareholders’ members, officers, directors, consultants or their affiliates, (ii) to a holder’s shareholders or members upon the holder’s liquidation, in each case if the holder is an entity, (iii) by bona fide gift to a member of the holder’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is the holder or a member of the holder’s immediate family, in each case for estate planning purposes, (iv) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (vi) to the Company for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (vii) in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination at prices no greater than the price at which the Warrants were originally purchased, (viii) in the event of the Company’s liquidation prior to its consummation of an initial Business Combination or (ix) in the event that, subsequent to the consummation of an initial Business Combination, the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, in each case (except for clauses (vi), (viii) or (ix) or with the Company’s prior written consent) on the condition that prior to such registration for transfer, the Warrant Agent shall be presented with written documentation pursuant to which each transferee (each, a “Permitted Transferee”) or the trustee or legal guardian for such Permitted Transferee agrees to be bound by the transfer restrictions contained in this Agreement and any other applicable agreement the transferor is bound by.

 

5.7. Transfers prior to Detachment. Prior to the Detachment Date, the Public Warrants may be transferred or exchanged only together with the Unit in which such Warrant is included, and only for the purpose of effecting, or in conjunction with, a transfer or exchange of such Unit. Furthermore, each transfer of a Unit on the register relating to such Units shall operate also to transfer the Warrants included in such Unit. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 5.7 shall have no effect on any transfer of Warrants on or after the Detachment Date.

 

10

 

 

6. Redemption.

 

6.1. Redemption. Not less than all of the outstanding Warrants may be redeemed, at the option of the Company, at any time during the Exercise Period, at the office of the Warrant Agent, upon the notice referred to in Section 6.2, at the price of $0.01 per Warrant (“Redemption Price”), provided that the closing price of the Class A Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $16.50 per share (subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 4 hereof) (the “Redemption Trigger Price”), on each of twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30) trading day period commencing after the Warrants become exercisable and ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given and provided that there is an effective registration statement covering the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, and a current prospectus relating thereto, available throughout the 30-day redemption or the Company has elected to require the exercise of the Warrants on a “cashless basis” pursuant to subsection 3.3.1(b); provided, however, that if and when the Public Warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may not exercise such redemption right if the issuance of Class A Ordinary Shares upon exercise of the Public Warrants is not exempt from registration or qualification under applicable state blue sky laws or the Company is unable to effect such registration or qualification.

 

6.2. Date Fixed for, and Notice of, Redemption. In the event the Company shall elect to redeem all of the Warrants that are subject to redemption, the Company shall fix a date for the redemption (the “Redemption Date”). Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, by the Company not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Redemption Date to the registered holders of the Warrants to be redeemed at their last addresses as they shall appear on the registration books. Any notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given whether or not the registered holder received such notice.

 

6.3. Exercise After Notice of Redemption. The Public Warrants may be exercised, for cash (or on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement) at any time after notice of redemption shall have been given by the Company pursuant to Section 6.2 hereof and prior to the Redemption Date. In the event the Company determines to require all holders of Public Warrants to exercise their Warrants on a “cashless basis” pursuant to Section 3.3.1(b), the notice of redemption will contain the information necessary to calculate the number of Class A Ordinary Shares to be received upon exercise of the Warrants, including the “Fair Market Value” in such case. On and after the Redemption Date, the record holder of the Warrants shall have no further rights except to receive, upon surrender of the Warrants, the Redemption Price.

 

7. Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Warrants.

 

7.1. No Rights as Shareholder. A Warrant does not entitle the registered holder thereof to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, or other distributions, exercise any preemptive rights to vote or to consent or to receive notice as shareholders in respect of the meetings of shareholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.

 

11

 

 

7.2. Lost, Stolen, Mutilated, or Destroyed Warrants. If any Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, the Company and the Warrant Agent may on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination, tenor, and date as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed. Any such new Warrant shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

 

7.3. Reservation of Class A Ordinary Shares. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7.4. Registration of Class A Ordinary Shares. The Company agrees that as soon as practicable after the closing of its initial Business Combination, it shall use its best efforts to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement for the registration, under the Act, of the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, and it shall use its best efforts to take such action as is necessary to register or qualify for sale, in those states in which the Warrants were initially offered by the Company and in those states where holders of Warrants then reside, the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, to the extent an exemption is not available. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the same to become effective and to maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement, and a current prospectus relating thereto, until the expiration of the Warrants in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. If any such registration statement has not been declared effective by the 90th day following the closing of the Business Combination, holders of the Warrants shall have the right, during the period beginning on the 91st day after the closing of the Business Combination and ending upon such registration statement being declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, and during any other period when the Company shall fail to have maintained an effective registration statement covering the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants, to exercise such Warrants on a “cashless basis” as determined in accordance with Section 3.3.1(c). The Company shall provide the Warrant Agent with an opinion of counsel for the Company (which shall be an outside law firm with securities law experience) stating that (i) the exercise of the Warrants on a cashless basis in accordance with this Section 7.4 is not required to be registered under the Act and (ii) the Class A Ordinary Shares issued upon such exercise will be freely tradable under U.S. federal securities laws by anyone who is not an affiliate (as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Act) of the Company and, accordingly, will not be required to bear a restrictive legend. For the avoidance of any doubt, unless and until all of the Warrants have been exercised on a cashless basis, the Company shall continue to be obligated to comply with its registration obligations under the first three sentences of this Section 7.4. The provisions of this Section 7.4 may not be modified, amended, or deleted without the prior written consent of the Representatives.

 

8. Concerning the Warrant Agent and Other Matters.

 

8.1. Payment of Taxes. The Company will from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Warrant Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of Class A Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of Warrants, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in respect of the Warrants or such Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

12

 

 

8.2. Resignation, Consolidation, or Merger of Warrant Agent.

 

8.2.1. Appointment of Successor Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company. If the office of the Warrant Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Warrant Agent in place of the Warrant Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of thirty (30) days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of the Warrant (who shall, with such notice, submit his Warrant for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Warrant may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Warrant Agent at the Company’s cost. Any successor Warrant Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. After appointment, any successor Warrant Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations of its predecessor Warrant Agent with like effect as if originally named as Warrant Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Warrant Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Warrant Agent all the authority, powers, and rights of such predecessor Warrant Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Warrant Agent the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Warrant Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations.

 

8.2.2. Notice of Successor Warrant Agent. In the event a successor Warrant Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Warrant Agent and the transfer agent for the Class A Ordinary Shares not later than the effective date of any such appointment.

 

8.2.3. Merger or Consolidation of Warrant Agent. Any corporation into which the Warrant Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Warrant Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Warrant Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

 

8.3. Fees and Expenses of Warrant Agent.

 

8.3.1. Remuneration. The Company agrees to pay the Warrant Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Warrant Agent hereunder and will reimburse the Warrant Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Warrant Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.

 

8.3.2. Further Assurances. The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged, and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Warrant Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

8.4. Liability of Warrant Agent.

 

8.4.1. Reliance on Company Statement. Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Warrant Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company and delivered to the Warrant Agent. The Warrant Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

13

 

 

8.4.2. Indemnity. The Warrant Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. The Company agrees to indemnify the Warrant Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Warrant Agent in the execution of this Agreement except as a result of the Warrant Agent’s fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith.

 

8.4.3. Exclusions. The Warrant Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Warrant (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Warrant; nor shall it be responsible to make any adjustments required under the provisions of Section 4 hereof or responsible for the manner, method, or amount of any such adjustment or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such adjustment; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Warrant or as to whether any Class A Ordinary Shares will, when issued, be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

 

8.5. Acceptance of Agency. The Warrant Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and among other things, shall account promptly to the Company with respect to Warrants exercised and concurrently account for, and pay to the Company, all monies received by the Warrant Agent for the purchase of Class A Ordinary Shares through the exercise of Warrants.

 

9. Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

9.1. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Warrant Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

 

9.2. Notices. Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Warrant Agent or by the holder of any Warrant to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given (i) if by email when the email is sent, (ii) if by hand or overnight delivery, when so delivered, or (iii) if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five (5) days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Warrant Agent), as follows:

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88

New York, NY 10001

 

Attn: Liang Shi

 

14

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC

800 Third Avenue, Suite 2800

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Arila E. Zhou, Esq.

 

Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the holder of any Warrant or by the Company to or on the Warrant Agent shall be sufficiently given (i) if by email, when the email is sent, (ii) if by hand or overnight delivery, when so delivered, or (iii) if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Warrant Agent with the Company), as follows:

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: Compliance Department

 

Any notice, sent pursuant to this Warrant Agreement shall be effective, if delivered by hand, upon receipt thereof by the party to whom it is addressed, if sent by overnight courier, on the next business day of the delivery to the courier, and if sent by registered or certified mail on the third day after registration or certification thereof.

 

9.3. Applicable Law. The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Warrants shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York , and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim.. The Company hereby waives any objection that such exclusive jurisdiction and such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this paragraph will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum.

 

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in the Warrants shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in this Section 9.3. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions above, is filed in a court other than a court located within the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any warrant holder, such warrant holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located within the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (y) having service of process made upon such warrant holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such warrant holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such warrant holder.

 

Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 9.2 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim.

 

15

 

 

9.4. Persons Having Rights under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the registered holders of the Warrants and, for the purposes of Sections 7.4, 9.4 and 9.8 hereof, the Representatives, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Warrant Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof. The Representatives shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement with respect to Sections 7.4, 9.4 and 9.8 hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Warrant Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto (and the Representatives with respect to the Sections 7.4, 9.4 and 9.8 hereof) and their successors and assigns and of the registered holders of the Warrants.

 

9.5. Examination of the Warrant Agreement. A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Warrant Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, for inspection by the registered holder of any Warrant. The Warrant Agent may require any such holder to submit his Warrant for inspection by it.

 

9.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

  

9.7. Effect of Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

 

9.8. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of (i) curing any ambiguity or to correct any mistake, including to conform the provisions hereof to the description of the terms of the Warrants and this Agreement set forth in the Prospectus, or curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein, or (ii) adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as the parties may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the registered holders. All other modifications or amendments, including any amendment to increase the Warrant Price or shorten the Exercise Period, shall require the written consent or vote of the registered holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Public Warrants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may lower the Warrant Price or extend the duration of the Exercise Period pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2, respectively, without the consent of the registered holders. The provisions of this Section 9.8 may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of the Representatives.

 

9.9. Trust Account Waiver. The Warrant Agent acknowledges and agrees that it shall not make any claims or proceed against the trust account established by the Company in connection with the Public Offering (as more fully described in the Registration Statement) (“Trust Account”), including by way of set-off, and shall not be entitled to any funds in the Trust Account under any circumstance. In the event that the Warrant Agent has a claim against the Company under this Agreement, the Warrant Agent will pursue such claim solely against the Company and not against the property held in the Trust Account.

 

9.10. Severability. This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

 

[signature page follows]

 

16

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

  Blue World Acquisition Corporation
   
  By:  
    Name:  Shi Liang
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company
   
  By:  
    Name: [     ]
    Title: [       ]

 

[signature page to the Warrant Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

WARRANT CERTIFICATE

 

 EXHIBIT B

 

LEGEND FOR PRIVATE PLACEMENT WARRANTS

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE. IN ADDITION, SUBJECT TO ANY ADDITIONAL LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFER DESCRIBED IN THE LETTER AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION (THE “COMPANY”), BLUE WORLD HOLDINGS LIMITED AND THE OTHER PARTIES THERETO, THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER THE DATE UPON WHICH THE COMPANY COMPLETES ITS INITIAL BUSINESS COMBINATION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3 OF THE WARRANT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN) EXCEPT TO A PERMITTED TRANSFEREE (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 5.6 OF THE WARRANT AGREEMENT) WHO AGREES IN WRITING WITH THE COMPANY TO BE SUBJECT TO SUCH TRANSFER PROVISIONS.

 

SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES OF THE COMPANY ISSUED UPON EXERCISE OF SUCH SECURITIES SHALL BE ENTITLED TO REGISTRATION RIGHTS UNDER A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT TO BE EXECUTED BY THE COMPANY.

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.6

 

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made as of [●], 2021 between Blue World Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands company, with offices at 244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88, New York, NY 10001 (the “Company”), and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York limited liability trust company, with offices at 1 State Street, 30th Floor, New York, NY 10004 (the “Right Agent”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company has received a firm commitment from Maxim Group LLC (“Maxim”), as sole underwriter, to purchase up to an aggregate of 9,200,000 units (including up to 1,200,000 units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full or in part), each unit (“Unit”) comprised of one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Ordinary Shares”), one-half of one redeemable warrant to acquire one Class A Ordinary Share (the “Public Warrants”), and one right to receive one-tenth of one Class A Ordinary Share (the “Public Rights”) upon the happening of the triggering event described herein, and in connection therewith, will issue and deliver up to an aggregate of 9,200,000 Public Rights upon consummation of such public offering, 1,200,000 of which are attributable to the over-allotment option (“Public Offering”);

 

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the consummation of the Public Offering, the Company will issue and deliver up to an aggregate of 378,480 rights underlying private units, 30,000 of which are attributable to the over-allotment option (the “Private Rights”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company may issue up to an additional 4,000,000 Rights (or 4,360,000 Rights if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), which will be identical to the Private Rights, in consideration of certain working capital loans that may be made by Blue World Holdings Limited (the “Sponsor”), or the Company’s officers, directors or affiliates;

 

WHEREAS, the Company may issue 40,000 units (or up to 46,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) (the “Extension Loan Units”) at a price of $10.00 per Extension Loan Unit, with each Extension Loan Unit consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share, one-half (1/2) of one warrant (a whole warrant of each such warrant, a “Extension Loan Warrant”) and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the consummation of an initial business combination (the “Extension Loan Rights”, together with the Public Rights, the Private Rights, and along with such other rights as the Company issues from time to time hereunder, the “Rights”), for each loans made by the Sponsor, its affiliates or designees in connection with the 3-month period extension for the Company’s initial business combination, up to three times;

 

WHEREAS, the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-[●] (“Registration Statement”), for the registration, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Act”) of, among other securities, the Public Rights and the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable to the holders of the Public Rights;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires the Right Agent to act on behalf of the Company, and the Right Agent is willing to so act, in connection with the issuance, registration, transfer and exchange of the Rights;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for the form and provisions of the Rights, the terms upon which they shall be issued, and the respective rights, limitation of rights, and immunities of the Company, the Right Agent, and the holders of the Rights; and

 

WHEREAS, all acts and things have been done and performed which are necessary to make the Rights, when executed on behalf of the Company and countersigned by or on behalf of the Right Agent, as provided herein, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

1

 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Appointment of Right Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Right Agent to act as agent for the Company for the Rights, and the Right Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to perform the same in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2. Rights.

 

  2.1. Form of Right. Each Right shall be issued in registered form only, shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein and shall be signed by, or bear the facsimile signature of, the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer, Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company and shall bear a facsimile of the Company’s seal. In the event the person whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any Right shall have ceased to serve in the capacity in which such person signed the Right before such Right is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he or she had not ceased to be such at the date of issuance.

 

  2.2. Effect of Countersignature. Unless and until countersigned by the Right Agent pursuant to this Agreement, a Right shall be invalid and of no effect and may not be exchanged for Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

  2.3. Registration.

 

  2.3.1. Right Register. The Right Agent shall maintain books (“Right Register”) for the registration of original issuance and the registration of transfer of the Rights. Upon the initial issuance of the Rights, the Right Agent shall issue and register the Rights in the names of the respective holders thereof in such denominations and otherwise in accordance with instructions delivered to the Right Agent by the Company.

 

  2.3.2. Registered Holder. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any Right, the Company and the Right Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name such Right shall be registered upon the Right Register (“registered holder”) as the absolute owner of such Right and of each Right represented thereby (notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on the Right Certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Right Agent), for the purpose of the exchange thereof, and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Right Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

  2.4. Detachability of Rights. The securities comprising the Units, including the Rights, will not be separately transferable until the fifty-second (52nd) day after the date hereof unless Maxim informs the Company of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, but in no event will separate trading of the securities comprising the Units begin until (i) the Company files a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the receipt by the Company of the gross proceeds of the Public Offering including the proceeds received by the Company from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date hereof, and (ii) the Company issues a press release and files a Current Report on Form 8-K announcing when such separate trading shall begin.

 

3. Terms and Exchange of Rights.

 

  3.1. Rights. Each Right shall entitle the holder thereof to receive one-tenth of one Class A Ordinary Share upon the happening of the Exchange Event (described below). Subject to Section 3.3.1 below with respect to the registered holders of Rights, in the event that the Company is not the surviving entity immediately following the Exchange Event, holders of Rights shall be entitled to automatically receive the kind and amount of securities or properties of the surviving entity as the holders of each one-tenth of one Class A Ordinary Share is entitled to receive in the Exchange Event. No additional consideration shall be paid by a holder of Rights in order to receive his, her or its Class A Ordinary Shares upon the Exchange Event as the purchase price for such Class A Ordinary Shares has been included in the purchase price for the Units. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Rights or issue fractional  Class A Ordinary Share.

 

  3.2. Exchange Event. The Exchange Event shall be the Company’s consummation of an initial Business Combination (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association).

 

  3.3. Exchange of Rights.

 

2

 

 

  3.3.1. Issuance of Certificates. As soon as practicable upon the occurrence of the Exchange Event, the Company shall direct registered holders of the Rights to return their Rights Certificates to the Right Agent subject to dissenter rights as provided in the applicable law if any in the event that the Company is not the surviving entity in a Business Combination. Upon receipt of a valid Rights Certificate, the Company shall issue to the registered holder of such Right(s) a certificate or certificates for the number of full Class A Ordinary Share to which he, she or it is entitled, registered in such name or names as may be directed by him, her or it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any provision contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Rights. The Company shall not issue fractional shares upon exchange of Rights. At the time of the Exchange Event, the Company will instruct the Right Agent to round down to the nearest whole Class A Ordinary Share or otherwise inform it how fractional shares will be addressed in accordance with Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

  3.3.2. Valid Issuance. All Class A Ordinary Shares issued upon an Exchange Event in conformity with this Agreement shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

  3.3.3. Date of Issuance. Each person in whose name any such certificate for Class A Ordinary Shares is issued shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date of the Exchange Event, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate.

 

  3.3.4. Company Not Surviving Following Exchange Event. If the Exchange Event results in the Company not continuing as a publicly held reporting entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of Rights to receive the same per share consideration as the holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares will receive in with the Exchange Event, for the number of shares such holder is entitled to pursuant to Section 3.3.1 above.

 

  3.4. Duration of Rights. If the Exchange Event does not occur within 12 months from the closing of the Public Offering (or up to 21 months from the closing of the Public Offering if the Company extends the period of time to consummate a Business Combination, as described in the Registration Statement), and such Business Combination has not yet been consummated within the applicable time period, the Rights shall expire and shall be worthless; provided that, for as long as any of the Maxim Right are held by Maxim, or its designees or affiliates, such Rights may not be converted after five years, from the effective date of the Registration Statement.

  

3

 

 
4. Transfer and Exchange of Rights.

 

  4.1. Registration of Transfer. The Right Agent shall register the transfer, from time to time, of any outstanding Right upon the Right Register, upon surrender of such Right for transfer, properly endorsed with signatures properly guaranteed and accompanied by appropriate instructions for transfer. Upon any such transfer, a new Right representing an equal aggregate number of Rights shall be issued and the old Right shall be cancelled by the Right Agent. The Rights so cancelled shall be delivered by the Right Agent to the Company from time to time upon request.

 

  4.2. Procedure for Surrender of Rights. Rights may be surrendered to the Right Agent, together with a written request for exchange or transfer, and thereupon the Right Agent shall issue in exchange therefor one or more new Rights as requested by the registered holder of the Rights so surrendered, representing an equal aggregate number of Rights; provided, however, that in the event that a Right surrendered for transfer bears a restrictive legend, the Right Agent shall not cancel such Right and issue new Rights in exchange therefor until the Right Agent has received an opinion of counsel for the Company stating that such transfer may be made and indicating whether the new Rights must also bear a restrictive legend.

 

  4.3. Fractional Rights. The Right Agent shall not be required to effect any registration of transfer or exchange which will result in the issuance of a Right Certificate for a fraction of a Right.

 

  4.4. Service Charges. No service charge shall be made for any exchange or registration of transfer of Rights.

 

  4.5. Adjustments to Conversion Ratios. The number of Class A Ordinary Shares that the holders of Rights are entitled to receive as a result of the occurrence of an Exchange Event shall be equitably adjusted to reflect appropriately the effect of any share split, share dividend, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other like change with respect to Class A Ordinary Shares occurring on or after the date hereof and prior to the Exchange Event.

 

  4.6. Right Execution and Countersignature. The Right Agent is hereby authorized to countersign and to deliver, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Rights required to be issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4, and the Company, whenever required by the Right Agent, will supply the Right Agent with Rights duly executed on behalf of the Company for such purpose.

 

5. Other Provisions Relating to Rights of Holders of Rights.

 

  5.1. No Rights as Shareholder. Until exchange of a Right for Class A Ordinary Shares as provided for herein, a Right does not entitle the registered holder thereof to any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, or other distributions, exercise any preemptive rights to vote or to consent or to receive notice as shareholders in respect of the meetings of shareholders or the election of directors of the Company or any other matter.

 

4

 

 

  5.2. Lost, Stolen, Mutilated, or Destroyed Rights. If any Right is lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed, the Company and the Right Agent may on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as they may in their discretion impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Right, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Right of like denomination, tenor, and date as the Right so lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed. Any such new Right shall constitute a substitute contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated, or destroyed Right shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

 

  5.3. Reservation of  Class A Ordinary Shares. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available a number of its authorized but unissued  Class A Ordinary Shares that will be sufficient to permit the exchange of all outstanding Rights issued pursuant to this Agreement.

 

6. Concerning the Right Agent and Other Matters.

 

  6.1. Payment of Taxes. The Company will from time to time promptly pay all taxes and charges that may be imposed upon the Company or the Right Agent in respect of the issuance or delivery of  Class A Ordinary Shares upon the exchange of Rights, but the Company shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in respect of the Rights or such shares.

 

  6.2. Resignation, Consolidation, or Merger of Right Agent.

 

5

 

 

  6.2.1. Appointment of Successor Right Agent. The Right Agent, or any successor to it hereafter appointed, may resign its duties and be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder after giving sixty (60) days’ notice in writing to the Company. If the office of the Right Agent becomes vacant by resignation or incapacity to act or otherwise, the Company shall appoint in writing a successor Right Agent in place of the Right Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the Right Agent or by the holder of the Right (who shall, with such notice, submit his, her or its Right for inspection by the Company), then the holder of any Right may apply to the Supreme Court of the State of New York for the County of New York for the appointment of a successor Right Agent at the Company’s cost. Any successor Right Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such court, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, in good standing and having its principal office in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, and authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. After appointment, any successor Right Agent shall be vested with all the authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations of its predecessor Right Agent with like effect as if originally named as Right Agent hereunder, without any further act or deed; but if for any reason it becomes necessary or appropriate, the predecessor Right Agent shall execute and deliver, at the expense of the Company, an instrument transferring to such successor Right Agent all the authority, powers, and rights of such predecessor Right Agent hereunder; and upon request of any successor Right Agent the Company shall make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all instruments in writing for more fully and effectually vesting in and confirming to such successor Right Agent all such authority, powers, rights, immunities, duties, and obligations.

 

  6.2.2. Notice of Successor Right Agent. In the event a successor Right Agent shall be appointed, the Company shall give notice thereof to the predecessor Right Agent and the transfer agent for the Class A Ordinary Shares not later than the effective date of any such appointment.

 

  6.2.3. Merger or Consolidation of Right Agent. Any corporation into which the Right Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Right Agent shall be a party shall be the successor Right Agent under this Agreement without any further act.

 

  6.3. Fees and Expenses of Right Agent.

 

  6.3.1. Remuneration. The Company agrees to pay the Right Agent reasonable remuneration for its services as such Right Agent hereunder and will reimburse the Right Agent upon demand for all expenditures that the Right Agent may reasonably incur in the execution of its duties hereunder.

 

6

 

 

  6.3.2. Further Assurances. The Company agrees to perform, execute, acknowledge, and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged, and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments, and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Right Agent for the carrying out or performing of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  6.4. Liability of Right Agent.

 

  6.4.1. Reliance on Company Statement. Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Right Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a statement signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer and delivered to the Right Agent. The Right Agent may rely upon such statement for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  6.4.2. Indemnity. The Right Agent shall be liable hereunder only for its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Subject to Section 6.6, the Company agrees to indemnify the Right Agent and save it harmless against any and all liabilities, including judgments, costs and reasonable counsel fees, for anything done or omitted by the Right Agent in the execution of this Agreement except as a result of the Right Agent’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith.

 

  6.4.3. Exclusions. The Right Agent shall have no responsibility with respect to the validity of this Agreement or with respect to the validity or execution of any Right (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right; nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any  Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right or as to whether any Class A Ordinary Shares will, when issued, be valid and fully paid and nonassessable.

 

  6.5. Acceptance of Agency. The Right Agent hereby accepts the agency established by this Agreement and agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.

 

  6.6. Waiver. The Right Agent hereby waives any right of set-off or any other right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) in, or to any distribution of, the Trust Account (as defined in that certain Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and the Right Agent as trustee thereunder) and hereby agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction for any Claim against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

 

7

 

 

7. Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

  7.1. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Right Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns.

 

  7.2.

Notices. Any notice, statement or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Right Agent or by the holder of any Right to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given when so delivered if by hand or overnight delivery or if sent by certified mail or private courier service within five days after deposit of such notice, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing by the Company with the Right Agent), as follows:

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88

New York, NY 10001 Attn: Liang Shi

 

and

 

Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC

800 Third Avenue, Suite 2800

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Arila E. Zhou, Esq.

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: Compliance Department

 

and

 

Maxim Group LLC

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

Attn: Alex Jin

 

and

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

Attn: Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Esq., David J. Levine, Esq.

 

8

 

 

  7.3. Applicable Law. The validity, interpretation, and performance of this Agreement and of the Rights shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of or relating in any way to this Agreement shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 7.2 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim.

 

  7.4. Persons Having Rights under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or give to, any person or corporation other than the parties hereto and the registered holders of the Rights and, for the purposes of Sections 3.1, 3.2, 7.4 and 7.8 hereof, Maxim, any right, remedy, or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or of any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise, or agreement hereof. Maxim shall be deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement with respect to Sections 3.1, 3.2, 7.4 and 7.8 hereof. All covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises, and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto (and Maxim with respect to Sections 3.1, 3.2, 7.4 and 7.8 hereof) and their successors and assigns and of the registered holders of the Rights.

 

  7.5. Examination of this Agreement. A copy of this Agreement shall be available at all reasonable times at the office of the Right Agent in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, for inspection by the registered holder of any Right. The Right Agent may require any such holder to submit his, her or its Right for inspection by it.

 

  7.6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of original or facsimile counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

  7.7. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the interpretation thereof.

 

  7.8. Amendments. This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto without the consent of any registered holder for the purpose of curing any ambiguity, or of curing, correcting or supplementing any defective provision contained herein or adding or changing any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement as the parties may deem necessary or desirable and that the parties deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the registered holders. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent or vote of the registered holders of a majority of the then outstanding Rights. The provisions of this Section 7.8 may not be modified, amended or deleted without the prior written consent of Maxim.

 

  7.9. Severability. This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

9

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto as of the day and year first above written.

 

  BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
   
  By:  
    Name: Liang Shi
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
     
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Rights Agreement-Blue World Acquisition Corporation]

 

10

 

 

EXHIBIT A

Form of Right

 

 

11

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation   D  +1 345 815 1877
89 Nexus Way   E  bradley.kruger@ogier.com
Camana Bay  
Grand Cayman, KY1-9009   Reference:  427881.00001/BKR/RZD
Cayman Islands  
    December 10, 2021
   

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation (the Company)

 

We have been requested to provide you with an opinion on matters of Cayman Islands law in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto, filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the Act), as amended, (including its exhibits, the Registration Statement) related to the offering and sale of:

 

(a) up to 8,000,000 units (together, the Units), each Unit consisting of one class A ordinary share of the Company with a par value of US$0.0001 each (the Class A Ordinary Shares), one-half of one redeemable warrant to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share (the Warrants) and one right to acquire one-tenth of one Class A Ordinary Share (the Rights);

 

(b) up to 1,200,000 Units (the Over-Allotment Units), which the several underwriters, for whom Maxim Group LLC are acting as representative, will have a right to purchase from the Company to cover over allotments, if any;

 

(c) all Class A Ordinary Shares and all Warrants and all Rights issued as part of the Units and the Over-Allotment Units; and

 

(d) all Class A Ordinary Shares that may be issued upon exercise of the Warrants and the Rights included in the Units and the Over-Allotment Units.

 

This opinion is given in accordance with the terms of the Legal Matters section of the Registration Statement.

 

Ogier

89 Nexus Way

Camana Bay

Grand Cayman, KY1-9009

Cayman Islands

 

T +1 345 949 9876

F +1 345 949 9877

ogier.com

  A list of Partners may be inspected on our website

 

 

 

 

A reference to a Schedule is a reference to a schedule to this opinion and the headings herein are for convenience only and do not affect the construction of this opinion.

 

1 Documents examined

 

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined the corporate and other documents and conducted the searches listed in Schedule 1. We have not made any searches or enquiries concerning, and have not examined any documents entered into by or affecting the Company or any other person, save for the searches, enquiries and examinations expressly referred to in Schedule 1.

 

2 Assumptions

 

In giving this opinion we have relied upon the assumptions set forth in Schedule 2 without having carried out any independent investigation or verification in respect of those assumptions.

 

3 Opinions

 

On the basis of the examinations and assumptions referred to above and subject to the qualifications set forth in Schedule 3 and the limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that:

 

Corporate status

 

(a) The Company has been duly incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability and is validly existing and in good standing with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands (Registrar).

 

Corporate power

 

(b) The Company has all requisite power under its Memorandum and Articles of Association (each as defined in Schedule 1) to issue the Class A Ordinary Shares (including the issuance of the Class A Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the Warrant Documents (as defined in Schedule 1) and the issuance of the Class A Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of the Rights in accordance with the Rights Documents (as defined in Schedule 1)), to execute and deliver the Documents (as defined in Schedule 1) and to perform its obligations, and exercise its rights, under such documents.

 

2

 

 

Corporate authorisation

 

(c) The Company has taken all requisite corporate action to authorise:

 

(i) the issuance of the Class A Ordinary Shares (including the issuance of the Class A Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the Warrant Documents and the issuance of the Class A Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of the Rights in accordance with the Rights Documents); and

 

(ii) the execution and delivery of the Documents and the performance of its obligations, and the exercise of its rights, under such documents.

 

Shares

 

(d) The Class A Ordinary Shares to be offered and issued by the Company as contemplated by the Registration Statement (including the issuance of the Class A Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the Warrant Documents and the issuance of the Class A Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of the Rights in accordance with the Rights Documents), when issued by the Company upon:

 

(i) payment in full of the consideration as set out in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the terms set out in the Registration Statement (including the issuance of the Class A Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of the Warrants in accordance with the Warrant Documents and the issuance of the Class A Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of the Rights in accordance with the Rights Documents) and in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association; and

 

(ii) the entry of those Class A Ordinary Shares as fully paid on the register of members of the Company,

 

shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

4 Matters not covered

 

We offer no opinion:

 

(a) as to any laws other than the laws of the Cayman Islands, and we have not, for the purposes of this opinion, made any investigation of the laws of any other jurisdiction, and we express no opinion as to the meaning, validity, or effect of references in the Documents to statutes, rules, regulations, codes or judicial authority of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands;

 

3

 

 

(b) except to the extent that this opinion expressly provides otherwise, as to the commercial terms of, or the validity, enforceability or effect of the documents reviewed (or as to how the commercial terms of such documents reflect the intentions of the parties), the accuracy of representations, the fulfilment of warranties or conditions, the occurrence of events of default or terminating events or the existence of any conflicts or inconsistencies among the documents and any other agreements into which the Company may have entered or any other documents; or

 

(c) as to whether the acceptance, execution or performance of the Company’s obligations under the documents reviewed by us will result in the breach of or infringe any other agreement, deed or document (other than the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association) entered into by or binding on the Company.

 

5 Governing law of this opinion

 

5.1 This opinion is:

 

(a) governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of the Cayman Islands;

 

(b) limited to the matters expressly stated in it; and

 

(c) confined to, and given on the basis of, the laws and practice in the Cayman Islands at the date of this opinion.

 

5.2 Unless otherwise indicated, a reference to any specific Cayman Islands legislation is a reference to that legislation as amended to, and as in force at, the date of this opinion.

 

6 Consent

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and also consent to the reference to this firm in the Registration Statement under the heading “Legal Matters”. In the giving of our consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.


Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Ogier  
Ogier  

 

4

 

 

Schedule 1 

 

Documents examined

 

Corporate and other documents

 

1 The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company dated 19 July 2021 issued by the Registrar.

 

2 The memorandum of association of the Company filed with the Registrar on 19 July 2021 (Memorandum).

 

3 The articles of association of the Company filed with the Registrar on 19 July 2021 (Articles of Association).

 

4 A Certificate of Good Standing dated 2 December 2021 (Good Standing Certificate) issued by the Registrar in respect of the Company.

 

5 A certificate dated on the date hereof as to certain matters of fact signed by a director of the Company in the form annexed hereto (the Director’s Certificate), having attached to it a copy of written resolutions of the directors of the Company passed on 6 December 2021 (the Resolutions).

 

6 The Register of Writs at the office of the Clerk of Courts in the Cayman Islands as inspected by us on 8 December 2021 (Register of Writs).

 

7 The Registration Statement.

 

8 A draft of the form of the unit certificate representing the Units and the Over-Allotment Units (the Unit Certificates).

 

9 A draft specimen certificate for Class A Ordinary Shares (the Share Certificates).

 

10 A draft of the form of the warrant agreement and the warrant certificate constituting the Warrants (the Warrant Documents).

 

11 A draft of the form of the rights agreement and the rights certificate constituting the Rights (the Rights Documents and, together with the Unit Certificates, the Share Certificates and the Warrant Documents, the Documents).

 

5

 

 

Schedule 2 

 

Assumptions

 

Assumptions of general application

 

1 All original documents examined by us are authentic and complete.

 

2 All copy documents examined by us (whether in facsimile, electronic or other form) conform to the originals and those originals are authentic and complete.

 

3 All signatures, seals, dates, stamps and markings (whether on original or copy documents) are genuine.

 

4 Each of the Good Standing Certificate and the Director’s Certificate is accurate and complete as at the date of this opinion.

 

5 Where any Document has been provided to us in draft or undated form, such document has been executed by all parties in materially the form provided to us and, where we have been provided with successive drafts of the documents marked to show changes from a previous draft, all such changes have been accurately marked.

 

Status, authorisation and execution

 

6 Each of the parties to the Documents other than the Company is duly incorporated, formed or organised (as applicable), validly existing and in good standing under all relevant laws.

 

7 Each Document has been duly authorised, executed and unconditionally delivered by or on behalf of all parties to it in accordance with all applicable laws (other than, in the case of the Company, the laws of the Cayman Islands).

 

8 In authorising the execution and delivery of the Documents by the Company, the exercise of its rights and performance of its obligations under the Documents, each of the directors of the Company has acted in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and has exercised the standard of care, diligence and skill that is required of him or her.

 

9 Each Document has been duly executed and unconditionally delivered by the Company in the manner authorised in the Resolutions.

 

Enforceability

 

10 None of the opinions expressed herein will be adversely affected by the laws or public policies of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. In particular, but without limitation to the previous sentence:

 

(a) the laws or public policies of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands will not adversely affect the capacity or authority of the Company; and

 

(b) neither the execution or delivery of the Documents nor the exercise by any party of its rights or the performance of its obligations under the Documents contravene those laws or public policies.

 

11 There are no agreements, documents or arrangements (other than the documents expressly referred to in this opinion as having been examined by us) that materially affect or modify the Documents or the transactions contemplated by them or restrict the powers and authority of the Company in any way.

 

12 None of the transactions contemplated by the Documents relate to any shares, voting rights or other rights that are subject to a restrictions notice issued pursuant to the Companies Act (Revised) (Companies Act) of the Cayman Islands.

 

Share Issuance

 

13 The Class A Ordinary Shares shall be issued at an issue price in excess of the par value thereof.

 

14 The draft amended and restated articles of association appended to the Registration Statement will be adopted by the Company in accordance with the Articles of Association prior to the date that any Units, Class A Ordinary Shares, Warrants, Rights or Over-Allotment Units are issued by the Company.

 

6

 

 

Schedule 3 

 

Qualifications

 

Good Standing

 

1 Under the Companies Act annual returns in respect of the Company must be filed with the Registrar, together with payment of annual filing fees. A failure to file annual returns and pay annual filing fees may result in the Company being struck off the Register of Companies, following which its assets will vest in the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands and will be subject to disposition or retention for the benefit of the public of the Cayman Islands.

 

2 In good standing means only that as of the date of the Good Standing Certificate the Company is up-to-date with the filing of its annual returns and payment of annual fees with the Registrar. We have made no enquiries into the Company’s good standing with respect to any filings or payment of fees, or both, that it may be required to make under the laws of the Cayman Islands other than the Companies Act.

 

Limited liability

 

3 We are not aware of any Cayman Islands authority as to when the courts would set aside the limited liability of a shareholder in a Cayman Islands company. Our opinion on the subject is based on the Companies Act and English common law authorities, the latter of which are persuasive but not binding in the courts of the Cayman Islands. Under English authorities, circumstances in which a court would attribute personal liability to a shareholder are very limited, and include: (a) such shareholder expressly assuming direct liability (such as a guarantee); (b) the company acting as the agent of such shareholder; (c) the company being incorporated by or at the behest of such shareholder for the purpose of committing or furthering such shareholder’s fraud, or for a sham transaction otherwise carried out by such shareholder. In the absence of these circumstances, we are of the opinion that a Cayman Islands’ court would have no grounds to set aside the limited liability of a shareholder.

 

Non-Assessable

 

4 In this opinion, the phrase “non-assessable” means, with respect to the Class A Ordinary Shares in the Company, that a shareholder shall not, solely by virtue of its status as a shareholder, be liable for additional assessments or calls on the Class A Ordinary Shares by the Company or its creditors (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstance in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

 

Register of Writs

 

5 Our examination of the Register of Writs cannot conclusively reveal whether or not there is:

 

(a) any current or pending litigation in the Cayman Islands against the Company; or

 

(b) any application for the winding up or dissolution of the Company or the appointment of any liquidator or trustee in bankruptcy in respect of the Company or any of its assets,

 

as notice of these matters might not be entered on the Register of Writs immediately or updated expeditiously or the court file associated with the matter or the matter itself may not be publicly available (for example, due to sealing orders having been made). Furthermore, we have not conducted a search of the summary court. Claims in the summary court are limited to a maximum of CI $20,000.

 

7

 

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman, KY1-9009, Cayman Islands

 

Ogier

89 Nexus Way

Camana Bay

Grand Cayman, KY1-9009

Cayman Islands

 

Date : December 10, 2021

 

Dear Sirs

 

Director’s Certificate

Blue World Acquisition Corporation (the Company)

 

You have been requested to provide a legal opinion to the Company in relation to certain aspects of Cayman Islands law (the Opinion). I acknowledge that your Opinion will be given in reliance upon the information set out in this certificate. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalised terms used in this certificate have the meaning given to them in the Opinion.

 

I hereby certify that as at the date hereof:

 

1 you have been provided by us with true and complete copies of:

 

(a) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company dated 19 July 2021 issued by the Registrar;

 

(b) the Memorandum and Articles of Association;

 

(c) the Resolutions annexed hereto;

 

2 the Memorandum and Articles of Association provided to you are in full force and effect and have not been amended, varied, supplemented or revoked in any respect;

 

3 the Company has not entered into any mortgages or charges over its property or assets other than those entered in the register of mortgages and charges of the Company;

 

4 no steps have been taken by the Company to wind up the Company and no resolutions have been passed by the shareholders (Shareholders) to wind up the Company;

 

5 the Company is not subject to any legal, arbitral, administration or other proceedings and no notice of an application or order for the appointment of a liquidator or receiver of the Company or any of its assets or of a winding-up of the Company has been received by the Company;

 

6 the powers and authority of the Directors as set out in the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company have not been varied or restricted in any way by resolution or direction of the Shareholders;

 

8

 

 

7 there have been no sealing regulations made by the Directors, any committee of the Directors or the Shareholders pursuant to the Articles of Association of the Company;

 

8 the Resolutions have been duly signed by all the Directors and were passed in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association;

 

9 each of the Directors and their alternates has disclosed to the Company all of his or her direct or indirect interests that conflict or may conflict to a material extent with the interests of the Company;

 

10 the Resolutions are in full force and effect, have not been amended, revoked or rescinded in any way and are the only resolutions passed by the Directors relating to the matters referred to therein;

 

11 prior to, at the time of, and immediately following execution of the documents approved in, the Resolutions (the Documents), the Company was able to pay its debts as they fell due and it entered into the Documents for proper value and not with an intention to defraud or hinder its creditors or by way of undue or fraudulent preference;

 

12 the Company has no direct or indirect interest in Cayman Islands real property;

 

13 each of the Directors considers the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement to be of commercial benefit to the Company and has acted bona fide in the interests of the Company and for proper purposes in relation to the transactions mentioned in the Resolutions;

 

14 the Registration Statement has been, or will be, authorised and duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of all relevant parties in accordance with all relevant laws;

 

15 none of the transactions contemplated by the Documents relate to any shares, voting rights or other rights that are subject to a restrictions notice issued pursuant to the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands;

 

16 the Directors and Officers authorised to execute the Documents on behalf of the Company, at the date of the Resolutions and at the date hereof, were and are as follows:

 

(a) Liang (Simon) Shi;

 

(b) Tianyong (Hans) Yan; and

 

(c) Weixiong (Jeff) Cheong.

 

17 there are no circumstances or matters of fact existing which may properly form the basis for an application for an order for rectification of the register of members of the Company;

 

18 the Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant to the Registration Statement will be duly registered and will continue to be registered in the Company’s register of members; and

 

19 I am duly authorised to execute and deliver this certificate on behalf of the Company. I confirm that you may continue to rely on this Certificate as being true and correct on the day that you issue the Opinion unless I shall have personally notified you in writing to the contrary.

 

Yours faithfully

 

/s/ Liang Shi  
Name: Liang Shi

For and on behalf of

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

 

 

9

 

Exhibit 5.2

 

 

December 10, 2021

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88

New York, NY 10001

 

Re: Registration Statement on Form S-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as U.S. securities counsel to Blue World Acquisition Corp., a Cayman Island exempted company (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), covering an underwritten public offering of (i) 8,000,000 units (the “Units”), with each Unit consisting of one of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Ordinary Shares”), one-half of one redeemable warrant (collectively, the “Warrants”), each one Warrant entitling its holder to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share, and one right to receive one-tenth of one Class A Ordinary Share (collectively, the “Rights”); (ii) up to 1,200,000 Units (the “Over-Allotment Units”) for which the underwriters have been granted an over-allotment option; (iii) all Class A Ordinary Shares, Warrants, and Rights issued as part of the Units and Over-Allotment Units; (iv) all Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants and the conversion of the Rights included in the Units and Over-Allotment Units; and (v) 40,000 Class A Ordinary Shares (the “Representative Shares”) to be issued to Maxim Group LLC as underwriter’s compensation at the closing of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

We have examined such documents and considered such legal matters as we have deemed necessary and relevant as the basis for the opinion set forth below. With respect to such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as reproduced or certified copies, and the authenticity of the originals of those latter documents. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have, to the extent deemed appropriate, relied upon certain representations of certain officers of the Company. Because the agreements governing the Warrants, Rights, the Units and the Over-Allotment Units contain provisions stating that they are to be governed by the laws of the State of New York, we are rendering this opinion as to New York law. We are admitted to practice in the State of New York, and we express no opinion as to any matters governed by any law other than the law of the State of New York. In particular, we do not purport to pass on any matter governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

www.htflawyers.com | info@htflawyers.com

800 Third Avenue, Suite 2800 - New York, NY 10022 | Office: (212) 530-2210 | Fax: (212) 202-6380

 

 

 

 

 

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that

 

When the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and when the offering is completed as contemplated by the Registration Statement, such Units, the Over-allotment Units, Warrants and the Rights (including the Warrants and Rights issuable in connection with the Over-Allotment Units), when duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the Representative (the “Underwriting Agreement”), and when issued, delivered and paid for, as contemplated by the Registration Statement and the final prospectus, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms except: (a) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); (b) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws; (c) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought; (d) we express no opinion as to whether a state court outside of the State of New York or a federal court of the United States would give effect to the choice of New York law provided for in the Warrants Agreement and Rights Agreement, respectively; and (e) we express no opinion to the extent that, notwithstanding the current reservation of Class A Ordinary Shares, future issuances of securities of the Company, including the Class A Ordinary Shares, and/or adjustments to outstanding securities of the Company, including the Warrants and the Rights underlying the Units, may cause the number of Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Units, including the Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and conversion of the Rights underlying the Units, to exceed the number that remain authorized but unissued.

 

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to the use of our name as your U.S. securities counsel and to all references made to us in the Registration Statement and in the prospectus forming a part thereof. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
 
   
  HUNTER TAUBMAN FISCHER & LI LLC

 

www.htflawyers.com | info@htflawyers.com

800 Third Avenue, Suite 2800 - New York, NY 10022 | Office: (212) 530-2210 | Fax: (212) 202-6380

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

[●], 2021

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88

New York, NY 10001

Maxim Group LLC

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

 

  Re:

Initial Public Offering

 

Ladies and gentlemen:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) entered into by and between Blue World Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”), and Maxim Group LLC, as Representative (the “Representative”) of the several underwriters named on Schedule A thereto (the “Underwriters”), relating to an underwritten initial public offering (the “IPO”) of the Company’s units (the “Units”), each comprised of Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Ordinary Share”), one-half of one redeemable warrant, with each whole warrant to acquire one Class A Ordinary Share (the “Warrants”), and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share (the “Rights”). Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in paragraph 14 hereof.

 

In order to induce the Company and the Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement and to proceed with the IPO, and in recognition of the benefit that such IPO will confer upon the undersigned as a shareholder of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees with the Company as follows:

 

1. If the Company solicits approval of its shareholders of a Business Combination, the undersigned will vote all Class A Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by him, her or it, whether acquired before, in or after the IPO, in favor of such Business Combination.

 

2. (a) Unless the Company’s shareholders are previously given the option to redeem their share in connection with amending applicable documents to extend the time that the Company has to complete a Business Combination and that the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within 12 months (or, in the event that the Company extended the period of time to consummate a business combination up to three times, each by an additional three months, within 21 months) from the closing of the Company’s IPO, the undersigned shall take all reasonable steps to (i) cause the Trust Fund to be liquidated and distributed to the holders of the IPO Shares and (ii) cause the Company to liquidate as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

 

 

 

(b) The undersigned hereby waives any and all right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any distribution of the Trust Fund and any remaining net assets of the Company as a result of such liquidation with respect to his, her or its Insider Shares, Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Working Capital Units, and Representative Shares (“Claim”) and hereby waives any Claim the undersigned may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Fund for any reason whatsoever. The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that there will be no distribution from the Trust Fund with respect to any Warrant or Rights underlying the Private Units and Working Capital Units, all of which will terminate on the Company’s liquidation.

 

(c) In the event of the liquidation of the Trust Fund, the undersigned agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any and all loss, liability, claims, damage and expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any and all legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, whether pending or threatened, or any claim whatsoever) which the Company may become subject as a result of any claim by any vendor or other person who is owed money by the Company for services rendered or products sold or contracted for, but only to the extent necessary to ensure that such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense does not reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Fund; provided, that such indemnity shall not apply if such vendor or other person has executed an agreement waiving any claims against the Trust Fund.

 

(d) In the event that the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within twelve (12) months, Blue World Holdings Limited, a Hong Kong private company limited by shares (the “Sponsor”) may extend the time period by which the Company must consummate a Business Combination by an additional three (3) months up to three times for a total of 21 months. If the Sponsor elects to extend, for each 3-month extension, the Insiders, their affiliates or designees will deposit into the Trust Account an amount equal to 1% of the gross proceeds of the Offering, representing $0.10 for each Class A Ordinary Share sold in the Public Offering on or prior to the date of the deadline. Such payment would be in the form of a non-interest-bearing loan (the “Extension Loans”). The Extension Loans will either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, or at the lender’s discretion, converted upon consummation of our business combination into additional private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. Pursuant to this Letter Agreement, the Insiders, their affiliates or designees have agreed to waive its right to be repaid for such loan in the event that the Company fails to complete a Business Combination.

 

3. In the event that the Company does not consummate a Business Combination and must liquidate and its remaining net assets are insufficient to complete such liquidation, the Sponsor agrees to advance such funds necessary to complete such liquidation and agrees not to seek recourse for such expenses.

 

4. The undersigned will escrow all of his, her or its Founder Shares pursuant to the terms of a Share Escrow Agreement, which the Company will enter into with the undersigned and an escrow agent acceptable to the Company.

 

5. The undersigned agrees that until the Company consummates a Business Combination, the undersigned’s Private Units will be subject to the transfer restrictions described in the Subscription Agreement relating to the undersigned’s Private Units.

 

6. In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple affiliations, each Insider agrees to present to the Company for its consideration, prior to presentation to any other person or entity, any suitable opportunity to acquire a target business, until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations the undersigned might have.

 

2 

 

 

7. Each Insider acknowledges and agrees that prior to entering into a Business Combination with a target business that is affiliated with any Insiders of the Company or their affiliates, including any company that is a portfolio company of, or otherwise affiliated with, or has received financial investment from, an entity with which any Insider or their affiliates is affiliated, such transaction must be approved by a majority of the Company’s disinterested independent directors and the Company must obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that such Business Combination is fair to the Company’s unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view.

 

8. Neither each Insider, any member of the family of such Insider, nor any affiliate of the undersigned will be entitled to receive and will not accept any compensation or other cash payment prior to, or for services rendered in connection with, the consummation of the Business Combination; provided that the Company shall be allowed to repay working capital loans and Extension Loans made by the undersigned to the Company in cash upon consummation of the Business Combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Insider and any affiliate of such Insider shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with identifying, investigating and consummating a Business Combination.

 

9. Neither each Insider, any member of the family of such Insider, nor any affiliate of such Insider will be entitled to receive or accept a finder’s fee or any other compensation in the event the Insider, any member of the family of the Insider or any affiliate of the Insider originates a Business Combination.

 

10. The undersigned (except the Representative) agrees to be a director/officer of the Company until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the liquidation of the Company. Such undersigned’s biographical information previously furnished to the Company and the Representative is true and accurate in all material respects, does not omit any material information with respect to the undersigned’s biography and contains all of the information required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 401 of Regulation S-K, promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933. Such undersigned’s FINRA Questionnaire previously furnished to the Company and the Representative is true and accurate in all material respects. Such undersigned represents and warrants that:

 

  (a) He, she or it has never had a petition under the federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law been filed by or against (i) him, her or it, or any partnership in which he or she was a general partner at or within two years before the time of filing; or (ii) any corporation or business association of which he or she was an executive officer at or within two years before the time of such filing;

 

  (b) He, she or it has never had a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer been appointed by a court for his business or property, or any such partnership;

 

  (c) He, she or it has never been convicted of fraud in a civil or criminal proceeding;

 

  (d) He, she or it has never been convicted in a criminal proceeding or named the subject of a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and minor offenses);

 

3 

 

 

  (e) He, she or it has never been the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining or otherwise limiting him, her or it from (i) acting as a futures commission merchant, introducing broker, commodity trading advisor, commodity pool operator, floor broker, leverage transaction merchant, any other person regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) or an associated person of any of the foregoing, or as an investment adviser, underwriter, broker or dealer in securities, or as an affiliated person, director or employee of any investment company, bank, savings and loan association or insurance company, or from engaging in or continuing any conduct or practice in connection with any such activity; or (ii) engaging in any type of business practice; or (iii) engaging in any activity in connection with the purchase or sale of any security or commodity or in connection with any violation of federal or state securities or federal commodities laws;

 

  (f) He, she, or it has never been the subject of any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any federal or state authority barring, suspending or otherwise limiting for more than 60 days his, her or its right to engage in any activity described in 10(e)(i) above, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

 

  (g) He, she, or it has never been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the SEC to have violated any federal or state securities law, where the judgment in such civil action or finding by the SEC has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated;

 

  (h) He, she, or it has never been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the CFTC to have violated any federal commodities law, where the judgment in such civil action or finding by the CFTC has not been subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated;

 

  (i) He, she, or it has never been the subject of, or a party to, any Federal, State or foreign judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, relating to an alleged violation of (i) any Federal, State or foreign securities or commodities law or regulation, (ii) any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and desist order, or removal or prohibition order or (iii) any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity;

 

  (j) He, she or it has never been the subject of, or party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, or any self-regulatory organization, any registered entity, or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member;

 

4 

 

 

  (k) He, she or it has never been convicted of any felony or misdemeanor: (i) in connection with the purchase or sale of any security; (ii) involving the making of any false filing with the SEC; or (iii) arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment advisor or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;

 

  (l) He, she or it was never subject to a final order of a state or foreign securities commission (or an agency of officer of a state performing like functions); a state or foreign authority that supervises or examines banks, savings associations, or credit unions; a state or foreign insurance commission (or an agency or officer of a state performing like functions); an appropriate federal or foreign banking agency; the CFTC; or the National Credit Union Administration that is based on a violation of any law or regulation that prohibits fraudulent, manipulative, or deceptive conduct;

 

  (m) He, she or it has never been subject to any order, judgment or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, that, at the time of the sale of the Units, restrained or enjoined him, her or it from engaging or continuing to engage in any conduct or practice: (i) in connection with the purchase or sale of any security; (ii) involving the making of any false filing with the SEC or any foreign regulatory agency with similar functions; or (iii) arising out of the conduct of the business of an underwriter, broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer, investment adviser or paid solicitor of purchasers of securities;

 

  (n) He, she or it has never been subject to any order of the SEC or any foreign regulatory agency with similar functions that orders him, her or it to cease and desist from committing or causing a future violation of: (i) any scienter-based anti-fraud provision of the federal securities laws, including, but not limited to, Section 17(a)(1) of the Securities Act, Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 thereunder, Section 15(c) and Section 206(1) of the Advisers Act or any other rule or regulation thereunder; or (ii) Section 5 of the Securities Act;

 

  (o) He, she or it has never filed (as a registrant or issuer), or been named as an underwriter in any registration statement or Regulation A offering statement filed with the SEC that was the subject of a refusal order, stop order, or order suspending the Regulation A exemption, or is, currently, the subject of an investigation or proceeding to determine whether a stop order or suspension order should be issued;

 

  (p) He, she or it has never been subject to a United States Postal Service false representation order, or is currently subject to a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction with respect to conduct alleged by the United States Postal Service to constitute a scheme or device for obtaining money or property through the mail by means of false representations;

 

5 

 

 

  (q) He, she or it is not subject to a final order of a state securities commission (or an agency of officer of a state performing like functions); a state authority that supervises or examines banks, savings associations, or credit unions; a state insurance commission (or an agency or officer of a state performing like functions); an appropriate federal banking agency; the CFTC; or the National Credit Union Administration that bars the undersigned from: (i) association with an entity regulated by such commission, authority, agency or officer; (ii) engaging in the business of securities, insurance or banking; or (iii) engaging in savings association or credit union activities;

 

  (r) He, she or it is not subject to an order of the SEC entered pursuant to section 15(b) or 15B(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) or section 203(e) or 203(f) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) that: (i) suspends or revokes the undersigned’s registration as a broker, dealer, municipal securities dealer or investment adviser; (ii) places limitations on the activities, functions or operations of, or imposes civil money penalties on, such person; or (iii) bars the undersigned from being associated with any entity or from participating in the offering of any penny stock; and

 

  (s)

He, she or it has never been suspended or expelled from membership in, or suspended or barred from association with a member of, a securities self-regulatory organization (e.g., a registered national securities exchange or a registered national or affiliated securities association) for any act or omission to act constituting conduct inconsistent with just and equitable principles of trade.

 

11. The undersigned hereby waives his, her or its right to exercise redemption rights with respect to any Class A Ordinary Shares owned or to be owned by the undersigned, directly or indirectly (or to sell such shares to the Company in a tender offer), whether purchased by the undersigned prior to the IPO, in the IPO or in the aftermarket, and agrees that he, she or it will not seek redemption with respect to or otherwise sell, such shares in connection with any vote to approve a Business Combination with respect thereto, a vote to amend the provisions of the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, or a tender offer by the Company prior to a Business Combination.

 

12. The undersigned hereby agrees to not propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association that would stop public shareholders from redeeming or selling their shares to the Company in connection with a Business Combination or affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of its public shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or 21 months, if the Company extends the time to complete a Business Combination as described in the IPO prospectus ) unless the Company provides dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares into the right to receive cash from the trust account in connection with any such vote.

 

13. In connection with Section 5-1401 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York, this letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of law that would result in the application of the substantive law of another jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that any action, proceeding or claim arising out of or relating in any way to this letter agreement shall be resolved through final and binding arbitration in accordance with the International Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). The arbitration shall be brought before the AAA International Center for Dispute Resolution’s offices in New York City, New York, will be conducted in English and will be decided by a panel of three arbitrators selected from the AAA Commercial Disputes Panel and that the arbitrator panel’s decision shall be final and enforceable by any court having jurisdiction over the party from whom enforcement is sought. The cost of such arbitrators and arbitration services, together with the prevailing party’s legal fees and expenses, shall be borne by the non-prevailing party or as otherwise directed by the arbitrators.

 

14. As used herein, (i) a “Business Combination” shall mean a merger, stock exchange, asset acquisition, contractual arrangement, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities; (ii) “Insiders” shall mean all officers, directors and shareholders of the Company immediately prior to the IPO; (iii) “Insider Shares” shall mean 2,300,000 Class B ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, acquired by an Insider prior to the IPO (up to 300,000 shares of which are subject to complete or partial forfeiture by the Sponsor, officers, directors, and secretary if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the Underwriters) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 (the “Founder Shares”) and any Class A Ordinary Shares underlying the Private Units (the “Private Shares”); (iv) “IPO Shares” shall mean the Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued in the Company’s IPO; (v) “Private Units” shall mean (x) the Units purchased in the private placement taking place simultaneously with the consummation of the Company’s IPO and (y) the additional Units that may be purchased in connection with the exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters in the IPO as described in the Registration Statement; (vi) “Registration Statement” means the registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company with respect to the IPO; (vii) “Trust Fund” shall mean the trust fund into which a portion of the net proceeds of the Company’s IPO will be deposited; (viii) “Working Capital Units” shall mean private units issuable upon conversion of working capital loans up to $1,600,000 and Extension Loans up to $2,400,000 or $2,760,000 if the underwriter’s over-allotment option is exercised in full, if any, at $10.00 per unit, upon the consummation of the business combination; and (ix) “Representative Shares” shall mean 40,000 shares of Class A Ordinary Shares issued to the Representative as a part of Representative’s compensation simultaneously with the closing of the IPO.

 

6 

 

 

15. Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this letter agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery or facsimile transmission.

 

If to the Representative:

Maxim Group LLC

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

Attn: Alex Jin

Email: ajin@maximgrp.com

 

with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

Loeb & Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

 

Attn: Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Esq., David J. Levine, Esq.

Email: mnussbaum@loeb.com; dlevine@loeb.com

 

If to the Company:

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88

New York, NY 10001

Attn: Liang Shi, Chief Executive Officer

 

with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC

800 Third Avenue, Suite 2800

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Arila E. Zhou, Esq.

Email: azhou@htflawyers.com

 

16. No party hereto may assign either this letter agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party. Any purported assignment in violation of this paragraph shall be void and ineffectual and shall not operate to transfer or assign any interest or title to the purported assignee. This letter agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and any successors and assigns thereof.

 

17. This Letter Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby. This Letter Agreement may not be changed, amended, modified or waived (other than to correct a typographical error) as to any particular provision, except by a written instrument executed by all parties hereto.

 

18. The undersigned acknowledges and understands that the Underwriters and the Company will rely upon the agreements, representations and warranties set forth herein in proceeding with the IPO. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to render the Underwriters a representative of, or a fiduciary with respect to, the Company, its shareholders or any creditor or vendor of the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7 

 

 

  Blue World Holdings Limited
   
  By:  
  Name:  Liang Shi
  Title: Director

 

   
  Liang Shi

 

   
  Tianyong Yan

 

   
  Alfred J. Hickey

 

   
  Buhdy Sin Swee Bok

 

  Maxim Group LLC
   
  By:  
  Name:  [●]
  Title: [●]

 

[Signature Page to Letter Agreement - Blue World Acquisition Corporation]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT TRUST AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is made as of [●], 2021 by and between Blue World Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee (“Trustee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1, No. 333-[●] (“Registration Statement”) for its initial public offering of the Company’s units (the “Units”), each of which consists of one Class A ordinary share, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “Class A Ordinary Share”), one-half of one warrant, each whole warrant entitling the holder to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share (the “Warrants”), and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share (such initial public offering hereinafter referred to as the “IPO”) has been declared effective as of the date hereof (“Effective Date”) by the Securities and Exchange Commission (capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Registration Statement); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with Maxim Group LLC, as representative (the “Representative” or “Maxim”) of the several underwriters (the “Underwriters”) named therein; and

 

WHEREAS, if a Business Combination is not consummated within the initial 12 month period following the closing of the IPO, the Company’s insiders may extend such period by three three-months periods, up to a maximum of 21 months in the aggregate, by depositing $800,000 (or $920,000 if the Underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) into the Trust Account (as defined below) no later than the 12 month anniversary of the IPO, the 15 month anniversary of the IPO, the 18 month anniversary of the IPO, or the 21 month anniversary of the IPO (each, an “Applicable Deadline”), as applicable, for each three-month extension (each, an “Extension”), in exchange for which they will receive promissory notes; and

 

WHEREAS, as described in the Registration Statement, and in accordance with the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, $80,800,000 of the gross proceeds of the IPO and the net proceeds of a private placement taking place simultaneously therewith ($92,920,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), plus any amount eventually deposited on account of any Extension, will be delivered to the Trustee to be deposited and held in the Trust Account for the benefit of the Company and the holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares, issued in the IPO as hereinafter provided (the proceeds to be delivered to the Trustee, including the proceeds from any loans in connection with an Extension, if any, will be referred to herein as the “Property”; the shareholders for whose benefit the Trustee shall hold the Property will be referred to as the “Public Shareholders,” and the Public Shareholders and the Company will be referred to together as the “Beneficiaries”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, a portion of the Property equal to $2,800,000, or $3,220,000 if the Underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, is attributable to deferred underwriting discounts and commissions that will be payable by the Company to the Underwriters upon and concurrently with the consummation of the Business Combination (as defined below) (the “Deferred Discount”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the Trustee shall hold the Property.

 

 

 

IT IS AGREED:

 

1. Agreements and Covenants of Trustee. The Trustee hereby agrees and covenants to:

 

(a) Hold the Property in trust for the Beneficiaries in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in a segregated trust account (“Trust Account”) established by the Trustee at [●] in the United States, maintained by Trustee, and at a brokerage institution selected by the Trustee that is reasonably satisfactory to the Company;

 

(b) Manage, supervise and administer the Trust Account subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

(c) In a timely manner, upon the instruction of the Company, invest and reinvest the Property (i) in United States government treasury bills, notes or bonds having a maturity of 180 days or less and/or (ii) in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and that invest solely in U.S. treasuries, as determined by the Company;

 

(d) Collect and receive, when due, all principal and income arising from the Property, which shall become part of the “Property,” as such term is used herein;

 

(e) Notify the Company and Maxim of all communications received by it with respect to any Property requiring action by the Company;

 

(f) Unless otherwise agreed between the Company and the Representative, ensure that any Instruction Letter (as defined in Exhibit A) delivered in connection with a Termination Letter in the form of Exhibit A expressly provides that the Deferred Discount is paid directly to the account or accounts directed by the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters prior to any transfer of the funds held in the Trust Account to the Company or any other person;

 

(g) Within four (4) business days after the Underwriters exercise the over-allotment option (or any unexercised portion thereof) or such over-allotment option expires, provide the Trustee with a notice in writing of the total amount of the Deferred Discount, which shall in no event be less than $2,800,000;

 

(h) Supply any necessary information or documents as may be requested by the Company in connection with the Company’s preparation of its tax returns;

 

(i) Participate in any plan or proceeding for protecting or enforcing any right or interest arising from the Property if, as and when instructed by the Company to do so;

 

(j) Render to the Company monthly written statements of the activities of and amounts in the Trust Account reflecting all receipts and disbursements of the Trust Account; and

 

(k) Commence liquidation of the Trust Account only after and promptly after receipt of, and only in accordance with, the terms of a letter (“Termination Letter”), in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as either Exhibit A or Exhibit B, signed on behalf of the Company by its President, Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Board and Secretary or Assistant Secretary and, in the case of a Termination Letter in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit A, acknowledged and agreed to by Maxim, and complete the liquidation of the Trust Account and distribute the Property in the Trust Account only as directed in the Termination Letter and the other documents referred to therein; provided, however, that in the event that a Termination Letter has not been received by the Trustee by the 12-month anniversary of the closing of the IPO (“Closing”) or, in the event that the Company extended the time to complete the Business Combination for up to 21-month from the effective date of the prospectus but has not completed the Business Combination within the applicable monthly anniversary of the effective date of the prospectus, (“Last Date”), the Trust Account shall be liquidated in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Termination Letter attached as Exhibit B hereto and distributed to the Public Shareholders as of the Last Date.

 

2

 

 

(l) Upon receipt of an extension letter (“Extension Letter”) substantially similar to Exhibit D hereto at least five business days prior to the Applicable Deadline, signed on behalf of the Company by an executive officer, and receipt of the dollar amount specified in the Extension Letter on or prior to the Applicable Deadline, to follow the instructions set forth in the Extension Letter.

 

(m) Not disburse any amounts from the Trust Account in connection with a Business Combination in the event that the amount per share to be received by the redeeming Public Shareholders is less than $10.10 per share (plus the amount per share deposited in the Trust Account pursuant to any Extension Letter).

 

(n) In connection with a Business Combination, before making disbursements to the Depository Trust Company, the Company or any other person, disburse the per share amount to redeeming Public Shareholders (other than shares tendered through the Depository Trust Company) that have tendered their shares directly to the Trustee.

 

(o) Promptly acknowledge and comply with any irrevocable instruction letter delivered in the form of Exhibit E delivered by the Company in connection with the disbursement of funds to a Public Shareholder.

 

(p) Promptly acknowledge, in writing to any redeeming Public Shareholder and the Company, any irrevocable instruction letter in the form of Exhibit F delivered by such redeeming Public Shareholder after the announcement by the Company of a proposed Business Combination and promptly comply with any irrevocable written instruction letter in the form of Exhibit F delivered by such Public Shareholder in connection with the disbursement of funds to such Public Shareholder if the Company has not notified the Trustee in writing during the Objection Period that such irrevocable written instruction letter is a Non-Compliant Instruction Letter (as defined below).

 

2. Limited Distributions of Income from Trust Account.

 

(a) Upon written request from the Company, which may be given from time to time in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit C, the Trustee shall distribute to the Company the amount of interest income earned on the Trust Account requested by the Company to cover any income or other tax obligation owed by the Company.

 

(b) The limited distributions referred to in Section 2(a) above shall be made only from income collected on the Property. Except as provided in Section 2(a), no other distributions from the Trust Account shall be permitted except in accordance with Section 1(k) hereof.

 

(c) The Company shall provide Maxim with a copy of any Termination Letters and/or any other correspondence that it issues to the Trustee with respect to any proposed withdrawal from the Trust Account promptly after such issuance.

 

3

 

 

3. Agreements and Covenants of the Company. The Company hereby agrees and covenants to:

 

(a) Give all instructions to the Trustee hereunder in writing, signed by the Company’s Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President or Chief Financial Officer. In addition, except with respect to its duties under paragraphs 1(i), 2(a) and 2(b) above, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, any verbal or telephonic advice or instruction which it in good faith believes to be given by any one of the persons authorized above to give written instructions, provided that the Company shall promptly confirm such instructions in writing;

 

(b) Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 7(g) of this Agreement, hold the Trustee harmless and indemnify the Trustee from and against, any and all expenses, including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, or loss suffered by the Trustee in connection with any claim, potential claim, action, suit or other proceeding brought against the Trustee involving any claim, or in connection with any claim or demand which in any way arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the services of the Trustee hereunder, or the Property or any income earned from investment of the Property, except for expenses and losses resulting from the Trustee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Promptly after the receipt by the Trustee of notice of demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, pursuant to which the Trustee intends to seek indemnification under this paragraph, it shall notify the Company in writing of such claim (hereinafter referred to as the “Indemnified Claim”); provided, however, that the Trustee’s failure to provide such notice shall not relieve the Company of its liability hereunder, except to the extent that it is materially prejudiced by such failure. The Trustee shall have the right to conduct and manage the defense against such Indemnified Claim, provided, that the Trustee shall obtain the consent of the Company with respect to the selection of counsel, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Trustee may not agree to settle any Indemnified Claim without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Company may participate in such action with its own counsel;

 

(c) Pay the Trustee an initial acceptance fee, an annual fee and a transaction processing fee for each disbursement made pursuant to Sections 2(a) and 2(b) as set forth on Schedule A hereto, which fees shall be subject to modification by the parties from time to time. It is expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to pay such fees and further agreed that any fees owed to the Trustee shall be deducted by the Trustee from the disbursements made to the Company pursuant to Sections 1(i) solely in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, or pursuant to Section 2(b). The Company shall pay the Trustee the initial acceptance fee and first year’s fee at the consummation of the IPO and thereafter on the anniversary of the Effective Date;

 

(d) In connection with any vote of the Company’s shareholders regarding a Business Combination, provide to the Trustee an affidavit or certificate of a firm regularly engaged in the business of soliciting proxies and/or tabulating shareholder votes verifying the vote of the Company’s shareholders regarding such Business Combination; and

 

(e) In the event that the Company directs the Trustee to commence liquidation of the Trust Account pursuant to Section 1(k), the Company agrees that it will not direct the Trustee to make any payments that are not specifically authorized by this Agreement.

 

4

 

 

(f) Upon receiving the written request of a Public Shareholder to do so at any time after the date hereof, provide such Public Shareholder with a copy of any instruction provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 1(k) or Section 1(l) along with any Notification (as defined in Exhibit A), Instruction Letter (as defined in Exhibit A), applicable flow of funds memorandum (or similar document), or any other notice delivered to the Trustee by the Company regarding the disbursement of Property from the Trust Account resulting in the Property left in the Trust Account being less than $80,800,000 (or $92,920,000 if the Underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) plus any amount eventually deposited on account of any Extension, which, in each case, shall specify to whom the Property shall be disbursed (such written notice, a “Disbursement Notice” and the date such Public Shareholder receives a Disbursement Notice, a “Disbursement Notice Date”). Each Disbursement Notice shall be delivered to such Public Shareholder at least two business days prior to the disbursement of any Property pursuant to Section 1(k) or Section 1(l) and no Property shall be disbursed from the Trust Account prior to the date that is two business days from the applicable Disbursement Notice Date.

 

(g) At the request of any Public Shareholder who has removed shares from street name and holds such shares either in certificated or book-entry form and, except if such shares are held in book-entry form, delivered such certificated shares to the Trustee for purposes of redemption in connection with a Business Combination, concurrently with the delivery of such shares, solely if such shares are certificated. to the Trustee, send an irrevocable written instruction letter in the form of Exhibit E to the Trustee directing the Trustee to disburse no less than $10.10 per share (plus the amount per share deposited in the Trust Account pursuant to any Extension Letter) to such Public Shareholder.

 

(h) Following receipt of a copy of an irrevocable written instruction letter in the form of Exhibit F delivered by a Public Shareholder who has removed shares from street name and holds such shares either in certificated or book-entry form and, except if such shares are held in book-entry form, delivered such certificated shares to the Trustee for purposes of redemption in connection with a Business Combination to the Trustee, review such letter to confirm (i) such letter is in the form of Exhibit F, (ii) a Business Combination has been announced on or prior to the date of such letter and (iii) the number of Class A Ordinary Shares set forth on such letter to be redeemed is not greater than the number of Class A Ordinary Shares held by the applicable Public Shareholder solely if the Company cannot confirm the requirements of clauses (i) through (iii) of this Section 3(h), but not for any other reason, then within two days of the Company’s receipt of the applicable copy of the irrevocable written instruction letter in the form of Exhibit F (such time period, the “Objection Period”), the Company will notify the applicable Public Shareholder and the Trustee in writing that such irrevocable written instruction letter is a “Non-Compliant Instruction Letter” and that the Trustee shall not comply with such letter.

 

(i). If applicable, the Company shall issue a press release at least three days prior to the Applicable Deadline announcing that, at least five days prior to the Applicable Deadline, the Company received notice from the Company’s insiders that the insiders intend to extend the Applicable Deadline;

 

(j). Promptly following the Applicable Deadline, disclose whether or not the term the Company has to consummate a Business Combination has been extended.

 

4. Limitations of Liability. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability to:

 

(a) Take any action with respect to the Property, other than as directed in paragraphs 1 and 2 hereof and the Trustee shall have no liability to any party except for liability arising out of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct;

 

5

 

 

(b) Institute any proceeding for the collection of any principal and income arising from, or institute, appear in or defend any proceeding of any kind with respect to, any of the Property unless and until it shall have received instructions from the Company given as provided herein to do so and the Company shall have advanced or guaranteed to it funds sufficient to pay any expenses incident thereto;

 

(c) Change the investment of any Property, other than in compliance with paragraph 1(c);

 

(d) Refund any depreciation in principal of any Property;

 

(e) Assume that the authority of any person designated by the Company to give instructions hereunder shall not be continuing unless provided otherwise in such designation, or unless the Company shall have delivered a written revocation of such authority to the Trustee;

 

(f) The other parties hereto or to anyone else for any action taken or omitted by it, or any action suffered by it to be taken or omitted, in good faith and in the exercise of its own best judgment, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Trustee), statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained) which is believed by the Trustee, in good faith, to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Trustee shall not be bound by any notice or demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this Agreement or any of the terms hereof, unless evidenced by a written instrument delivered to the Trustee signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Trustee are affected, unless it shall give its prior written consent thereto;

 

(g) Verify the correctness of the information set forth in the Registration Statement or to confirm or assure that any acquisition made by the Company or any other action taken by it is as contemplated by the Registration Statement;

 

(h) File local, state and/or federal tax returns or information returns with any taxing authority on behalf of the Trust Account and payee statements with the Company documenting the taxes, if any, payable by the Company or the Trust Account, relating to the income earned on the Property;

 

(i) Pay any taxes on behalf of the Trust Account (it being expressly understood that the Property shall not be used to pay any such taxes and that such taxes, if any, shall be paid by the Company from funds not held in the Trust Account or released to it under Section 2(a) hereof);

 

(j) Imply obligations, perform duties, inquire or otherwise be subject to the provisions of any agreement or document other than this agreement and that which is expressly set forth herein; and

 

(k) Verify calculations, qualify or otherwise approve Company requests for distributions pursuant to Section 1(k), 2(a) or 2(b) above.

 

5. Trust Account Waiver. The Trustee has no right of set-off or any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim to, or to any monies in, the Trust Account that it may have now or in the future. In the event the Trustee has any Claim against the Company under this Agreement, including, without limitation, under Section 3(b) or Section 3(c) hereof, the Trustee shall pursue such Claim solely against the Company and its assets outside the Trust Account and not against the Property or any monies in the Trust Account.

 

6

 

 

6. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate as follows:

 

(a) If the Trustee gives written notice to the Company that it desires to resign under this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to locate a successor trustee during which time the Trustee shall act in accordance with this Agreement. At such time that the Company notifies the Trustee that a successor trustee has been appointed by the Company and has agreed to become subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Trustee shall transfer the management of the Trust Account to the successor trustee, including but not limited to the transfer of copies of the reports and statements relating to the Trust Account, whereupon this Agreement shall terminate; provided, however, that, in the event that the Company does not locate a successor trustee within ninety days of receipt of the resignation notice from the Trustee, the Trustee may submit an application to have the Property deposited with any court in the State of New York or with the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and upon such deposit, the Trustee shall be immune from any liability whatsoever; or

 

(b) At such time that the Trustee has completed the liquidation of the Trust Account in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1(i) hereof, and distributed the Property in accordance with the provisions of the Termination Letter, this Agreement shall terminate except with respect to Paragraph 3(b).

 

7. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) The Company and the Trustee each acknowledge that the Trustee will follow the security procedures set forth below with respect to funds transferred from the Trust Account. The Company and the Trustee will each restrict access to confidential information relating to such security procedures to authorized persons. Each party must notify the other party immediately if it has reason to believe unauthorized persons may have obtained access to such information, or of any change in its authorized personnel. In executing funds transfers, the Trustee will rely upon all information supplied to it by the Company, including account names, account numbers and all other identifying information relating to a beneficiary, beneficiary’s bank or intermediary bank. The Trustee shall not be liable for any loss, liability or expense resulting from any error in the information or transmission of the wire.

 

(b) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. It may be executed in several original or facsimile counterparts, each one of which shall constitute an original, and together shall constitute but one instrument.

 

(c) This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Except for Sections 1(i), 1(m), 1(n), 1(o), 1(p), 3(g), 3(h) 7(c) and 7(h) (which may only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 50% of the Class A Ordinary Shares sold in the IPO, provided that all Public Shareholders must be given the right to receive a pro-rata portion of the trust account (no less than $10.10 per share plus the amount per share deposited in the Trust Account pursuant to any Extension Letter) in connection with any such amendment), this Agreement or any provision hereof may only be changed, amended or modified by a writing signed by each of the parties hereto; provided, however, that no such change, amendment or modification may be made without the prior written consent of Maxim. As to any claim, cross-claim or counterclaim in any way relating to this Agreement, each party waives the right to trial by jury. The Trustee may require from Company counsel an opinion as to the propriety of any proposed amendment.

 

(d) The parties hereto consent to the jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, for purposes of resolving any disputes hereunder.

 

7

 

 

(e) Any notice, consent or request to be given in connection with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by express mail or similar private courier service, by certified mail (return receipt requested), by hand delivery or by facsimile transmission:

 

if to the Trustee, to:

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: [●]

Email: [●]

if to the Company, to:

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88

New York, NY 10001

Attn: Liang Shi

Email: liang.shi@zeninpartners.com

 

in either case with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Maxim Group LLC

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10174

Attn: Alex Jin

Email: ajin@maximgrp.com

 

and

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

Attn: Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Esq., David J. Levine, Esq.

Email: dlevine@loeb.com and mnussbaum@loeb.com

 

Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC

800 Third Avenue, Suite 2800

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Arila E. Zhou, Esq.

Email: azhou@htflawyers.com

 

(f) This Agreement may not be assigned by the Trustee without the prior consent of the Company.

 

(g) Each of the Trustee and the Company hereby represents that it has the full right and power and has been duly authorized to enter into this Agreement and to perform its respective obligations as contemplated hereunder.

 

(h) Each of the Company and the Trustee hereby acknowledge that Maxim is a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.

 

[signature page follows]

 

8

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Investment Management Trust Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee
   
  By:       
    Name: [●]
    Title: [●]
   
  BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
   
  By:    
    Name: Liang Shi
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[signature page to Investment Management Trust Agreement – Blue World Acquisition Corporation]

 

9

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

Fee Item   Time and method of payment   Amount  
Initial acceptance fee   Initial closing of IPO by wire transfer   $ [●]  
Annual fee   Initial closing of IPO by wire transfer; thereafter on the anniversary of the effective date of the IPO by wire transfer or check   $ [●]  
Transaction processing fee for disbursements to Company under Section 2   Deduction by Trustee from accumulated income following disbursement made to Company under Section 2   $ [●]  
Paying Agent services as required pursuant to section 1(k)   Billed to Company upon delivery of service pursuant to section 1(k)     Prevailing rates  

 

10

 

 

EXHIBIT A

[Letterhead of Company]

[Insert date]

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: [●]

 

  Re: Trust Account No. [●] - Termination Letter

 

Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to paragraph 1(i) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Blue World Acquisition Corporation (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of [●], 2021 (“Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has entered into an agreement with [●] (“Target Business”) to consummate a business combination with Target Business (“Business Combination”) on or about [insert date]. The Company shall notify you at least 48 hours in advance of the actual date of the consummation of the Business Combination (“Consummation Date”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

 

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to liquidate the Trust Account investments on [●] and to transfer the proceeds to the above-referenced account at [●] to the effect that, on the Consummation Date, all of funds held in the Trust Account will be immediately available for transfer to the account or accounts that the Company shall direct on the Consummation Date (including as directed to it by the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters with respect to the Deferred Discount). It is acknowledged and agreed that while the funds are on deposit in the trust account awaiting distribution, the Company will not earn any interest or dividends.

 

On the Consummation Date (i) counsel for the Company shall deliver to you written notification that the Business Combination has been consummated, and (ii) the Company shall deliver to you (a) [an affidavit] [a certificate] of [●], which verifies the vote of the Company’s shareholders in connection with the Business Combination if a vote is held and (b) joint written instructions from the Company and the Representative with respect to the transfer of the funds held in the Trust Account, which must provide for the disbursement of no less than $10.10 per share plus the amount per share deposited in the Trust Account per Extension Letter to redeeming Public Shareholders and payment of the Deferred Discount to the Representative from the Trust Account (“Instruction Letter”). You are hereby directed and authorized to transfer the funds held in the Trust Account immediately upon your receipt of the counsel’s letter and the Instruction Letter, in accordance with the terms of the Instruction Letter. In the event that certain deposits held in the Trust Account may not be liquidated by the Consummation Date without penalty, you will notify the Company of the same and the Company shall direct you as to whether such funds should remain in the Trust Account and distributed after the Consummation Date to the Company. Upon the distribution of all the funds in the Trust Account pursuant to the terms hereof, the Trust Agreement shall be terminated.

 

In the event that the Business Combination is not consummated on the Consummation Date described in the notice thereof and we have not notified you on or before the original Consummation Date of a new Consummation Date, then upon receipt by the Trustee of written instructions from the Company, the funds held in the Trust Account shall be reinvested as provided in the Trust Agreement on the business day immediately following the Consummation Date as set forth in the notice.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title: Secretary/Assistant Secretary

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:  
     
Maxim Group LLC  
     
By:                 
Name:    
Title:    

 

11

 

 

EXHIBIT B

[Letterhead of Company]

[Insert date]

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: [●]

 

  Re: Trust Account No. [●] - Termination Letter

 

Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to paragraph 1(i) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Blue World Acquisition Corporation (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of [●], 2021 (“Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company has been unable to effect a Business Combination with a Target Company within the time frame specified in the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, as described in the Company’s prospectus relating to its IPO. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Trust Agreement.

 

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to liquidate all the Trust Account investments on [●] and to transfer the total proceeds to the Trust Operating Account at [●] to await distribution to the Public Shareholders. The Company has selected [●] as the effective date for the purpose of determining when the Public Shareholders will be entitled to receive their share of the liquidation proceeds. It is acknowledged that no interest will be earned by the Company on the liquidation proceeds while on deposit in the Trust Checking Account. You agree to be the Paying Agent of record and in your separate capacity as Paying Agent, to distribute said funds directly to the Public Shareholders in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement and the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company. Upon the distribution of all the funds in the Trust Account, your obligations under the Trust Agreement shall be terminated.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title: Secretary/Assistant Secretary

 

cc: Maxim Group LLC

 

12

 

 

EXHIBIT C

[Letterhead of Company]

[Insert date]

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: [●]

 

  Re: Trust Account No. [●]

 

Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to paragraph 2(a) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Blue World Acquisition Corporation (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of [●], 2021 (“Trust Agreement”), the Company hereby requests that you deliver to the Company $[●] of the interest income earned on the Property as of the date hereof. The Company needs such funds to pay for its tax obligations. In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, you are hereby directed and authorized to transfer (via wire transfer) such funds promptly upon your receipt of this letter to the Company’s operating account at:

 

[WIRE INSTRUCTION INFORMATION]

  BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

cc: Maxim Group LLC

 

13

 

 

EXHIBIT D

[Letterhead of Company]

[Insert date]

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: [●]

 

  Re: Trust Account No. [●] Extension Letter

 

Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to Section 1(l) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Blue World Acquisition Corporation (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, dated as of [●], 2021 (“Trust Agreement”), this is to advise you that the Company is extending the time available in order to consummate a Business Combination with the Target Businesses for an additional three (3) months, from [●] to [●] (the “Extension”).

 

This Extension Letter shall serve as the notice required with respect to Extension prior to the Applicable Deadline. Capitalized words used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Trust Agreement.

 

In accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement, we hereby authorize you to deposit [$800,000] [(or $920,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option was exercised in full)], which will be wired to you, into the Trust Account investments upon receipt.

 

This is the [●] of up to three Extension Letters.

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
     
  By:                 
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

cc: Maxim Group LLC

 

14

 

 

EXHIBIT E

[Letterhead of Company]

[Insert date]

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: [●]

 

  Re: Trust Account No. [●] - Irrevocable Instruction in Connection with Business Combination

 

Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to paragraphs 1(m) and 3(g) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Blue World Acquisition Corporation (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of [●], 2021 (“Trust Agreement”), this constitutes our irrevocable instruction to you to (i) in conjunction with the Business Combination (as defined in the Trust Agreement), disburse a per share amount of $[●], for a total disbursement of $[●] which is not less than $10.10 (plus the amount per share deposited in the Trust Account pursuant to any Extension Letter) to [●] (the “Shareholder”) for the [●] Class A ordinary shares of the Company delivered to you prior to or concurrently herewith for redemption in connection with the Business Combination, and (ii) deliver to the Shareholder the amounts specified in clause (i) prior to delivering and amounts to the Depository Trust Company, the Company, or any person from whom you have not received an irrevocable instruction substantially similar to this one. The Shareholder wire instructions are attached. A share advice or DWAC instruction from our broker is also attached.

 

The Company shall indemnify you and your officers, directors, principals, partners, agents and representatives, and hold each of them harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, damage, claim or expense (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of its attorneys) incurred by or asserted against you or any of them arising out of or in connection with the instructions set forth herein, the performance of your duties hereunder and otherwise in respect hereof, including the costs and expenses of defending yourself or themselves against any claim or liability hereunder, except that the Company shall not be liable hereunder as to matters in respect of which it is determined that you have acted with gross negligence or in bad faith. You shall have no liability to the Company in respect to any action taken or any failure to act in respect of this if such action was taken or omitted to be taken in good faith, and you shall be entitled to rely in this regard on the advice of counsel.

 

The Board of Directors of the Company has approved the foregoing irrevocable instructions and does hereby extend the Company’s irrevocable agreement to indemnify your firm for all loss, liability or expense in carrying out the authority and direction herein contained on the terms herein set forth.

 

The Shareholder is intended to be and is a third party beneficiary of this letter and the irrevocable instructions set forth herein, and no amendment or modification to the instructions set forth herein may be made without the prior written consent of the Shareholder.

 

By signing below, the person executing this letter certifies that they are duly authorized to execute this letter on behalf of the Company and to bind the Company to all of the terms and conditions contained herein.

  

  Very truly yours,
     
  BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
     
  By:                 
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:  
     

CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER &
TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

 

 
     
     
Name:                   
Title:    

 

Cc: [SHAREHOLDER].

 

Attachments:

Shareholder Wire Instructions

Share advice or instruction

 

[signature page to Investment Management Trust Agreement-Exhibit E- Blue World Acquisition Corporation]

 

15

 

 

EXHIBIT F

 

[Insert date]

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: [●]

 

  Re: Trust Account No. [●] - Irrevocable Instruction in Connection with Business Combination

 

Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to paragraphs 1(n) and 3(h) of the Investment Management Trust Agreement between Blue World Acquisition Corporation (“Company”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (“Trustee”), dated as of [●], 2021 (“Trust Agreement”), this constitutes our irrevocable instruction to you to (i) in conjunction with the Business Combination (as defined in the Trust Agreement), disburse a per share amount of $[●], for a total disbursement of $[●] which is not less than $10.10 (plus the amount per share deposited in the Trust Account pursuant to any Extension Letter) per share to [●] (the “Shareholder”) for the [●] Class A ordinary shares of the Company delivered to you prior to or concurrently herewith for redemption in connection with the Business Combination, and (ii) deliver to the Shareholder the amounts specified in clause (i) prior to delivering and amounts to the Depository Trust Company, the Company, or any person from whom you have not received an irrevocable instruction substantially similar to this one. Our wire instructions are attached. We understand that a servicing fee of $250.00 will deducted from our payment. A share advice or DWAC instruction from our broker is attached.

 

The Company shall indemnify you and your officers, directors, principals, partners, agents and representatives, and hold each of them harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, damage, claim or expense (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of its attorneys) incurred by or asserted against you or any of them arising out of or in connection with the instructions set forth herein, the performance of your duties hereunder and otherwise in respect hereof, including the costs and expenses of defending yourself or themselves against any claim or liability hereunder, except that the Company shall not be liable hereunder as to matters in respect of which it is determined that you have acted with gross negligence or in bad faith. You shall have no liability to the Company in respect to any action taken or any failure to act in respect of this if such action was taken or omitted to be taken in good faith, and you shall be entitled to rely in this regard on the advice of counsel.

 

The Board of Directors of the Company does hereby extend the Company’s irrevocable agreement to indemnify your firm for all loss, liability or expense in carrying out the authority and direction herein contained on the terms herein set forth.

 

No amendment or modification to the instructions set forth herein may be made without the prior written consent of the Shareholder.

 

By signing below, the person executing this letter certifies that they are duly authorized to execute this letter on behalf of the Shareholder and to bind the Shareholder to all of the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

 

  Very truly yours,
     
  [SHAREHOLDER]
     
  By:                   
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Acknowledged and Agreed:

 

CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER &
TRUST COMPANY, as Trustee

 

     
Name:    
Title:    

 

Cc: Blue World Acquisition Corporation  
     
  244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88  
  New York, NY 10001  
  Attn: Liang Shi, Chief Executive Officer  

 

Attachments:

Shareholder Wire Instructions

Share advice or instruction

 

 

16

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

SHARE ESCROW AGREEMENT

 

SHARE ESCROW AGREEMENT, dated as of [●], 2021 (“Agreement”), by and among Blue World Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted Company (the “Company”), the initial shareholders listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (each, an “Initial Shareholder” and collectively the “Initial Shareholders”) and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York limited liability trust company (the “Escrow Agent”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into an Underwriting Agreement, dated as of [*], 2021 (“Underwriting Agreement”), with Maxim Group LLC, acting as the representative of the underwriters (collectively, the “Underwriters”), pursuant to which, among other matters, the Underwriters have agreed to purchase 8,000,000 units (“Units”) of the Company, plus an additional 1,200,000 Units if the Underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. Each Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share of the Company, $0.0001 par value (“Class A Ordinary Shares”), one-half (1/2) of one redeemable warrant, with each whole warrant entitling the holder to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share (the “Warrants”) and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share (the “Rights”), all as more fully described in the Company’s final Prospectus, dated [●], 2021 (“Prospectus”), comprising part of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[●]) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Registration Statement”), declared effective on [●], 2021 (“Effective Date”).

 

WHEREAS, the Initial Shareholders have agreed as a condition of the sale of the Units to deposit their Founder Shares (as defined in the Prospectus), as set forth opposite their respective names in Exhibit A attached hereto (collectively “Escrow Shares”), in escrow as hereinafter provided.

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Initial Shareholders desire that the Escrow Agent accept the Escrow Shares, in escrow, to be held and disbursed as hereinafter provided.

 

IT IS AGREED:

 

1. Appointment of Escrow Agent. The Company and the Initial Shareholders hereby appoint the Escrow Agent to act in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Escrow Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to act in accordance with and subject to such terms.

 

2. Deposit of Escrow Shares. On or prior to the date hereof, each of the Initial Shareholders delivered to the Escrow Agent certificates representing such Initial Shareholder’s respective Escrow Shares, together with applicable stock powers, to be held and disbursed subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Each of the Initial Shareholders acknowledges that the certificate representing such Initial Shareholder’s Escrow Shares are legended to reflect the deposit of such Escrow Shares under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

3. Disbursement of the Escrow Shares.

 

3.1 The Escrow Agent shall hold the Escrow Shares during the period (the “Escrow Period”) commencing on the date hereof until the earlier of (a) six months after the date of the consummation of the Company’s initial business combination; or (b) the date on which the Company consummate a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, or other similar transaction that results in all of its Shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A Common Share for cash, securities, or other property or, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the closing price of Class A Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Company’s initial business combination, the Escrow Shares will no longer be subject to such transfer restrictions. The Company shall promptly provide written notice of the consummation of a Business Combination to the Escrow Agent. Upon completion of the Escrow Period, the Escrow Agent shall disburse such amount of each Initial Shareholder’s Escrow Shares (and any applicable stock power) to such Initial Shareholder; provided, however, that if the Escrow Agent is notified by the Company pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof that the Company is being liquidated at any time during the Escrow Period, then the Escrow Agent shall promptly destroy the certificates representing the Escrow Shares; provided further, however, that if, within the six months after the Company consummates a Business Combination, the Company (or the surviving entity) subsequently consummates a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of the shareholders of such entity having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, then the Escrow Agent will, upon receipt of a written notice executed by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or other authorized officer of the Company, in form reasonably acceptable to the Escrow Agent, certifying that such transaction is then being consummated or such conditions have been achieved, as applicable, release the Escrow Shares to the Initial Shareholders. The Escrow Agent shall have no further duties hereunder after the disbursement or destruction of the Escrow Shares in accordance with this Section 3.

 

3.2 Notwithstanding Section 3.1, if the Underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase an additional 1,200,000 Units of the Company in full within 45 days of the date of the Prospectus (as described in the Underwriting Agreement), the Initial Shareholders agree that the Escrow Agent shall return to the Company for cancellation, at no cost, the number of Escrow Shares held by each such holder determined by multiplying (a) the product of (i) 1,200,000 multiplied by (ii) a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of Escrow Share held by each such holder, and (y) the denominator of which is the total number of Escrow Shares, by (b) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is 1,200,000 minus the number of Class A Ordinary Shares purchased by the Underwriters upon the exercise of their over-allotment option, and (ii) the denominator of which is 1,200,000. The Company shall promptly provide written notice to the Escrow Agent of the expiration or termination of the Underwriters’ over-allotment option and the number of Units, if any, purchased by the Underwriters in connection with their exercise thereof.

 

4. Rights of Initial Shareholders in Escrow Shares.

 

4.1 Voting Rights as a Shareholder. Subject to the terms of the Insider Letters described in Section 4.4 hereof and except as herein provided, the Initial Shareholders shall retain all of their rights as shareholders of the Company during the Escrow Period, including, without limitation, the right to vote such shares.

 

4.2 Dividends and Other Distributions in Respect of the Escrow Shares. During the Escrow Period, all dividends payable in cash with respect to the Escrow Share shall be paid to the Initial Shareholders, but all dividends payable in shares or other non-cash property (“Non-Cash Dividends”) shall be delivered to the Escrow Agent to hold in accordance with the terms hereof. As used herein, the term “Escrow Shares” shall be deemed to include the Non-Cash Dividends distributed thereon, if any.

 

2

 

 

4.3 Restrictions on Transfer. During the Escrow Period, the only permitted transfers of the Escrow Shares will be (i) to the Company’s pre-IPO shareholders, or to the Company’s officers, directors, advisors and employees, (ii) if the Initial Shareholder is an entity, as a distribution to partners, members or shareholders of the Initial Shareholder upon the liquidation and dissolution of the Initial Shareholder, (iii) by bona fide gift to a member of the Initial Shareholder’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is the Initial Shareholder or a member of the Initial Shareholder’s immediate family for estate planning purposes, (iv) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death of the Initial Shareholder, (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (vi) by private sales made in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination at prices no greater than the price at which the Private Units were originally purchased or (vii) to the Company for cancellation in accordance with Section 3.2 above or in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, in each case, except for clause (vii), on the condition that such transfers may be implemented only upon the respective transferee’s written agreement to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Insider Letter (as defined below) signed by the Initial Shareholder transferring the Escrow Shares.

 

4.4 Insider Letters. Each of the Initial Shareholders has executed a letter agreement with Maxim and the Company, dated as indicated on Exhibit A hereto, and the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (“Insider Letter”), respecting the rights and obligations of such Initial Shareholder in certain events, including but not limited to the liquidation of the Company.

 

5. Concerning the Escrow Agent.

 

5.1 Good Faith Reliance. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in the exercise of its own best judgment, and may rely conclusively and shall be protected in acting upon any order, notice, demand, certificate, opinion or advice of counsel (including counsel chosen by the Escrow Agent), statement, instrument, report or other paper or document (not only as to its due execution and the validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the truth and acceptability of any information therein contained) which is believed by the Escrow Agent to be genuine and to be signed or presented by the proper person or persons. The Escrow Agent shall not be bound by any notice or demand, or any waiver, modification, termination or rescission of this Agreement unless evidenced by a writing delivered to the Escrow Agent signed by the proper party or parties and, if the duties or rights of the Escrow Agent are affected, unless it shall have given its prior written consent thereto.

 

5.2 Indemnification. The Escrow Agent shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from and against any expenses, including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements, or loss suffered by the Escrow Agent in connection with any action, suit or other proceeding involving any claim which in any way, directly or indirectly, arises out of or relates to this Agreement, the services of the Escrow Agent hereunder, or the Escrow Share held by it hereunder, other than expenses or losses arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Escrow Agent. Promptly after the receipt by the Escrow Agent of notice of any demand or claim or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, the Escrow Agent shall notify the other parties hereto in writing. In the event of the receipt of such notice, the Escrow Agent, in its sole discretion, may commence an action in the nature of interpleader in an appropriate court to determine ownership or disposition of the Escrow Shares or it may deposit the Escrow Shares with the clerk of any appropriate court or it may retain the Escrow Shares pending receipt of a final, non-appealable order of a court having jurisdiction over all of the parties hereto directing to whom and under what circumstances the Escrow Shares are to be disbursed and delivered. The provisions of this Section 5.2 shall survive in the event the Escrow Agent resigns or is discharged pursuant to Sections 5.5 or 5.6 below.

 

3

 

 

5.3 Compensation. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to reasonable compensation from the Company for all services rendered by it hereunder. The Escrow Agent shall also be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for all expenses paid or incurred by it in the administration of its duties hereunder including, but not limited to, all counsel, advisors’ and agents’ fees and disbursements and all taxes or other governmental charges.

 

5.4 Further Assurances. From time to time on and after the date hereof, the Company and the Initial Shareholders shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Escrow Agent such further documents and instruments and shall do or cause to be done such further acts as the Escrow Agent shall reasonably request to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement, to evidence compliance herewith or to assure itself that it is protected in acting hereunder.

 

5.5 Resignation. The Escrow Agent may resign at any time and be discharged from its duties as escrow agent hereunder by its giving the other parties hereto written notice and such resignation shall become effective as hereinafter provided. Such resignation shall become effective at such time that the Escrow Agent shall turn over to a successor escrow agent appointed by the Company, the Escrow Shares held hereunder. If no new escrow agent is so appointed within the 60 day period following the giving of such notice of resignation, the Escrow Agent may deposit the Escrow Shares with any court it reasonably deems appropriate.

 

5.6 Discharge of Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall resign and be discharged from its duties as escrow agent hereunder if so requested in writing at any time by the other parties hereto, jointly, provided, however, that such resignation shall become effective only upon acceptance of appointment by a successor escrow agent as provided in Section 5.5.

 

5.7 Liability. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Escrow Agent shall not be relieved from liability hereunder for its own gross negligence or its own willful misconduct.

 

5.8 Waiver. The Escrow Agent hereby waives any right of set-off or any other right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) in, or to any distribution of, the Trust Account (as defined in that certain Investment Management Trust Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and the Escrow Agent as trustee thereunder) and hereby agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction for any Claim against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

 

6. Miscellaneous.

 

6.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall for all purposes be deemed to be made under and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.

 

6.2 Third Party Beneficiaries. Each of the Initial Shareholders hereby acknowledges that Maxim is a third party beneficiaries of this Agreement and this Agreement may not be modified or changed without the prior written consent of Maxim.

 

4

 

 

6.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as expressly provided herein, may not be changed or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by the party to the charged.

 

6.4 Headings. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation thereof.

 

6.5 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective parties hereto and their legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

6.6 Notices. Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and either be delivered personally or be mailed, certified or registered mail, or by private national courier service, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally or, if mailed, two days after the date of mailing, as follows:

 

If to the Company, to:

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88

New York, NY 10001

Attn: Liang Shi, Chief Executive Officer

Email: liang.shi@zeninpartners.com

 

If to a Shareholder, to his address set forth in Exhibit A.

 

and if to the Escrow Agent, to:

 

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attn: [●]

 

A copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) sent hereunder shall be sent to:

Maxim Group LLC

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

Attn: Alex Jin

Email: ajin@maximgrp.com

 

and:

 

Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC

800 Third Avenue, Suite 2800

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Arila E. Zhou, Esq.

Email: azhou@htflawyers.com

 

and:

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10154

Attn: Mitchell S. Nussbaum, Esq., David J. Levine, Esq.

Email: dlevine@loeb.com and mnussbaum@loeb.com

 

The parties may change the persons and addresses to which the notices or other communications are to be sent by giving written notice to any such change in the manner provided herein for giving notice.

 

6.7 Liquidation of the Company. The Company shall give the Escrow Agent written notification of the liquidation and dissolution of the Company in the event that the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the time period specified in the Prospectus.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5

 

 

WITNESS the execution of this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
   
  By:  
    Name: Liang Shi
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

INITIAL SHAREHOLDERS:

 

  Blue World Holdings Limited
   
  By:  
    Name: Liang Shi
    Title: Director

 

   
  Liang Shi
   
   
  Alfred J. Hickey
   
   
  Buhdy Sin Swee Bok

 

  CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY
     
  By:  
    Name: [●]
    Title: [●]

 

6

 

 

EXHIBIT A 

 

Name and Address of Initial Shareholder[1]   Number
of Share
  Date of Insider Letter
Blue World Holdings Limited        
Alfred J. Hickey        
Buhdy Sin Swee Bok        

 

[1] The address of each of the individuals is c/o, Blue World Acquisition Corporation, 244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88, New York, NY 10001.

  

7

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the [●], 2021, by and among Blue World Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”) and the undersigned parties listed under Investor on the signature page hereto (each, an “Investor” and collectively, the “Investors”).

 

WHEREAS, the Investors and the Company desire to enter into this Agreement to provide the Investors with certain rights relating to the registration of the securities held by them as of the date hereof;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

Agreement” means this Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Business Combination” means the acquisition of direct or indirect ownership through a merger, stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar type of transaction, of one or more businesses or entities.

 

Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other Federal agency then administering the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

 

Company” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Class A Ordinary Shares” means the Class A ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

Demand Registration” is defined in Section 2.1.1.

 

Demanding Holder” is defined in Section 2.1.1.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Form S-3” is defined in Section 2.3.

 

Indemnified Party” is defined in Section 4.3.

 

Indemnifying Party” is defined in Section 4.3.

 

Initial Shares” means all of the outstanding Class B Ordinary Shares issued prior to the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

Investor” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Investor Indemnified Party” is defined in Section 4.1.

 

Maximum Number of Share” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

 

Notices” is defined in Section 6.3.

 

Piggy-Back Registration” is defined in Section 2.2.1.

 

Over-Allotment Units” means the additional number of Private Units the Sponsor will be required to purchase in the event that the underwriters in the Company’s initial public offering exercise their over-allotment option, as described in the prospectus relating to the Company’s initial public offering.

 

Private Units” means 388,480 Units (or up to 424,480 if over-allotment is exercised in full) which the Sponsor and Maxim Group, LLC are privately purchasing simultaneously with the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

Register,” “Registered” and “Registration” mean a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

 

Registrable Securities” means (i) the Initial Shares, (ii) the Private Units (and underlying securities), (iii) the Over-Allotment Units (and underlying securities), if any, and (iv) any securities issuable upon conversion of loans from Investors to the Company for the Company’s payment of its working capital, if any and extensions for the time that the Company need to complete its initial business combination as provided in the Company’s amended and restate (the “Working Capital Loan Securities”). Registrable Securities include any warrants, rights, capital shares or other securities of the Company issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to or in exchange for or in replacement of such Initial Share, Private Units (and underlying securities), Over-Allotment Units (and underlying securities), Working Capital Loan Securities. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when: (a) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with such Registration Statement; (b) such securities shall have been otherwise transferred, new certificates for them not bearing a legend restricting further transfer shall have been delivered by the Company and subsequent public distribution of them shall not require registration under the Securities Act; (c) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding, or (d) the Registrable Securities are freely saleable under Rule 144 without volume limitations.

 

Registration Statement” means a registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission in compliance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder for a public offering and sale of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8, or their successors, or any registration statement covering only securities proposed to be issued in exchange for securities or assets of another entity).

 

2

 

 

Release Date” means the date on which the Initial Shares are disbursed from escrow pursuant to Section 3 of that certain Share Escrow Agreement dated as of [●], 2021 by and among the Investors and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

Sponsor” means Blue World Holdings Limited, a Hong Kong private company limited by shares.

 

Underwriter” means a securities dealer who purchases any Registrable Securities as principal in an underwritten offering and not as part of such dealer’s market-making activities.

 

Units” means the units of the Company, each comprised of one Class A Ordinary Share, one-half of one redeemable warrant, with each whole Warrant entitling to acquire one Class A Ordinary Share, and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share.

 

Warrants” means the warrants of the Company.

 

2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

2.1 Demand Registration.

 

2.1.1 Request for Registration. At any time and from time to time on or after (i) the date that the Company consummates a Business Combination with respect to the Private Units (or underlying securities), Over-Allotment Units (or underlying securities) and Working Capital Loan Securities, or (ii) three months prior to the Release Date with respect to all other Registrable Securities, the holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities, as the case may be, held by the Investors, officers or directors of the Company or their affiliates, or the transferees of the Investors, on no more than two occasions. Any demand for a Demand Registration shall specify the number of shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The Company will notify, in writing, all holders of Registrable Securities of the demand, with ten (10) days of the Company’s receipt of such demand, and each holder of Registrable Securities who wishes to include all or a portion of such holder’s Registrable Securities in the Demand Registration (each such holder including shares of Registrable Securities in such registration, a “Demanding Holder”) shall so notify the Company within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by the holder of the notice from the Company. Upon any such request, the Demanding Holders shall be entitled to have their Registrable Securities included in the Demand Registration, subject to Section 2.1.4 and the provisos set forth in Section 3.1.1. The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than an aggregate of two (2) Demand Registrations under this Section 2.1.1 in respect of all Registrable Securities.

 

2.1.2 Effective Registration. A registration will not count as a Demand Registration until the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration has been declared effective and the Company has complied with all of its obligations under this Agreement with respect thereto; provided, however, that if, after such Registration Statement has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Demand Registration is interfered with by any stop order or injunction of the Commission or any other governmental agency or court, the Registration Statement with respect to such Demand Registration will be deemed not to have been declared effective, unless and until, (i) such stop order or injunction is removed, rescinded or otherwise terminated, and (ii) a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders thereafter elect to continue the offering; provided, further, that the Company shall not be obligated to file a second Registration Statement until a Registration Statement that has been filed is counted as a Demand Registration or is terminated.

 

3

 

 

2.1.3 Underwritten Offering. If a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders so elect and such holders so advise the Company as part of their written demand for a Demand Registration, the offering of such Registrable Securities pursuant to such Demand Registration shall be in the form of an underwritten offering. In such event, the right of any holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Demanding Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter or Underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority-in-interest of the holders initiating the Demand Registration.

 

2.1.4 Reduction of Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters for a Demand Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the Demanding Holders in writing that the dollar amount or number of share of Registrable Securities which the Demanding Holders desire to sell, taken together with all other Class A Ordinary Shares or other securities which the Company desires to sell and Class A Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights held by other shareholders of the Company who desire to sell, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of share that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of Share”), then the Company shall include in such registration: (i) first, the Registrable Securities as to which Demand Registration has been requested by the Demanding Holders (pro rata in accordance with the number of share that each such Person has requested be included in such registration, regardless of the number of share held by each such Person (such proportion is referred to herein as “Pro Rata”)) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Class A Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Class A Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share.

 

2.1.5 Withdrawal. If a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders disapprove of the terms of any underwriting or are not entitled to include all of their Registrable Securities in any offering, such majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders may elect to withdraw from such offering by giving written notice to the Company and the Underwriter or Underwriters of their request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration. If the majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders withdraws from a proposed offering relating to a Demand Registration, then such registration shall not count as a Demand Registration provided for in Section 2.1. Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Demand Registration as provided in Section 3.3.

 

4

 

 

2.2 Piggy-Back Registration.

 

2.2.1 Piggy-Back Rights. If at any time on or after the date the Company consummates a Business Combination the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities, by the Company for its own account or for shareholders of the Company for their account (or by the Company and by shareholders of the Company including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 2.1), other than a Registration Statement (i) filed in connection with any employee share option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing shareholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then the Company shall (x) give written notice of such proposed filing to the holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but in no event less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any, of the offering, and (y) offer to the holders of Registrable Securities in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of share of Registrable Securities as such holders may request in writing within five (5) days following receipt of such notice (a “Piggy-Back Registration”). The Company shall cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All holders of Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggy-Back Registration that involves an Underwriter or Underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Underwriter or Underwriters selected for such Piggy-Back Registration.

 

2.2.2 Reduction of Offering. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters for a Piggy-Back Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the holders of Registrable Securities in writing that the dollar amount or number of Class A Ordinary Shares which the Company desires to sell, taken together with the Class A Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with persons other than the holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 2.2, and the Class A Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other shareholders of the Company, exceeds the Maximum Number of Share, then the Company shall include in any such registration:

 

a) If the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (A) first, the Class A Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Class A Ordinary Shares or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Securities, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the applicable written contractual piggy-back registration rights of such security holders, Pro Rata, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Common Share or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share;

 

5

 

 

b) If the registration is a “demand” registration undertaken at the demand of persons other than either the holders of Registrable Securities, (A) first, the Class A Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of the demanding persons that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Class A Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), collectively the Class A Ordinary Shares or other securities comprised of Registrable Securities, Pro Rata, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Share has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Class A Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Share.

 

2.2.3 Withdrawal. Any holder of Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such holder’s request for inclusion of Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 3.3.

 

2.2.4 Registrations on Form S-3. The holders of Registrable Securities may at any time and from time to time, request in writing that the Company register the resale of any or all of such Registrable Securities on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration which may be available at such time (“Form S-3”); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect such request through an underwritten offering. Upon receipt of such written request, the Company will promptly give written notice of the proposed registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities, and, as soon as practicable thereafter, effect the registration of all or such portion of such holder’s or holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company, if any, of any other holder or holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 2.3: (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering; or (ii) if the holders of the Registrable Securities, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at any aggregate price to the public of less than $500,000. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall not be counted as Demand Registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

6

 

 

3. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.

 

3.1 Filings; Information. Whenever the Company is required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2, the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof as expeditiously as practicable, and in connection with any such request:

 

3.1.1 Filing Registration Statement. The Company shall use its best efforts to, as expeditiously as possible after receipt of a request for a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1, prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of all Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof, and shall use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and use its best efforts to keep it effective for the period required by Section 3.1.3; provided, however, that the Company shall have the right to defer any Demand Registration for up to thirty (30) days, and any Piggy-Back Registration for such period as may be applicable to deferment of any demand registration to which such Piggy-Back Registration relates, in each case if the Company shall furnish to the holders a certificate signed by Chief Executive Officer or Chairman of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Registration Statement to be effected at such time; provided further, however, that the Company shall not have the right to exercise the right set forth in this provision more than once in any 365-day period in respect of a Demand Registration hereunder.

 

3.1.2 Copies. The Company shall, prior to filing a Registration Statement or prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration, and such holders’ legal counsel, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus), and such other documents as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration or legal counsel for any such holders may request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such holders.

 

3.1.3 Amendments and Supplements. The Company shall prepare and file with the Commission such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by such Registration Statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or such securities have been withdrawn.

 

7

 

 

3.1.4 Notification. After the filing of a Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly, and in no event more than two (2) business days after such filing, notify the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement of such filing, and shall further notify such holders promptly and confirm such advice in writing in all events within two (2) business days of the occurrence of any of the following: (i) when such Registration Statement becomes effective; (ii) when any post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement becomes effective; (iii) the issuance or threatened issuance by the Commission of any stop order (and the Company shall take all actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered); and (iv) any request by the Commission for any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or any prospectus relating thereto or for additional information or of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the securities covered by such Registration Statement, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made), not misleading, and promptly make available to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement any such supplement or amendment; except that before filing with the Commission a Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, the Company shall furnish to the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and to the legal counsel for any such holders, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed sufficiently in advance of filing to provide such holders and legal counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review such documents and comment thereon, and the Company shall not file any Registration Statement or prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, including documents incorporated by reference, to which such holders or their legal counsel shall object.

 

3.1.5 State Securities Laws Compliance. The Company shall use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph or subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction.

 

3.1.6 Agreements for Disposition. The Company shall enter into customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities. The representations, warranties and covenants of the Company in any underwriting agreement which are made to or for the benefit of any Underwriters, to the extent applicable, shall also be made to and for the benefit of the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement. No holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration statement shall be required to make any representations or warranties in the underwriting agreement except, if applicable, with respect to such holder’s organization, good standing, authority, title to Registrable Securities, lack of conflict of such sale with such holder’s material agreements and organizational documents, and with respect to written information relating to such holder that such holder has furnished in writing expressly for inclusion in such Registration Statement.

 

3.1.7 Cooperation. The principal executive officer of the Company, the principal financial officer of the Company, the principal accounting officer of the Company and all other officers and members of the management of the Company shall cooperate fully in any offering of Registrable Securities hereunder, which cooperation shall include, without limitation, the preparation of the Registration Statement with respect to such offering and all other offering materials and related documents, and participation in meetings with Underwriters, attorneys, accountants and potential investors.

 

8

 

 

3.1.8 Records. The Company shall make available for inspection by the holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement or any Underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information requested by any of them in connection with such Registration Statement.

 

3.1.9 Opinions and Comfort Letters. In the case of any underwritten offering or if reasonably requested by any participant in any other offering pursuant to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall obtain opinions of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of a registration pursuant to this Agreement, addressed to the holders participating in such registration, the placement agent or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to such registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as such holders, placement agent, sales agent, or Underwriter may reasonably request and as are customarily included in such opinions and negative assurance letters, and reasonably satisfactory to a holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. In the case of any underwritten offering or if reasonably requested by any participant in any other offering pursuant to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall obtain a “cold comfort” letters from the Company’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an underwritten public offering pursuant to this Agreement, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to a holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. The Company shall furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities included in any Registration Statement a signed counterpart, addressed to such holder, of (i) any opinion of counsel to the Company delivered to any Underwriter and (ii) any comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants delivered to any Underwriter.

 

3.1.10 Earnings Statement. The Company shall comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the Securities Act, and make available to its shareholders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement covering a period of twelve (12) months, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder.

 

3.1.11 Listing. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities included in any registration to be listed on such exchanges or otherwise designated for trading in the same manner as similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or designated or, if no such similar securities are then listed or designated, in a manner satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration.

 

3.1.12 Road Show. If the registration involves the registration of Registrable Securities involving gross proceeds in excess of 5,000,000, the Company shall use its reasonable efforts to make available senior executives of the Company to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in any underwritten offering.

 

9

 

 

3.2 Obligation to Suspend Distribution. Upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3.1.4(iv), or, in the case of a resale registration on Form S-3 pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, upon any suspension by the Company, pursuant to a written insider trading compliance program adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, of the ability of all “insiders” covered by such program to transact in the Company’s securities because of the existence of material non-public information, each holder of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall immediately discontinue disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such holder receives the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3.1.4(iv) or the restriction on the ability of “insiders” to transact in the Company’s securities is removed, as applicable, and, if so directed by the Company, each such holder will deliver to the Company all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such holder’s possession, of the most recent prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

3.3 Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.1, any Piggy-Back Registration pursuant to Section 2.2, and any registration on Form S-3 effected pursuant to Section 2.3, and all expenses incurred in performing or complying with its other obligations under this Agreement, whether or not the Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees; (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with securities or “blue sky” laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities); (iii) printing expenses; (iv) the Company’s internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees); (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities as required by Section 3.1.11; (vi) Financial Industry Regulatory Authority fees; (vii) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and fees and expenses for independent certified public accountants retained by the Company (including the expenses or costs associated with the delivery of any opinions or comfort letters requested pursuant to Section 3.1.9); (viii) the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with such registration and (ix) the reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel selected by the holders of a majority-in-interest of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. The Company shall have no obligation to pay any underwriting discounts or selling commissions attributable to the Registrable Securities being sold by the holders thereof, which underwriting discounts or selling commissions shall be borne by such holders. Additionally, in an underwritten offering, all selling shareholders and the Company shall bear the expenses of the Underwriter pro rata in proportion to the respective amount of share each is selling in such offering.

 

3.4 Information. The holders of Registrable Securities shall provide such information as may reasonably be requested by the Company, or the managing Underwriter, if any, in connection with the preparation of any Registration Statement, including amendments and supplements thereto, in order to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2 and in connection with the Company’s obligation to comply with Federal and applicable state securities laws.

 

10

 

 

4. INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

 

4.1 Indemnification by the Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Investor and each other holder of Registrable Securities, and each of their respective officers, employees, affiliates, directors, partners, members, attorneys and agents, and each person, if any, who controls an Investor and each other holder of Registrable Securities (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) (each, an “Investor Indemnified Party”), from and against any expenses, losses, judgments, claims, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement (or allegedly untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, or arising out of or based upon any omission (or alleged omission) to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration; and the Company shall promptly reimburse the Investor Indemnified Party for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred by such Investor Indemnified Party in connection with investigating and defending any such expense, loss, judgment, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such expense, loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, or summary prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by such selling holder expressly for use therein. The Company also shall indemnify any Underwriter of the Registrable Securities, their officers, affiliates, directors, partners, members and agents and each person who controls such Underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification provided above in this Section 4.1.

 

4.2 Indemnification by Holders of Registrable Securities. Each selling holder of Registrable Securities will, in the event that any registration is being effected under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement of any Registrable Securities held by such selling holder, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers and each Underwriter (if any), and each other selling holder and each other person, if any, who controls another selling holder or such Underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities, whether joint or several, insofar as such losses, claims, judgments, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which the sale of such Registrable Securities was registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or the alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statement therein not misleading, if the statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by such selling holder expressly for use therein, and shall reimburse the Company, its directors and officers, and each other selling holder or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with investigation or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. Each selling holder’s indemnification obligations hereunder shall be several and not joint and shall be limited to the amount of any net proceeds actually received by such selling holder.

 

11

 

 

4.3 Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings. Promptly after receipt by any person of any notice of any loss, claim, damage or liability or any action in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 4.1 or 4.2, such person (the “Indemnified Party”) shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any other person for indemnification hereunder, notify such other person (the “Indemnifying Party”) in writing of the loss, claim, judgment, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the failure by the Indemnified Party to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party from any liability which the Indemnifying Party may have to such Indemnified Party hereunder, except and solely to the extent the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure. If the Indemnified Party is seeking indemnification with respect to any claim or action brought against the Indemnified Party, then the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in such claim or action, and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with all other Indemnifying Parties, to assume control of the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to the Indemnified Party. After notice from the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume control of the defense of such claim or action, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that in any action in which both the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party are named as defendants, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel (but no more than one such separate counsel) to represent the Indemnified Party and its controlling persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Indemnified Party against the Indemnifying Party, with the fees and expenses of such counsel to be paid by such Indemnifying Party if, based upon the written opinion of counsel of such Indemnified Party, representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, consent to entry of judgment or effect any settlement of any claim or pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which the Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such judgment or settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim or proceeding.

 

4.4 Contribution.

 

4.4.1 If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 is unavailable to any Indemnified Party in respect of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then each such Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnified Parties and the Indemnifying Parties in connection with the actions or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of any Indemnified Party and any Indemnifying Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such Indemnified Party or such Indemnifying Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

4.4.2 The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding Section 4.4.1.

 

12

 

 

4.4.3 The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.4, no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the dollar amount of the net proceeds (after payment of any underwriting fees, discounts, commissions or taxes) actually received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities which gave rise to such contribution obligation. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

5. RULE 144.

 

5.1 Rule 144. The Company covenants that it shall file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and shall take such further action as the holders of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holders to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rules may be amended from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written certification of a duly authorized officer as to (A) whether the Company has filed (i) all reports and other materials required to be filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Company was required to file such reports and materials), other than Current Reports on Form 8-K and (ii) current “Form 10 information” (within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) with the Commission reflecting the Company’s status as an entity that is no longer an issuer described in paragraph (i)(1)(i) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and (B) the first date that the Company filed “Form 10 information” (within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) with the Commission.

 

6. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

6.1 Other Registration Rights. The Company represents and warrants that, except as disclosed in the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[●]), no person, other than the holders of the Registrable Securities, has any right to require the Company to register any of the Company’s share capital for sale or to include the Company’s share capital in any registration filed by the Company for the sale of share capital for its own account or for the account of any other person.

 

6.2 Assignment; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the Company hereunder may not be assigned or delegated by the Company in whole or in part. This Agreement and the rights, duties and obligations of the holders of Registrable Securities hereunder may be freely assigned or delegated by such holder of Registrable Securities in conjunction with and to the extent of any transfer of Registrable Securities by any such holder. This Agreement and the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties, to the permitted assigns of the Investors or holder of Registrable Securities or of any assignee of the Investors or holder of Registrable Securities. This Agreement is not intended to confer any rights or benefits on any persons that are not party hereto other than as expressly set forth in Article 4 and this Section 6.2. Any additional holder of Registrable Securities may become party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a joinder to the Company and the Sponsor in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 

13

 

 

6.3 Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents, approvals or other communications (collectively, “Notices”) required or permitted to be given hereunder or which are given with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served, delivered by reputable air courier service with charges prepaid, or transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, telex or facsimile, addressed as set forth below, or to such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Notice shall be deemed given on the date of service or transmission if personally served or transmitted by telegram, telex or facsimile; provided, that if such service or transmission is not on a business day or is after normal business hours, then such notice shall be deemed given on the next business day. Notice otherwise sent as provided herein shall be deemed given on the next business day following timely delivery of such notice to a reputable air courier service with an order for next-day delivery.

 

To the Company:

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88,

New York, NY 10001,

Attn: Liang Shi, Chief Executive Officer

Email: liang.shi@zeninpartners.com

 

with a copy to:

Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC

800 Third Avenue, Suite 2800

New York, NY 10022

Attn: Arila E. Zhou, Esq.

Email: azhou@htflawyers.com

 

To an Investor, to the address set forth below such Investor’s name on Exhibit A hereto.

 

6.4 Severability. This Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term or provision hereof. Furthermore, in lieu of any such invalid or unenforceable term or provision, the parties hereto intend that there shall be added as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible that is valid and enforceable.

 

6.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including all agreements entered into pursuant hereto and all certificates and instruments delivered pursuant hereto and thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, understandings, negotiations and discussions between the parties, whether oral or written.

 

6.7 Modifications and Amendments. No amendment, modification or termination of this Agreement shall be binding upon the Company unless executed in writing by the Company. No amendment, modification or termination of this Agreement shall be binding upon the holders of the Registrable Securities unless executed in writing by the holders of the majority Registrable Securities.

 

14

 

  

6.8 Titles and Headings. Titles and headings of sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of any provision of this Agreement.

 

6.9 Waivers and Extensions. Any party to this Agreement may waive any right, breach or default which such party has the right to waive, provided that such waiver will not be effective against the waiving party unless it is in writing, is signed by such party, and specifically refers to this Agreement. Waivers may be made in advance or after the right waived has arisen or the breach or default waived has occurred. Any waiver may be conditional. No waiver of any breach of any agreement or provision herein contained shall be deemed a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach thereof nor of any other agreement or provision herein contained. No waiver or extension of time for performance of any obligations or acts shall be deemed a waiver or extension of the time for performance of any other obligations or acts.

 

6.10 Remedies Cumulative. In the event that the Company fails to observe or perform any covenant or agreement to be observed or performed under this Agreement, the Investor or any other holder of Registrable Securities may proceed to protect and enforce its rights by suit in equity or action at law, whether for specific performance of any term contained in this Agreement or for an injunction against the breach of any such term or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Agreement or to enforce any other legal or equitable right, or to take any one or more of such actions, without being required to post a bond. None of the rights, powers or remedies conferred under this Agreement shall be mutually exclusive, and each such right, power or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other right, power or remedy, whether conferred by this Agreement or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

6.11 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed within the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice-of-law provisions thereof that would compel the application of the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction. The venue for any action taken with respect to the Agreement shall be any state or federal court in New York County in the State of New York.

 

6.12 Waiver of Trial by Jury. Each party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives the right to a trial by jury in any action, suit, counterclaim or other proceeding (whether based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of, connected with or relating to this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby, or the actions of the Investor in the negotiation, administration, performance or enforcement hereof.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

15

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Registration Rights Agreement to be executed and delivered by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  Blue World Acquisition Corporation
   
  By:  
    Name:  Liang Shi
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
       
  INITIAL SHAREHOLDERS:
   
  Blue World Holdings Limited
   
  By:  
    Name:  Liang Shi
    Title: Director
       
   
  Alfred J. Hickey
   
   
  Buhdy Sin Swee Bok
   
  Maxim Group LLC
   
  By:
  Name:   
  Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement-Blue World Acquisition Corporation]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Name and Address of Initial Shareholders

 

To all Initial Shareholders:
c/o Blue World Acquisition Corporation
244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88
New York, NY 10001

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

FORM OF PRIVATE UNIT SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

BETWEEN THE REGISTRANT AND THE SPONSOR

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88

New York, NY 10001

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”), a blank check company formed for the purpose of acquiring one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”), intends to register its securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), in connection with its initial public offering (“IPO”), pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (“Registration Statement”).

 

The undersigned hereby commits that it will purchase 348,480 units (or up to 378,480 units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full by Maxim Group LLC) of the Company (“Private Units”), each Private Unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Ordinary Share”), one-half of one redeemable warrant, with each whole warrant to acquire one Class A Ordinary Share (each a “Warrant”), and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share (each a “Right”), at $10.00 per Private Unit, for a purchase price of $3,484,800 (or up to $3,784,800 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full by Maxim Group LLC) (the “Private Unit Purchase Price”).

 

At least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement, the undersigned will cause the Private Unit Purchase Price to be delivered to the Company by wire transfer as set forth in the instructions attached as Exhibit A to hold in a non-interest bearing account until the Company consummates the IPO.

 

The consummation of the purchase and issuance of the Private Units shall occur simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO. Simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO, the Company shall deposit the Private Unit Purchase Price, without interest or deduction, into the trust fund (“Trust Fund”) established by the Company for the benefit of the Company’s public shareholders as described in the Registration Statement. If the Company does not complete the IPO within ten (10) days from the date of this letter, the Private Unit Purchase Price (without interest or deduction) will be returned to the undersigned.

 

The Private Units will be identical to the units to be sold by the Company in the IPO. Additionally, the undersigned agrees:

 

  to vote the Class A Ordinary Shares included in the Private Units in favor of any proposed Business Combination;

 

1

 

 

  not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Company’s Ordinary Shares sold in the IPO if the Company does not complete an initial Business Combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 21 months, as applicable), unless the Company provides the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares sold in the IPO with the opportunity to redeem their Class A Ordinary Shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount of the Trust Fund, including interest earned on Trust Fund and not previously released to the Company to pay the Company’s franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares sold in the IPO;

 

  not to convert any Class A Ordinary Shares included in the Private Units into the right to receive cash from the Trust Fund in connection with a shareholder vote to approve either a Business Combination or an amendment to the provisions of the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, and not to tender the Private Units in connection with a tender offer conducted prior to the closing of a Business Combination;

 

  the undersigned will not participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to the Private Units (but will participate in liquidation distributions with respect to any units or Ordinary Shares purchased by the undersigned in the IPO or in the open market) if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination;

 

  the Private Units will include any additional terms or restrictions as is customary in other similarly structured blank check company offerings or as may be reasonably required by the underwriters in the IPO in order to consummate the IPO, each of which will be set forth in the Registration Statement.

 

Further, the undersigned agrees that its Private Units, and any underlying securities are not transferable or salable until the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination, except in each case (a) to the Company’s officers or directors, any affiliates or family members of any of the Company’s officers or directors, any affiliate of the undersigned, any members of the undersigned, or any of their affiliates, officers, directors, direct and indirect equity holders, (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to a member of the individual’s immediate family, to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family or an affiliate of such person, or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination at prices no greater than the price at which the securities were originally purchased; (f) in the event of the Company’s liquidation prior to the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination; or (g) by virtue of the laws of Cayman Islands or the undersigned’s limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of the undersigned, provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (e), or (g) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions.

 

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the purchaser of the Private Units will execute agreements in form and substance typical for transactions of this nature necessary to effectuate the foregoing agreements and obligations prior to the consummation of the IPO as are reasonably acceptable to the undersigned, including but not limited to an insider letter.

 

2

 

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that:

 

  (a) it has been advised that the Private Units have not been registered under the Securities Act;

 

  (b) it will be acquiring the Private Units for its account for investment purposes only;

 

  (c) it has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of the Private Units in violation of the securities laws of the United States;

 

  (d) it has had both the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the officers and directors of the Company and all persons acting on its behalf concerning the terms and conditions of the offer made hereunder;

 

  (e) it is familiar with the proposed business, management, financial condition and affairs of the Company;

 

  (f) it has full power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this letter and any documents contemplated herein or needed to consummate the transactions contemplated in this letter; and

 

  (g) this letter constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, and is enforceable against it.

 

This letter agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the undersigned and the Company with respect to the purchase of the Private Units, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to the same.

 

3

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  Blue World Holdings Limited
     
  By:  
  Name:  Liang Shi
  Title:   Director

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

By:    
  Name:  Liang Shi  
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Wire Instructions

 

Bank Name:

Bank Address:

Account Name:

Account Number:

Routing/ABA Number (Domestic Wires):

Swift Code (Foreign Wire):

Note:

 

 

5

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

FORM OF PRIVATE UNIT SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

BETWEEN THE REGISTRANT AND MAXIM GROUP LLC

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88

New York, NY 10001

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”), a blank check company formed for the purpose of acquiring one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”), intends to register its securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), in connection with its initial public offering (“IPO”), pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (“Registration Statement”).

 

The undersigned hereby commits that it will purchase 40,000 units (or up to 46,000 units if the over-allotment option is exercised in full by Maxim Group LLC) of the Company (“Private Units”), each Private Unit consisting of one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Ordinary Shares”), and one-half of one redeemable warrant with each whole warrant to acquire one Class A Ordinary Share, and one right to receive one-tenth (1/10) of one Class A Ordinary Share (each a “Right”), at $10.00 per Private Unit, for a purchase price of $400,000 (or up to $460,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full by Maxim Group LLC) (the “Private Unit Purchase Price”).

 

The consummation of the issuance of the Private Units shall occur simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO. Simultaneously with the consummation of the IPO, the Company shall deposit the Private Unit Purchase Price, without interest or deduction, into the trust fund (“Trust Fund”) established by the Company for the benefit of the Company’s public shareholders as described in the Registration Statement. If the Company does not complete the IPO within ten (10) days from the date of this letter, the Private Unit Purchase Price (without interest or deduction) will be returned to the undersigned.

 

The Private Units will be identical to the units to be sold by the Company in the IPO. Additionally, the undersigned agrees:

 

to vote the Class A Ordinary Shares included in the Private Units in favor of any proposed Business Combination;

 

not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association that would affect the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to redeem 100% of the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares sold in the IPO if the Company does not complete an initial Business Combination within 12 months from the closing of the IPO (or up to 21 months, as applicable), unless the Company provides the holders of Class A Ordinary Shares sold in the IPO with the opportunity to redeem their Class A Ordinary Shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount of the Trust Fund, including interest earned on Trust Fund and not previously released to the Company to pay the Company’s franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding Class A Ordinary Shares sold in the IPO;

 

 

 

not to convert any Class A Ordinary Shares included in the Private Units into the right to receive cash from the Trust Fund in connection with a shareholder vote to approve either a Business Combination or an amendment to the provisions of the Company’s Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, and not to tender the Private Units in connection with a tender offer conducted prior to the closing of a Business Combination;

 

the undersigned will not participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to the Private Units (but will participate in liquidation distributions with respect to any units or Class A Ordinary Shares purchased by the undersigned in the IPO or in the open market) if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination;

 

the Private Units will include any additional terms or restrictions as is customary in other similarly structured blank check company offerings or as may be reasonably required by the underwriters in the IPO in order to consummate the IPO, each of which will be set forth in the Registration Statement.

 

Further, the undersigned agrees that its Private Units, and any underlying securities are not transferable or salable until the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination, except in each case (a) to the Company’s officers or directors, any affiliates or family members of any of the Company’s officers or directors, any affiliate of the undersigned, any members of the undersigned, or any of their affiliates, officers, directors, direct and indirect equity holders, (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to a member of the individual’s immediate family, to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family or an affiliate of such person, or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination at prices no greater than the price at which the securities were originally purchased; (f) in the event of the Company’s liquidation prior to the completion of the Company’s initial Business Combination; or (g) by virtue of the laws of Cayman Islands or the undersigned’s limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of the undersigned, provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (e), or (g) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions.

 

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the purchaser of the Private Units will execute agreements in form and substance typical for transactions of this nature necessary to effectuate the foregoing agreements and obligations prior to the consummation of the IPO as are reasonably acceptable to the undersigned, including but not limited to an insider letter.

 

The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that the Placement Units and their component parts and the related registration rights will be deemed compensation by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and will therefore, pursuant to Rule 5110(g) of the FINRA Manual, be subject to lock-up for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of effectiveness or commencement of sales in the IPO, subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1). Additionally, the Placement Units and their component parts and the related registration rights may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated during the foregoing 180 day period following the effective date of the Registration Statement except to any underwriter or selected dealer participating in the IPO and the bona fide officers or partners of the undersigned and any such participating underwriter or selected dealer. Additionally, the Placement Units and their component parts and the related registration rights will not be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the economic disposition of such securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of effectiveness or commencement of sales in the IPO. Additionally, the undersigned may not exercise demand or piggyback rights with respect to the Placement Units and their components parts after five (5) and seven (7) years, respectively, from the effective date of the Registration Statement and may not exercise demand rights on more than one occasion.

 

2

 

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that:

 

  (a) it has been advised that the Private Units have not been registered under the Securities Act;

 

  (b) it will be acquiring the Private Units for its account for investment purposes only;

 

  (c) it has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of the Private Units in violation of the securities laws of the United States;

 

  (d) it has had both the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the officers and directors of the Company and all persons acting on its behalf concerning the terms and conditions of the offer made hereunder;

 

  (e) it is familiar with the proposed business, management, financial condition and affairs of the Company;

 

  (f) it has full power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this letter and any documents contemplated herein or needed to consummate the transactions contemplated in this letter; and

 

  (g) this letter constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, and is enforceable against it.

 

This letter agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the undersigned and the Company with respect to the purchase of the Private Units, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to the same.

 

3

 

 

 

 

Very truly yours,
  Maxim Group LLC
   
  By:  
  Name:   
  Title:    

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

 

By:    
  Name: Liang Shi  
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

4

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

THIS PROMISSORY NOTE (“NOTE”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED IN THE ABSENCE OF REGISTRATION OF THE RESALE THEREOF UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY IN FORM, SCOPE AND SUBSTANCE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Principal Amount: Up to U.S. $500,000 Effective as of August 5, 2021

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company and blank check company (the “Maker”), promises to pay to the order of Blue World Holdings Limited, a Hong Kong company, or its registered assigns or successors in interest (the “Payee”), or order, the principal sum of up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars (U.S. $500,000) in lawful money of the United States of America, on the terms and conditions described below. All payments on this Note shall be made by check or wire transfer of immediately available funds or as otherwise determined by the Maker to such account as the Payee may from time to time designate by written notice in accordance with the provisions of this Note.

 

1. Principal. The principal balance of this Note shall be payable by the Maker on the earlier of: (i) March 31, 2022 or (ii) the date on which Maker consummates an initial public offering of its securities (the “IPO”), unless accelerated upon the occurrence of an Event of Default. The principal balance may be prepaid at any time. Under no circumstances shall any individual, including but not limited to any officer, director, employee or shareholder of the Maker, be obligated personally for any obligations or liabilities of the Maker hereunder.

 

2. Interest. No interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of this Note.

 

3. Drawdown Requests. Maker and Payee agree that Maker may request up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars $500,000 for costs reasonably related to Maker’s initial public offering of its securities. The principal of this Note may be drawn down from time to time prior to the earlier of: (i) March 31, 2022 or (ii) the date on which Maker consummates an initial public offering of its securities, upon written request from Maker to Payee (each, a “Drawdown Request”). Each Drawdown Request must state the amount to be drawn down. Payee shall fund each Drawdown Request no later than five (5) business days after receipt of a Drawdown Request; provided, however, that the maximum amount of drawdowns collectively under this Note is Five Hundred Thousand Dollars $500,000. Once an amount is drawn down under this Note, it shall not be available for future Drawdown Requests even if prepaid. No fees, payments or other amounts shall be due to Payee in connection with, or as a result of, any Drawdown Request by Maker. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all payments shall be applied first to payment in full of any costs incurred in the collection of any sum due under this Note, including (without limitation) reasonable attorneys’ fees, and then to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance of this Note.

 

4. Application of Payments. All payments shall be applied first to payment in full of any costs incurred in the collection of any sum due under this Note, including (without limitation) reasonable attorney’s fees, then to the payment in full of any late charges and finally to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance of this Note.

 

 

 

 

5. Events of Default. The following shall constitute an event of default (“Event of Default”):

 

(a) Failure to Make Required Payments. Failure by Maker to pay the principal amount due pursuant to this Note within five (5) business days of the date specified above.

 

(b) Voluntary Bankruptcy, Etc. The commencement by Maker of a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, rehabilitation or other similar law, or the consent by it to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator (or other similar official) of Maker or for any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the failure of Maker generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of corporate action by Maker in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

 

(c) Involuntary Bankruptcy, Etc. The entry of a decree or order for relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of Maker in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of Maker or for any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days.

 

6. Remedies.

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 5(a) hereof, Payee may, by written notice to Maker, declare this Note to be due immediately and payable, whereupon the unpaid principal amount of this Note, and all other amounts payable hereunder, shall become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein or in the documents evidencing the same to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Sections 5(b) and 5(c), the unpaid principal balance of this Note, and all other sums payable with regard to this Note, shall automatically and immediately become due and payable, in all cases without any action on the part of Payee.

 

7. Waivers. Maker and all endorsers and guarantors of, and sureties for, this Note waive presentment for payment, demand, notice of dishonor, protest, and notice of protest with regard to the Note, all errors, defects and imperfections in any proceedings instituted by Payee under the terms of this Note, and all benefits that might accrue to Maker by virtue of any present or future laws exempting any property, real or personal, or any part of the proceeds arising from any sale of any such property, from attachment, levy or sale under execution, or providing for any stay of execution, exemption from civil process, or extension of time for payment; and Maker agrees that any real estate that may be levied upon pursuant to a judgment obtained by virtue hereof or any writ of execution issued hereon, may be sold upon any such writ in whole or in part in any order desired by Payee.

 

2

 

 

8. Unconditional Liability. Maker hereby waives all notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default, or enforcement of the payment of this Note, and agrees that its liability shall be unconditional, without regard to the liability of any other party, and shall not be affected in any manner by any indulgence, extension of time, renewal, waiver or modification granted or consented to by Payee, and consents to any and all extensions of time, renewals, waivers, or modifications that may be granted by Payee with respect to the payment or other provisions of this Note, and agrees that additional makers, endorsers, guarantors, or sureties may become parties hereto without notice to Maker or affecting Maker’s liability hereunder.

 

9. Notices. All notices, statements or other documents which are required or contemplated by this Note shall be made in writing and delivered: (i) personally or sent by first class registered or certified mail, overnight courier service or facsimile or electronic transmission to the address designated in writing, (ii) by facsimile to the number most recently provided to such party or such other address or fax number as may be designated in writing by such party or (iii) by electronic mail, to the electronic mail address most recently provided to such party or such other electronic mail address as may be designated in writing by such party. Any notice or other communication so transmitted shall be deemed to have been given on the day of delivery, if delivered personally, on the business day following receipt of written confirmation, if sent by facsimile or electronic transmission, one (1) business day after delivery to an overnight courier service or five (5) days after mailing if sent by mail.

 

10. Construction. THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

1 1. Severability. Any provision contained in this Note which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

12. Trust Waiver. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Payee hereby waives any and all right, title, interest or claim of any kind (“Claim”) in or to any distribution of or from the trust account to be established in which the proceeds of the IPO to be conducted by the Maker (including the deferred underwriters discounts and commissions) and the proceeds of the sale of the warrants to be issued in a private placement to occur prior to the closing of the IPO are to be deposited, as described in greater detail in the registration statement and prospectus to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the IPO, and hereby agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction for any Claim against the trust account for any reason whatsoever.

 

13. Amendment; Waiver. Any amendment hereto or waiver of any provision hereof may be made with, and only with, the written consent of the Maker and the Payee.

 

14. Assignment. No assignment or transfer of this Note or any rights or obligations hereunder may be made by any party hereto (by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other party hereto and any attempted assignment without the required consent shall be void.

 

3

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker, intending to be legally bound hereby, has caused this Note to be duly executed by the undersigned as of the day and year first above written.

 

  Blue World Acquisition Corporation
     
  By: /s/ Liang Shi
    Name:  Liang Shi
    Title: Director

 

 

4

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88, New York, NY 10001

 

August 5, 2021

 

Blue World Holdings Limited

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88, New York, NY 10001

 

RE: Securities Purchase Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We are pleased to accept the offer you (the “Subscriber”) have made to purchase 2,300,000 Class B ordinary shares (the “Shares”), par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Ordinary Shares”) in ourselves, Blue World Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), among which, up to 300,000 Class B Ordinary Shares are subject to forfeiture by you if the underwriter of the initial public offering (the “IPO”) of the Company does not fully exercise their over-allotment options (the “Over-allotment Option”). For the purposes of this agreement (this “Agreement”), references to “Ordinary Shares” are to, collectively, the Class B Ordinary Shares and the Company’s Class A Ordinary Shares, par value US$0.0001 per share (the “Class A Ordinary Shares”). Pursuant to the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to be adopted immediately prior to the IPO, the Class B Ordinary Shares will automatically convert into Class A Ordinary Shares on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment, upon the closing of Company’s initial business combination. Unless the context otherwise requires, as used herein “Shares” shall be deemed to include any Class A Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of the Class B Ordinary Shares comprising the Shares. The terms on which the Company is willing to sell the Shares to the Subscriber pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Company and the Subscriber’s agreement regarding such Shares, are as follows:

 

1. Purchase of Shares. The Company hereby sells and issues to the Subscriber, and the Subscriber hereby purchases from the Company the Shares, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this agreement (this “Agreement”). Concurrently with the Subscriber’s execution of this Agreement, the Company shall register the Shares in the name of the Subscriber on the register of members of the Company.

 

2. Representations,Warranties and Agreements.

 

2.1. Subscriber’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements. To induce the Company to issue the Shares to the Subscriber, the Subscriber hereby represents and warrants to the Company and agrees with the Company as follows:

 

2.1.1. No Government Recommendation or Approval. The Subscriber understands that no United States federal or state agency or similar agency of any other country has passed upon or made any recommendation or endorsement of the offering of the Shares.

 

2.1.2. No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation by the Subscriber of the transactions contemplated hereby do not violate, conflict with or constitute a default under (i) the provisions of the organizational documents of such Subscriber, if any, (ii) any agreement, indenture or instrument to which such Subscriber is a party, or (iii) any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Subscriber is subject, or any agreement, order, judgment or decree to which such Subscriber is subject.

 

1

 

 

2.1.3. Organization and Authority. Upon execution and delivery by the Subscriber, this Agreement is a legal, valid and binding agreement of such Subscriber, enforceable against such Subscriber in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

2.1.4. Experience, Financial Capability and Suitability. The Subscriber is: (i) sophisticated in financial matters and is able to evaluate the risks and benefits of the investment in the Shares and (ii) able to bear the economic risk of its investment in the Shares for an indefinite period of time because the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and therefore cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Subscriber has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company so that he or she is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests. The Subscriber must bear the economic risk of this investment until the Shares are sold pursuant to: (i) an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or (ii) an exemption from registration available with respect to such sale. The Subscriber is able to bear the economic risks of an investment in the Shares and to afford a complete loss of Subscriber’s investment in the Shares.

 

2.1.5. Access to Information; Independent Investigation. Prior to the execution of this Agreement, the Subscriber has had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from representatives of the Company concerning an investment in the Company, as well as the finances, operations, business and prospects of the Company, and the opportunity to obtain additional information to verify the accuracy of all information so obtained. In determining whether to make this investment, Subscriber has relied solely on Subscriber’s own knowledge and understanding of the Company and its business based upon Subscriber’s own due diligence investigation and the information furnished pursuant to this paragraph. Subscriber understands that no person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations which were not furnished pursuant to this Section 2 and Subscriber has not relied on any other representations or information in making its investment decision, whether written or oral, relating to the Company, its operations and/or its prospects.

 

2.1.6. Private Offering. The Subscriber acknowledges the sale contemplated hereby is being made in reliance on a private placement exemption pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

2.1.7. Investment Purposes. The Subscriber is purchasing the Shares solely for investment purposes, for the Subscriber’s own account and not for the account or benefit of any other person, and not with a view towards the distribution or dissemination thereof and the Subscriber has no present arrangement to sell the interest in the Shares to or through any person or entity. The Subscriber did not decide to enter into this Agreement as a result of any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502 under the Securities Act.

 

2

 

 

2.1.8. Restrictions on Transfer; Shell Company; Affiliate Status. The Subscriber understands the Shares are being offered in a transaction not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act. Subscriber understands the Shares will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act and Subscriber understands that the certificates representing the Shares will contain a legend in respect of such restrictions. If in the future the Subscriber decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Shares, such Shares may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only pursuant to: (i) registration under the Securities Act, or (ii) an available exemption from registration. Subscriber agrees that if any transfer of its Shares or any interest therein is proposed to be made, as a condition precedent to any such transfer, Subscriber may be required to deliver to the Company an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company. Absent registration or an exemption, the Subscriber agrees not to resell the Shares. The Subscriber further acknowledges that because the Company is a shell company, Rule 144 may not be available to the Subscriber for the resale of the Shares until one year following consummation of the initial business combination of the Company, despite technical compliance with the requirements of Rule 144 and the release or waiver of any contractual transfer restrictions. Such Subscriber (a) acknowledges that after the issuance of the Shares, such Subscriber may be deemed an “affiliate” of the Company under the Securities Act, (b) acknowledges understanding the additional restrictions under the Securities Act applicable to affiliate of the Company, and (c) acknowledges that it had a full and fair opportunity and the means to obtain United States securities counsel and discuss such restrictions prior to entering into this Agreement.

 

2.1.9. No Governmental Consents. No governmental, administrative or other third party consents or approvals are required, necessary or appropriate on the part of Subscriber in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.1.10. Bad Actor. Such Subscriber is not subject to any of the “Bad Actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(l)(i) to (viii) under the Securities Act (a “Disqualification Event”), except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3) under the Securities Act. The Subscriber has exercised reasonable care to determine whether he, she or it is subject to a Disqualification Event. The purchase of the Shares will not subject the Company to any Disqualification Event. There are no matters that would have triggered disqualification under Rule 506(d)(1) under the Securities Act but occurred before September 23, 2013.

 

2.1.11. No Legal Advice from Company. The Subscriber acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to review this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other agreements entered into between the parties hereto with its own legal counsel and investment and tax advisors. Except for any statements or representations of the Company made in this Agreement and the other agreements entered into between the parties hereto, the Subscriber is relying solely on such counsel and advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its representatives or agents for legal, tax or investment advice with respect to this investment, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the securities laws of any jurisdiction.

 

3

 

 

2.1.12. Reliance on Representations and Warranties. The Subscriber understands the Shares are being offered and sold to it in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements under the Securities Act. and analogous provisions in the laws and regulations of various states, and that the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of the Subscriber set forth in this Agreement in order to determine the applicability of such provisions.

 

2.1.13. No General Solicitation or General Advertising; No Directed Selling Efforts. The Subscriber is not aware of any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation S) in respect of the Shares, including (I) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media or broadcast over television, radio, or the internet; and (2) any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising.

 

2.2. Company’s Representations, Warranties and Agreements. To induce the Subscriber to purchase the Shares, the Company hereby represents and warrants to the Subscriber and agrees with the Subscriber as follows:

 

2.2.1. Organization and Corporate Power. The Company is an exempted company duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Cayman Islands and is qualified to do business in every jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operating results or assets of the Company. The Company possesses all requisite corporate power and authority necessary to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

2.2.2. No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby do not violate, conflict with or constitute a default under (1) the Company’s existing Memorandum and Articles of Association (the “Memorandum and Articles”) (2) any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company is a party, or (3) any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Company is subject, or any agreement, order, judgment or decree to which the Company is subject. Other than any registration statement which may be filed pursuant thereto, the Company is not required under federal, state or local law, rule or regulation to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency or self-regulatory entity in order for it to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or issue the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

2.2.3. Title to Securities. Upon issuance in accordance with, and payment pursuant to. the terms hereof and the Memorandum and Articles, and registration in the register of members of the Company, the Shares will be duly and validly issued as fully paid and nonassessable. Upon issuance in accordance with, and payment pursuant to, the terms hereof and the Memorandum and Articles, the Subscriber will have or receive good title to the Shares, free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances of any kind, other than (i) transfer restrictions hereunder and under the other agreements to which the Shares may be subject, (ii) transfer restrictions under federal and state securities laws, and (iii) liens, claims or encumbrances imposed due to the action of the Subscriber.

 

4

 

 

2.2.4. Enforcement. This Agreement constitutes, and upon the execution and delivery thereof, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium, reorganization, or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditors’ rights and remedies or by equitable principles of general application and except as enforcement of rights to indemnity and contribution may be limited by federal and state securities laws or principles of public policy.

 

2.2.5. No Registration. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Subscriber contained in this Agreement, the issuance and sale of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement is exempt from registration requirements of the Securities Act, and neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any authorized representative acting on its behalf, has taken or will take any action hereafter that would cause the loss of such exemption.

 

2.2.6. No Integration. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates have, directly or indirectly through any agent, sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any “security” (as defined in the Securities Act) that is or will be integrated with the sale of the Shares in a manner that would require registration under the Securities Act.

 

2.2.7. No General Solicitation or General Advertising. Neither the Company nor any person acting on behalf of the Company has offered or sold any of the Shares by any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act) including (1) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media or broadcast over television, radio, or the internet; and (2) any seminar or meeting whose attendees have been invited by any general solicitation or general advertising; nor has it seen or been aware of any activity that, to its knowledge, constitutes general solicitation or general advertising.

 

2.2.8 Authorization. The Class A Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Class B Ordinary Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon such conversion.

 

3. Waiver of Liquidation Distributions; Redemption Rights. In connection with the Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement and, subject to the below, any other Company securities purchased on a private placement basis, the Subscriber hereby waives any and all right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any distributions by the Company from the Trust Account (as such term is defined in the Investment Management Trust Agreement to be entered by and between the Company and the trustee thereunder), in the event of a liquidation of the Company upon the Company’s failure to timely complete a business combination.

 

4. Forfeiture of Shares.

 

4.1. Partial or No Exercise of the Over-allotment Option. In the event the Over-allotment Option granted to the underwriter of the IPO is not exercised in full, the Subscriber acknowledges and agrees that it (or. if applicable, it and any transferees of Shares) shall forfeit any and all rights to such number of Shares (up to an aggregate of 300,000 Shares and pro rata based upon the percentage of the Over-allotment Option exercised) such that immediately following such forfeiture, the Subscriber (and all other initial shareholders prior to the IPO, if any) will own an aggregate number of Shares (not including any private placement units that are expected to be purchased prior to or at the closing of the IPO, Shares issuable upon exercise of any warrants or any Ordinary Shares purchased by Subscriber (and all other initial shareholders prior to the IPO, if any) in the IPO or in the aftermarket) equal to 20% of the issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares immediately following the IPO (in each case, not including Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of any warrants). Such forfeiture shall take effect as a surrender and cancellation for no consideration as a matter of Cayman Islands law, and shall occur upon the expiration of the Over-allotment Option.

 

5

 

 

4.2. Termination of Rights as Shareholder. If any of the Shares are forfeited in accordance with this Section 3, then after such time the Subscriber (or successor in interest), shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such forfeited Shares, and the Company shall take such action as is appropriate to cancel such forfeited Shares.

 

5. Restrictions on Transfer.

 

5.1. Securities Law Restrictions. The Subscriber agrees not to sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Shares unless, prior thereto (i) a registration statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws with respect to the Shares proposed to be transferred shall then be effective, or (ii) that an exemption from registration is available under the Securities Act and the rules promulgated by the Commission thereunder and is in compliance with all applicable state securities laws.

 

5.2. Restrictive Legends. Unless counsel otherwise advises, all certificates representing the Shares shall have endorsed thereon legends substantially as follows:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT’’), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD. TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER. IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OR OTHER JURISDICTIONS. AND IN THE CASE OF A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION, SUCH SECURITIES MAY ONLY BE TRANSFERRED IF THE COMPANY AND TRANSFER AGENT FOR SUCH SECURITIES HAS RECEIVED DOCUMENTATION SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSACTION DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

6

 

 

5.3. Additional Shares or Substituted Securities. In the event of the declaration of a share dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a. form other than Ordinary Shares, a spin-off, a share sub-division, an adjustment in conversion ratio, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares without receipt of consideration, any new, substituted or additional securities or other property which are by reason of such transaction distributed with respect to any Shares subject to this Section 4 or into which such Shares thereby become convertible shall immediately be subject to this Section 4. Appropriate adjustments to reflect the distribution of such securities or property shall be made to the number and/or class of Shares subject to this Section 4.

 

6. Other Agreements.

 

6.1. Further Assurances. The Subscriber agrees to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may reasonably be necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

6.2. No Obligation as to Employment. The Company is not by reason of this Agreement obligated to employ, or continue to employ, the Subscriber in any capacity.

 

6.3. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, shall be addressed to the receiving party’s address set forth on the first page of this Agreement or to such other address as a party may designate by notice hereunder, and shall be either (1) delivered by hand, (2) sent by overnight courier, (3) sent via facsimile, or (4) sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be deemed to have been given either (i) if by hand, at the time of the delivery thereof to the receiving party at the address of such party set forth above, (ii) if sent by overnight courier, on the next business day following the day such notice is delivered to the courier service, (iii) if sent via facsimile, when receipt is acknowledged, or (iv) if sent by certified mail, on the (5,h) business day following the day such mailing is made.

 

6.4. Entire Agreement. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Subscriber and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior oral or written agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. No statement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement of any kind not expressly set forth in this Agreement shall affect, or be used to interpret, change or restrict, the express terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

6.5. Modifications and Amendments. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or amended only by written agreement executed by all parties hereto.

 

6.6. Waivers and Consents. The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be waived, or consent for the departure therefrom granted, only by written document executed by the party entitled to the benefits of such terms or provisions. No such waiver or consent shall be deemed to be or shall constitute a waiver or consent with respect to any other terms or provisions of this Agreement, whether or not similar. Each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which it was given, and shall not constitute a continuing waiver or consent.

 

7

 

 

6.7. Assignment. The rights and obligations under this Agreement may not be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party.

  

6.8. Benefit. All statements, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in this Agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and shall inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each party hereto. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create any rights or obligations except among the parties hereto, and no person or entity shall be regarded as a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement.

 

6.9. Governing Law. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York for agreements made and to be wholly performed within such country.

 

6.10. Severability. In the event that any court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any provision, or any portion thereof, contained in this Agreement shall be unreasonable or unenforceable in any respect, then such provision shall be deemed limited to the extent that such court deems it reasonable and enforceable, and as so limited shall remain in full force and effect. In the event that such court shall deem any such provision, or portion thereof, wholly unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect.

 

6.11. No Waiver of Rights, Powers and Remedies. No failure or delay by a party hereto in exercising any right, power or remedy under this Agreement, and no course of dealing between the parties hereto, shall operate as a waiver of any such right, power or remedy of such party. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy under this Agreement by a party hereto, nor any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce any such right, power or remedy, shall preclude such party from any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy hereunder. The election of any remedy by a party hereto shall not constitute a waiver of the right of such party to pursue other available remedies. No notice to or demand on a party not expressly required under this Agreement shall entitle the party receiving such notice or demand to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the rights of the party giving such notice or demand to any other or further action in any circumstances without such notice or demand.

 

6.12. Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made by the parties hereto in this Agreement or in any other agreement, certificate or instrument provided for or contemplated hereby, shall survive the execution and deliver.’ hereof and any investigations made by or on behalf of the parties.

 

8

 

 

6.13. No Broker or Finder. Each of the parties hereto represents and warrants to the other that no broker, finder or other financial consultant has acted on its behalf in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in such a way as to create any liability on the other. Each of the parties hereto agrees to indemnify and save the other harmless from any claim or demand for commission or other compensation by any broker, finder, financial consultant or similar agent claiming to have been employed by or on behalf of such party and to bear the cost of legal expenses incurred in defending against any such claim.

 

6.14. Headings and Captions. The headings and captions of the various subdivisions of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

6.15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party, it being understood that both parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a ’’.pdf’ format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or “.pdf’ signature page were an original thereof.

 

7. Indemnification. Each party shall indemnify the other against any loss, cost or damages (including reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses) incurred as a result of such party’s breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement in this Agreement.

 

8. Disclosure. The Subscriber agrees not to disclose information about this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby until and to the extent the Company publicly discloses such information.

 

9. Fees. Each party hereto shall be responsible for its own internal costs and legal, accounting and other professional fees incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

9

 

 

If the foregoing accurately sets forth our understanding and agreement, please sign the enclosed copy of this agreement and return it to us.

 

Accepted and agreed this

 

August 5, 2021

 

  Very truly yours.
   
  Blue World Acquisition Corporation
   
  By: /s/ Liang Shi 
  Name:  Liang Shi
  Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement - the Company]

 

10

 

 

Accepted and agreed to this

 

August 5, 2021

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation  
   
By: /s/ Liang Shi  
Name:  Liang Shi  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement - Sponsor]

 

 

11

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88

New York, NY 10001

[●], 2021

 

Blue World Management LLC

[●] 

 

Re: Administrative Service Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter agreement by and between Blue World Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) and Blue World Holdings Limited (the “Sponsor”), dated as of the date hereof, will confirm our agreement that, commencing on the date of the Company’s final prospectus (the “Start Date”), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1 and prospectus filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Registration Statement”) and continuing until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of an initial business combination or the Company’s liquidation (in each case as described in the Registration Statement) (such earlier date hereinafter referred to as the “Termination Date”):

 

(i) The Sponsor shall make available, or cause to be made available, to the Company, at 244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88, New York, NY 10001 (or any successor location of the Sponsor), certain office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support as may be reasonably required by the Company. In exchange therefor, the Company shall pay to the Sponsor the sum of $10,000 per month on the Start Date and continuing monthly thereafter until the Termination Date;

 

(ii) The Sponsor hereby agrees that the Company may delay payment of such monthly fee upon a determination by the Company’s audit committee that the Company lacks sufficient funds held outside the Trust Account (defined below) to pay actual or anticipated expenses in connection with the Company’s initial business combination as described in the Registration Statement. Any such unpaid amount will accrue without interest and be due and payable no later than the date of the consummation of the Company’s initial business combination; and

 

(iii) The Sponsor hereby irrevocably waives any and all right, title, interest, causes of action and claims of any kind as a result of, or arising out of, this letter agreement (each, a “Claim”) in or to, and any and all right to seek payment of any amounts due to it out of, the trust account established for the benefit of the public stockholders of the Company and into which substantially all of the proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering will be deposited (the “Trust Account”) as a result of, or arising out of, this letter agreement, and hereby irrevocably waives any Claim it may have in the future, which Claim would reduce, encumber or otherwise adversely affect the Trust Account or any monies or other assets in the Trust Account, and further agrees not to seek recourse, reimbursement, payment or satisfaction of any Claim against the Trust Account or any monies or other assets in the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.

 

This letter agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of its subject matter and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

This letter agreement may not be amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

 

No party hereto may assign either this letter agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other party. Any purported assignment in violation of this paragraph shall be void and ineffectual and shall not operate to transfer or assign any interest or title to the purported assignee.

 

This letter agreement constitutes the entire relationship of the parties hereto, and any litigation between the parties (whether grounded in contract, tort, statute, law or equity) shall be governed by, construed in accordance with, and interpreted pursuant to the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to its choice of law principles.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  Blue World Acquisition Corporation
     
  By:  
    Name:  Liang Shi
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Administrative Service Agreement – the Company]

 

2

 

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY:

 

Blue World Holdings Limited

 

By:    
  Name:  Liang Shi  
  Title: Director  

 

[Signature Page to Administrative Service Agreement – the Sponsor]

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

SECURITIES TRANSFER AGREEMENT

 

This Securities Transfer Agreement is dated as of [●], 2021 (this “Transfer”), by and among Blue World Holdings Limited, a Hong Kong company (the “Seller”), Blue World Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), and the parties identified on the signature page hereto (each a “Buyer” and collectively, the “Buyers”).

 

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Transfer, the Seller wishes to transfer to the Buyers Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value (“Class B Ordinary Shares”) of Company, a newly-organized blank check company, or special purpose acquisition company, formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”), and the Buyers wish to purchase and receive such Initial Shares (as defined below) from the Seller.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, representations, warranties and the mutual covenants contained in this Transfer, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Transfer of Initial Shares. Seller hereby transfers the aggregated amount of 20,000 Class B Ordinary Shares to the Buyers (collectively, the “Initial Shares”) as listed on the Schedule I attached hereto. The Buyers have paid to the Seller an aggregate amount of [●] ($[●]), (the “Purchase Price”), in consideration of the transfer of the Initial Shares.

 

Section 2. Potential Forfeiture and Purchase of Shares.

 

(a) In the event that the Company determines for any reason not to nominate, elect or appoint any Buyer as a member of the board of directors of the Company, or if any Buyer otherwise does not become a member of the board of directors of the Company for any reason, on or prior to the closing of the Public Offering (as defined below), such Buyer shall automatically forfeit all of the Initial Shares held by such Buyer, which Initial Shares shall automatically be transferred and returned to the Seller, and the Seller shall promptly return the applicable portion of the Purchase Price to such Buyer.

 

(b) Immediately prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, unless any Buyer resigns or otherwise ceases to serve as a member of the board of the directors for any reason, the Company shall issue the aggregate amount of 70,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value US$0.0001 (“Class A Ordinary Shares”) to the Buyers as set forth in Schedule II attached hereto. (the “New Shares”, together with the Initial Shares, the “Shares”), subject to the approval of all the necessary parties involved in such Business Combination, excluding the stockholders of the Company. In the event that any necessary approval is not obtained therefor, the Seller shall transfer 70,000 Class B Ordinary Shares to each of the Buyers at the same Purchase Price as set forth in Section 1 herein pursuant to the Schedule II attached hereto.

 

(c) The applicable Buyer shall take all actions as may be reasonably necessary to consummate any forfeiture or sale contemplated by this Section 2, including entering into agreements and delivering certificates and instruments and consents as may be deemed by Seller to be necessary or appropriate, and the applicable Buyer hereby grants to Seller and any representative designated by Seller without further action by such Buyer a limited irrevocable power of attorney to effect any forfeiture or transfer contemplated hereby on behalf of such Buyer, which power of attorney shall be deemed to be coupled with an interest.

 

1

 

 

Section 3. No Conflicts. Each party represents and warrants that neither the execution and delivery of this Transfer by such party, nor the consummation or performance by such party of any of the transactions contemplated hereby, will with or without notice or lapse of time, constitute, create or result in a breach or violation of, default under, loss of benefit or right under or acceleration of performance of any obligation required under any agreement to which it is a party.

 

Section 4. Investment Representations. Each Buyer represents and warrants, with respect to himself or herself only, as set forth herein. Such Buyer hereby acknowledges that an investment in the Shares involves certain significant risks. Such Buyer has no need for liquidity in its investment in the Shares for the foreseeable future and is able to bear the risk of that investment for an indefinite period. Such Buyer acknowledges and hereby agrees that the Shares will not be transferable under any circumstances unless registered by the Company in accordance with federal and state securities laws or sold in compliance with an exemption under such laws and such transfer complies with all applicable lock-up restrictions on such Buyer (as described in the Company’s draft registration statement on Form S-1, as may be amended (the “Registration Statement”), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), relating to a contemplated underwritten public offering by the Company (the “Public Offering”)). Such Buyer further understands and agrees that Buyer will be required to execute and deliver (a) a letter agreement including, among other provisions, the foregoing transfer restrictions, and (b) a stock escrow agreement with respect to such shares, in each case as described in the Registration Statement, and that any certificates evidencing the Shares bear a legend referring to such transfer restrictions.

 

The Shares are being acquired solely for such Buyer’s own account, for investment purposes only, and are not being purchased with a view to or for the resale, distribution, subdivision or fractionalization thereof; and such Buyer has no present plans to enter into any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for such resale, distribution, subdivision or fractionalization. Such Buyer has been given the opportunity to (i) ask questions of and receive answers from the Seller and the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the Shares, and the business and financial condition of the Company and (ii) obtain any additional information that the Seller possess or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to assist such Buyer in evaluating the advisability of the purchase of the Shares and an investment in the Company. Such Buyer is not relying on any oral representation made by any person as to the Company or its operations, financial condition or prospects. Such Buyer is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Act. In the event such Buyer does not join the Board of Directors of the Company upon the consummation of the Public Offering (whether and either at the election of the Company or such Buyer for any reason), then the Buyer shall promptly return the Initial Shares to the Company and should not have rights to the transfer or issue of the New Shares as described under Section 2(b) herein.

 

Section 5.  Miscellaneous. This Transfer, together with the certificates, documents, instruments and writings that are delivered pursuant hereto, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of its subject matter. This Transfer may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. This Transfer may not be amended, modified or waived as to any particular provision, except by a written instrument executed by all parties hereto. Except as otherwise provided herein, no party hereto may assign either this Transfer or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the other party.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

2

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Transfer to be effective as of the date first set forth above.

 

  SELLER:
   
  Blue World Holdings Limited
     
  By:  
  Name: [●]
  Title: [●]
   
  BUYERS:

 

   
  Name: [●]

 

   
  Name: [●]

 

   
  Name: [●]

 

  COMPANY:
   
  Blue World Acquisition Corporation
     
  By:             
  Name: [●]
  Title:   [●]

 

[Signature Page to Securities Transfer Agreement]

 

 

 

Schedule I

 

Name of Transferee   Number of Class B ordinary Shares transferred from Blue World Holdings Limited     Purchase Price to Blue World Holdings Limited  
Alfred J. Hickey     10,000     $ [●]  
Buhdy Sin Swee Bok     10,000     $ [●]  
      Total: 20,000     $ Total: [●]  

 

* Each transferee is entitled to purchase 10,000 founder shares upon the completion of this offering.

 

 

 

Schedule II

 

In addition, each Buyer is entitled to certain numbers of the Class A ordinary shares as described in the chart below issued by the Company upon completion of the initial Business Combination, subject to the approval of all the necessary parties involved in such Business Combination, excluding the stockholders of the Company.

 

Name of Buyer   Number of Class A Ordinary Shares issued by the Company  
Alfred J. Hickey     20,000  
Buhdy Sin Swee Bok     20,000  
Zhenyu Li     30,000  
      Total: 70,000  

 

In the event that no approval is obtained therefor, each Buyer is entitled to acquire from the Seller certain numbers of the Class B ordinary shares at the same purchase price that the Seller originally paid to acquire the Class B ordinary shares, as described in the chart below.

 

Name of Buyer   Number of Class B Ordinary Shares transferred from Blue World Holdings Limited     Purchase Price to Blue World Holdings Limited  
Alfred J. Hickey     20,000     $ [●]  
Buhdy Sin Swee Bok     20,000     $ [●]  
Zhenyu Li     30,000     $ [●]  
      Total: 70,000     $ Total: [●]  

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

D&O RESERVE FUND

ESCROW AGREEMENT

 

This ESCROW AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of December ___, 2021 by and among Blue World Acquisition Corporation, a Cayman Islands corporation (the “Company”), and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, a New York corporation (the “Escrow Agent”). Each capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term (as defined below).

 

RECITALS

 

A. WHEREAS, the Company will deposit with the Escrow Agent a total of $1,000,000 (the “Escrow Amount”) as a reserve fund in order to provide source of funding for claims which fall under the Coverage Guidelines (the “Coverage Guidelines” see attached Appendix I) for directors and officers of the Company. The Parties wish such deposits to be subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

B. WHEREAS, the Escrow Agent has agreed to establish a bank account (the “Bank Account”) at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) and an investment account (the “Investment Account”) at a brokerage institution (the “Broker”) selected by the Escrow Agent and bearing the designation set forth on the Information Sheet (as defined herein), into which the Escrow Funds are to be deposited.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein made, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Escrow.

 

1.1  Appointment; Escrow Amount and Effective Period. The Company hereby appoints the Escrow Agent as their escrow agent for the purposes set forth herein, and the Escrow Agent hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to act as escrow agent in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein. No Later than one business day prior to the effective date of the registration statement of the Company in connection with its initial public offering (such deposit date, the “Effective Date”), the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Escrow Agent $500,000. No later than one business day prior to the date that the Company entering into a definitive merger agreement, the Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Escrow Agent an additional $500,000, for an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 referred to herein as (the “Escrow Amount”). Unless released pursuant to Section 2, the Escrow Fund (defined below) will be held in the Escrow Account (defined below) from the Effective Date until the earlier of (i) one year of the closing of the Company’s initial business combination, (ii) one year of the liquidation or windup of the Company in accordance with the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, and (iii) such date as may be approved by the Company’s shareholders in accordance with the Company’s amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (such period , the “Effective Period”).

 

1

 

 

1.2  Escrow Fund; Escrow Accounts.

 

(a) The Escrow Agent will issue its written confirmation of the receipt of the Escrow Amount and, upon delivery, shall hold the Escrow Amount, together with all products and investment proceeds thereof, including all interest, dividends, gains and other income (collectively, the “Escrow Earnings”) earned with respect thereto (collectively, the “Escrow Fund”), and the Escrow Agent shall hold the Escrow Fund in an account established with the Escrow Agent, subject to the terms of Section 3 below (the “Escrow Account”).

 

(b) For greater certainty, all Escrow Earnings shall be retained by the Escrow Agent and reinvested in the Escrow Fund and shall become part of the Escrow Fund; and shall be disbursed as part of the Escrow Fund in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

1.3  Investments. The Escrow Agent shall establish the Bank Account at the branch of the Bank and, if selected, an Investment Account at the Broker selected by the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent, in a timely manner shall invest and reinvest the Escrow Funds in any open ended investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”) that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of paragraphs (d)(2), (d)(3) and (d)(4) of Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act or any successor rule, which invests only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, as determined by the Company. The Escrow Agent may not invest in any other securities or assets, it being understood that the Bank Account will earn no interest while the Escrow Funds are uninvested, and while the Escrow Funds are invested or uninvested, the Escrow Agent may earn bank credits or other consideration.

 

1.4  [Omitted]

 

Section 2. Release of Escrow Fund.

 

The Parties shall act in accordance with, and the Escrow Agent shall hold and release the Escrow Fund as provided in, this Section 2 as follows:

 

2.1  Claims covered by the Coverage Guidelines. With regard to the Escrow Amount, the Escrow Agent will pay all amounts as instructed based on a Joint Release Instruction defined below.

 

2.2  Method of Payment. All payments of any part of the Escrow Fund to the Paying Agent or the Company, as the case may be, shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated in advance as set forth in a Joint Release Instruction or Final Determination, as applicable.

 

2.3  Call Back Authorized Individuals. In the event that a Joint Release Instruction is delivered to the Escrow Agent, whether in writing, by telecopier, e-mail or otherwise, the Escrow Agent is authorized to seek confirmation of such instruction by telephone call back to the person or persons designated in Exhibits A-1 and or A-2 annexed hereto (the “Call Back Authorized Individuals”), and the Escrow Agent may rely upon the confirmations of anyone purporting to be a Call Back Authorized Individual. To assure accuracy of the instructions it receives, the Escrow Agent may record such call backs. If the Escrow Agent is unable to verify the instructions, or is not satisfied with the verification it receives, it will not execute the instruction until all such issues have been resolved. The persons and telephone numbers for call backs may be changed only in writing actually received and acknowledged by the Escrow Agent.

 

2

 

 

2.4 Certain Definitions.

 

(a) “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banks located in New York, New York, are obligated or authorized by applicable law to remain closed for business.

 

(b) “Final Determination” means a final non-appealable order of any court of competent jurisdiction which may be issued, together with (A) a certificate of the prevailing party to the effect that such judgment is final and non-appealable and from a court of competent jurisdiction having proper authority and (B) the written payment instructions of the prevailing party.

 

(c)  “Joint Release Instruction” means a joint written instruction of Company and the Claims/Risk Manager, which is executed by Company and the Claims/Risk Manager, to the Escrow Agent directing the Escrow Agent to disburse all or a portion of the Escrow Fund, including wire instructions and tax forms as applicable.

 

(d) “Claims/Risk Manager” means Andros Risk Services LLC with contacts listed in Section 8.2 below or any other successor appointed by the Company.

 

(e) “Person” means any individual, general or limited partnership, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization other entity, including a Governmental Authority or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Section 3. Fees and Expenses. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, fees in accordance with Schedule 1. In accordance with Schedule 1, the Escrow Agent will also be entitled to reimbursement for reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Escrow Agent in the performance of its duties hereunder and the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Section 4. Limitation of Escrow Agent’s Liability.

 

4.1  Duties and Limitation of Liability. The Escrow Agent undertakes to perform such duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement only and shall have no duty under any other agreement or document, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall incur no liability with respect to any action taken by it or for any inaction on its part in reliance upon any notice, direction, instruction, consent, statement or other document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and duly authorized, nor for any other action or inaction except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. In all questions arising under this Agreement and/or its interpretation hereof in conjunction with the Merger Agreement, the Escrow Agent may rely on the advice of counsel, and for anything done, omitted or suffered in good faith by the Escrow Agent based upon such advice the Escrow Agent shall not be liable to anyone. In no event shall the Escrow Agent be liable for incidental, punitive or consequential damages.

3

 

 

4.2 Indemnity. The Company agrees to indemnify the Escrow Agent and its officers, directors, employees and agents for, and hold it and them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense (including attorney fees) incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Escrow Agent (or its officers, directors, employees or agents), arising out of or in connection with the Escrow Agent’s carrying out its duties hereunder. This right of indemnification shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the resignation of the Escrow Agent.

 

Section 5. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon the release by the Escrow Agent of the final amounts held in the Escrow Account in accordance with Section 2 or expiry of the Effective Period as set forth in Section 1, whichever is earlier.

 

Section 6. Successor Escrow Agent. In the event the Escrow Agent becomes unavailable or unwilling to continue as escrow agent under this Agreement, the Escrow Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder by giving its written resignation to the parties to this Agreement. Such resignation shall take effect not less than 30 days after it is given to all the other parties hereto. In such event, the Company may appoint a successor Escrow Agent (acceptable to the Claims/Risk Manager, acting reasonably). If the Company fails to appoint a successor Escrow Agent within 30 days after receiving the Escrow Agent’s written resignation, the Escrow Agent shall have the right to apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Escrow Agent. The successor Escrow Agent shall execute and deliver to the Escrow Agent an instrument accepting such appointment, and the successor Escrow Agent shall, without further acts, be vested with all the estates, property rights, powers and duties of the predecessor Escrow Agent as if originally named as Escrow Agent herein. The Escrow Agent shall act in accordance with written instructions from Parent and Sellers’ Representative as to the transfer of the Escrow Fund to a successor Escrow Agent.

 

Section 7. Representative. Unless and until Parent and Escrow Agent shall have received written notice of the appointment of a successor Sellers’ Representative, each of Parent and Escrow Agent shall be entitled to rely on, and shall be fully protected in relying on, the power and authority of Sellers’ Representative to act on behalf of the Sellers.

 

Section 8. Miscellaneous.

 

8.1  Attorneys’ Fees. In any action at law or suit in equity to enforce or interpret this Agreement or the rights of any of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such action or suit shall be entitled to receive a reasonable sum for its attorneys’ fees and all other reasonable costs and expenses incurred in such action or suit.

 

4

 

 

8.2  Notices. All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (a) when delivered personally to the recipient, (b) when sent by electronic mail or facsimile, on the date of transmission to such recipient, (c) one Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), or (d) four (4) Business Days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

If to Company

Blue World Acquisition Corporation

255 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88

New York, NY 10001

Attention: Simon Shi

Email: liang.shi@zeninpartners.com

Phone Number: 212-726-2880

   
With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC

800 Third Avenue, Suite 2800

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Arila Zhou, Esq. 

Email: azhou@htflawyers.com

Phone Number : 212-530-2232

   
If to Claims/Risk Manager:

Andros Risk Services LLC

205 Trenton Avenue

Point Pleasant Beach, NJ 08742-3257

Attention: Larry Goanas

Email: lgoanas@androsriskservices.com

Phone Number: 917-716-3964

   
If to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its capacity as Escrow Agent:

Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company

1 State Street, 30th Floor

New York, NY 10004

Attention: Trust Services, Francis E. Wolf, Jr. & Jaswinder Goraya

Facsimile: +1 212 616 7620

E-mail: fwolf@continentalstock.com &

jgoraya@continentalstock.com

 

5

 

 

Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner herein set forth. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notices addressed to the Escrow Agent shall be effective only upon receipt. If any notice or other document is required to be delivered to the Escrow Agent and any other Person, the Escrow Agent may assume without inquiry that notice or other document was received by such other Person on the date on which it was received by the Escrow Agent.

 

8.3  Headings. The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

8.4  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by means of electronic mail or facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile and pdf signatures shall be treated as original signatures for all purposes hereunder.

 

8.5  Governing Law. This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising out of or related to this Agreement, any of the transactions contemplated hereby, the relationship of the parties, and/or the interpretation and enforcement of the rights and duties of the parties, whether arising in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic Laws of the State of New York.

 

8.6  Waiver of Jury Trial. COMPANY WAIVES THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF ANY OTHER SUCH PARTY, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

8.7  Succession and Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and each of their respective permitted successors and assigns, if any.

 

8.8  Amendments and Waivers. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Escrow Agent, Parent and Sellers’ Representative. No waiver by any party hereto of any provision of this Agreement or any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the party making such waiver nor shall such waiver be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.

 

6

 

 

8.9  Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

 

8.10   No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

8.11   Entire Agreement. This Agreement set forth the entire agreement among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and the Merger Agreement, the Merger Agreement shall govern.

 

8.12   Cooperation. Sellers’ Representative and Parent agree to cooperate fully with each other and the Escrow Agent and to execute and deliver such further documents, certificates, agreements, stock powers and instruments and to take such other actions as may be reasonably requested by Parent, Sellers’ Representative or the Escrow Agent to evidence or reflect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

 

8.13  Construction.

 

(a)  For purposes of this Agreement, whenever the context requires: the singular number shall include the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neutral genders; the feminine gender shall include the masculine and neutral genders; and the neutral gender shall include masculine and feminine genders.

 

(b)  The parties hereto agree that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be applied in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(c) As used in this Agreement, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

(d) Except as otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to “Sections” and “Schedules” are intended to refer to Sections of this Agreement and Schedules to this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY
   
  BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION
   
  By:  
  Name:  Liang Simon Shi
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  ESCROW AGENT
   
  CONTINENTAL STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST
COMPANY, a New York corporation
   
  By:  
  Name:  Francis Wolf
  Title: Vice President

 

8

 

 

Schedule 1

 

[●]

 

9

 

 

APPENDIX I

 

Coverage Guidelines

 

10

 

 

Exhibit A-1

 

Company Call-Back Authorized Individuals

 

Name    Phone
     
     
     

 

11

 

 

Exhibit A-2

 

Risk Manager Representative Call-Back Authorized Individuals

 

Name   Phone
CLAIMS/RISK MANAGER   917-716-3964
Larry Goanas    

 

  12  

 

BLUE WORLD ACQUISTION CORPORATION

(“COVERAGE PROVIDER”)

 

DECLARATIONS

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS LIABILITY COVERAGE GUIDELINES

 

THESE ARE CLAIMS MADE AND REPORTED COVERAGE GUIDELINES. SUBJECT TO THEIR TERMS, THESE COVERAGE GUIDELINES APPLY ONLY TO ANY CLAIM FIRST MADE, ANY INVESTIGATION FIRST COMMENCED, ANY INQUIRY FIRST RECEIVED AND ANY BOOKS AND RECORDS DEMAND FIRST RECEIVED DURING THE COVERAGE GUIDELINES PERIOD PROVIDED SUCH CLAIM, INVESTIGATION, INQUIRY AND BOOKS AND RECORDS DEMAND IS REPORTED TO COVERAGE PROVIDER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF CLAUSE VII.

 

AMOUNTS INCURRED AS COSTS, CHARGES AND EXPENSES AND INQUIRY COSTS SHALL REDUCE AND MAY EXHAUST THE LIMIT OF LIABILITY OR THE SUBLIMIT OF LIABILITY, IF APPLICABLE, AND ARE SUBJECT TO THE RETENTIONS. THESE COVERAGE GUIDELINES DO NOT PROVIDE FOR ANY DUTY BY COVERAGE PROVIDER TO DEFEND ANY OF THE INSUREDS.

 

These Declarations along with the completed and signed Application and the Coverage Guidelines with endorsements shall constitute the contract between the Insureds and Coverage Provider.

 

Item A. Parent Company: Blue World Acquisition Corporation
   
  Principal Address: 244 Fifth Avenue, Suite B-88,
New York, NY 10001
   
  Place of Incorporation: Cayman Islands

 

Page 1

 

 

Item B. Coverage Guidelines Period:
   
  From: The effective date of the Form S-1 (File No. 333- [   ]) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the initial public offering of Parent Company
     
  To: The earlier of (i) the closing of a business combination of Parent Company and (ii) the liquidation or windup of Parent Company
     

Both days 12.01 a.m. Local Time at the Principal Address stated in Item A.

 

Item C. Limit of Liability:
   
1. $1,000,000.00 USD in the aggregate for the Coverage Guidelines Period

 

Page 2

 

 

Item D. Insured Percentage:
   
  100% of Loss in excess of retention under Insuring Clause I.A.
   
  100% of Loss in excess of retention under Insuring Clause I.B.
   
 

100% of Loss in excess of retention under Insuring Clause I.C.
 

100% of Security Holder Demand Investigatory Costs and Books and Records Costs under Insuring Clause I.D.

   
Item E. Funds Placed Into Escrow:       USD $1,000,000.00           for the Coverage Guidelines Period
   
Item F. Length of Predetermined Run-Off Period:          12 months
   
  From the effective date of the Form S-1 (File No. 333- [   ]) until the earlier of (i) one year of the closing of a business combination of Parent Company, (ii) one year of the liquidation or windup of Parent Company in accordance with its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, and (iii) such date as may be approved by shareholders of Parent Company in accordance with the its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.
   
Item H. Notification pursuant to Clause VII. shall be given to:

Larry Goanos
Andros Risk Services, LLC
lgoanos@androsriskservices.com

 

Page 3

 

 

Item K. Prior and Pending Litigation Date:
   
  Inception date of these Coverage Guidelines
   
Item L. Outside Entities:
   
  None

 

Page 4

 

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS LIABILITY COVERAGE GUIDELINES

 

I. INSURING CLAUSES

 

A. Coverage Provider shall pay on behalf of the Insured Persons:

 

1. Loss resulting from any Claim first made against the Insured Persons during the Coverage Guidelines Period for a Wrongful Act; or

 

2. Loss resulting from any Investigation of the Insured Persons first commenced during the Coverage Guidelines Period; or

 

3. Inquiry Costs resulting from any Inquiry first received by the Insured Persons during the Coverage Guidelines Period.

 

B. Coverage Provider shall pay on behalf of the Company:

 

1. Loss which the Company, the Sponsor, or in the event the Company no longer exists as a viable entity, its Successor is required or permitted or has agreed to pay as indemnification to any of the Insured Persons resulting from any Claim first made against the Insured Persons during the Coverage Guidelines Period for a Wrongful Act; or

 

2. Loss which the Company, the Sponsor, or in the event the Company no longer exists as a viable entity, its Successor is required or permitted or has agreed to pay as indemnification to any of the Insured Persons resulting from any Investigation of the Insured Persons first commenced during the Coverage Guidelines Period; or

 

3. Inquiry Costs which the Company, the Sponsor, or in the event the Company no longer exists as a viable entity, its Successor is required or permitted or has agreed to pay as indemnification to any of the Insured Persons resulting from any Inquiry first received by the Insured Persons during the Coverage Guidelines Period.

 

C. Coverage Provider shall pay on behalf of the Company:

 

1. Loss resulting from any Securities Claim, other than a Derivative Suit, first made against the Company during the Coverage Guidelines Period for a Wrongful Act; or

 

2. Costs, Charges and Expenses incurred by the Company in seeking the dismissal of any Derivative Suit first made during the Coverage Guidelines Period, but only to the extent:

 

(a) the Company is named as a nominal defendant in such Derivative Suit; and

 

(b) the Insured Persons are named and continuously maintained in such Derivative Suit for a Wrongful Act; or

 

3. plaintiff attorney fees and expenses awarded or approved by the court in a Derivative Suit first made during the Coverage Guidelines Period.

 

Page 5

 

 

 

D. Coverage Provider shall pay on behalf of the Company:

 

1. all Security Holder Demand Investigatory Costs resulting from any Security Holder Demand first made during the Coverage Guidelines Period for a Wrongful Act; or

 

2. all Books and Records Costs resulting from any Books and Records Demand first received by the Company during the Coverage Guidelines Period.

 

II. DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms whenever used in these Coverage Guidelines in boldface type shall have the meanings indicated.

 

A. “Application” means:

 

1. the application for these Coverage Guidelines (if any) including any materials submitted therewith, and

 

2. any public documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission during the twelve (12) month period prior to the inception date of these Coverage Guidelines, all of which shall be deemed part of these Coverage Guidelines, as if physically attached.

 

B. Books and Records Costs” means reasonable and necessary fees and expenses incurred by the Company in response to a Books and Records Demand, but shall not include salaries, wages, overhead or benefit expenses associated with directors, officers or employees of the Company.

 

C. Books and Records Demand” means a written demand made by one or more security holders of the Company solely to inspect the books and records of the Company pursuant to Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any similar statute in any other jurisdiction.

 

D. Business Combination” means the Company’s initial acquisition of one or more assets or operating businesses as defined in the Parent Company’s Form S-1 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (or any similar act in any foreign jurisdiction).

 

E. “Claim” means:

 

1. any written demand for monetary damages, non- monetary relief, injunctive relief or other relief against any of the Insureds, or any civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory, arbitration or mediation proceeding or other alternative dispute resolution process initiated against any of the Insureds, including:

 

(a) any appeal from any such proceeding;

 

(b) any proceeding before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or any similar federal, state, local or foreign governmental body;

 

(c) in respect of Insuring Clause I.A. only, any formal demand or proceeding arising out of any statutory liability of the Insured Persons due to the failure of the Company to deduct, withhold or remit taxes (including non-resident withholding taxes, goods and services taxes, salary or withholding taxes and employee source deductions), unemployment insurance contributions, or pension plan contributions; or

 

Page 6

 

 

(d) in respect of Insuring Clause I.A. only, any formal demand or proceeding arising out of any statutory liability of the Insured Persons due to the failure of the Company to pay debts for services performed by an employee of the Company for salary, wages or related amounts such as vacation pay or holiday pay; or

 

2. any extradition proceeding initiated against any of the Insured Persons, or the arrest and detainment or incarceration for more than twenty-four (24) hours of any of the Insured Persons solely with respect to their status as Insured Persons of the Company, by any law enforcement authority in a foreign jurisdiction in conjunction with any proceeding described in 1. above or an Investigation or Inquiry; or

 

3. in respect of Insuring Clause I.D., any Security Holder Demand, but shall not include any Investigation or Inquiry.

 

F. “Class Certification Fees” means reasonable and necessary expert fees incurred by the Insureds to conduct an event study to be filed with the court in opposition to class certification in any Securities Claim.

 

G. “Company” means:

 

1. the Parent Company; and

 

2. any Subsidiary.

 

H. “Costs, Charges and Expenses” means:

 

1. reasonable and necessary legal fees and expenses incurred by the Insureds in defense, settlement and appeal of any Claim or in responding to any Investigation and cost of attachment or similar bonds, including:

 

(a) reasonable and necessary expert fees and Class Certification Fees incurred by the Insureds in defense, settlement and appeal of any Claim or in responding to any Investigation, and

 

(b) reasonable and necessary legal fees and expenses incurred by the Insureds in defense, settlement and appeal of:

 

(i) any Claim made against the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Parent Company seeking repayment of compensation as a result of a financial restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or

 

(ii) any Claim made against the Insured Persons seeking repayment of compensation as a result of a financial restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or any internal policy of the Company promulgated in accordance therewith;

 

2. reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Insureds at the Underwriter’s request to assist Coverage Provider in investigating a Claim or Investigation;

 

3. reasonable and necessary legal fees and expenses incurred by any Insured Person where deposed as a witness in connection with any Claim against any other of the Insureds or Investigation or Inquiry of any other Insured Person; and

 

Page 7

 

 

4. in respect of coverages afforded under Clause II.E.2., reasonable costs (other than collateral) for a bond or other financial instrument to guarantee the contingent obligation of the Insured Persons for bail or its equivalent required by a court in any foreign jurisdiction,

 

but shall not include salaries, wages, overhead or benefit expenses associated with directors, officers or employees of the Company.

 

I. “Derivative Suit” means any lawsuit brought derivatively on behalf of the Company by a security holder of the Company.

 

J. “Employment Practice Violation” means any actual or alleged:

 

1. wrongful dismissal, discharge or termination of employment whether actual or constructive;

 

2. employment related misrepresentation;

 

3. violation of any federal, state, local or foreign law prohibiting discrimination in employment, including the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, Title VII of the Civil Rights Law of 1964, the Pregnancy Discrimination Act of 1978, the Civil Rights Act of 1866, the Equal Pay Act of 1963, the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008, the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990, or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder;

 

4. sexual or other harassment in the workplace;

 

5. abusive or hostile work environment;

 

6. wrongful deprivation of career opportunity, failure to hire, promote, or grant tenure, or wrongful demotion;

 

7. wrongful discipline or evaluation;

 

8. breach of an implied employment contract or promissory estoppels;

 

9. failure to adopt adequate employment or workplace policies and procedures;

 

10. retaliation against any of the Insured Persons including retaliation for filing claims under the Federal False Claims Act, retaliation in connection with whistleblowing, retaliation for exercising civil rights, retaliation for union activities or in connection with strikes or lockouts; or

 

11. negligent hiring or negligent supervision of others, including wrongful failure to provide adequate training, in connection with 1. through 10. above.

 

K. “Facilitation Costs” means reasonable and necessary fees, costs and expenses (including the premium or origination fee for a loan or bond) incurred by:

 

1. the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Parent Company solely to facilitate the return of amounts required to be repaid pursuant to Section 304(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or

 

2. the Insured Persons solely to facilitate the return of amounts required to be repaid pursuant to Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or any internal policy of the Company promulgated in accordance therewith, provided that such fees, costs or expenses do not include the payment, return, reimbursement, disgorgement or restitution of any such amounts requested or required to be repaid pursuant to Section 304(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or any internal policy of the Company promulgated in accordance therewith.

 

Page 8

 

 

L. “Inquiry” means:

 

1. (a) a request by a Regulatory Authority for any of the Insured Persons to appear for an interview or meeting or to provide sworn testimony or to produce documents,

 

(b) a request by or on behalf of the Company for any of the Insured Persons to appear for an interview or meeting or to provide sworn testimony or to produce documents in connection with:

 

(i) an inquiry or investigation of any of the Insureds by a Regulatory Authority, or

 

(ii) a Security Holder Demand or a Derivative Suit,

 

(c) a request by or on behalf of the Company or by a Regulatory Authority for any of the Insured Persons to appear as a witness in a trial or a court hearing of any criminal proceeding against the Company under the UK Corporate Manslaughter & Homicide Act 2007 or its equivalent in any jurisdiction,

 

(d) a request by any court-appointed trustee, examiner, receiver, liquidator, conservator, rehabilitator or similar official of the Company for any of the Insured Persons to appear for an interview or meeting or to provide sworn testimony or to produce documents in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding by or against the Company, or

 

(e) in respect of Insuring Clause I.A. only, a request by or on behalf of a party to any litigation, arbitration or other type of proceeding against the Company for any of the Insured Persons to appear for an interview or meeting or to provide sworn testimony or to produce documents in connection with such litigation, arbitration or proceeding, or regarding such Insured Person’s capacity as such or the business of the Company, or

 

2. any informal investigation of any of the Insured Persons by a Regulatory Authority after such Insured Person becomes aware that he or she is the subject of such investigation and, as a consequence of such investigation, retains legal counsel.

 

M. “Inquiry Costs” means reasonable and necessary fees and expenses incurred by the Insured Persons solely in connection with such Insured Persons preparation for and response to an Inquiry, but shall not include:

 

1. salaries, wages, overhead or benefit expenses associated with directors, officers or employees of the Company;

 

2. costs of complying with any discovery or other request seeking documents (including electronic information) in the possession or control of the Company or for which the Company has the direct financial responsibility to produce; or

 

3. any amounts incurred prior to the time that the Inquiry is reported to Coverage Provider in accordance with Clause VII.B.

 

Page 9

 

 

N. “Insured Persons” means:

 

1. all persons who were, now are, or shall be directors, officers or risk managers of the Company and all persons serving in a functionally equivalent role for the Parent Company or any Subsidiary operating or incorporated outside the United States;

 

2. all persons who were, now are, or shall be managers or functionally equivalent roles of any limited liability company as defined in Clause II.II.;

 

3. all persons who were, now are, or shall be members of the board of managers of the Company;

 

4. all persons who were, now are, or shall be employees of the Company, but only to the extent:

 

(a) any Claim or Investigation is for an Employment Practice Violation or is a Securities Claim, or

 

(b) such employee is named as a co-defendant in any Claim or Investigation with any of the persons set forth in the above provisions of this definition;

 

5. any de facto or alleged de facto director of the Company; and

 

6. the lawful spouse or domestic partner of any of the persons set forth in the above provisions of this definition, but only to the extent the spouse or domestic partner is a party to any Claim or Investigation solely because of his or her status as the spouse or domestic partner of any such persons and only for the purposes of any Claim or Investigation seeking damages recoverable from marital community property, property jointly held by any such person and the spouse or domestic partner, or property transferred from any such person to the spouse or domestic partner, including their estates, heirs, legal representatives, trusts, estate planning vehicles or assigns in the event of their death, incapacity or bankruptcy.

 

O. “Insureds” means the Company and the Insured Persons.

 

P. “Interrelated Wrongful Acts” means Wrongful Acts which have as a common nexus any fact, circumstance, situation, event, transaction or series of facts, circumstances, situations, events or transactions.

 

Q. “Investigation” means any formal investigation of any of the Insured Persons by a Regulatory Authority:

 

1. once any such Insured Persons are identified in writing by such Regulatory Authority as a person against whom a Claim may be brought, including without limitation receipt of a target letter, or

 

2. after the service of a subpoena or other similar written request compelling testimony or document production upon any such Insured Persons, or

 

3. after any such Insured Persons have been identified in a Wells Notice, target letter or other written notice describing actual or alleged violations of securities laws or other laws by any such Insured Persons.

 

Page 10

 

 

R. “Loss” means:

 

1. (a) damages, judgments, including pre and post-judgment interest, and settlements,

 

(b) Inquiry Costs and Costs, Charges and Expenses, and

 

(c) punitive, exemplary or multiplied damages where the applicable law allows coverage for punitive, exemplary or multiplied damages, incurred by any of the Insureds, and

 

2. Facilitation Costs, and

 

3. with respect to Insuring Clause I.C.3., plaintiff attorney fees and expenses awarded or approved by the court in a Derivative Suit. and

 

4. with respect to Insuring Clause I.D., Security Holder Demand Investigatory Costs or Books and Records Costs incurred by the Company, but shall not include (other than Inquiry Costs and Costs, Charges and Expenses):

 

(i) taxes or the loss of tax benefits except:

 

a. with respect to that portion of any tax assessment imposed on any of the Insured Persons by a foreign jurisdiction based on Coverage Provider’s payment of such damages, judgments, settlements, Inquiry Costs or Costs, Charges and Expenses as a foreign or non-admitted carrier; or

 

b. with respect to any statutory liability for such taxes owed by any of the Insured Persons as described in Clause II.E.1.(d);

 

(ii) criminal or civil fines or penalties imposed by law, except:

 

a. fines or civil penalties assessed against any of the Insureds pursuant to Section 78dd 2(g)(2)(B) or Section 78ff (c)2(B) of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, 15 U.S.C. or Section 11(1)(a) of the United Kingdom Bribery Act of 2010, Chapter 23 or any statute or law similar to the foregoing in any jurisdiction;

 

b. civil penalties assessed against any of the Insureds for the benefit of shareholders pursuant to Section 308 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002;

 

c. under Insuring Clause I.A. only, any other fine or civil penalty imposed against any of the Insured Persons where the applicable law allows coverage for such fine or civil penalty, subject to a maximum sublimit of USD 10,000 each of the Insured Persons but in no event exceeding USD 100,000 in the aggregate for the Coverage Guidelines Period all Insured Persons, such sublimit shall be part of, and not in addition to, the Limit of Liability stated in Item C.1. of the Declarations;

 

(iii) matters deemed uninsurable under the law pursuant to which these Coverage Guidelines shall be construed;

 

(iv) any wages, salary or benefits owed pursuant to the terms of any employment contract except with respect to any statutory liability for such wages, salary or benefits owed by any Insured Persons as described in Clause II.E.1.(e); or

 

Page 11

 

  

(v) damages, judgments or settlements that represent or are substantially equivalent to an increase in the consideration paid (or proposed to be paid) in connection with the purchase of any securities or assets of any entity, including the Company, except where such damages, judgments or settlements are payable under Insuring Clause I.A.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Coverage Provider shall not assert that the portion of any judgment, settlement or Costs, Charges and Expenses incurred in connection with any Securities Claim alleging violations of Section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, including without limitation such Loss of any Insured Persons deemed to be a controlling person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, or any similar securities laws or common laws or regulations of any foreign jurisdiction, as amended, are uninsurable.

 

With respect to the coverage for punitive, exemplary or multiplied damages, and the insurability of fines or penalties under exception (ii) above or matters under exception (iii) above, any applicable law most favorable to the insurability of such damages, fines or penalties or matters shall apply, and where the Insureds are able to demonstrate in good faith that such damages, fines, penalties or matters are insurable under any applicable law, Coverage Provider shall not challenge that interpretation of insurability. For purposes of this provision, “any applicable law” shall include but not be limited to the law: a) where the Claim seeking such damages was brought, b) where the Wrongful Acts giving rise to the Claim seeking such damages took place, c) where the Insureds are incorporated, have their principal place of business or reside, and d) where Coverage Provider is incorporated or have its principal place of business. If any of the Insureds present a written legal opinion stating that such damages, fines, penalties or matters are insurable under any applicable law, Coverage Provider shall not challenge that determination.

 

The determination of whether any of the Insured Persons have incurred any Loss shall be made without regard to:

 

(1) any insurance (with the exception of insurance purchased by the Company), and

 

(2) any indemnification that any of the Insured Persons may have from any source (other than from the Company, the Sponsor, or in the event the Company no longer exists as a viable entity, its Successor), including without limitation from or as a result of any equity holder of the Company.

 

S. “Management Control” means:

 

1. owning interest representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting, appointment or designation power for the selection of a majority of the board of directors of a corporation, the members of the management board of a limited liability corporation or with respect to entities operating or organized outside the United States, persons serving in a functionally equivalent role; or

 

2. having the right, pursuant to written contract or the bylaws, charter, operating agreement or similar documents of the Company to elect, appoint or designate a majority of the board of directors of a corporation, the management board of a limited liability corporation or with respect to entities operating or organized outside of the United States, persons serving in a functionally equivalent role.

 

T. “Manslaughter Claim” means the prosecution of any of the Insured Persons for involuntary, constructive or gross negligence manslaughter before the Crown Prosecution Service, the Procurator Fiscal or any similar authority with jurisdiction over any corporate manslaughter violation.

 

Page 12

 

 

U. “Optional Extension Period” means the period described in Clause X.B.

  

V. “Outside Entity” means:

 

1. any not-for-profit organization, community chest, fund or foundation; or

 

2. any other organization specified in Item L. of the Declarations.

 

W. “Parent Company” means the entity named in Item A. of the Declarations.

 

Y. “Coverage Guidelines Period” means the period specified in Item B. of the Declarations:

 

Z. “Predetermined Run-Off Period” means the period described in Clause X.A.

 

AA. “Regulatory Authority” means any federal, state, local or foreign law enforcement or governmental authority (including the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission and any attorney general) or the enforcement unit of any securities exchange or similar self-regulating body.

 

BB. “Related Party” means:

 

1. any person who is or was an executive officer, director or nominee for director of the Company or the Sponsor, or

 

2. any person who is or was an initial shareholder of the Company, or

 

3. any person who is or was an immediate family member of any person set forth in 1 . or 2. above, or

 

4. the Sponsor.

 

CC. “Related Party Transaction” means any Business Combination or series of similar Business Combinations in which (i) the Company is or will be a participant, and (ii) any Related Party has or will have a direct or indirect interest. Related Party Transaction shall include any material amendment or modification to an existing Business Combination.

 

DD. “Securities Claim” means:

 

1. (a) any demand or proceeding described in Clause II.E.1. against any of the Insureds, other than an administrative or regulatory proceeding, or

 

(b) any administrative or regulatory proceeding initiated:

 

(i) against any of the Insured Persons, or

 

(ii) against any of the Insured Persons and the Company but only during the time the Insured Persons and the Company are continuously maintained in such proceeding,

 

alleging any violation of the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, rules or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under either or both Acts, similar securities laws or regulations of any federal, state (including any state blue sky laws), local or any foreign jurisdiction, any other laws, rules, regulations or statutes regulating securities or any common law arising out of, involving, or relating to the ownership, purchase or sale of or offer to purchase or sell any securities of the Company, including any debt or equity securities, whether on the open market or through a public or private offering, or

 

Page 13

 

 

2. any demand or proceeding described in Clause II.E.1. against any of the Insureds which is brought by a security holder of the Company in their capacity as such, including a Derivative Suit,

 

but shall not include any Security Holder Demand or Books and Records Demand.

 

EE. “Security Holder Demand” means any written demand made by one or more security holders of the Company upon the Company’s Board of Directors to bring a civil proceeding against any of the Insured Persons for a Wrongful Act.

 

FF. “Security Holder Demand Investigatory Costs” means reasonable fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with the investigation, review or evaluation of any Security Holder Demand.

 

GG. Left intentionally blank.

 

HH. “Successor” means the person or entity who, subsequent to a Business Combination, acquired more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding securities of the Parent Company or merged with the Parent Company such that the Parent Company is not the surviving entity.

 

II. “Subsidiary” means any entity, including but not limited to any limited liability company , over which the Parent Company directly or indirectly had or has Management Control, if the Parent Company had Management Control of such entity prior to or on the inception date of these Coverage Guidelines, provided, that these Coverage Guidelines only provide coverage for any Wrongful Act committed or any conduct undertaken while the Parent Company had Management Control of such entity.

 

JJ. “Wrongful Act” means any actual or alleged act, error, omission, misstatement, misleading statement, neglect or breach of duty:

 

1. by any of the Insured Persons, while acting in their capacity as such, or any matter claimed against any of the Insured Persons solely by reason of their serving in such capacity;

 

2. by any of the Insured Persons, while acting in their capacity as, or any matter claimed against any of the Insured Persons solely by reason of their serving as:

 

(a) a controlling person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act 1934, as amended; or

 

(b) a director, officer, manager, trustee, governor or executive director or in a functionally equivalent position of any Outside Entity; and

 

3. by the Company involving a Securities Claim.

 

III. EXCLUSIONS

 

Coverage Provider shall not be liable to make any payment in connection with:

 

A. that portion of any Claim, Investigation, Inquiry or Books and Records Demand for actual or alleged sickness, disease, death, false arrest, false imprisonment, damage to or destruction of tangible property (including loss of use thereof) or, except to the extent the Claim or Investigation is for an Employment Practice Violation, for bodily injury, assault, battery, invasion of privacy, mental anguish, emotional distress, libel, slander or defamation; provided, however, this exclusion shall not apply to:

 

Page 14

 

 

1. the coverage afforded under Insuring Clause I.A.,

 

2. the coverage afforded under Insuring Clause I.B. or I.C. for a Securities Claim,

 

3. a Manslaughter Claim, or

 

4. an Inquiry brought by the Company or a Regulatory Authority for any of the Insured Persons to appear as a witness in a trial or a court hearing of any criminal proceeding solely against the Company under the UK Corporate Manslaughter & Homicide Act 2007 or its equivalent in any jurisdiction;

 

B. any Claim by, on behalf of, or at the direction of the Company, except and to the extent that:

 

1. such Claim is a Derivative Suit; or

 

2. such Claim is brought in the event of the appointment of a trustee, examiner, receiver, liquidator, conservator, rehabilitator or similar official; or

 

3. such Claim is brought against any former Insured Persons; or

 

4. such Claim is brought :

 

(a) against the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Parent Company pursuant to Section 304(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or

 

(b) against the Insured Persons pursuant to Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank W all Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or any internal policy of the Company promulgated in accordance therewith; or

 

5. such Claim is a Security Holder Demand; or

 

6. such Claim is brought subsequent to a Business Combination by the person or entity who acquired more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding securities of the Parent Company or merged with the Parent Company such that the Parent Company is not the surviving entity; or

 

7. such Claim is brought outside the United States of America, Canada, or any other common law jurisdiction;

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Exclusion E. shall not apply to Costs, Charges and Expenses incurred in connection with any Claim or Investigation under Insuring Clause I.A.;

 

C. any Claim, Investigation, Inquiry or Books and Records Demand brought about or contributed to by:

 

1. any deliberately fraudulent or deliberately criminal act or omission by any of the Insure ds, or

 

2. any personal profit or financial advantage gained by any of the Insured Persons to which they were not legally entitled,

 

as determined by a final non-appealable adjudication in any action or proceeding (other than an action or proceeding initiated by Coverage Provider to determine coverage under these Coverage Guidelines);

 

D. that portion of any Claim, Investigation, Inquiry or Books and Records Demand for the return by any of the Insured Persons of any remuneration paid to them without the previous approval of the appropriate governing body of the Company, which payment without such previous approval shall be determined by a final non-appealable adjudication in any action or proceeding (other than an action or proceeding initiated by Coverage Provider to determine coverage under these Coverage Guidelines) to be in violation of the law;

 

Page 15

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Exclusions F.2 and G. shall not apply to:

 

1. that portion of any Securities Claim alleging violations of Section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 as amended including without limitation such Loss of any Insured Persons deemed to be a controlling person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, or any similar securities laws or common laws or regulations of any foreign jurisdiction, as amended ; or

 

2. Facilitation Costs incurred in connection with that portion of any Claim alleging violations of Section 304(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or any internal policy of the Company promulgated in accordance therewith.

 

With respect to Exclusion F.1. for acts or omissions which are treated as a criminal violation in a jurisdiction outside the United States of America that are not treated as a criminal violation in the United States of America, the imposition of a criminal fine or other criminal sanction in such jurisdiction will not, by itself, be conclusive proof that a deliberately fraudulent or deliberately criminal act or omission occurred.

 

E. 1. any Claim, Investigation, Inquiry or Books and Records Demand based upon, arising out of, directly or indirectly, resulting from or in consequence of, or in any way involving, any Wrongful Act actually or allegedly committed, or any conduct actually or allegedly undertaken, in whole subsequent to a Business Combination; or

 

2. that portion of any Claim, Investigation, Inquiry or Books and Records Demand based upon, arising out of, directly or indirectly, resulting from or in consequence of, or in any way involving, any Wrongful Act actually or allegedly committed, or any conduct actually or allegedly undertaken, in part subsequent to a Business Combination; or

 

F. any Claim, Investigation, Inquiry or Books and Records Demand based upon, arising out of, directly or indirectly resulting from or in consequence of, or in any way involving any Related Party Transaction; provided, however, this exclusion shall not apply if the Company receives an opinion from an independent banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm, confirming the fairness of such Related Party Transaction to the Company from a financial point of view.

 

For the purpose of determining the applicability of any of the Exclusions:

 

(a) in respect of Insuring Clause I.A., no facts pertaining to, no knowledge possessed by, and no Wrongful Act of any of the Insureds shall be imputed to any other natural person

 

(b) in respect of Insuring Clause I.B., the Wrongful Act of any of the Insured Persons shall be imputed to the Company only to the extent that the Company indemnifies such Insured Persons, and

 

(c) in respect of Insuring Clause I.C., only the Wrongful Acts of any of the Insured Persons who, at the time of the Wrongful Act, was the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Parent Company shall be imputed to the Company.

 

IV. LIMIT OF LIABILITY, RETENTIONS AND ORDER OF PAYMENTS

 

A. Coverage Provider shall be liable to pay the percentage of Loss set forth in Item E. of the Declarations in excess of the amount of the applicable Retention up to the Limit of Liability or Sublimit of Liability, if applicable, it being warranted that the remaining percentage of Loss shall be uninsured. The Retention applicable to Insuring Clause I.B. shall apply to Loss payable under Insuring Clause I.A. if indemnification by the Company, the Sponsor, or in the event the Company no longer exists as a viable entity, its Successor is required by law or is legally permissible to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless the Company, the Sponsor, or in the event the Company no longer exists as a viable entity, its Successor is unable to make such actual indemnification by reason of its insolvency.

 

Page 16

 

 

No Retention shall apply to any Loss under Insuring Clause I.D.

 

B. The amount shown in Item C.1. of the Declarations shall be the maximum aggregate Limit of Liability of Coverage Provider under the Coverage Guidelines.

 

Coverage Provider shall pay Loss in the following order:

 

1. first, under Insuring Clause I.A.,

 

2. second, at the written request of the chief executive officer of the Parent Company, Coverage Provider shall either pay or withhold Loss payable under Insuring Clause I.B.; and

 

3. lastly, at the written request of the chief executive officer of the Parent Company, Coverage Provider shall either pay or withhold Loss payable under Insuring Clauses I.C. and I.D.

 

In the event Coverage Provider withholds payment pursuant to sub-paragraphs 2. and 3. above, then Coverage Provider shall, at such time and in such manner as shall be set forth in the instructions of the chief executive officer of the Parent Company, remit such payment to the Company or directly to or on behalf of the Insured Persons.

 

Coverage Provider shall have no obligation to pay Loss after exhaustion of the Limit of Liability or Sublimit of Liability, if applicable, regardless of whether the Parent Company has withheld payment.

 

C. Coverage Provider shall pay Costs, Charges and Expenses or Inquiry Costs on a current basis but no less than once every ninety (90) days.

 

V. MULTIPLE CLAIMS, INVESTIGATIONS, INQUIRIES AND BOOKS AND RECORDS DEMANDS

 

A. More than one Claim involving the same Wrongful Act or Interrelated Wrongful Acts shall be deemed to constitute a single Claim and shall be deemed to have been made at the date on which the earliest Claim involving the same Wrongful Act or Interrelated Wrongful Acts is first made.

 

B. More than one Investigation having as a common nexus any fact, circumstance, situation, event, transaction or series of facts, circumstances, situations, events or transactions shall be deemed to constitute a single Investigation and shall be deemed to have been commenced at the date on which the earliest Investigation is first commenced.

 

C. If an Inquiry is first received by the Insured Persons during the Coverage Guidelines Period and is reported in accordance with Clause VII.B. then such Inquiry and any subsequent Inquiry having as a common nexus any fact, circumstance, situation, event, transaction or series of facts, circumstances, situations, events or transactions shall be deemed a single Inquiry first received on the date the earliest Inquiry is first received.

 

Page 17

 

 

D If a Books and Records Demand is first received by the Company during the Coverage Guidelines Period and is reported in accordance with Clause VII.C. then such Books and Records Demand and any subsequent Books and Records Demand having as a common nexus any fact, circumstance, situation, event, transaction or series of facts, circumstances, situations, events or transactions shall be deemed a single Books and Records Demand first received on the date the earliest Books and Records Demand was first received.

 

E. Any Claim, Investigation, Inquiry or Books and Records Demand having as a common nexus any fact, circumstance, situation, event, transaction or series of facts, circumstances, situations, events or transactions shall be deemed a single Claim and shall be deemed to have been made at the earliest of the following dates:

 

1. the date on which the Books and Records Demand is first received;

 

2. the date on which the Inquiry is first received;

 

3. the date on which the Investigation is first commenced; or

 

4. the date on which the Claim is first made.

 

F. If following a Business Combination, the Predetermined Run-Off Period is not purchased from Coverage Provider, then Clause V.A, V.B., V.C., V.D. and V.E. above shall no longer apply. Any Claim made, Investigation commenced, Inquiry received or Books and Records De mands received on or after the date of the Business Combination shall not constitute a single Claim, Investigation, Inquiry or Books and Records Demand in accordance with Clause V. A, V. B., V.C., V.D. and V.E. above and such Claim made, Investigation commenced, Inquiry received or Books and Records Demands received on or after the date of the Business Combination shall not be covered by these Coverage Guidelines.

 

VI. SETTLEMENTS AND DEFENSE

 

A. No settlement shall be made and no Costs, Charges and Expenses, Facilitation Costs, Inquiry Costs, Security Holder Demand Investigatory Costs or Books and Records Costs shall be incurred without Coverage Provider’s consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. However, Coverage Provider’s consent shall not be required for a settlement where such settlement is for an amount below the applicable Retention (inclusive of Costs, Charges and Expenses) provided the Insureds shall give Coverage Provider as soon as practicable details of the settlement amounts and the date the settlement is confirmed by the court.

 

B. It shall be the duty of the Insureds and not the duty of the Coverage Provider to defend Claims, Investigations or Inquiries, including the investigation, review and evaluation of any Security Holder Demand or to respond to any Books and Records Demand.

 

VII. NOTIFICATION

 

A. The Insureds shall, as a condition precedent to their rights to payment under these Coverage Guidelines, give to Coverage Provider notice in writing of any Claim or Investigation as soon as practicable after the risk manager, general counsel, chief executive officer or chief financial officer or equivalent of the Parent Company first becomes aware of such Claim or Investigation, but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the end of the Coverage Guidelines Period, the Predetermined Run-Off Period or the Optional Extension Period (if purchased).

 

In the event that the Insureds should have notified Coverage Provider regarding a Claim or Investigation but were unable to do so due to being prohibited from disclosing information by a Regulatory Authority or pursuant to the terms of a confidentiality agreement, then ‘as soon as practicable’ shall mean as soon as the Insureds are permitted to disclose the information by the Regulatory Authority or pursuant to the terms of the confidentiality agreement.

 

Page 18

 

 

B. If the Insureds elect to seek coverage for Inquiry Costs in connection with an Inquiry, the Insureds shall give to Coverage Provider notice in writing of such Inquiry, but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the end of the Coverage Guidelines Period, the Predetermined Run-Off Period or the Optional Extension Period (if purchased).

 

C. If the Company elect to seek coverage for Books and Records Costs in connection with a Books and Records Demand, the Company shall give to Coverage Provider notice in writing of such Books and Records Demand, but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the end of the Coverage Guidelines Period, the Predetermined Run-Off Period or the Optional Extension Period (if purchased).

 

D. Notice to Coverage Provider provided for in Clause VII. shall only be deemed effective if given to the firm shown under Item I. of the Declarations.

 

VIII. GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

A. Representations and Severability

 

The particulars and statements contained in the Application are incorporated into and constitute a part of these Coverage Guidelines.

 

By acceptance of these Coverage Guidelines, the Insureds agree:

 

1. that the statements in the Application are their representations and that these Coverage Guidelines is issued in reliance upon the truth of such representations;

 

2. that in the event that the Application contains misrepresentations made with the actual intent to deceive, or contains misrepresentations which materially affect either the acceptance of the risk or the hazard assumed by Coverage Provider under these Coverage Guidelines,

 

Coverage Provider may only seek to void coverage, ab initio, under the following Insuring Clauses with respect to Claims, Investigations or Inquiries arising from such misrepresentations:

 

(a) with respect to Insuring Clause I.B. to the extent the Company indemnifies any of the Insured Persons who had knowledge as at the Inception Date of these Coverage Guidelines of any such misrepresentations; and

 

(b) with respect to Insuring Clause I.C. to the extent that the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of the Parent Company had knowledge as at the Inception Date of these Coverage Guidelines of any such misrepresentations; and

 

3. that, notwithstanding the above, the Application shall be construed as a separate application for coverage by each of the Insured Persons and no knowledge possessed by any of the Insured Persons shall be imputed to any other Insured Person.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

i) these Coverage Guidelines shall not be voided, in whole or in part, with respect to Insuring Clause I.A.; and

 

ii) these Coverage Guidelines shall be non-rescindable with respect to the coverage afforded under Insuring Clauses I.A., I.B., I.C. and I.D.

 

Page 19

 

 

Coverage Provider agree to advance payments of Loss unless and until an order by a court of competent jurisdiction provides either that such advancement is not required or that coverage is void ab initio, subject to the condition that such advance payments by Coverage Provider shall be repaid to Coverage Provider by the Company or the Insured Persons according to their respective interests as soon as reasonably practicable after an order provides that such advancement is not required or that coverage is void ab initio.

 

B. Company Authorization Clause

 

By acceptance of these Coverage Guidelines the Insureds agree that the Parent Company will act on their behalf with respect to the giving of all notices to Coverage Provider, the receiving of notices from Coverage Provider, the payment of the premium and the receipt of any return premium.

 

C. Valuation and Currency Clause

  

All premiums, limits, retentions and Loss under these Coverage Guidelines are expressed and payable in the currency of the United States. If judgment is rendered, settlement is denominated or another element of Loss under these Coverage Guidelines is stated in a currency other than United States dollars or if Costs, Charges and Expenses or Inquiry Costs are paid in a currency other than United States dollars, payment under these Coverage Guidelines shall be made in United States dollars at the rate of exchange published in the Wall Street Journal on the date the judgment becomes final or payment of the settlement or other element of Loss is due or the date such Costs, Charges and Expenses or Inquiry Costs are paid.

 

D. Bankruptcy Clause

 

Bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or any of the Insured Persons shall not relieve Coverage Provider of any of their obligations under these Coverage Guidelines.

 

The coverage provided under these Coverage Guidelines is intended to protect and benefit the Insured Persons.

 

E. Recovery Clause

 

In the event the Coverage Provider recover amounts they have paid under these Coverage Guidelines, the Coverage Provider will reinstate the Limit of Liability of these Coverage Guidelines to the extent of such recovery, less its costs incurred in administering and obtaining such recovery. The Coverage Provider assume no duty to seek a recovery of any amounts paid under these Coverage Guidelines.

 

IX. EXTENSIONS TO THE COVERAGE GUIDELINES PERIOD

 

A. Predetermined Run-Off Period

 

In the event of a Business Combination during the Coverage Guidelines Period, it is a condition of these Coverage Guidelines that the Parent Company pays to Coverage Provider the additional premium shown in Item G.1. of the Declarations for an extension of the coverage granted by these Coverage Guidelines with respect to:

 

1) any Claim first made, Investigation first commenced, Inquiry first received, or Books and Records first received, during the period of time set forth in Item G.2. of the Declarations after the date of such Business Combination, but only with respect to any Wrongful Act committed or any conduct undertaken in whole before the date of such Business Combination; or

 

Page 20

 

 

2) that portion of any Claim first made, Investigation first commenced, Inquiry first received, or Books and Records first received. during the period of time set forth in Item G.2. of the Declarations after the date of such Business Combination, but only with respect to any Wrongful Act committed or any conduct undertaken in part before the date of such Business Combination.

 

The Predetermined Run-Off Period shall terminate in the event full payment of the premium for the Predetermined Run-Off Period is not given to Coverage Provider within thirty (30) days after the date of the Business Combination.

 

B. Optional Extension Period

 

In the event i) there is no Business Combination during the Coverage Guidelines Period and ii) the Company elects to liquidate and to return funds to shareholders, then the Parent Company shall have the right, upon payment of an additional premium shown in Item H.1. of the Declarations, to an extension of the coverage granted by these Coverage Guidelines with respect to:

 

1) any Claim first made, Investigation first commenced, Inquiry first received, or Books and Records first received. during the period of time set forth in Item H.2. of the Declarations after the Coverage Guidelines expiration date, but only with respect to any Wrongful Act committed or any conduct undertaken in whole before the Coverage Guidelines expiration date; or

 

2) that portion of any Claim first made, Investigation first commenced, Inquiry first received. or Books and Records first received. during the period of time set forth in Item H.2. of the Declarations after the Coverage Guidelines expiration date, but only with respect to any Wrongful Act committed or any conduct undertaken in part before the Coverage Guidelines expiration date.

 

The right to purchase the Optional Extension Period shall terminate in the event written notice together with full payment of the premium for the Optional Extension Period is not given to Coverage Provider within thirty (30) days after the Coverage Guidelines expiration date.

 

X. ASSISTANCE, COOPERATION AND SUBROGATION

 

The Insureds agree to provide Coverage Provider with such information, assistance and cooperation as Coverage Provider or their counsel may reasonably request, and they further agree that , after a Claim has been made against them, an Investigation has been commenced against them, an Inquiry has been received by them or a Books and Records Demand has been received by them, they shall not take any action which in any way increases Coverage Provider’s exposure under these Coverage Guidelines. In respect of Insuring Clause I.A., the failure of any of the Insured Persons or the Company to give Coverage Provider or their counsel the information, assistance and cooperation that they may reasonably request, shall not impair the rights of any other Insured Person under these Coverage Guidelines. In respect of Insuring Clause I.B., the failure of any of the Insured Persons to give Coverage Provider or their counsel the information, assistance and cooperation that they may reasonably request shall not impair the rights of the Company under these Coverage Guidelines with respect to any indemnification provided to any other Insured Person.

 

The reporting of matters to, and subsequent communication with a Regulatory Authority by the Company or any of the Insured Persons, whether pursuant to law, regulation, negotiation under a deferred prosecution agreement or otherwise will not constitute a contravention of these provision by the Company or such Insured Persons.

 

In the event of any payment under these Coverage Guidelines, Coverage Provider shall be subrogated to the Insureds’ rights of recovery therefor against any person or entity. The Insureds shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure and preserve such rights including the execution of such documents as are necessary to enable Coverage Provider effectively to bring suit in their name, and shall provide all other assistance and cooperation which Coverage Provider may reasonably require.

 

Page 21

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Coverage Provider agree to waive their rights of subrogation against any of the Insured Persons except where a final non-appealable adjudication in any action or proceeding (other than an action or proceeding initiated by Coverage Provider to determine coverage under these Coverage Guidelines) adverse to the relevant Insured Persons establishes that the relevant Insure d Persons have committed a deliberately fraudulent or deliberately criminal act or omission.

 

XI. ASSIGNMENTS AND ACTION AGAINST COVERAGE PROVIDER

 

No action shall lie against Coverage Provider unless, as a condition precedent thereto, the Insureds shall have fully complied with all of the terms of these Coverage Guidelines. Nothing contained herein shall give any person or organization any right to join Coverage Provider as a party to any Claim, Investigation, Inquiry or Books and Records Demand against the Insureds to determine their liability, nor shall Coverage Provider be impleaded by the Insureds or their legal representative in any Claim, Investigation, Inquiry or Books and Records Demand. Assignment of interest under these Coverage Guidelines shall not bind Coverage Provider unless their consent is endorsed hereon.

 

XII. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

By acceptance of these Coverage Guidelines, the Insureds agree that these Coverage Guidelines embodies all agreements existing between them and Coverage Provider or any of their agents relating to these Insurance. Notice to any agent or knowledge possessed by any agent or other person acting on behalf of Coverage Provider shall not effect a waiver or a change in any part of these Coverage Guidelines or estop Coverage Provider from asserting any right under the terms of these Coverage Guidelines, nor shall the terms be waived or changed except by written endorsement or rider issued by Coverage Provider to form a part of these Coverage Guidelines.

 

XIII. ALLOCATION

 

If both Loss covered by these Coverage Guidelines and loss uncovered by these Coverage Guidelines are incurred, either because the Claim, Investigation or Inquiry includes both covered and uncovered allegations or because it includes both insured and uninsured parties, then the Insureds and Coverage Provider agree to use their best efforts to fairly and reasonably allocate such amount between covered Loss and uncovered loss.

 

In the event that a method of allocation cannot be agreed upon by Coverage Provider and the Insureds, then:

 

A. in any arbitration, suit or other proceeding, no presumption shall exist concerning what is a fair and reasonable allocation;

 

B. Coverage Provider shall advance the amount of Costs, Charges and Expenses or Inquiry Costs which they deem fair and proper until a different amount is negotiated by the parties, determined pursuant to the arbitration process set forth in subparagraph C. below, or determined judicially;

 

C. Coverage Provider, solely if requested by the Insureds, shall submit the dispute to binding arbitration. The rules of the American Arbitration Association shall apply except with respect to the selection of the arbitration panel, which shall consist of one arbitrator selected by the Insureds, one arbitrator selected by Coverage Provider, and a third independent arbitrator selected by the first two arbitrators.

 

Any negotiated, arbitrated or judicially determined allocation of Costs, Charges and Expenses or Inquiry Costs on account of a Claim, Investigation or Inquiry shall be applied retroactively to all Costs, Charges and Expenses or Inquiry Costs on account of such Claim, Investigation or Inquiry, notwithstanding any prior advancement to the contrary. Any allocation or advancement of Costs, Charges and Expenses or Inquiry Costs on account of a Claim, Investigation or Inquiry shall not apply to or create any presumption with respect to the allocation of other Loss on account of such Claim, Investigation or Inquiry.

 

Page 22

 

 

XIV. WORLDWIDE

 

These Coverage Guidelines applies only to Claims first made, Investigations first commenced, Inquiries first received and Books and Records Demands first received during the Coverage Guidelines Period anywhere in the world as permitted by law.

 

XV. CHOICE OF LAW

 

Except with respect to the insurability of damages under Clause II.R., any dispute involving these Coverage Guidelines shall be resolved by applying New York law.

 

Page 23

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 14

 

BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION (the “Company”)

 

Code of Conduct and Ethics

 

I. Introduction

 

The Company requires the highest standards of professional and ethical conduct from its employees, officers and directors. Our reputation for honesty and integrity is key to the success of its business. The Company intends that its business practices will comply with the laws of all of the jurisdictions in which it operates and that honesty, integrity and accountability will always characterize the Company’s business activity. No employee, officer or director may achieve results through violations of laws or regulations or unscrupulous dealings.

 

This Code reflects the Company’s commitment to this culture of honesty, integrity and accountability and outlines the basic principles and policies with which all employees, officers and directors are expected to comply. Therefore, we expect you to read this Code thoroughly and carefully.

 

In addition to following this Code in all aspects of your business activities, you are expected to seek guidance in any situation where there is a question regarding compliance issues, whether with the letter or the spirit of the Company’s policies and applicable laws. Cooperation with this Code is essential to the continued success of the Company’s business and the cultivation and maintenance of its reputation as a good corporate citizen. Misconduct is never justified, even where sanctioned or ordered by an officer or other individual in a position of higher management. No individual, regardless of stature or position, can authorize actions that are illegal, or that jeopardize or violate Company standards. We note that this Code sets forth general principles of conduct and ethics and is intended to work in conjunction with the specific policies and procedures that are covered in the Company’s compliance manual or in separate specific policy statements, such as the Securities Trading Policy and the Related Persons Transaction Policy, and you should refer to those policies and procedures for more detail in the specified context.

 

Nothing in this Code prohibits you from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Congress, and any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. You do not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such reports or disclosures and you are not required to notify the Company that you have made such reports or disclosures.

 

II. Conflicts of Interest

 

A conflict of interest occurs when your private interest interferes, appears to interfere or is inconsistent in any way with the interests of the Company. For example, conflicts of interest may arise if:

 

You cause the Company to engage in business transactions with a company that you, your friends or your relatives control without having obtained the appropriate prior approvals required.

 

You are in a position to (i) compete with, rather than help, the Company or (ii) make a business decision not on the basis of the Company’s interest but rather for your own personal advantage.

 

You take actions, or have personal or family interests, which may make it difficult to perform your work (or discharge your duties and obligations) effectively.

 

You, or any of your family members or affiliates, receive improper personal benefits other than gratuities and payments received or provided in compliance with the guidelines set forth in “Gifts and Entertainment” below, as a result of your position in the Company.

 

 

 

 

A conflict of interest may not be immediately recognizable, so potential conflicts must be reported immediately to the Secretary of the Company (the “Secretary”). Further, if you become aware of a conflict or potential conflict involving another employee, officer or director, you should bring it to the attention of the Secretary or a member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors at the principal executive offices of the Company.

 

If the concern requires confidentiality, including keeping particular individuals anonymous, then this confidentially will be protected, except to the extent necessary to conduct an effective investigation or as required by under applicable law, regulation or legal proceedings.

 

III. Related Party Transactions

 

The Company has adopted a policy that requires the review and approval of any transaction, arrangement or relationship where the Company was, is or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any “Related Person” (generally defined as any director (or director nominee) or executive officer of the Company, beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company share, any immediate family member of the foregoing and any entity in which any of the foregoing persons is employed or is a partner or principal or in which that person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest) had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

Before entering any such transaction, arrangement or relationship, the Secretary must be notified of the facts and circumstances of the proposed transaction, arrangement or relationship. If the Secretary determines that a transaction, arrangement or relationship is indeed a related party transaction, then such transaction will be sent to the Audit Committee (or the Chair of such committee) for their review and approval. Only those transactions that are in the best interests of the Company shall be approved.

 

IV. Corporate Opportunities

 

When carrying out your duties or responsibilities, you owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests. The Company’s memorandum and articles of association and corporate governance guidelines contain important policies with respect to corporate opportunities.

 

V. Public Reporting

 

Full, fair, accurate and timely disclosure must be made in the reports and other documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the SEC and in its other public communications. Such disclosure is critical to ensure that the Company maintains its good reputation, complies with its obligations under the securities laws and meets the expectations of its shareholders.

 

Persons responsible for the preparation of such documents and reports and other public communications must exercise the highest standard of care in accordance with the following guidelines:

 

all accounting records, and the reports produced from such records, must comply with all applicable laws;

 

all accounting records must fairly and accurately reflect the transactions or occurrences to which they relate;

 

all accounting records must fairly and accurately reflect in reasonable detail the Company’s assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses;

 

accounting records must not contain any false or intentionally misleading entries;

 

no transactions should be intentionally misclassified as to accounts, departments or accounting periods;

 

all transactions must be supported by accurate documentation in reasonable detail and recorded in the proper account and in the proper accounting period;

 

no information should be concealed from the internal auditors or the independent auditors; and

 

compliance with the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures is required.

 

2

 

 

VI. Confidentiality

 

Employees, officers and directors must maintain and protect the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company, or that otherwise comes into their possession, during the course of their employment or while carrying out their duties and responsibilities, except when disclosure is authorized by the Company or legally mandated.

 

The obligation to preserve confidential information continues even after employees, officers and directors leave the Company.

 

Confidential information encompasses all non-public information (including, for example, “inside information” or information that third-parties have entrusted to the Company) that may be of use to competitors, or may otherwise be harmful to the Company or its key stakeholders, if disclosed. Financial information is of special sensitivity and should under all circumstances be considered confidential, except where its disclosure is approved by the Company or when the information has been publicly disseminated.

 

VII. Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets

 

All employees, officers and directors should promote and ensure the efficient and responsible use of the Company’s assets and resources by the Company. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. Any suspected incidents of fraud or theft should be immediately reported for investigation.

 

Company assets, such as proprietary information, funds, materials, supplies, products, equipment, software, facilities, and other assets owned or leased by the Company or that are otherwise in the Company’s possession, may only be used for legitimate business purposes and must never be used for illegal purposes.

 

Proprietary information includes any information that is not generally known to the public or would be valued by, or helpful to, our competitors. Examples of proprietary information are intellectual property, business and strategic plans and employee information. The obligation to use proprietary information only for legitimate business purposes continues even after individuals leave the Company.

 

VIII. Insider Trading

 

Insider trading is unethical and illegal. Employees, officers and directors must not trade in securities of a company while in possession of material non-public information regarding that company. It is also illegal to “tip” or pass on inside information to any other person who might make an investment decision based on that information or pass the information to third parties. The Company has an Insider Trading Policy, which sets forth obligations in respect of trading in the Company’s securities.

 

IX. Fair Dealing

 

Each employee, officer and director, in carrying out his or her duties and responsibilities, should endeavor to deal fairly with each other and the Company’s customers, suppliers and competitors. No employee, officer or director should take unfair advantage of anyone through illegal conduct, manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair-dealing practice.

 

X. Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

 

Compliance with both the letter and spirit of all laws, rules and regulations applicable to the Company, including any securities exchange or other organization or body that regulates the Company, is critical to our reputation and continued success. All employees, officers and directors must respect and obey the laws of the cities, states and countries in which the Company operates and avoid even the appearance of impropriety.

 

Employees, officers or directors who fail to comply with this Code and applicable laws will be subject to disciplinary measures, up to and including discharge from the Company.

 

3

 

 

XI. Compliance with Antitrust Laws.

 

The Company believes in fair and open competition, and adheres strictly to applicable antitrust laws. It should be noted however that the following section is not an exhaustive summary of relevant antitrust laws. Additional antitrust considerations not covered in this section include participation in trade association, monopolization, price discrimination and other practices that affect competition.

 

As a general proposition, any contact with a competitor may be problematic under antitrust laws. Accordingly, all employees, officers and directors should avoid any such contact relating to the business of the Company or the competitor without first obtaining the approval of the Secretary. Any additional concerns relating to the aforementioned areas of potential antitrust breach should also be directed to the Secretary.

 

The Company notes below some general rules concerning contact with competitors:

 

Agreements among competitors, whether written or oral, that relate to prices are illegal per se. In other words, such agreements, by themselves, constitute violations of the antitrust laws. There are no circumstances under which agreements among competitors relating to prices may be found legal. Price fixing is a criminal offense, and may subject the Company to substantial fines and penalties and the offending employee to imprisonment and fines.

 

Antitrust laws may be violated even in the absence of a formal agreement relating to prices. Under certain circumstances, an agreement to fix prices may be inferred from conduct, such as the exchange of price information, and from communications among competitors even without an express understanding. Although exchanges of price information are permitted in certain circumstances, employees of the Company should not participate in such exchanges without first obtaining the approval of the Secretary.

 

It is a per se violation of antitrust laws for competitors to agree, expressly or by implication, to divide markets by territory or customers.

 

It is a per se violation of the antitrust laws for competitors to agree not to do business with a particular customer or supplier. As with agreements to fix prices, the antitrust laws can be violated even in the absence of an express understanding.

 

Any communication between competitors concerning problems with any customer or supplier may violate antitrust laws and should be avoided.

 

XII. Compliance with Environmental Laws

 

The Company is sensitive to the environmental, health and safety consequences of its operations. Accordingly, the Company strictly complies with all applicable Federal and State environmental laws and regulations, including, among others, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the Occupational Safety and Health Act, and considers sustainability in its planning decisions. If any individual has any doubt as to the applicability or meaning of a particular environmental, health or safety regulation, he or she should discuss the matter with the Secretary.

 

XIII. Discrimination and Harassment

 

The Company values a diverse working environment and is committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of our business. Abusive, harassing or offensive conduct is unacceptable, whether verbal, physical or visual. Examples include derogatory comments based on racial or ethnic characteristics and unwelcome sexual advances. The Company encourages the reporting of harassment when it occurs.

 

4

 

 

XIV. Safety and Health

 

The Company is committed to keeping its workplaces free from hazards. You should report any accidents, injuries or unsafe equipment, practices or conditions immediately to a supervisor or other designated person. Threats or acts of violence or physical intimidation are prohibited.

 

You must not engage in the use of any substance that could prevent you from discharging your work duties and responsibilities safely and effectively.

 

XV. Company Records and Document Retention

 

Records created, received or used during the conduct of Company business, including all communications sent or received using the Company’s email system, are at all times the property of the Company wherever those records may be located. At any time, the Company and, in certain circumstances, third parties (including government officials), may review, without prior notice to personnel, any and all firm records, including records marked “Personal” or “Private.”

 

Any records that you create and store are subject to this Code and may be demanded by third parties during the course of litigation or a government investigation or, in the case of records sent outside the Company, subject to the records retention policies of the recipients.

 

You should, therefore, avoid discriminatory remarks, harassment and threats of violence or similar inappropriate or unlawful conduct. This applies to communications of all kinds, including e-mail, instant messaging, voice mail messages, text messages, video recordings and informal notes or interoffice memos. Records should be retained and destroyed in accordance with the Company’s records retention policy.

 

XVI. Use of Electronic Media

 

The Company has developed a policy to ensure that you understand the rules governing your use of the Company’s computer network, and options for e-mail and voicemail or other messaging services, Internet access or other use of electronic media. All Company equipment, including desks, computers and computer systems, computer software, electronic storage devices, cellphones or other mobile devices, e-mail, voicemail and other physical items are for business use only. The Company at all times retains the right to access and search all such electronic media or other items contained in or used in conjunction with the Company’s computer, e-mail, voicemail and Internet access systems and equipment with no prior notice.

 

Like the Company’s computer network, e-mail and voicemail services, access to Internet services such as web-browsing or newsgroups is provided to employees by the Company only for business use. Any personal use must be infrequent and must not involve any prohibited activity, interfere with the productivity of the employee or his or her coworkers, consume system resources or storage capacity on an ongoing basis or involve large file transfers or otherwise deplete system resources available for business purposes.

 

Your messages and computer information are considered Company property and consequently, employees should not have an expectation of privacy in the context of computer and voice mail use. Unless prohibited by law, the Company reserves the right to access and disclose this information as necessary for business purposes. Use good judgment, and do not access, send messages or store any information that you would not want to be seen or heard by other individuals.

 

The Company also recognizes that many employees are choosing to express themselves by using Internet technologies, such as blogs, wikis, file-sharing, user generated audio and video, virtual worlds, and social networking sites, such as Facebook, LinkedIn and Twitter. Whether you choose to participate in such social networking outside of work on your own time is your own decision.

 

5

 

 

XVII. Business Gifts and Entertainment

 

Business gifts and entertainment are often customary courtesies designed to build goodwill among business partners and clients. However, issues may arise when such courtesies compromise, or appear to compromise, the recipient’s ability to make objective and fair business decisions. In addition, issues can arise when the intended recipient is a government official. Offering or receiving any gift, gratuity or entertainment that might be perceived to unfairly influence a business relationship should be avoided. These guidelines apply at all times, and do not change during traditional gift giving seasons, and apply equally to employees, officers or directors offering gifts and entertainment to the Company’s business associates.

 

The value of gifts should be nominal, both with respect to frequency and monetary amount. Frequent gifting to a recipient may be perceived as an attempt to create an obligation to the giver, and is therefore inappropriate. Likewise, business entertainment should be moderately scaled and intended only to facilitate legitimate business goals. For example, should tickets to a sporting or cultural event be offered, the offeror must attend the event as well. The following questions may provide guidance in the instance of doubt:

 

Is the action legal?

 

Does the action raise doubts or concerns?

 

Should another individual be consulted?

 

Is the action clearly business-related?

 

Is the action or gift moderate, reasonable, and in good taste?

 

Would public disclosure of the action or gift embarrass or harm the Company?

 

Is there an expectation of reciprocation or favors?

 

Strict rules apply when the Company does business with governmental agencies and officials, whether in the U.S. or in other countries, as discussed in more detail below.

 

Because of the sensitive nature of these relationships, you must seek approval from a supervisor and/or the Secretary before offering or making any gifts or hospitality to governmental officials or employees.

 

XVIII. Political Activities and Contributions

 

The Company respects the right of each of its employees to participate in the political process and to engage in political activities of his or her choosing; however, while involved in their personal and civic affairs employees must make clear at all times that their views and actions are their own, and not those of the Company. Employees may not use the Company’s resources to support their choice of political parties, causes or candidates.

 

The Company may occasionally express its views on local and national issues that affect its operations. In such cases, Company funds and resources may be used, but only when permitted by law and by Company guidelines. The Company may also make limited contributions to political parties or candidates in jurisdictions where it is legal and customary to do so. The Company may pay related administrative and solicitation costs for political action committees formed in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. Any use of Company resources for the Company’s political activities, including contributions or donations, requires advance approval by the Company’s Secretary.

 

6

 

 

XIX. Bribery and Corruption

 

Employees, officers and directors must comply with all laws prohibiting bribery, corruption and kickbacks, including laws prohibiting improper payments to domestic and foreign officials such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”). While this section focuses primarily on foreign officials, this Policy equally prohibits bribery of domestic officials and commercial or private sector parties.

 

The FCPA prohibits an offer, payment, promise of payment or authorization of the payment of any money or thing of value to a foreign official, foreign political party, official of a foreign political party or candidate for political office to induce or influence any act or decision of such person or party or to secure any improper advantage. The FCPA prohibits such conduct whether done directly or indirectly through an agent or other intermediary.

 

Although U.S. law does allow certain payments to foreign officials intended solely to expedite non-discretionary routine government action, sometimes called “grease” or “facilitating” payments, this exception is a narrow one and such payments are often illegal under other laws. Accordingly, the Company’s policy is to avoid such payments.

 

Therefore, no payment may be made to a foreign official even for non-discretionary action without first consulting with and obtaining written authorization from the Secretary or a Chief Executive Officer. If a facilitating payment is authorized, such payment must be accurately and fairly recorded in the Company’s books, records and accounts.

 

The FCPA further requires compliance by the Company with record keeping and internal controls requirements. The Company must maintain financial records which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and disposition of corporate assets. In particular, all bank accounts that receive or disburse funds on behalf of the Company shall be properly authorized and any such transactions recorded on the official books and records of the Company. In addition, the Company must maintain a system of internal controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that the Company’s assets are used only in accordance with directives and authorizations by the board of directors and senior management, and that checks and balances are employed so as to prevent the by-passing or overriding of these controls.

 

Violation of the FCPA is an offense, subjecting the Company to substantial fines and penalties and any officer, director, employee or shareholder acting on behalf of the Company to imprisonment and fines. The FCPA prohibits the Company from paying, directly or indirectly, a fine imposed upon an individual pursuant to the FCPA. Violation of this policy may result in disciplinary actions up to and including discharge from the Company.

 

XX. Compliance with and Amendments of This Code

 

Failure to comply with this Code or applicable laws, rules or regulations may result in disciplinary measures, including discharge from your position with the Company. Violations of this Code may also constitute violations of law and may result in civil or criminal penalties for such person, such person’s supervisors and/or the Company. The Board of Directors will determine, or designate appropriate persons to determine, appropriate actions to be taken in the event of a violation of this Code in relation to Executives and Directors. In determining what action is appropriate in a particular case, the Board of Directors or its designee will consider the nature and severity of the violation, whether the violation was a single occurrence or repeated occurrences, whether the violation was intentional or inadvertent, whether the individual in question had been advised prior to the violation as to the proper course of action and whether or not the individual in question had committed other violations in the past. The Secretary will determine appropriate actions to be taken in the event of a violation of this code in relation to all other employees.

 

This Code cannot, and is not intended to, address all of the ethical complexities that may arise during the course of employment or association with the Company. There will be occasions where circumstances not covered by policy or procedure arise, and where a judgment must be made as to the appropriate course of action. In such circumstances, the Company encourages common sense decision-making, and consultation with a manager, member of human resources, or the Secretary for guidance pursuant to the methods discussed below in “Compliance and Contact Details”.

 

Any material amendment of this Code will be made only by the Board of Directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulation.

 

7

 

 

XXI. Compliance and Contact Details

 

1. Confidential Advice

 

If you think that an actual or possible violation has occurred, it is important to report your concerns immediately. If you do not feel comfortable discussing the matter with your supervisor, manager or human resources, please contact the Chief Executive Officer.

 

The Company strives to ensure that all questions or concerns are handled fairly, discreetly and thoroughly. You may choose to remain anonymous.

 

2. Employee Reporting

 

The Company proactively promotes ethical behavior and encourages employees, officers and directors promptly to report evidence of illegal or unethical behavior, or violations of this Code to the Secretary or for issues involving officers and directors to the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Audit Committee. You may choose to remain anonymous in reporting any possible violation of this Code.

 

Once a report is made and received, the Company will investigate promptly and all employees, officers and directors are expected to cooperate candidly with relevant investigatory procedures. Appropriate remedial action may be taken, based on the outcome of such investigation.

 

The Company has a no-tolerance policy for retaliation against persons who raise good faith compliance, ethics or related issues. However, it is unacceptable to file a report knowing it to be false.

 

3. Waiver

 

Any waiver of this Code for any executive officer or director will be made only by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and will be promptly disclosed as required by law or stock exchange regulation.

 

 

8

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

 

New York Office
7 Penn Plaza, Suite 830
New York, NY 10001
T 212.279.7900

 

 

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Consent

 

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of Blue World Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”) on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-[ ]) of our report dated September 14, 2021, except for Note 8, as to which the date is December 10, 2021, which includes an explanatory paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, with respect to our audit of the financial statements of Blue World Acquisition Corporation as of August 17, 2021 and for the period from July 19, 2021 (inception) through August 17, 2021, which report appears in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP

 

Marcum Bernstein & Pinchuk LLP

New York, NY

December 10, 2021

 

 

www.marcumbp.com

Exhibit 99.1

 

AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER
OF
BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

Adopted: August 5, 2021

 

The responsibilities and powers of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Blue World Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”), as delegated by the Board, are set forth in this charter (this “Charter”). Whenever the Audit Committee takes an action, it shall exercise its independent judgment on an informed basis that the action is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

 

I.

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Audit Committee shall be to represent and assist the Board in the oversight and monitoring of:

 

  The Company’s accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the Company’s financial statements;

 

  The integrity of the Company’s financial statements;

 

  The Company’s internal accounting and financial controls; and

 

  The Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and the independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance.

 

II.

COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

 

The Audit Committee will initially consist of [two] members of the Board. The members of the Audit Committee shall be appointed by and serve at the discretion of the Board. Members of the Audit Committee must meet the following criteria:

 

  Each member must meet the independence and experience requirements and standards established from time to time by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and any securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or quoted for trading, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

 

 

 

  Each member must be financially literate and able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including the Company’s balance sheet, statement of operations and statement of cash flows, as determined by the Board.

 

  At least one member must have accounting or related financial management expertise, as the Board interprets such qualification in its business judgment, by virtue of such member’s current or past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in finance or accounting, or any other comparable experience or background which results in such individual’s financial sophistication.

 

 

Each member shall also meet any other requirements and standards established from time to time to time by the SEC and any securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or quoted for trading, in each case as amended from time to time, for audit committee members.

 

The Board shall designate one member of the Audit Committee as its chairperson.

 

An Audit Committee member may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the chairman of the Board, or may be removed by majority vote of the Board by delivery to such member of written notice of removal, to take effect at a date specified therein, or upon delivery of such written notice to such member if no date is specified. The Board shall have the power at any time to fill vacancies in the Audit Committee, subject to such new member(s) satisfying the above requirements.

 

III.

MEETINGS AND PROCEDURES

 

The Audit Committee will set its own schedule of meetings and will meet at least quarterly, with the option of holding additional meetings at such times as it deems necessary or appropriate. Meetings of the Audit Committee shall be called by a majority of the members of the Audit Committee upon such notice as is provided for in the Company’s charter documents with respect to meetings of the Board. A majority of the Audit Committee members shall constitute a quorum. Actions of the Audit Committee may be taken in person at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. Actions taken at a meeting, to be valid, shall require the approval of a majority of the members of the Audit Committee present and voting. Actions taken in writing, to be valid, shall be signed by all members of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee will maintain written minutes of its meetings, which minutes will be filed with the minutes of the meetings of the Board. Periodically, the Audit Committee shall meet separately with the Company’s management, with the internal auditors and/or internal control director, and with the independent auditors.

 

The Audit Committee may form subcommittees for any purpose that the Audit Committee deems appropriate and may delegate to such subcommittees such power and authority as the Audit Committee deems appropriate. The Audit Committee shall not delegate to a subcommittee any power or authority required by law, regulation or listing standard to be exercised by the Audit Committee as a whole.

 

2

 

 

The Audit Committee shall make regular reports to the Board, which reports shall include to the extent that the Audit Committee deems appropriate, any issues that arise with respect to the quality or integrity of the Company’s financial statements, the Company’s compliance with legal or regulatory requirements, the performance and independence of the Company’s independent auditors or the performance of the internal audit function.

 

IV.

COMMITTEE AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

The Audit Committee shall appoint and oversee the work of the independent auditors, approve the compensation of the independent auditors and review and, if appropriate, discharge the independent auditors. In this regard, the independent auditors shall report directly to the Audit Committee, and the Audit Committee shall have the sole authority to approve the hiring and discharging of the independent auditors, all audit engagement fees and terms and all permissible non-audit engagements with the independent auditors.

 

The Audit Committee shall pre-approve (or, where permitted under the rules of the SEC, subsequently approve) engagements of the independent auditors to render audit services and/or establish pre-approval policies and procedures for such engagements, provided that (i) such policies and procedures are detailed as to the particular services rendered, (ii) the Audit Committee is informed of each such service and (iii) such policies and procedures do not include delegation to management of the Audit Committee’s responsibilities under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or SEC rules. The Audit Committee shall also pre-approve any non-audit services proposed to be provided to the Company by the independent auditors.

 

The Audit Committee shall review and reassess the adequacy and scope of this Charter annually and recommend any proposed changes to the Board for approval.

 

The Audit Committee shall evaluate its performance annually.

 

To the extent deemed necessary or appropriate, the Audit Committee shall be responsible for:

 

Oversight of the Company’s Relationship with the Independent Auditor

 

  o Review the independence of the independent auditors, including (i) obtaining on a periodic basis a formal written statement from the independent auditors delineating all relationships between the independent auditors and the Company, (ii) maintaining an active dialogue with the independent auditors, covering any disclosed relationship or services that may impair their objectivity and independence, (iii) presenting this statement to the Board and (iv) to the extent there are any such relationships, monitoring and investigating them and, if necessary, taking, or recommending to the Board that the Board take, appropriate action to maintain the independence of the independent auditors.

 

  o Evaluate, at least annually, the independent auditors’ qualifications, performance and independence, which evaluation shall include a review and evaluation of the lead partner of the independent auditors, and take appropriate action to oversee the independence of the independent auditors.

 

  o Review, in consultation with the independent auditors, the annual audit plan and scope of audit activities and monitor such plan’s progress.

 

o Establish policies regarding the hiring of employees or former employees of the independent auditors.

 

3

 

 

Financial Statements and Disclosure Matters

 

  o Discuss and, as appropriate, review with management and the independent auditors the Company’s financial statements and annual and quarterly reports, including the Company’s disclosures under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, discuss with the independent auditors any other matters required to be discussed by accounting and auditing standards, and recommend to the Board whether the audited financial statements should be included in the Company’s annual report.

 

  o Discuss with management, the internal auditor and the independent auditors significant financial reporting issues raised and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the Company’s financial statements, including the review of (i) major issues regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentation, including any significant changes in the Company’s selection or application of accounting principles; (ii) analyses prepared by management and/or the independent auditors setting forth significant financial reporting issues raised and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements, including analyses of the effects of alternative GAAP or IFRS methods on the financial statements; (iii) the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives, as well as off-balance sheet arrangements, on the Company’s financial statements; and (iv) the type and presentation of information be included in earnings press releases, as well as any financial information and earnings guidance to be provided to analysts and rating agencies.
  o At least annually, obtain and review a report by the independent auditor describing: (i) the audit firm’s internal quality-control procedures; (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or (iii) by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years, respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the audit firm, and any steps taken to deal with any such issues described in the report.

 

  o Receive, review and discuss quarterly reports from the independent auditors on (i) the Company’s major critical accounting policies and practices; (ii) significant alternative treatments of financial information within GAAP or IFRS that have been discussed with management; (iii) ramifications of the use of such alternative disclosures and treatments; (iv) any treatments preferred by the independent auditors; and (v) other material written communications between the independent auditors and management, such as any management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences.

 

4

 

 

  o Review on a regular basis with the Company’s independent auditors any problems or difficulties encountered by the independent auditors in the course of any audit work, including management’s response with respect thereto, any restrictions on the scope of the independent auditors’ activities or on access to requested information, and any significant disagreements with management; and ensure the resolution of any disagreements between management and the independent auditors regarding financial reporting.
     
  o Review disclosures regarding the Company’s internal controls that are required to be included in SEC reports.

 

  o Discuss with management and the independent auditors any correspondence with regulators or governmental agencies and any published reports that raise material issues regarding the Company’s financial statements or accounting policies.

 

  o

Discuss with management earnings press releases and financial information and earnings guidance to be provided to analysts and rating agencies, including any proposed use of “pro forma” or “adjusted” non- GAAP and non-IFRS information.

 

Oversight of the Company’s Internal Control Function

 

  o Review the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal control policies and procedures on a regular basis, including the responsibilities, budget and staffing of the Company’s internal audit and control function, as well as the need for any special audit procedures in response to material control deficiencies, through inquiry and discussions with the Company’s independent auditors and management.

 

  o

Review the reports prepared by management, assessing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls and procedures, prior to the inclusion of such reports in the Company’s periodic filings as required under SEC rules.

 

Compliance Oversight Responsibilities

 

  o Discuss and review guidelines and policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, including the Company’s insurance coverage from time to time.

 

  o Discuss with the Company’s chief legal officer legal matters that may have a material impact on the financial statements or the Company’s compliance procedures.

 

  o Establish procedures for receiving, retaining and treating complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and procedures for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

 

  o Review, approve and monitor the Company’s code of ethics applicable to its senior financial officers.

 

  o

Review any conflicts of interest and related party transactions to assess an impact on the Company’s internal controls or financial reporting and disclosure.

 

The Audit Committee shall have the authority to engage independent counsel and other advisers, as it determines necessary, to carry out its duties. The Company shall provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the Audit Committee, for payment of (i) compensation to the independent auditors engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit review or attest services for the Company, (ii) compensation to any advisers employed by the Audit Committee and (iii) ordinary administrative expenses of the Audit Committee that are necessary or appropriate for carrying out its duties.

 

 

5

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE CHARTER
OF
BLUE WORLD ACQUISITION CORPORATION

 

Adopted: August 5, 2021

 

The responsibilities and powers of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Blue World Acquisition Corporation (the “Company”), as delegated by the Board, are set forth in this charter (this “Charter”). Whenever the Compensation Committee takes an action, it shall exercise its independent judgment on an informed basis that the action is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders.

 

  I.

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Compensation Committee shall be to assist the Board in determining the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, the chairman of the Board, the Chief Financial Officer and other executive officers of the Company (collectively, the “Executives”) and make recommendations to the Board with respect to the compensation of the non-Executive officers of the Company and the independent directors.

 

  II. COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP

 

The Compensation Committee shall consist of at least two members of the Board. Each member shall meet the independence and experience requirements and standards established from time to time to time by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and any securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed or quoted for trading, in each case as amended from time to time. In addition, each member must qualify as a “Non-Employee Director” under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code for “outside directors,” and any other regulatory requirements.

 

The Board shall elect the members of the Compensation Committee at the first Board meeting practicable and may make changes from time to time pursuant to the provisions below. The members of the Compensation Committee shall serve until their successors are appointed and qualify. Unless a chairman of the Compensation Committee (the “Chairman”) is elected by the Board or by a majority of the members of the Compensation Committee, no chairman of the Compensation Committee shall be designated. If appointed by the Board or the members of the Compensation Committee, the Chairman shall be a member of the Compensation Committee and, if present, shall preside at each meeting of the Compensation Committee. The Chairman shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to the Chairman by the Compensation Committee or the Board.

 

A Compensation Committee member may resign by delivering his or her written resignation to the chairman of the Board, or may be removed by majority vote of the Board by delivery to such member of written notice of removal, to take effect at a date specified therein, or upon delivery of such written notice to such member if no date is specified. The Board shall have the power at any time to fill vacancies in the Compensation Committee, subject to such new member(s) satisfying the above requirements.

 

 

 

 

  III.

MEETINGS AND COMMITTEE ACTION

 

The Compensation Committee shall meet at such times as it deems necessary to fulfill its responsibilities, but not less frequently than annually. Meetings of the Compensation Committee shall be called by a majority of the members of the Compensation Committee upon such notice as is provided for in the Company’s charter documents with respect to meetings of the Board. A majority of the Compensation Committee members shall constitute a quorum. Actions of the Compensation Committee may be taken in person at a meeting or in writing without a meeting. Actions taken at a meeting, to be valid, shall require the approval of a majority of the members of the Compensation Committee present and voting. Actions taken in writing, to be valid, shall be signed by all members of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee shall report its minutes from each meeting to the Board.

 

A majority of the members of the Compensation Committee may establish, consistent with the requirements of this Charter, such rules as may from time to time be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Compensation Committee. At each meeting, a majority of the members of the Compensation Committee shall appoint as secretary a person who may, but need not, be a member of the Compensation Committee. A certificate of the secretary of the Compensation Committee or minutes of a meeting of the Compensation Committee executed by the secretary setting forth the names of the members of the Compensation Committee present at the meeting or actions taken by the Compensation Committee at the meeting shall be sufficient evidence at all times as to the members of the Compensation Committee who were present, or such actions taken.

 

The Compensation Committee shall have the authority to delegate any of its responsibilities to subcommittees as it may deem appropriate in its sole discretion. The Chief Executive Officer of the Company may not be present during voting or deliberations of the Compensation Committee with respect to his compensation.

 

  IV.

COMMITTEE AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

The Compensation Committee shall have the following authority and responsibilities:

 

  At least annually review the Company’s corporate goals and objectives relevant to the Executives’ compensation; evaluate the Executives’ performance in light of such goals and objectives; and, either as a Compensation Committee or, together with the other independent directors (as directed by the Board), determine and approve the Executives’ compensation level based on this evaluation (and Chief Executive Officer may not be present during voting or deliberations on his or her compensation). In determining the long-term incentive component of the Executives’ compensation, the Compensation Committee will consider the Company’s performance, the value of similar incentive awards to the Executives at comparable companies, the awards given to the Executives in past years and any relevant legal requirements and associated guidance of the applicable law.

 

2

 

 

  At least annually review and make recommendations to the Board with respect to director compensation to assist the Board in making the final determination as to director compensation.

 

  Attempt to ensure that the Company’s compensation program is effective in attracting and retaining key employees, reinforce business strategies and objectives for enhanced shareholder value, and administer the compensation program in a fair and equitable manner consistent with established policies and guidelines.

 

  Administer the Company’s incentive-compensation plans and equity-based plans, insofar as provided therein.

 

  Make recommendations to the Board regarding approval, disapproval, modification, or termination of existing or proposed employee benefit plans.

 

  Approve any share option award or any other type of award as may be required for complying with any tax, securities, or other regulatory requirement, or otherwise determined to be appropriate or desirable by the Compensation Committee or Board.

 

  Approve the policy for authorizing claims for expenses from the Executives.

 

  Retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser, in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee shall be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel and other adviser retained by the Compensation Committee. The Company shall provide for appropriate funding, as determined by the compensation committee, for payment of reasonable compensation to a compensation consultant, legal counsel or any other adviser retained by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee shall have sole authority to approve related fees and retention terms.

 

  Review and approve the compensation disclosure and analysis prepared by the Company’s management, as required to be included in the Company’s proxy statement or annual report, or equivalent, filed with the SEC.

 

  Review and assess the adequacy of this charter annually.

 

 

3

 

Exhibit 99.3

CONSENT OF BUHDY SIN SWEE BOK

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”), registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

December 10, 2021 /s/ Buhdy Sin Swee Bok
  Buhdy Sin Swee Bok

 

Exhibit 99.4

CONSENT OF ALFRED “TREY’ HICKEY

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”), registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

December 10, 2021 /s/ Alfred “Trey” Hickey
  Alfred “Trey” Hickey

 

Exhibit 99.5

CONSENT OF ZHENYU LI

 

Blue World Acquisition Corporation intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (together with any amendments or supplements thereto, the “Registration Statement”), registering securities for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a Director Nominee.

 

December 10, 2021 /s/ Zhenyu Li
  Zhenyu Li